ML20197K049
| ML20197K049 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Comanche Peak  |
| Issue date: | 12/11/1998 |
| From: | TEXAS UTILITIES ELECTRIC CO. (TU ELECTRIC) |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20197K037 | List: |
| References | |
| NUDOCS 9812160069 | |
| Download: ML20197K049 (300) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:. _-._ _ _ _ m._ _.___ _ . - _ ( AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 2 1 ~ B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3' B 3.8.1 AC Sources-Operating i i BASES t 4 BACKGROUND The unit Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System AC sources consist of the offsite power sources (preferred power
- sources, norme+ and alternate (s)), and the onsite standby i M power sources (Train A and 7 rain B diesel generators (DGs)). As required by 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 17 (Ref. 1),
- the design of the AC electrical power system provides l independence and redundancy to ensure an available source of
- j. power to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems.
4 The onsite Class 1E AC Distrit ation System is divided into j' redundant load groups (trains) so that the loss of any one group
- does not prevent the minimum safety functions from being j performed. Each train has connections to two preferred
[ offsite power sources and a dedicat6d sir.;1c DG. CP 3.8 005 Offsite power is supplied to the imM 9338 switchyards from .~ ] the transmission network by $hgMl5jgliggiliggG3EH3 3 transmission lines. From the switchyards, two electrically j g and physically separated circuits provide AC power, through f m= :t;ticr. Miliary - =rA!gtup transformers, to the pI9 CP-3.8.G 1 1 +:46 kV E5F Dustm. M aetalled description of the offsite j power network and the circuits to the Class 1E ESF buses is ? found in the FSAR, Chapter [1D(Ref. 2). L 1 An offsite circuit consists of all breakers, transformers, j switches, interrupting devices,' cabling, and controls required to i transmit power from the offsite transmission network bgg.g l l
,: O ' % M g o the onsite Class 1E ESF buses. i CP 3.8 005 I i Certain required unit loads are htRct3llgttphtilreturned to l l service in a predetermined sequence in order to prevent
- overloading the transformer supplying offsite power to the onsite 4 Class IE Distribution System. Withi inutes after the initiating signal is received, all au tic ana permanently connected loads needed to recover the unit or maintain safe condition are returned to service via the load sequencer.
The onsite sta ource for kV ESF bus is a dedicated CP 3.8.G 1 dedicated to ESF buses M respectively. EgCA-DGsta 7ca y on a safety injection (SI) signal. (i.c., is pic;;uricer picssurc cr Mgh u, a1 a.2 9812160069 981211
~
(Continued) j PDR ADOCK 05000445 j P PM g a CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-1 12/1188 i
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES BACKGROUND y..~.,....., .. "n an 7 -y a - ~f
; " < i&
(continued)] n- ; D . EW - u- o
.ifE 1 w.y - ..,
- 3. . - ;e
- . : + 4m > & ~ 3..bAue .. . m.9 L (refer to LC0 3.3.5. " Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator (DG) Start Instrumentation"). ; w r : +; , t M -o c- CP 3.8 005 Mpedi!M8bapM pre.
alMsgist!st jutusigig frJppeM1tigit9t"M&&M3 After the CP-3.8.G 1 9Hs_ftEllR121GdpDMBR10lEsRINMRME[iESEF
- Gnded@gL?frJdegtad86401tagggOgg DG has started, it
- will automatically tie to its respective bus, after offsite pcar is tripped c: c con:cqucacc of ESF bus ur&rvoltagc or degraded voltagc, independent of or coincident with an SI signal. The DGs will the also FSF start hm on andanoperate SI signal in the standby alone. Following modethe without trip oftying to /
offsitp power,( c u ncs.i t...=uvj5 age;s tet mps nonpermanent loads from tne ESF bus. When the DG is tied to the ESF bus, loads are then sequentially connected to its respective ESF bus g by the automatic load sequencer. The sequencing logic controls ! the permissive and starting signals to motor breakers to prevent 4 i overloading the DG by automatic load application. 1 In the event of a loss of preferred power, the ESF electrical loads are automatically connected to the NggelgGJ1RD[ite ( DDi%f.30(mgInth0HggggU. ggaggamletsstier!3he 2 ESflelggq4Tlgads183ElDIltS_tggt_ghg20Gs in sufficient time to provide for safe reactor shutdown and to mitigate the consequences of a Design Basis Accident (DBA) such as a loss of coolant accident (LOCA). Certain required unit loads are BRTrNd5RUMireturned to q service in a predetermined sequence in orde o prevent overloading the DG in the process. Within inutel after j the initiating signal is received, all loa s needed t recover the unit or maintain it in a safe condition are l CP 3.8-005 e returned to service m . Ratings for Train A and Train B DGs satisfy the requirements o j Regulatory Guide 1.9: Ref. (3)M3_EE138 MfT213H The
' continuous service rating of each DG is W with S i overload permissible for up to 2 hours in any ze nour N
~ '
..i ' period. The ESF loads that are powered from the Eg 4-16 kV CP 3.8.G 1 ll I ] ESF buses are listed in Reference 2. l' I l 9 ! s (continued) l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-2 12/1188 h
. I 1 -
__. . - ._ _ ._ t
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES l AFPLICABLE The initial c nd tra nt analyses in the SAFETY ANALYSES FSAR, Chapter ;Ref. 4) and Chapte Refs 5), assume ESF systems are OPERABLE. The AC el ical power sources are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to (continued) } CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-2a 12/1188
AC Sources-Operating - B 3.8.1 i BASES APPLICA3ILITY The AC sources ( M are requirea to be OPERABLE in > MODES 1, 2, 3, a eu , t: x . e that: cP 3.8.G 1
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or. abnormal transients; and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the i event of a postulated DBA. The AC power requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in LC0 3.8.2, "AC Sources-Shutdown."
ACTIONS- al To ensure a highly reliable power source remains with one offsite circuit inoperable, it is necessary to verify the OPERABILITY of the remaining required offsite circuit on a more frequent basis. Since the Required Action only specifies " perform " a failure of SR 3.8.1.1 acceptance criteria does not result in a Required Action not met. However, if a second required circuit fails SR 3.8.1.1, the second offsite circuit is inoperable, and Condition C, for two offsite circuits inoperable, is entered. >l ,
.;vi;;;r'; "etc. The turbin; driva ;aili;ry feei;tcr pu;p i; enly required to b; ceraidcred ; r; i ni nt r;quir;d fGture, ad, i i ther;fer;. r;quir;d t; b; i ter;in;d 0" "# L: by thi; "aquired !:
Action, if th; &;ign i; ;uch th;t th; r; ainir.; 0" "A"L: ;;;;ter er turbin; driven :=ili;ry fai;ter pu;p(:) i; n;t by itnif
;;p;bic (with;;t my reliere; = tFa r.eter driven :siliery fai;ter pap pow; red by the ;ncgcray bu; n;xi; tad with the ireper:bic dicci grar;ter) of previding 100* ef the :=ili;ry fai;ter flex n;und in th; =f;ty =;1y;f;.
AL2 i I Required Action A.2, which only applies if the train cannot ba 3 powered from an offsite source, is intended to provide assurance i that an event coincident with a single failure of the associated j DG will not result in a complete loss of safety function of p
- critical redundant required features. These features are powered -
I from the redundant AC electrical power train. This ; . includes the motor driven auxiliary feedwater pumps 3,3.
, ... .. . . . . . - , .,-._. , - g.3.8.1 01 cP ),
. Single train systems, such as the l steam driven (turbine drivon) auxiliary feedwater pump, i are not included.
4 i (continued) i CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -lYS3.8 B 3.5-5 12/1188 $ . .t.,
- . - . . __ . , , t l
- - - - - - . - . ~ . - . ~ . - . - _ . - - _ _ . . - . _ - .
E AC Sources-Operating ? B 3.8.1 E BASES i the 4 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for l' repairs, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. , J B.3.1 and B.3.2 i Required Action B.3.1 provides an allowance to avoid unnecessary I testing of the OPERABLE DGtst. If it can be determined that the , cause of the inoperable DG does not exist on the OPERABLE DG, SR 3.8.1.2 does not have to be performed. If the cause of , inoperability exists on gg other DGM, tne other DGtst would be declared inoperable upon discovery and Condition E of LCO 3.8.1 F would be entered. Once the failure is repaired, the common cause
- failure no longer exists, and Required Action B.3.1 is satisfied.
[ If the cause of the initial inoperable DG cannot be confirmed not
. to exist on the remaining DGts), performance of SR 3.8.1.2 l suffices to provide assurance of continued OPERABILITY of that i DG.
I nt the inoperable DG is restored to OPERABLE status o completing either B.3.1 or B.3.2, thCrectM 901 l( prior _ .: g will continue to . 2 evaluate the common cause possibi'ity. This continued evaluation, however, is no longer under the 24 hour CP 3.8.G 1 constraint imposed while in Condition B. v According to Generic Letter 84 15 (Ref. 7), 24 hours is 1 reasonable to confirm that the OPERABLE DG is not affected by the I [ same problem as the inoperable DG. i i g H . g. . - 1,, w.. ., 'wo ..,,ygpo . ..... ..n ? Y .y m : n V :nu; D - n < 4 & n. W - + o ~ IL_4 According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6), operation may continue in Condition B for a period that should not exceed 72 hours. In Condition B, the remaining OPERABLE DG and offsite circuits i are adequate to supply electrical power to the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. The 72 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. The second Completion Time for Required Action B.4 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required (continued) ' l CPSMMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-9 12/11/98
AC Sources-0perating B 3.8.1
-Bases I
Surveillances may be preceded by an engine prelube period. g
- c. p. 9 - n ( ,o , ,,, m w ,.,< - .1 fcile;;d by a warmup period M prior to loading.
For the purposes of SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.7 testing, the DGs l are started from standby conditions. Standby conditions ' for a DG sean that the diesel engine coolant and oil are being i continuously circulated and temperature is being maintained
- consistent with manufacturer recommendations.
4 IllEDEBl[#1ER$18$31ERRIEBllBhE3DBMjlRlEREN]BSGBR Di& Mise #4BassAte32BGBINeglimniMetalaRil29EliG62 In:lectimaanoatatarmstananmanut2ctLiuttimiwitMa
- #1glagstgggggtm]!gtg f_ tty InJacMonalauksW.
- prmcssamomuD.mselt1 EMa;M.W.
- - RBiiGu.leCR.pgNdlDEBttDTAIGRAttt!aBtidf#1
-r - = w .
kMtMOB$3RilDD31MMEEimt!E1GfRWEREREKN_3td tMelet!SeetMtqWi@nalimC90Ripl19@GenGauti sML4htMRGMBEptlerJiaRead1DfEG!L80VGBaMdlEADM tigantmR31NEDaE. 2ich is only applicabic 2cn such modified start picccdurce arc rcca zaded by the ;;;caufacture:- i SR 3.8.1.7 requires that, at a 184 day Frequency, the DG starts from standby conditiontMK@]et]lteMM13ltEllJ and achieves i required voltage and frequency within 10 seconds. The 4 10 second start requirement supports the assump s of the 4 design basis LOCA analysis in the FSAR, Chapte Ref. SM CP-3.8.G 1 l The 10 second start requirement is not applicable to SR 3.8.1.2 (see Note 3) when a modified start procedure as i described above is used. If a modified start is not used, the 10 second start requirement of SR 3.8.1.7 applies. Since SR 3.8.1.7 requires a 10 second start, it is more restrictive than SR 3.8.1.2, and it may be performed in lieu of SR 3.8.1.2. This is the intent of Note 1 of SR 3.8.1.2. The normal 31 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.2 fscc Tabic 3.8.11,
*0icsci Ocacratcr Tcst Schedulc," in the acca;.panying LCO) is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) F <. W ' 36 HEDjgBgL314]. The 184 day Frequency for SR 3.8.1.7 is a reduction in cold testing consistent with Generic Letter 8415 (Ref. 7). These Frequencies provide adequate assurance of DG OPERABILITY, while minimizing degradation resulting from testing.
(continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-16 12/1188 e
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases SR 3.8.1.3 This Surveillance verifies that the DGs are capable of synchronizing with the offsite electrical system and accepting loads greater than or equal to the equivalent of the maximum expected accident loads. A minimum run time of 60 minutes is required to stabilize engine temperatures, while minimizing the time that the DG is connected to the offsite source. Although no power factor requirements are established by this SR, the DG is tormal operated at a power factor betweendf69adet( Thed[lDvalue is the design CP.3.8.G 1 ratingof(th_emanina7 e theCL5]is an operationai limitationN=Necht01aNnn m.. . ware'winee . The load band is provided to avoid routine overloadinTof the DG. Routine overloading may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. The 31 day Frequency for this Surveillance (Tabic 3.3.11) is consistent with Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) a_nd1Ge.fieQcitet_tyt 941011Rar?J41. This SR is modified by four Notes. Note 1 indicates that diesel - l engine runs for this Surveillance may include gradual loading, as recommended by the manufacturer, so that mechanical stress and wear on the diesel engine are minimized. Note 2 states that momentary transients, because of changing bus loads, do not invalidate this test. Similarly, ;enntary p;=r factor transients abovc the limit do not inv;lidate the tc:t. Note 3 indicates that this Surveillance should be conducted on only one DG at a time in order to avoid common cause failures that might result from offsite circuit or grid perturbations. Note 4 stipulates a prerequisite requirement for performance of this SR. A successful DG start must precede this test to credit satisfactory performance. SR 3.8.1.4 This SR provides_ verification that the level of fuel oil in - the day tanka en;1ac ;;unted tonflis at or avvve me c63.8.G 1 H,
" -"'- "- " " " 2 tggd3g l evel ' "-' "- ' --
The level is expressed as an equivalent volume in gallons. . and is selected to ensure adequate fuel oil for a minimum of 1 hour of DG operation at full load plus 10%. The 31 day Frequency is adequate to assure that a sufficient supply of fuel oil is available, since low level alarms are ; provided and facility operators would be aware of any large uses ; of fuel oil during this period. " (continued) l CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-17 12/1188 i
AC Sources-Operating 0 3.8.1 i Bases SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.1.5 REQUIREMENTS Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil degradation. There are numerous bacteria that can grow in fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to survive. Removal of water from the fuel oil daygic s.,v, (cuatcGanKs once every(3byays ei mmam cne necenary emuronment for bacterial It7vival. This is the most effective means of controlling microbiological fouling. In CP-3.8.G 1 addition, it eliminates the potential for water entrainment in the fuel oil during DG operation. Water may come from any of several sources, including condensation, ground water, rain water, contaminated fuel oil, and breakdown of the fuel oil by bacteria. Frequent checking for and removal of accumulated water minimivs fouling and provides data regarding the watertight integrity of the fuel oil system. The Surveillance Frequencies are established by Regulatory Guide 1.137 (Ref.10). This SR is for preventative maintenance. The presence of water does not necessarily represent failure of this SR, provided the accumulated water is removed during the performance of this Surveillance. ! SR 3.8.1.6 . This Surveillance demonstrates that each required fuel oil transfer pump operates and transfers fuel oil from its associated storage tank to its associated day tank. This is required to support continuous operation of standby power sources. This Surveillance provides assurance that the fuel oil transfer pump is OPERABLE, the fuel oil piping system is intact, the fuel delivery piping is not obstructed, and the controls and control systems for automatic fuel transfer systems are OPERABLE. , The frequcacy for tMs SP, is variabic, deptading on individual
; systca design, with up to a [02] day intcrval. Thc [02] day ficqucacy coricsponds to the tcsting requirc; cats for pumps as contained in the AS"E Code,-
Sectica XI (Psaf.11), howcycr, the design cf fuel tr;nsfer systcas is such that pumps operate automatically or must be d started manually in order to ;;;cintain an adequate volu:c of fuci cil in thc day [and enginc mounted] tanks during or following DG
. testing. In such a casc a 31 day frequcncy is appropriatc.
Since proper operation of fuel transfer systc;s is an inhcrent ! part of DC OPEPEILIT", the Trccucacy of this SP, should be i acdified to rc'icct individual cesigns. j IKirMW3EPMMEngageggyemprogramtg ppgre_,M"#fitjgG@llty,]ggfgqggp5BQggtaltqtj}gRgguygd t MpJe !9TiFa} MHalebeskemaMEMEMEIGBloemmebec PLQVetMBC' 90tahiehrdUt.]tEgytatirgfERMradRe'l I r , i (Continued) ? CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 _B 3.8-18 12/1188 0
4 AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases 4
- b. Tripping its associated single largest post accident load with the DG solely supplying the bus.
As required by IEEE 308 (Ref. 12), the load rejection test is acceptable if the increase in diesel speed does not exceed 75% of
.the difference between synchronous speed and the overspeed trip setpoint or 15% above synchronous speed, whichever is lower.
The time, voltage, and frequency tolerances specified in this SR are derived from Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) recomendations for response during load sequence intervals. The 3 seconds specified is equal to 60% of a typical 5 second load sequence interval associated with sequencing of the largest load. The voltage and frequency specified are consistent with the design range of the equipment powered by the DG. SR 3.8.1.9.a corresponds to the maximum frequency excursion, while SR 3.8.1.9.b :nd 2 3.0.1.0.c eee isla] steady state voltage end frequency values to which + must recover following load rejection. The t
CP 3.8.G 1 i
(Regua,oryGuide1.108(Ref.9).equency is consistent with the This SR is modified by two-l Notes. Ble))NtEsaysits
-_. -_9tlBRig) Nut >A__ IE*ARWoDfftOthe .
l r.,- -
-- nam m= m
- y"me""
__ r___ m _ _ - ~ ~ " Q 3.8.1 20 CP m....____________,,m... .,.m ______,__om_ , E M MP E uns.mu.T h .M.AT1E M D.Il 8' ' N O
-'a-T- M imarac.is that iring spr tion with the rc;ctor critical, prfernace of this SR 0;1d c;=c ;;rturb;tions to the ci;^tric;l distribution i sy:; ten th;t could ciclicag; ;;ntinued staedy stat: egr; tion Ond,
= ; r o ult, unit a fety syste n . Cr-dit =y b;-taken for unplena d cn nts that =tisfy this SR. In cri r to ensur- that the DC is tuted uni r 1;;d conditicas that are a cie n to i sign basis cerditions es possibic. Note C requira that, if 3F.chroniced to offsite p;nr. tating ;;;ust be perfernd using a p;nr factce s [0.0]. This pcu r factor is chexa to bc reprc&t; tin of the actual isign basis inductive loading that the 00 u;uld xpcricace.
EMEpl#EBERtlDistIKd'RIMtsuitylinclodeTd
- 3. ,, h i ew @ L .JMin-Ge*WMqujpmerttito
..d : r c e eL ,.a
., 6 1B gGR;EforBihicl]
NRM 0lDERFMf6fgBEGM EB2WHelMRI EEitusta!9ts1HEs@Jt margAstMAhaurnafm ! P!stenuenstagmsstpillancenometagarntogIthe ; i DIENDRt!G90 REB 8BIANpreylded.3tteM1fteJt amejpas ; i D899tR4T91Wttetse(Mcotuust.1ornittthimaintenariceTreq01 red
$p m 11ah111tU
! (continued)
- CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-20 12/11/98 ,
t
AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 BasGs u_i__ ,. _t _... ___&_2_u___ _...u. ;_, ; n _ . 2. w_ sTV y www. ._ s _ a ..tv _ kE . .Isu uuvvw Bu.nne vvb i UJ bi 4wkav.BJ .uiuJ uw ULiUbUu if it ;;r, be dC;0nstrated to the staff, GG a plant specific basis, that t_; performing__u_ the,SR with,_th,e , rcactor in any of the ___t_2.
. s, o , osu .u.vom,c, nne . mon ___ o o , , , ,. . s t.s_ . . v . . v +_.3 __24.__4*,
_. mi ww. es applicable;
- a. PerfGr;;nce of the SR will not render any safety system er c i.pnent inspcrable;
- b. Perfor;;;ance of the SR will not cause perturbations to any of the electrical distribution systems that could result in a challenge to steady state operation or to plant safety systems; and
- c. Performance of the SR, or failure-of the SR, will not cause, or result in, an A00 with attendant challenge to plant safety systems.
SR 3.8.1.10 This Surveillance demonstrates the DG capability to reject a full load without overspeed tripping or exceeding the predetermined voltage limits. The DG full load rejection may occur because of a system fault or inadvertent breaker tripping. This Surveillance ensures proper engine generator load response under the simulated 's test conditions. This test simulates the loss of the total t connected load that the DG experiences following a full load rejection and verifies that the DG does not trip upon loss of the '! load. These acceptance criteria provide for DG damage protection.
}
While the DG is not expected to experience this transient during an ; event and continues to be available, this response ensures that the 2 DG is not degraded for future application, including reconnection to the bus if the trip initiator can be corrected or isolated. In crir to cn;ure that th: 00 is tested undcr iced conditicas that
- or; as cic ; to de-ign be-is conditie. pc sibic, testing ;;;u-t be perforr;d u-ing a powcr factor s [0.0]. This pow;r fa-tcr is cho cr.
to bc represcatative of the actual design basis inductive 10; ding that th; OC would expericn c. CP 3.8 005 The@lg[ frequency is consistem; wn.n me recommendation' of Regu awry Guide 198-gg(Ref.l9) and is intended to be CP 3.8.G 1 l consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. ; This SR is modified by a Note. DmitFStiBMG9Bif2f2
;., s ; m w w ny .; i 3 : , ouw,; . m.nc .
. , , . . . - p . A . ;,, . 7. , , :. .g. . g g [., . x.y . ; ,, ,,,. . Q 3.8.1 20 CP i i
52E909EffiEfff20 f1 The reason for the I (Continued) i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1D1 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-21 12/11M8 7
--sr, ;
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 - Basss I M_A. J. LL.A J.._J__ ____.AJ._ , ,J A L LL. .._A__ __JLJ 1 sw bb ae bu su b wwu s u sy vyss u b s vu I w a bli bssh s www bvu ws abswua, perfer;;...;; cf this S" c;uld cau a perturbations to the ciectrical 2, _u,,___ m , _. . ; ...;.. . i_ m. m __ _.. . _ _ mu.m __..,2 u u abs eansbavus eg d bwusse be su b hvuau ws tw . s we sys hvi a b 5 s rusts ebwwwg d ops.etion =d, a ; :sult, unit nfcty syst;;;. Credit = y be tin f;r ur. planned recats that utisfy this S"." ~ n_.2_.__._ ua_. ru_ u _... u,w __ _ _2.%_ua___b.v,sa ...u. ;_,_m_; sTwwss.wwe a riv b b . s am uuvvb I vvv6 . La b. strug us usasbUu
._ u_ J - _.
os..~,_A .s_J A_ _1 4f, 2. s. s .u~ _ . A s. s. , . ..
... - .de.uomm ou y. _&.
ers 2. :. 2. m_ basi s, that ,crforming the,SR with,_t,,he reactor in cny of the
- u. w, e ___
_2.2 .2 .~. m... .....,..u_ i s, .. e.~ . v . . 2.. _,3_ m. _ _2. b u 2. . od upplicable;
- a. .erferre.;nce of the SR will not render any safety system er co rer.ent inoperable;
- b. ."erforsonce of the S" will not cause perturbations to
=y of the als-trical distribution system- that could result in a challenge to stcody stat; speration or to plant safety systems; and
- c. "erformance of the SR, cr failure of the SR, will not cause er result in, on A00 with attendent challenge to plant safety systems.
SR 3.8.1.11 As required by Regulatory Guide H08119 (Ref.39), par;grsph 2.a.(U. this Surveillance demonstrates the as CP 3.8 005 ll designed operation of the standby power sources during loss of the offsite source. This test verifies all actions 8ggggggggagencountered from the loss of offsite power, including shedding of the nonessential loads and energization of the emergency buses and respective loads from the DG. It further demonstrates the capability of the DG to automatically achieve E g.
"--- i.he required voltage and frequency within the specified Mae .
The DG autostart time ofdg) seconds is derived from - requirements of the accident enolysis to respond to a design cm3.8.G4 basis large break LOCA. The Surveillance should be continued for 3 minimum of 5 minutes in oMer to demonatrate that all starting tracsients have decayed and stability is achieved. The requirement to verify the connection and power supply of permanent and autoconnected loads is intended to satisfactorily show the relationship of these loads to +he DG loading logic, In certain circumstances, many of these loads cannot actually be (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 _ B 3.8-22 12/1188
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bas:s connected or loaded without undue hardship or potential for undesired operation. For instance. Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) injection valves are not desired to be stroked open, or high pressure injection systems are not capable of being operated at full flow, or residual heat removal (RHR) systems performing a decay heat removal function are not desired to be realignad to the ECCS mode of operation. In lieu of actual dhnonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG systems to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified.
'CP 3.8.G 1 The Frequency of 8a g is consistent with the recommendations oi binory Guide 1 106-Uli(Ref. }9),
paragraph 2.a.(1) takes into consic ation unit conditions CP-3.8 005 required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the purpose of this testing, the DGs must be started frca 0-3.8.8 02.h l standby conditions, that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously circulated and temperature maintained
- Q 3.8.1 20 CP l consistent with manufacturer recomendations. Jojg@i4ltg ^
T 10i M.the39M. tMD. O.de.dm_~.a.E., nurawn m w _REfkiBKM_9EM.X_13b amum e.mu.r
-, , m C I G d G .C GE E ndb.iE N M G M A h . = O E m 14 6 Thc rcasca for Note 2 is t;;t ! perfc sing the Survcillanc; would remove a recuired offsite efreuit fica service, pcrturb the cicctrical cistributica system, and chalicasc safety systems. Credit acy be takca for unplanned events that satisfy this SPs.
FRMBIBRE This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG automatically CP 3.8 005 l starts] and-achieves 3rTMNtM th required voltage and frequency within the specified time 1 seconds) from the CP 3.8.G 1 l safety injection signal and operates for 2 5 minutes. The 5 minute period provides sufficient time to demonstrate l stability. S", 0.0.1.12.d and SP, 3.8.1.12.c casurc that permancatly connected icads and c crgency loads arc energized from the cffsite ciectrical pcwcr syste: cn an SI signal without 1033 ef offsite pcwcr. The rcquirc; cat to verify the connection of permanent and autoconnected loads is intended to satisfactorily show the ! relation 3Mp of thcsc loads to the DC icading logic. In certain circumstanccs many of thesc icacs cannot actually be connected cr icaded without unduc hardship or potentici for undesired
- f. continued)
{ CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 . B 3.8-23 12/11/98 L . .
- _ _ _ _ _ __ . = .. _
AC Sources-Operating 8 3.8.1 Bases
- egration. for instance ECOS injection velvcs er; not desired to be stroked egn, or high pressurc injection systcas ;rc not erpble of bcing oper ted at full fi;w, er "Jll1 syste;3 perfer;ing e iccy h
- t rc; eval function are not i; ired to be realigacd to l.hc ECCS ;.;i of eg ration. In lieu of actual i enstration of 1 ;;. action and 1;; ding of 10 6. testing that ;i quately shows the
}
;;ptility of the 00 syste; to prfem then functions is occcptable. ";is testing ;;y include ;ny scrics of scqucatial,
;;criepping, or total stcp se that the entire connection :nd 10; ding scqucnx is verificd.
1 The Frequency ofQlioMtQakes into consideration unit lCP3.8.G1 conditions requirea w g norm the Surveillance and is
- intended to be consistent with the expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these omponents l usually pass the SR when performed at theQuonttDFrequency. !
Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. l This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to ! minimize wear and tur on the DGs during testing. For the purpose of this testing, the DGs must be started from standby conditions,
, that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously ..
1 circulated and temperature maintained consistent with ,
! manufacturer recommendations. R$e3D96@DArjfyith( 0 3.8.8 02.1 l 12ElligilgidorJfWi1HODE.ER]MTM,6MjitMt_heIcore3ff.3 038120CPA , Thc rcosca for Notc 2 is th;t during egration with tSc reacter critical, perfor;;na of this Surveillence could-cause pcrturbations to the ciectrical .
distribution systc;s that ;;uld cheilange centinued steady state ! egration and. Os a result, unit safety systc;s. Credit ;;y be ! taken for unplanned evcats that satisfy this Sil. SR 3.8.1.13 This Surveillance demonstrates that DG noncritical protective functions (e.g., high jacket water temperature) are bypassed on a loss of voltage signal concurrent with an SI actuation test signal". :nd critical pr;tective functicas (enginc cverspccd
- nd scacrator diffcreatial currcnt,1;w lube cil pressure, c3.8 003 ll high crank;;se pressure end start failure rcicy) trip th: 00 t to-cVert substantial i;;;; to th: 00 unit. The noncritical R trips are bypassed during DBAs and provide an alarm on an abnormal i engine condition. This alarm provides the operator with j sufficient time to react appropriately. The DG availability to
. sitigate the DBA is more critical than protecting the engine i against minor problems that are not immediately detrimental to j emergency operation of the DG.
i 1 (continued) b 4 CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-14.11 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-24 12/11/98
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases The requency is based on engineering judgment, taking consideration unit conditions required to CP 3.8.G-1 perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent i with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown these components usually pass the SR when performed at t Frequency. Therefore, the Freq6ency was concluded to a m ou e fror a reliability standpoint. i l The SR is modified by a Note. ]heletgeyslttgeriff Q 3.8.1 20 CP 91MW9m!antahaMesmoolgr471ss.E6m;gith:ttur3ere i l _ = m. _
-, _ _ _ _ _ -m m
, _. wu -m . m.e _a ~ - * -.%.a a -
- , m -- a ca -a - sh + e -A-
~_- u - rt
- - m "
7- .m - ~
--en-as __ i---
"_YYN.
m - ,M.??A_ ,"!_.4W a a i am, A4.A*DM 1L_ A **_ _ _.LO'}s__ R."*?'".? 66 %*,4as*%'?e??.$"J.? u s- 2_ sL s '_
.r_"_ JN YNLYW'.,,**#dlMeT A I 4 su 8 b u dvie a vi birb uiv bb se bilu b ybt 4 vi m s IIy the Surveillan- would r ;;vc a c- uired DC fra;r, servicc. Credit
;r.cy be takca far unplanncd cvent; that satisfy this S"s.
n_..,_..__,_ u_t_. ,-u _ u .. unne ___ 2_ 2___ _ - . . u_ ;_,_i_; isw v s wvv GB J siv 6U . asiw uwwww a svww a UJ ks a w b i vifa muJ us uwiGwsu if it can be dc; castrated to the -taff, on a plant ;pecific ba-i';. ___._2_. thd, unnreperforming
. _-_ _2_
the
.. ,S" u w_ith,,,_.2__the reactor
__2 in any of th^ E Ed ha 3wbUw aIvyww but e auwIJBJ basu iVi 3 VTTIIIy VI abEl iu 2 , -- uJ applicable;
- a. "erformance of the S",will not render any safety ystem
- v. wvmyvi .s . . 2_.v____uu . . r. viu,
- b. "crformance of the S", will not cause perturbations to any of the electrical distribution systems that could re,sult in,_a challenge ... .___. -_; to steady state operation or to
-_. -- m y.u.se o u i s e,. . egeus... u.iu
- c. ."crformcnce of the S", or failure of the S",, will not caust, or result in, an A00 with attendant challengc to plant safety syste .
SR 3.8.1.14 Regulatory Guide 1-100-ggj(Ref. $9), paragrsph 2.a.(3), Cp,3.g.g05 requires demonstration once per 18 months that the DGs can start and run continuously at full loakcapability for an , interval of not less than 24 hours, 2GJ1ours of wnicn is ac ! a load equivalent to Me]y]110% of the continuous
- duty rating and the remainder of the time at a load CP-3.8.G 1 equivalent to the continuous duty rating of the DG. The DG starts for this Surveillance can be performed either from standby or hot conditions. The provisions for prelubricating and warsup, discussed in SR 3.8.1.2, and for gradual loading, discussed in SR 3.8.1.3, are applicable to this SR.
I (continued) ; CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8 25 12/1188
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases In order t; :n;ure that2_ th;
- u. ___ ._ _,___ i.
".~__is tc;t;d under
_ 2 _ _ m u __ _ __ ____mle,ed conditiers: _ i__u__ _ . . _ , ts uu b un b uw w a v sw bv ww e s yr u hvi vu s b s vi s a us yvassuus, bw e b s u sy s.su c h , bc grfers.;d using a p;;;- facter ;f s [0.0]. This p;w;r fact;r a i; ;M;;; t; b; repr;;;nt;tiv;
,__m__ u., u _ m,, Of,th; ;;tu;l d;-igt b;-i-
..... 2 . . . _ _ _ , _ _ _
m.sw_bsvw g t ru m . ..avuw sary bs su b bysw ww vvvu3w myw s s we svg . l The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloading may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to , maintain DG OPERABILITY. j CP 3.8 005 i , f_ -( E b ,.....
- _ ._. w _ w.__ .m~ , ,_. , ,_~__ .,_ .
,m.m. --sm...--... -- .J The@gg]p Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of ]J Regu awg uuide 4-198-}J,9(Ref. 39), peregraph 2. .(3),
l takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform CP 3'8.G 1 l the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with l . expected fuel cycle lengths. I 2
- This Surveillance is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that momentary transients due to changing bus loads do not 2
i
'f l invalidate this test. R[ttXiE8Prt@fef.if$tM 0 3.8.1 20 i NgHrJgleM3Wrl$EWlDQWMSK5KWNRhlthp36firoffd
- )
.--_~.u_.._..-...sm.m 6 Simil;rly. s.v;.catary p;;;r fact;r tren:icnt; ab;vc the p;;;r f;ctor li it will not invalidata the ta:t. ";c r;; en for N;t; 2 is that during ;parati;n with th; r;;;ter critic;1. perfor;;nc; Of thi; Surv;ill;n;; ^;uldum;;u ;
. ___m.._<.u___ .. u. _,__m_,_., m _ m _ m . .u _ _ _.._m___ __..,2 ywi t us wu b i vi se bv b s sw w a ww bu swua w I a br r vu b s vs s .7J J bwiria be av b wwwsu F cheil;nge ;;ntinu;d :tcody statc egrati;n and, es a result, unit { :;fety
- y:tc;
.u,_
.e Credit =cy be taken for unpl;nned v;nts that 4
euws.., ss s ,.,n n. 1
- SR 3.8.1.15 i This Surveillance demonstrates that the diesel engine can i restart from a hot condition, such as subsequent to shutdown CP 3.8.G 1 i from normal Surveillan s, and achieve he required voltage j ,
j
- and frequency within econds. T Auj second time is [
4 derivedfromtherequirementsorIneaccidantanalysistorespond) 7: d to a design basis large break LOCA. Thd83tRitprrequency ; is consistent with the recommendations of Kegula:ory j: Guide 4-198-Eg(Ref. l9), paragraph 2.a.(S)
- CP 3.8 005 5 i r
.i (Continued) ]
J-s CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-26 12/1188
. . , . --- 4
AC Sources-0perating B 3.8.1 Bases provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. The reguirement that the diesel has operated for at least@ours at suii ioaa cona m ons po ur CP 3.8.G 1 l to performance of this Surveillance is based on manufacturer recommendations for achieving hot conditions. Homentary } transients due to changing bus loads do not invalidate this test. Note 2 allows all DG starts to be preceded by an engine prelube period to minimize wear and tear on the diesel during testing. SR 3.8.1.16 CP 3.8 005 As required by Regulatory Guide 198U9 (Ref. 39) paragraph 2.a.(S), this Surveillance ensures that the manual synchronization and automatic load transfer from the DG to the offsite source can be made and the DG can be returned to ready to load status when offsite power is restored. It also ensures that the autostart logic is reset to allow the DG to reload if a subsequent loss of offsite power occurs. The DG is considered to be in ready to load status when the DG is at rated speed and voltage, the output breaker is open and can receive an autoclose signal on bus undervoltage, and the load sequence timers are reset. . The Frequency o d isonM g is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide ' .ius tuef. 9), paragraph 2.a.(6), and takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance. This SR is modified by a Note. EgS]RjgseKtoleMffitM i liglicht[dufit!NM)DFJpMESSEilgiigir $@icorEdifA = lgaded qGQ 0 3.8.1 20 CP
,4t~Miku i thEMP119$m*2!tfissf3B l The-reaseer for the Note is that-pcrforaing the Surycillance would rc;;;cyc a required offsite circuit l fro;;; service, perturb the cicctrical distribution systc;;;, and challeng; safety systcas. Credit ;;;cy be takca for unplanned events l that satisfy this Sl1. !
JilNEB3BMM7 i l l Demonstration of the test mode override ensures that the DG
- availability under accident conditions will not be compromised as the j ; result of testing and the DG will automatically reset to ready to '
I i load operation if a LOCA actuation signal is received
, during operation in the test mode. Ready to load operation j l 1s defined as the DG running at rated speed and voltage CP 3.8 005 !
with the DG output breaker open. These provisions for i i automatic switchover are ggliisiint'Nith required by
; IEEE 308 (Ref. 13), paragraph S.2.S(2).
1 1 I (continued) 1 l 12/1188 I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-27 , l
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases
- The ' X m . Fx-requirement to automatically energize the CP 3'8 005 emergency loads with offsite power is esscatially idcatical to th;t of S", 0.0.1.12. The intcat in the rcquirc; cat
- ssoci:ted .;ith S" 3.3.1.17.b is to show that the emergency loading was not affected by the DG operation in test mode. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection ahd loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the emergency loads to perform these functions is acceptable.
This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. The(8Toont@Frequencyisconsistentwiththerecommendiionsof Regulatory uuide 198-Upj(Ref.}9), paragraph 2.0.(S). takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with CP 3.8.G 1 L expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a Note. TheTnote sa9s3to'yerjfy7tt!aj te@itemet!tidur,ing:M00E"ET13%6ior;yithithercote20ffj loadedx W K ,Len n Z W e ll;f E tcJ., ,;1,g ;c Q 3.8.1 20 CP
^
The reason for the Netc ie .... r , . . . .. , ,,,s .,s., . , , , . . . . . .....s., . , y. . . s . offsite circuit fica servicc, perturb the cicctrical distribution system, :nd chalicage safety systcas. Crcdit say bc taken for unplenacd ;;;nts th:t 3 tisfy this S". SR 3.8.1.18 Under accidenth3pifMitdTDUliierhnditions loads are sequentially.connecrea w um ous Dy thmi-- = Z 3534 The sequencing logic controls the permisshouu stai Los signais.to motor breakers to prevent overloading of the DGs due to high motor starting currents. Th y load sequence time interval tolerance f ensures that sufficie me exists for the DG to restore frequency and voltage prior to lying the next load and that safety analysis assumptions regarding F equipment time delays are not violated. Reference 2 provides a ummary of the automatic loading of ESF b'ises. The Frequency of hi]ittthis consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.1ve Aef. 9), paragraph 2.a.(2), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a Note. ]heJU#te34ysitEy6fiff3tJR f@ksR!!!nt3hitJnDELDUEugggg6?etX11Et1!!ficaEtlDifJi
}@ded, 0 3.8.1 20 CP ;
. o_ a m onor~.- ~ ,,,,, - -
(continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-28 12/1188 v_ :- m
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases . _ - - - _ - _ _ .- _ ~ - 0 ' Q 3.8.1 20 CP 6u e.._... m ___The r ;se , for the Note is that perforair.;; _ ....,; _ - _ . . _ - ___..J__; ,,_u_ _J_..u
, b u rw wuz a s. , a a us sww wvu a ge a wassw w w u a squ a a su wq uasbs bauwuub
,___ ...J_ ___..._L .L. .1_ . J_ 1 JJ. Ju...J__ _.._A-Ig um dwa vsus, pu but u burw s a wh b s Iwui ts a d b u s w%s b c vil dJJbwm, and ch:11;r.g 3;fcty systc;;. Cr:dit =cy bc'taken for unplanned
_ . . _ _ _ . u . _ u _ ,. . u . en w w wsibJ ba uu b dubudug bla n d en. n_..J.--__e_ Lt . . . ru_ _L_._ unnt" __._J_.J___ -- . . u _ J 1 . _ J nwwiwwwe J IYv b5. Ietw wuvys a svu6 i E J bl 4b b ivisa IItuJ u% usaLbUu l if it can.u.bc dc-. castrated u-_J_ ___,___J__ to the staff, cr. a plant specific mu_ en ..uu mu. ____.__ J. - _ . . _, .u_ uuJsJ, ba ru b VEi a Vi sin I a sy buIU wn bif% bstw
.J_, n s b l,a _1 a L uw bVI . _saa usaJ-- Vi
_ _ . _ J. s_. be _ J .unn; mm c. su . J u s . J . ,. . . L. b .s. . v 1. _. . J. _.3 m,4. _.J. u.. uJ , . i m J ,b .___ J__u,u.. < 4 uyys8%uun%. 1 i
- a. "erformance of the S" will not render any safety )
- systc; or component inoperable; ;
l
- b. "erformance of the S" will not cause perturbaticas to l any o,f J.the clect,r,_ical
_ _ _ . . - _u- ___ .- distribution _.--J.. _. systems
._ ____ that J__
could l i 1 IEJu4b IeI u blIU 4 LI 5p bV JbUuuJ JbubW Vy%I U b I VI 4 VI LV
- plant safety systems, and
, c. .erformance uuuds, v, of,the
.sduik
_ _ S", J._., _ . or . . failure
-_ anov u,,
of the u u__J-_ S"_,u,wil,lm__not nn .. .u. b . , u b b s .u u ..b m. u . m. ,vs to plant safety systems. SR 3.8.1.19 In the event of a DBA coincident with a loss of offsite power, the DGs are required to supply the necessary power to ESF systems so that the fuel, RCS, and containment design limits are not exceeded. This Surveillance demonstrates the DG operation, as discussed in j the Bases for SR 3.8.1.11, during a loss of offsite power actuation test signal in conjunction with an SI actuation signal. ' l In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG systes to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified.
~ _
1 takes into consideration unit 7 The conditions Frequency requireo of 8190gl3l to pe- form the Surveillance and is lCP3.8.G1 l 0 intended to be enndstent with an expected fuel cycle i length o@m@Lthfy }' This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the (continued) i
.A CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-29 12/1188 ?
j Diesel Fuel 011 Lube Oil, and Starting Air i B 3.8.3 l l B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS i l B 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air BASES l l BACKGROUND Each diesel generator (DG) is provided with a storage tank having i a fuel oil capacity sufficient to operate that diesel for a l period of 7 days while the DG is supplying maximum post loss of ' coolant accident load demand discussed in the FSAR, 1 Section 9:574m(Ref.1). The maximum load demand is calculated ; using the assumption that a minimum of any two DGs is available. This onsite fuel oil capacity is sufficient to operate the DGs for longer than the time to replenish the onsite supply from ; outside sources. Fuel oil is transferred from storage tank to day tank by either i of two transfer pumps associated with each storage tank. Redundancy of pumps and piping precludes the failure of one pump, l or the rupture of any pipe, valve or tank to result in the loss of more than one DG. All outside tanks, pumps, and piping are located underground. . i For proper operation of the standby DGs. it is necessary to ensure the proper quality of the fuel oil. Regulatory j Guide 1.137 (Ref. 2) addresses the recommended fuel oil practices I as supplemented by ANSI N195 (Ref. 3). The fuel oil properties governed by these SR are the water and sediment content, the { kinematic vis.:osity, specific gravity (or API gravity), and j impurity level. ;) 1 The DG lubrication system is designed to provide sufficient j lubrication to permit proper operation of its associated DG under all loading conditions. The system is required to circulate the.. s lube oil to the diesel engine working surfaces and to remove i excess heat generated by friction during operation. Each i engine oil s contains an inventory capable of supporting i a minimum of ays of operation. CP 3.8.G.1
~
}
Uhc ensite stcrage in cddition to the engire cil su;;;p is , sufficient to casurc 7 dcys of continucus opcretion.] This supply is sufficient to clicw the operster to rcpicaish lubc cil :, fra at;ii ;;rG;. I Each DG has an air start system WMEtERIEINdIwith I adequate capacity for five successive start attempts on o.3.8.3 01 CP l the DG without recharging the air start receiver (s). ! \ CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-39 12/1188
_ _ . . - - .~ . - - - - . - . - -. - . . - -- ,_ . . - - . . - Diesel Fuel 011. Lube Oil, and Starting Air B 3.8.3 BASES (continued) APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis ident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyse _the FSAR. Chapte ef. 4), and in the FSAR, Chapt? Ref. 5), assume E neered sarety Feature (ESF) sys s are OPERABLE. The DGs are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to ESF systems so that fuel, Reactor Coolant System and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2 Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4, Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6, Containment Systems. Since diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and the air start subsystem support the operation of the standby .sC power sources, they satisfy Criterion 3 of the NP,0 Policy Stat = nt 19fHilMffslGMit1 LC0 Stored diesel fuel oil is required to have sufficient supply for 7 days of full load operation. It is also required to meet specific standards for quality. Additionally, sufficient 3 lubricating oil supply must be available to ensure the capability to operate at full load for 7 days. This requirement, in conjunction with an ability to obtain replacement supplies within 7 days, supports the availability of DGs required to shut down the reactor and to maintain it in a safe condition for an anticipated operational occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA with loss of offsite power. DG day tank fuel requirements, as well as transfer capability from the storage tank to the day tank, are addressed in LC0 3.8.1, "AC Sources-Operating," and LC0 3.8.2, "AC Sources-Shutdown." l The starting air system is required to have a minimum capacity for g fiv: sc;;ssiv: DG start attempts without o.3.8.3 01 CP recharging the air start receivers. APPLICABILITY The AC sources (LC0 3.8.1 and LC0 3.8.2) are required to ensure the availability of the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition after an A00 or a postulated DBA. Since stored diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and the starting air subsystem supports LC0 3.8.1 and LC0 3.8.2, stored diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and starting air are required to be within limits when the associated DG is required to be OPERABLE. (continued) l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-40 12/1188
Diesal Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air
.8.3 BASES (continued) l limits, would not have an immediate effect on DG operation.
This Surveillance ensures the availability of high quality fuel : oil for the DGs. i Fuel oil degradation during long term storage shows up as an increase in particulate, due mostly to oxidation. The presence of particulate does not mean the fuel oil will not burn properly in a diesel engine. The particulate can cause fouling of filters and fuel oil injection equipment, however, which can cause engine failure. Particulate concentrations should be determined in accordance with ASTMD2276,173, Method # 'Ref. 6). This method involves a gravinetric determination of total particulate concentration in the fuel oil and has a limit of 10 mg/1. It ic acceptable to obtain a field sample for subsecuent laboratory testina in lieu of fioM tactincL(qhnagg1g1Utn;@t@J@titja]gMggdl M M M R ip M M W l RtWC W ed # CP 3.8.G 1 tup _ks"Seach3tanlCggt$gmsjdeleGmdstestedMepaf_gtfg ! The Frequency of this test takes into consideration fuel oil ~ degradation trends that indicate that particulate concentration is unlikely to change significantly between Frequency intervals. j SR 3.8.3.4 i This Surveillance ensures that, without the aid of the refill l compressor, sufficient air start capacity for each DG is { available. The system design requirements j provide for a minimum o engine start cycles 0 3.8.3 05 CP l without recharging. ,- : ' aa r. T ",,< s'Ya ,., " if y 4,; ,'t s - q w.) 0 3.8.3 01 CP
~
pressure specified in this SR is intended to reflect the lowest value at which g tq starts can be accomplished. The 31 day Frequency takes into account the capacity, capability, I redundancy, and diversity of the AC sources and other indications ; available in the control room, including alarms, to alert i the operator to below normal air start pressure. l CP 3.8.G 1 l SR 3.8.3.5 , t Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil degradation. There are numerous bacteria that can grow in fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to vive. Removal of water from the fuel storage tanks once every days eliminates the necessary environment for bacterial i rvival. This is the most effective means of controlling 1 (Qm, mued) I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-45 12/11/)8
~
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 8 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating BASES l l BACKGROUND- The station DC electrical power system provides 69.s %JMe i
~
~ - ;he AC ;nigacy p;wer ;y;te: with ;;ntr:1 power- It also provides both motive and control power to selected safety related equipment and preferred AC vital bus power (via inverters). As required by 10 CFR 50 Appendix A, GDC 17 (Ref.1), the DC electrical power system is designed to have sufficient independence, redundancy, and testability to perform its safety functions, assuming a single failure. The DC electrical power system also conforms to the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.6 (Ref. 2) and IEEE 308 (Ref. 3).
4 inde tVDC electrical power system consists of two nt and redundant safety related Clau 1E DC gG l electrical power subsy. s LTrHriTA74MJtyttIDB3 Each subs'/ stem Consists of( 5 VUL Datte rm r. Mnary WC 6;pritQ the associa';ec battery chargers for eacn pattery, and an me associated control equipment and interconnecting cabling. 250 '."X : curs is ;bt;ia;d by u:: cf the two " '" ) -- j
'e te ' : = rtM ' :r-ic:. Additic="unere Eggg3QQ3
, etich provide; b;;bp arvi;; in th; sent th;t the preferred i kttery ch;rger is cut of ;;rvi;;. If th; ;p;r; Mtt;ry charger !
i; ;;btitut;d f;r th; pr;ferred httery ch;rger, thca th; i req;ir;a..ts of indep;ndcace ad redundency ktura =bysts; j er; = int; ired. j 1 l During normal operation, the VDC load is powered from ths" battery chargers with the batter floating on the system. In case of loss of normal power to the battery charger, the DC load is automatically powered from the station batteries. T frd DC electrical powe subsystems provide the controi g ivr ~}"associated Cl E AC power loadM i' W sieup, gkVswitchgear,an DC electriche@r subsystems also pro /loadcenters. X electrical power The } to the inverters, which in turn power the AC vital buses. The DC power distribution system is described in more detail , in Bases for LCO 3.8.9, "Di' ibution System-Operating," and 1 LCO 3.8.10. " Distribution a - as - SL.tdown. " Each battery has adequate stcr;;e capacity to carry the required load continuously for at least 4 hours as discussed in the FSAR, Chapter 8 (Ref. 4). CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-47 12/11/98 '$
. l . . = . - - . . - - . - - . A
1 DC Sources-Operating ! B 3.8.4 BASES BACKGROUND Eeeh-125 VDC battermtERN (Continued) separately housed in a ventilated room apart from its CP 3.8 005 charger and distribution centers. Each subsystem is ) located in an area separated physically and electrically I' from the other subsystem to ensure that a single failure in one subsystem does not cause a failure in a redundant subsystem. J There is no sharing between redundant Class 1E subsystems, such l as batteries, battery chargers, or distribution panels. ' The batteries for Train A and Train B DC electrical power i subsystems are sized to produce required capacity at 80% of i nameplate rating, corresponding to warranted capacity at end of 1 life cycic: and the 100% design demand. Battery size is based l on batfMyJBhd!DGjfeiic8)Kcity3tWEofEnameplate5ratinEThe ! 3 electa (MReEcapacity2RinIggc_ess"ofgequgicapacitypM4 cf required capoeity and, after selection of an available cc .xrcial bettery, ic:ults in a battery capacity in cxcc;; cf 150% of rcquired capacity. The flos,ticharge] voltage limit otithg batterKQis 2.13 V per cell, which corresponds to a total . minimum volta utput of 128 Y per battery discussed in the l FSAR, Chapter < Ref. 4). The criteria for sizing large l 1ead storage {teries are defined in IEEE 485 (Ref. 5), a CP 3.8.G 1 l. Each Train A and Train B DC electrical power subsystem has < ! ample power output capacity for the steady state operation ! of connected loads required during normal operation, while at the same time maintaining its battery bank fully charged. Each ; battery charger also has sufficient capacity to restore the ; battery from the design minimum charge to its fully charged state within 24 hours while supplyin ormal steady state loads ' discussed in the FSAR, Chapter 1Ref. 4). _ f f APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design BasikA ident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient anal s the FSAR, Chapteri (Ref. 6), and in the FSAR, Chapter (Ref. 7), assume that :ngineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DCelectrical power for the DGs, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC sources is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the unit. This ircludes maintaining the DC sources OPERABLE 6 ring accident cor .itions in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite AC power; and
- b. A worst case single failure.
l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-48 12/1188
I DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES ; l The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of the "aC Pclicy Stctuat l M 18EU. j 4 j LCO The DC electri xwer subsystems, each subsystem t;ing o 3atteries, a battery chargerMab - cP 3.8.G 1 anu tne corresponding cuou us wu rmnt anu onnecting cabling supplying power to the associated j bus within the train are required to be OPERABLE to ensure the
- availability of the required power to shut down the reactor and l maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational l occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Loss of any train DC l electrical power subsystem does not prevent the minimum safety !
- function from being performed (Ref. 4). ,
l An OPERABLE DC electrical power subsystem requires all required , batteries and respective chargers to be operating and connected l to the associated DC bus (es).i(Referet10elTab1_eIB13:8:4jly ! l APPLICABILITY The DC electrical power sources are required to be OPERABLE in ! MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure safe unit operation and to ensure that:
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment integrity and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
The DC electrical power requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are addressed in the Bases for LCO 3.8.5 "DC Sources- Shutdown." ACTIONS Ad Condition A represents one train with a loss of ability to cc;;pictcly respond to an event, and a poter,tici loss of ability l to remain energized during normal operation. It is, therefore. l imperative that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for complete loss of DC power to the affected train. The 2 hour limit is consistent with the allowed time for an inoperable DC distribution system train. If one of the required DC electrical power subsystems is inoperable (e.g., inoperable battery, inoperable battery CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-49 12/1188 m .
,1
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance.
"a li;it ;-t:bli-hed f;r thi; 2 ;;;t k ;; er; th= 20* r,bx tk r;;i;tena n ;;nur;d during in;t:11;tien er not ;kx th;
;;iling v;1x ;;t;bli;kd by th; :=;f;;turer.
The Surveillance Frequency for these inspections, which can detect conditions that can cause power losses due to resistance heating, is 92 days. This Frequency is considered acceptable based on operating experience related to detecting corrosion trends.] ) SR 3.8.4.3 Visual inspection of the battery cells, cell plates, and battery racks provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal ; deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance. 1 _ _.~._ ..m_ _ _ . ..-. m .. _ .- ~ _ . , WL.?L%. knmed eemammarsites=ast 2^' MM*5*Y.W naen *&h e L*;> Y* Y! *"4 ' - M a.*122 s \'.'M ''S-=-- * *?*L4.ueM*?J"'L'.Lti ' M Cn ese M n* ***J' - - - 1 gyu,gyd e m#. M.'Amr.L C anwtu ve m i
~d..rar= war an -utmasami d dama-akw addusdamusansuurnearesa asw .a. ca a %1 u.a.m
~
~
0 3.8.4 14 EftEERMBfdMMif$kslithW69E . M M m M < V 3j0_t , , HEMMBBEHtRES S EEM E#
- n o m 34 l mammuthWBGDFRARit mari( i .v. .m i n p,,gg7g .
3 P88"""88"" . M2 ;; nth Croqu;ncy 7;r Cu = 13 ;;n;ist;nt with 0'3'8 # 1 IEEE 50 (Ref. O', which r;;cn:nd; d;teil;d vi:21 insg;ti;n of ;;11 ;;ndition ad r;;k int;;rity en ; y;;rly j M:is.] y i SR 3.8.4.4 and SR 3.8.4.5 , i
- Visual inspection and resistance measurements of intercell,
- interrack, intertier, and terminal connections provide an j indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that j could indicate degraded battery condition. The anticorrosion p^
material is used to help ensure good electrical connections and l to reduce terminal deterioration. The visual inspection for i corrosion is not intended to require removal of and inspection i under each terminal connection. The removal of visible corrosion is a preventive maintenance SR. The presence of visible corrosion does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR j provided visible corrosion is removed during performance of SR 3.8.4.4. Revi;W;r'; Netc. The recuir;. int t; V;rif" thet t;r;inel j! 0;nrection;Greci; Zen-tightoppli;;eniyt; nickel a CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-51 1291/98 _ . _ _ m._ ._ . . . . , .-4 . . _ _ _ M
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES l . 2_ t is ._ ___ vrer es-_;-_2 n11ne =vrer l w ous 2..._
.... wubbw. _2.w._ e u. ys , a u. w hunuui u . uvv . a i u.
. J n_..AJ._ v-_& 11.,&J._ uJ r _LJ__ n nuu _ _ - _- _ _,us.
. uJ ..uwbiwu s. v_ i anabui.ubiun, nu iftt__ou._~w nus. .webiny J n-_1..._ _t _s u _m.; u2_t_1 c ;_2.._ n.st 2.. s_
ursu swy a uwwierwa s b v. W Ul s bsu n i uf\E I V u%NB1 i uill Wu b b5I IwJ B v4 a__1 = ____t L. ____..; e t .s a. v. . . . .ouia riyy wbub 4..ta.v iwub ne.
-r. n k a. ,.
. ..J syu n wo~. n. opui us .wovvwu J .aJ
! si vi_ 1.wou uwiu wobbs. L. & A _ _2. u.. _ m --- __ma. 2_m.___ ,2_2s s_ en , a a e _ L .1 1 L.
. avvi 9 ysuw wvv is sww b s vi s a wJ B a bus tww I s sus a b a a vs wn v.v.7.s di tu i a ww ssv
&L=_ Sn Gr L-... &L_ ___J_L ...-_J J. . J .L.11.hJ .
baruas hvg wwvyw bass a wJIqbuisww uw ___ =_ serw u Jul su uut 3533 J. 4 B d bu i l u teivlie W5
..A .L_.._ &L_ ._41J _ ..1... __A.L12_L J L., LL. ...s._A..__
! I nv b uvvyw basV ww44 s s ay vusub wsbuun s wi rwsz wy b s :5 avusiu s uw bua wa . I f TL. c...=_J11.___ f"_ _J._ 6 --_AL_ J. -__ I_& _&
.s 1 G um qui w w s s i Wi Nw i i w3uwa iv I w g vi avviabsig ia wvisa a w wwi n k
-0 3.8.G 1 i
. 2. . L. verr m.m ,me,n u in.,
s im . . n, s, , . .t. . ,. w_ .L, ._____.__.u.J. w w._ . ww., bv __1, ww,. __J u,,u l !
.__2., _____m,__ ___,_m.___ __ .._____m __ . . . _ !
ks t ui t t iu s hvi sIIww b I vi s a ww u d bui sww Isw u d ul vissw e l b vil u gw ! i bas h i I l l l l I 1 F l l l l 1 k m t P I i 1 i l !e I 1 l ) 1 L 1 ! l y CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3e8 B 3.8-51a 12/1188 f
.L
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES SR_3. 8. 4. 6 This SR recuires that each battery charaer be canable of supplying 7 s ar"sO J]E V for (4 )ours. These p CP 3.8.G 1 requiremenWare based on Wdesign capaciT3rof the , chargers (Ref. 4). According to Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref.10), the battery charger supply is required to be based on the largest combined demands of the various steady state loads and the charg1ng capacity to restore the battery from the design minimum charge state to the fully charged state, irrespective of the status of the unit during these demand occurrences. The minimum required amperes and duration ensures that these requirements can be satisfied. The Surveillance Frequency is acceptabic. given the unit conditions rcquired to grfcrr, the test and the other administrative controls existing to ensure - adequate charger performance during these GB monts. intervals. In addition, this Frequency is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This Survcilience is required to be prforacd during o.3.8.4 09 "00SS S and 5 since it would rcquire the OS alectrical , R r subsystem to be inog rabia during g rformance of th? test- , This Sn 4 3 acdified by : Notc. The reason for the "cte is that peefereifwj-the Survcilience would grturb the ciectrical
- distribution systca and chc11ange safety systems. Srcdit acy ba j taken for unplanncd cvcats that satisfy this SR. ;
SR 3.8.4.7 A battery service test is a special test of battery capability, as found, to satisfy the design requirements (battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test - length should correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4. The Surveillance Frequency o s consistent with 7 the recommendations of Regulatory 1.32 (Ref. 10) and Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref.11), which state that the CP 3.8.G 1 l battery service test should be performed during refueling , operations or at wm other outage, with intervals between tests, not to exceed ( _ P ] j
\
^
This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows the performance of a modified performance discharge test in o.3.8.410 g I lieu of a service test N603 tooths. once pr 50 ! acaths. (continued) l l ) t ~ CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-S2 12/11/98 1
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 ) BASES discharge test may be used to satisfy SR 3.8.4.8 while satisfying the requirements of SR 3.8.4.7 at the same time. The acceptance criteria for this Surveillance are consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 9) and IEEE 485 (Ref. 5). These references recommend that the battery be replaced if its capacity is below 80% of the manufacturer's rating. A capacity of 80% shows that the battery rate of deterioration is increasing, even if there is i ample capacity to meet the load requirements. l l The Surveillance Frequency for this test is normally a.3.8.4 20 I 60 months. If the battery shows degradation, or if the ' battery has reached 85% of its expected life :nd ;;pcity l is < 100% of th ;;;cnufactur r's reting. AJ1d3apaAtyEfg00fgf ' the0Qnikflicturer3?tatitmMthe Surveillance Frequency is reduced to 42}$ months. However, if the battery shows no degradation but has reached 85% of its expected life, the Surveillance Frequency is only reduced to 24 months for batteries that retain capacity 2 100% of the manufacturer's rating. Degradation is indicated. according to IEEE 450 (Ref. 9), when the battery capacity drops by more than 10% relative to its acity on CP 3.8.G 1 the previous performance test or when it is a below the manufacturer's rating. Thc;c rrcqucacies arc - fr3%gggyJig consistent with the recommendations in IEEE 450 (Ref. 9).
-^~ "
This SR is modified by a Note. m .am u - - m u } g ;_ _ .. , ~ . - ,.- .. . . . .
^
- The rc::ca
;=r r--- -- r- Lis2= - - - E--- - - - - - - - - - -
$i[_!.3 !i$!!_!$'"! $5 b 5 3b_b i! !5'U N $ 5 !
. . .'f. .,",C..".""m""",
?'; ;. '.. ' :",'_ C "I _' "'", , .' I.."". .". .. .M. "L. . .. . *".' U. . . .f. ,. .*,/
. ., ".C. . "";,n, .
REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A. GDC 17.
- 2. R39ulatory Guide 1.6. March 10,1971.
- 3. IEEE308-}gli.
l 4. FSAR, Chapter 8. < t
- 5. IEEE485-}973 i 6. FSAR. Chapter 6.
- 7. FSAR, Chapter 15.
(continued) I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-54 12/11/98 __ _ __ u
l DC Sources-Shutdown l B 3.8.5 I l l B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown j 1 l l BASES , j BACKGROUND A description of the DC sources is provided in the Bases for LC0 3.B.4, "DC Sources-Operating." APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and J CP 3.8.G 1 l SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the FSAR, Chapter @Her. U and i Chapter 1) (Ref. 2), assume that EnginedTed Safety Feature l systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides ( normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, ! emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES l of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial ! assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the l supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum DC electrical power source's-during MODES 5 and C and during acv::ent of irradiated fuel o.3.8.5 03 l essembMes ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling l condition for extended periods: l
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available '
for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate DC electrical power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy State: nt M lfD%8 l LC0 The-MB2BMtlimpi3)@]DC electrical power subsystems, cach subsystem consisting of two batteries ICR64$tjone M]J ggc~1tHbattery charger per battery, and the corresponding control equipment and interconnecting 0 3.8.10 01 CP cabling within the train, are required to be OPERABLE to support-3eg igNati61tf81d required trains of the distribution systems required OPERABLE by LC0 3.8.10, i " Distribution Systems-Shutdown." This ensures the availability of sufficient DC electrical power sources to operate the unit in a i safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events i during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents), j l i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-57 12/1188
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 1
) B 3.8.6 Battery Cell Parameters BASES 1
BACKGROUND This LCU delineates the limits on electrolyte temperature level. , float voltage, and specific gravity for the'DC power source I batteries. A discussion of these batteries and their OPERABILITY requirements is provided in the Bases for LCO 3.8.4. "DC Sources-Operating," and LC0 3.8.5. "DC Sources-Shutdown." APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Aff:ident (DBA) and _CP3.8.G1 SAFETY ANALYSES transien nalyses in the FSAR. ChapterOU(Ref.1) and ; Chapter Ker. 2). assume tngineered Safety reawre systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators.
, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation.
The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial l assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the unit. This includes maintaining at least one , train of DC sources OPERABLE during accident conditions, in the l event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite AC power; and
- b. A worst case single failure.
Battery cell parameters satisfy the Criterion 3 of the NRC I'clicy Statemette MCEBlilWfill3EE8H. LCO Battery cell paras.eters must remain within acceptable limits to ensure availability of the required DC power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational occurrence or a postulated DBA. Electrolyte limits are conservatively established, allowing continued DC electrical system function even with Category A and B limits not met. APPLICABILITY The battery cell parameters are required solely for the support of the associated DC electrical power subsystems. Therefore, battery electrolyte is only required when the DC power source is required to be OPERABLE. Refer to the Applicability discussion in Bases for LC0 3.8.4 and LC0 3.8.5. (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-60 12/11/98
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) ACTIONS IL1 , With one or more batteries with one or more battery cell parameters outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not assured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable. Additionally, other potentially extreme conditions, such as not completing the Required Actions of Condition A within the required Completion Time or average . electrolyte temperature of representative cells falling below 60 10*F, are also cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), which recommends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including voltage, sp^ecific , gravity, and electrolyte temperature of pilot cells. SR 3.8.6.2 The quarterly inspection of specific gravity and voltage is consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 3). In ad ion, within 24 b ra - f a battery discharoe V or a battery , overcharge > y, we pattery must be Uw cnstra6ea to CP 3.8.G 1 seet Category limits. Transients, such as motor starting transients ich may momentarily cause battery voltaae to y, ao not constitute a pattery discharge provided the drop to s battery t al voltage and float current return to pre transient
- values. This inspection is also consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 3),
- which recommends special inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge, to ensure that no significant degradation of the battery occurs as a consequence of such discharge or overcharge.
SR 3.8.6.3 l This Surveillance verification that the average temperature 0 3.8.6 09 of 12EMdRtegrepresentative cells is > 60 [Q'F, is l consistent with a recommendation of IEEE 450 (Ref. 3) that ~ states that the temperature of electrolytes in representative cells
- should be determined on a quarterly basis. Lower than normal t
j- (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG 1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-62 12/11/98
I Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) l l SURVEILLANCE ' SR 3.8.6.3 (continued) REQUIREMENTS l temperatures act to inhibit or reduce battery capacity. This SR ensures that the operating temperatures remain within an acceptable operating range. This limit is based on manufacturer recommendations. Table 3.8.61 This table delineates the limits on electrolyte level, float voltage, and specific gravity for three different categories. The meaning of , each category is discussed below. I Category A defines the normal parameter limit for each designated pilot cell in each battery. The cells selected as pilot cells are those whose temperature, voltage. and electrolyte specific gravity approximate the state of charge of the entire battery. The Category A limits specified for electrolyte level are based on . manufacturer recommendations and are consistent with the guidance in ' IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), with the extra k inch allowance above the high water level indication for operating margin to account for temperatures and charge effects. In addition to this allowance, ! footnote a to Table 3.8.61 permits the electrolyte level to be above the specified maximum level during equalizing charge, provided it is o not overflowing. These limits ensure that the plates suffer no l physical damage, and that adequate electren transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE 450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours. The Category A limit ! specified for float voltage is a 2.13 Y per cell. This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged operation of cells < 2.13 V can reduce the life expectancy of cells. H..v 7 4.n;a mK.dsen.m y.;n.; :4.,f :dqn.p. w);; The Category A limit fied for specific gravity for _ each pilot cell is fully charged nomina (0.ua oeww Ine manuiauurer pecific gravity or a battery gl charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. According to IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), the specific gravity readings are based on a temperature of 77*F (25*C). , (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-63 12(11/98 i
?'
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 i BASES (continued) i l SURVEILLANCE - Table 3. 8.61 (continued) REQUIREMENTS The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual electrolyte temperature and level. For each 3*F (1.67'C) above 77'F (25'C).1 point (0.001) is added to the reading: 1 point is ! subtracted for each 3*F below 77'F. The specific gravity of the electrolyte in a cell increases with a loss of water due to electrolysis or evaporation. Category B defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery I cell that may be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for l Category A and have been discussed above. El#4MtedBH4 0 3.8.6 08
- @tr,gelgMGBP,Lagg]pTgt@]j@ltJ! Lap]t,.tureg a The
! Category B limit s connected cell is 2 for specific gravity for each 0.020 below the manufacturer
@ ~
fully charged, nomina spec gravity) w1tn the average of all connected cells (0.010 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum specific gravity value required for each cell ensures that the effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery. Category C defines the limits for each connected cell. These values. i although reduced, provide assurance that sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the i Category C limits, the assurance of sufficient capacity described l l above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable. The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above the top I of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for float voltage is based on IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), which states that a cell voltage of 2,07 V or below, under float l conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the cell, j indicates internal cell problems and may require cell replacement. l The Category C limit of average specific gravity a 1.195 is l based c,n manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the i manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific
- - (continued) l 1
CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-64 12/11/98 ?'
l Battery Cell Parameters j B 3.8.6 1 BASES (continued) SURVEILLANCE ' Table 3.8.61 (continued) REQUIREMENTS l gravity). In addition to that limit. it is required that the specific gravity for each cor.nected cell must be no less than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradation of the battery. The footnotes to Table 3.8.6-1 are applicable to Category A, B, and C specific gravity. Footnote (b) to Table 3.8.6 1 requires the above mentioned correction for electrolyte level and temperature, with the exception that level l corr ion is not required when battery charging current is ops on float charge. This current provides in general? an indication of overall battery condition. t Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabili. zed charger current is an acceptable alternative to specific gravity ! measurement for determining the state of charge. This 'I l phenomenon is discussed in IEEE 450 (Ref. 3). Footnote (c) to , Table 3.8.61 allows the float charge current to be used as an ,i alternate to specific gravity. for up t; 7 sy; foll wing ; bettery ra harsc. "ithin 7 s y:.. c;ch cenacted cell'; cP 3.8 004 )< sxcifi gravity must bc :asured t; cafi : the state of . c;;rg;. f;110 wing ; ainer bettery ruh;rg; (;uch :: 1
;;;1icir; ch;rg that do;; act foll;W ; i;p discherg;)
;paific gr;;ity gradients ;rc not significent ;nd ;;nfirming
- = 2..;_.at; =cy bc :;& in 1: n then 7 t y:.
"cvic.c.*; Note. The value of [2] eag; and in f;; tacts (b) and (c) i; the ac;;inal value for ,1 cat curr;nt .
a;tobli;hed by the battery vender ;; repr;xating ; fully ' ch;rg;d battery with on clicw;nce for ever:11 battery (cadition. 4 i REFERENCES 1. FSAR, Chapter 6.
. 2. FSAR, Chapter 15.
I
- 3. IEEE 450 1980.
2
E CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-65 12/11/98
Inverters-Operating B 3.8.7 l 8 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.7 Inverters-Operating l ! BASES l BACKGROUND The inverters are the preferred source of power for the AC vital ! buses because of the stability and reliability they achieve. The function of the inverter is to provide AC electrical power to the vital buses. The inverters gg;c= bc powered from thg 32EMEEMEMlgg; = irtcral AC sourcc/rcctificr cr fra the st; tim bcttcry. The station battery provides an ' uninterruptible power source for the instrumentation and controls for the Reactor Protective System (RPS) and the l Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System (ESFAS). Specific details on inverters and t ir operating characteristics are found in the FSAR, Chapte 8 (Ref. 1). N CP 3.8.G 1 l APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) andu ; - SAFETY ANALYSES transie nalvus in the FSAR. Chapter (cyKei . 4) anu Chapter (Ref. 3), assume Engmeerea safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The inverters are designed to provide the required capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to the RPS and ESFAS instrumentation and controls so that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2, Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4, Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6, Containment Systems. The OPERABILITY of the inverters is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based on meeting the design basis of the unit. This includes maintaining required AC vital buses OPERABLE during accident conditions in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC electrical power or all onsite AC electrical power; and
- b. A worst case single failure. I Inverters are a part of the distribution system and, as such, l satisfy Criterion 3 of the NilC ."clicy Statsat l 10CFBmMW081GH.
l t !, i
- CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-66 12/11/98 y L -
Inverters-0perating B 3.8.7 BASES (continued) LC0 The inverters ensure the availability of AC electrical power for the systems instrumentation required to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Maintaining the required inverters OPERABLE ensures that the redundancy incorporated into the design of the RPS and ESFAS instrumentation and en*^h js maintained. The four Mght inverters (two footh3tyg ensure an uninterruptioie , supply of AC electricai power to the AC vital buses even if 'CP 3.8.G 1 l 1 the 4-16-6j9 kV safety buses are de energized. Iber Q s ' glsOOM!!stalledispagJLRrterTforMcMtraipfdTM ntRe2Lverter.;manbeattuapy311gnetitorsubstitutelfpgwlof Belfoordinverters31nTthetsttain] 1 Operable inverters require the associated vital bus to be l I powered by the inverter with output voltage and frc=- y within tolerances, and :ower input to the inverter from Q51VDC] g[gtni,] station settery. Altcinatively. p.;cr suppiy m7 cc , fic;; en internal AC sourc; vi; rectificr s ica; :s thc atetion b;tt:ry is ;;;ilabic as the uninterruptibic powcr supply. ggfj IBtlG F83~Q2 i i I_ This LC0 is modified by a Note that allows n&,g % ! inverters 45tinocjgtgQitMEjigt_tdry] to be 1sconnected CP-3.8.G 1 l j from eMjbattery for s 24 hours, f the vital l bus (es) are powered from gm. ant voltage
'cr inverter using ...minal AC source euring the i all other inverters are operable. This allows H l an equalizing th; inscrter; charge wcrc to be placed ont..gg;resulting not disconaccted, ene-battery.
voltage CP 3.8 005 cor.dition ;;;ight d= ge the inverters. These provisions - minimize the loss of equipment that would occur in the , event of a loss of offsite power. The 24 hour time period for the allowance minimizes the time during which a loss of offsite power could result in the loss of equipment energized from the affected AC vital bus while taking into consideration the time required to perform an equalizing charge on the battery bank. The intent of this Note is to limit the number of inverters that may be disconnected. Only those inverters associated with the single battery undergoing an equalizing charge may be disconnected. All other inverters must be aligned to their associated batteries, regardless of the number of inverters or unit design. l t i 9. CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG 1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-67 12/11/98
_- _.~.. . . .. - - -. - . - _ . . . - - . . _ - - . - - . . Inverters-Operating j B 3.8.7 BASES (continued) r l APPLICABILITY The inverters are required to be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3. , I and 4 to ensure that: * !
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure .
boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or I abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the i event of a postulated DBA.
Inverter requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in the Bases for LC0 3.8.8, " Inverters-Shutdown." i l I ACTIONS L1 With a required inverter inoperable, its associated AC vital bus becomes inoperable until it iq=r,a; & l re energized ____ _,.._,m___ ggnTopgggggic75"~fre . . L .._,__ __.._______,______2...__m.._ ass 1E
' ' ot; r 1 AC :; ; - ; .
i For this reason a Note has been included in Condition A requiring the entry into the Conditions and Required Actions of LC0 3.8.9, " Distribution Systems-Operating." This ensures that the vital bus is re energized within 2 hours. Required Action A.1 allows 24 hours to fix the inoperable ! inverter and return it to service. The 24 hour limit is based upon engineering judgment, taking into consideration the time required to repair an inverter and the additional risk to which the unit is exposed because of the inverter inoperability. This I i has to be balanced against the risk of an immediate shutdown, along with the potential challenges to safety systems such a , shutdown might entail. When the AC vital bus is powered from l its sater,t v;1t:g : cur a H j upon EEBBBIBMB]interruptib'ggg, e AC e ectrica power it issources relying y-(offsite and onsite). The uninterruptible inverter source to 3' the AC vital buses is the preferred source for powering i instrumentation trip setpoint devices. I (continued) ? I CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-68 12/11/98
. i-
Inverters-Shutdown I B 3.8.8 8 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.8 Inverters-Shutdown BASES BACKGROUND A description of the inverters is provided in the Bases for LC0 3.8.7 " Inverters-Operating." ~~~ , APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and CP 3.8.G 1 SAFETY ANALYSES transie.nbanalysesintheFSAR,Chanta Ref. 1) and Chapter qpj (Re". z), assume Engineered ty teature systems are OPE W LE. The DC to AC inverters are designed to provide the , requirai capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to the Reactor i Protective System and Engineered Safety Features Actuation System instrumentation and controls so that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded.
}
The OPERABILITY of the 1'nverters is consistent with the initial . assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the I supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum inverters to each AC vital bus during MODES 5 and 6 ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
l
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and ,;
l'
- c. Adequate power is available to mitigate events postulated j during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
The inverters were previously identified as part of the distribution system and, as such, satisfy Criterion 3 of the %RC "clicy Stet aent Wm n - a . i L CPSES Mark up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-71 12/11/98 f
Distribution Systems-0perating B 3.8.9 I B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating l BASES , I BACKGROUND The onsite Class 1E AC, DC, and AC vital bus ele rical power distribution systems are divided by train int undant and independent AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems. The AC electrical power subsystem for each train consists of a primary Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) 4-16 ES kV bus and secondary IpBdIfentefGnjecu;arE12RV buses., distribution ponc 0" entrol ccnters anc 100c ccatcrs. Each 4-16
^ _ _ _
a p; hnas two at icost onc y,atelandJpdependenMt CP 3.8.G 1 Fwnwgoutwg;gcEQas well as a ue A: ma hc u sesei , scuerator (vw avm uc. Each 4-16 6MIESF2 bus'ps nvrmally connected to a preferred offsite source. m cer a loss of the preferred offsite power source to a 4-16 ER kV ESF bus, a ilog transfer to the alternate offsite source is accomplished. by utilizing a ti;c delayed bus undcrvcitagc rcicy. If M!Wtefnete l eH-offsite sources are unavailable, the onsite emergency DG supplies power to the 4-16 gg kV ESF bus. Control power for the 4-16 g3 kV breakers is supplied from the Class 1E batteries. Additional description of this system may be found in the Bases for LC0 3.8.1, "AC Sources-0perating," and the Bases for LC0 3.8.4, "DC Sources-Operating." e The secondary AC electrical power distribution system for each train includes the safety related load centers, ;ctor control centers, and distribution pancis shown in Table B 3.8.91. t The 120 VAC vital buses are arranged in two load groups per train g and are normally powered from the inverters. The alternate power supply for the vital buses are Class 1E constant voltage source t" transformers powered from the same train as the associated inverter, and its use is governed by LC0 3.8.7, .
- " Inverters - Operating. " Eech constant voltagc sourcc transformer is pc'.;; rad fre; ; Class 10 AC bus.
There are two independent 125 VDC electrical power distribution subsystems (one for each train).
. The list of all required distribution buses is presented in Table B 3.8.9 1.
t 9 CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 2 tn.t 12/1188
Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 BASES (continued) APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis O cident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses _1p the FSAR. Lnapterg (Ref. 1), and in the FSAR, ChapterQS (Ref. 2), assume t.P systems are CP 3.8.G 1 OPERABLE. The AC, , and AC vital bus electrical power distribution systems are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to ESF systems m that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. These lim'rs are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2. Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4, Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6. Containment Systems. The OPERABILITY of the AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution systems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the unit. This includes maintaining power distribution systems OPERABLE during accident conditions in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite power or all onsite AC electrical power; and ,
- b. A worst case single failure.
The distribution systems satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statc: cat 10CFR50N5f4(21[Q. LCO The required power distribution subsystems listed in Table B 3.8.91 ensure the availability of AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power for the systems required to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. The AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems are required to be OPERABLE. Maintaining the Train A and Train B AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems OPERABLE ensures that the l redundancy incorporated into the design of ESF is not defeated. Therefore, a single failure within any system or within the electrical power distribution subsystems will not prevent safe shutdown of the reactor. LCO OPERABLE AC electrical power distribution subsystems require (continued) the associated buses, and load centers, meter ccatrci ccatcrs, and distriktica pcncis to be energized to their proper voltages. , 1
~l (continued) ?
I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-76 12/1188
Distribution Systems Operating B 3.8.9 BASES (continued) OPERABLE DC electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to their proper voltage from either the associated battery or charger. OPERABLE vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses ized to their oroner voltage from g cp.3,8,s.1 g the associated . MM306. inverter , tiefte internal - ..ura, ., m ss m i.. . ... . so ; % trett;fori er. In ;ddition, tic brakers ktuan redund=t afety related AC, 00 and AC Vit:1 bu poucr di;tribution subystc;;; , if they exist. u-t bc ogn. This ;revats any electrical =lfunction in any poucr di-tributi;; u;syst= fic;;; propgoting to th; T-dund;nt uby-tec, that could causc thc failurc cf 3 ccdundant subysta;;; and ; ic- of esscatial safety function (s). If any tic brakr arc cic cd, the effected redundant electrical powcr distribution subsystems-eee ccasidered insgrabic. This applies to the casitc. afety rciated redundant electrical pcucr distribution subsysta . It docs not, howstr, preclud; redund;nt Class 10 5.0 kV buscs fic;;; bcing powered frs;;; the G;; cffsit; circuit. APPLICABILITY The electrical power distribution subsystems are required to-be OPERABLE in MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure that:
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
Electrical power distribution subsystem requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in the Bases for LCO 3.8.10. " Distribution Systems-Shutdown.* ACTIONS A.l With one or more required AC Tad unters, ;ctor antrol car,tcrs, or distribution p=cis, exccpt AC vital buses, in cac train $tlF#EtlEtMbMRitB h0]RETgIgtEtr]Qd inoperable 6 (LENtjgmfttedt the remaining tWtigjEtStEAC electrical power distribution subsyste;] in the other train 0 3.8.B 02.ff I 6gMcapable of supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, assuming no single failure. The overall reliability is reduced, however, 3 I (continued) l CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-77 12(1188
Distribution Systems 0perating B 3.8.9 BASES .t IL.1 With one MC vital bus Minoperable ?n v ?%
- s. A q n w . . .:x a . . the remaining OPERABLE AC vital buses are capable of supporting the minimum safety functions
! necessary to shut down the unit and maintain it in the safe shutdown condition. Overall reliability is reduced, a.3.8.B42.gg however, since an additional single failure could result in the minimum required ESF functions not being supported. Therefore, the M. vital bus ,;;;,,c;G ;;ast be CP-3.8.G 1 ' restored to opt.xm.Epcatus within 2 hours hv powering the bus _ b... "_p assggia{ % ,y
.... - .. .. ...m g N g , y ;,_gg;_ g .y
..m...... . . . . . , . . . . . . . . - . .
Condition B represents one R SIRjSAC vital bus ggbffstggg-without goJn gtggptiblGRMlggggggp wer. pctcatially rath th: 00 sourccid onr th essociated AC 30urcc arc rer.functionia;;. In this situation, the unit is significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of all non interruptible power. It is, therefore, imperative ! that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for loss of jgLnJRterDgtildgGpower to the remaining vital buses and restoring (REMatergpMDJgpower to the , affected vi.tal bus ggg3[gl. - l l This 2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times j allowed for the vast majority of components thtt are without i adequate vital AC power. Taking exception to LC0 3.0.2 for ] components without adequate vital AC power, that would have the l Required Action Completion Times shorter than 2 hours if declared inoperable, is acceptable because of: j] l
- a. The potential for decreased safety by requiring a change in j unit conditions (i.e., requiring a shutdown) and not allowing i stable operations to continue: i
- b. The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry into numerous Applicable Conditions and Required Actions for I' components without adequate vital AC power and not ACTIONS IL1 (continued) providing sufficient time for the operators to perform the necessary evaluations and ac.tions for restoring power to the i affected train; and ~j
- c. The potential for an event in conjunction with a single failure ji of a redundant component. ', 1 The 2 hour Completion Time takes into account the importance to j safety of restoring the AC vital bus to OPERABLE status, the s -
i (continued) l q CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-79 12/11/98 b 1 l
-- J
_ -._. ~ . . _ . _ __ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . . __ _ Distribution Systems 0perating ! 4 B 3.8.9 , i BASES l i redundant capability afforded by the other OPERABLE vital buses, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. The second Completion Time for Required Action B.1 establishes a i limit on the maximum allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single
, contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition B l is entered while, for instance, an AC bus is inoperable and subsequently returned OPERABLE, the LC0 may already have been not metforuptojB-hours. This could lead to a total of g M-hours,
- since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the vital bus i distribution system. At this time, an AC train could again become inoperable, and vital bus distribution restored OPERABLE. This 4 could continue indefinitely. . This Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal " time ! zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock." This will i result in establishing the " time zero" at th'e time the LCO was initially not met, instead of the time Condition B was entered. 4 The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this 4 potential to fail to meet the LC0 indefinitely. . u C With 2,;7 C.;;.,sDC , bus (as) in onc train $ M 3rA11tainoperable M the remaining N electrical power distribution subsystems are capable of b supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shu. 0 3*8'B 02*hh I down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown r condition, assuming no single failure. The overall reliability is reduced, however, because a single failure in the remaining V subsysteal cou'gW d resu t inelectrical the minimum power distribution r M rad ESF functions o CP 3.8.G 1 not being supported. Therefore, theqMp uum muu oe restored to OPERABLE status within 2 e . A, powering the bus j l from the associated battery cr charger. ACTIONS U (continued) Condition C represents one BWdEB1R = =-- ~ - =:rN lithEE!35 train without adequate DC power: potential'y both with the battery significantly degraded and the associated charger nonfunctioning ig3DGE(BBEMNL63]. In this situation, the J . unit is significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of all DC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for loss of j power to the remaining NIKen trains and restoring power to the g affected-tre4n l33&g]. q (continued) 4 l { CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-80 IN11/98 f
, _ . n.
. _ ~ - . .. . . - .-- - - . .. -_ . _ - - - -
Distribution Systems-Operating l B 3.8.9 I l BASES (continued) i D.1 and D.2 If the ir. operable distribution subsystem cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LC0 does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion l' Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the i required unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly l manner and without challenging plant systems. U "ith twc troim withConditierfT@fR_spondfLtd inoperable distribution subsystems that result in a loss of safety function, adequate core cooling, containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions for DBA mitigation would be compromised, and immediate t plant shutdown in accordance with LC0 3.0.3 is required. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.9.1 . REQUIREMENTS m This Surveillance verifies that the6 U1P[DC, and AC H CP 3,8.G 1 l vital bus electrical power distributlor systems are functioning properly, with the correct circuit breaker alignment. The correct breaker alignment ensures the appropriate separation and independence of the electrical divisions is maintained, and the appropriate voltage is available to each i required bus. The verification of proper voltage availability on the buses ensures that the required voltage is readily available for motive as well as control functions for critical system loads connected to these buses. The 7 day Frequency takes into account the redundant capability of the AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical-power distribution subsystems, and other indications available in the control room that alert the operator to subsystem malfunctions. REFERENCES 1. FSAR, Chapter 6.
- 2. FSAR, Chapter 15.
- 3. Regulatory Guide 1.93, December 1974.
l 4 CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-82 12/11/98 l I __
l l Distribution Systems-Shutdown i B 3.8.10 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown BASES i l BACKGROUND A description of the AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution systems is provided in the Bases for LC0 3.8.9,
" Distribution Systems-Operating."
l i APPLICABLE cident and SAFETY ANALYSES The initial conditions transientanalyses ofFSAR. in the DesignChapter] Basis 6h(Ref.1) anti Chapter (l5)(Ret. 2), assume Engineered Sa~fety Feature (ESF) CP 3.8.G 1 systems Efe OPERABLE. The AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution systems are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to ESF systems so that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System, and containment design limits are not exceeded. The OPERABILITY of the AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical p'ower distribution system is consistent with the initial assumptiens of the accident analyses and the requirements for the supported i systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distributica subsystems during MODES 5 and 6, end-def4eg mevement of irradiated fuci cs:c:blics ensures that: l
- a. The unii. can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available '
for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
The AC r.nd DC electrical power distribution systems satisfy Criterica 3 of thc N"C "clicy Statc;=t 10.CER5G6CO)12L(g),. I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-84 1U11/98 m
l l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-01 CP APPLICABILITY: CP, WC, CA l Q 3.8.1-01 WC ) Q 3.8.1-01 CW I REQUEST: CP rrS 3.8.1 Required Actions A.2 and B.2 CW(3.8.1-01) ITS 3.8.1 Note for Required Action B.2 WC(3.8.1-01) Bases for ITS 3.8.1 Required Action A.2, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-5 Bases for ITS 3.8.1 Required Action B.2, STS
. Bases markup page B 3.8-8 Bases for STS 3.8.1 Required Actions A.2 and B.2 l
j Reviewer's Notes CTS 3/4.8.1.1 Action c Required Actions A.2 and B.2 for ITS 3.8.1 specify to declare required feature (s) with no offsite power available or supported by the inoperable DG inoperable when its required redundant feature (s)is inoperable. The Bases for STS 3.8.1 Required Actions A.2 and B.2 contain the same Reviewer's Note. The Reviewer's Notes address when the turbine driven auxiliary feedwater pump (TDAFWP)is required to be considered a redundant required feature. The Note associated with Required Action B.2 states, "In Modes 1,2, and 3, the TDAFWP is , considered a required redundant feature." Required Action A.2 does not have this Note. The l Bases for Required Action A.2 states," Single train systems, such as the steam driven (turbine I driven) auxiliary feedwater pump, are not included." This is a proposed difference with the l Bases for Required Action A.2 for STS 3.8.1. l Comment: Not having a Note associated with Required Action A.2 for ITS 3.8.1 that l addresses the TDAFWP appears to be inconsistent with Required Action B.2, and .ot in conformance with the STS Bases Reviewer's Notes. Revise the submittal to provic.e the explanation / justification for this apparent inconsistency and nonconformance, or add a Note addressing the TDAWFP to Required Action A.2. No justification has been provided to support the proposed Bases difference. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification or expand the Bases to address including the TDAFP as a redundant required feature. FLOG RESPONSE: A Note has been added to Required Actions A.2 and C.1 addressing the a TDAWFP. The associated Bases have been revised to be consistent with the Bases for Required Action B.2. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 2 3/4.8-3 and 3/4.8-4 Enci 3A 4a and 5 EnctSA 3.8-1 and 3.8-3 Enci5B B 3.8-5 and B 3.8-10 l Encl 6A 6
; Encl 68 7 a 1
1 r
_~ - - - --- -- . - - . i ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS , LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (Continued) l l ACTION (Continued)
- d. With one diesel generator inoperable, in addition to ACTION b. or
- c. above, verify that:
- 1. All required systems, subsystems, trains,' components, and I devices that depend on the remaining OPERABLE diesel generator as a source of emergency power are also OPERABLE, l and
- 2. Wher. in MODE 1, 2 or 3, the steam driven auxiliary feedwater pump is OPERABLE.
If these conditions are not satisfied within 2 hoursIhoul$ h01406LS1 frogdityWeMof3pe DG3@perab.leitontgiyentipith fnoperability"gfledundantgegujredjeatute(s1.c in at iea3t HOT STANDSY within the nut S hours and in COLD SllUT00'JN within the fcilowing 30 hours dsQ4Tre'NieufredJfettGre(s)J$gypottediby NOM thel n_ M igpireeable.
- e. With two of the above required offsite A.C. circuits inoperable, "wr"* *** ==fy)Mara*Atleiggh1G2 $fg-M QY y @!
o m ..a t __.E- -'w.i;.wgg c;; ,_, m ,,2 OPCRASILITY of tsc dicst; i;cacrators scparately by ~~-------~---l 1
;crforming Surveillance Requircccat 4.8.1.1.2a.4) within 0 1 22 M
; cur: unic:: the dic;cl gener:ter: Orc :1re:dy cperatingh 0 3.8.1-01 CP <
restore at least one of the inoperable offsite sources to l OPERABLE status within 24 hours or be in at least HOT t' STANDBY within the next 6 hours. With only one offsite source restored, restore at least two offsite circuits to OPERABLE status within 72 hours from time of initial loss gggighj]Qg ~ N13MM SHUT WN within the following 30 hours.
- f. With two of the above required diesel generators inoperable, demonstrate the OPERABILITY of two offsite A.C. circuits by performing Surveillance Requirement 4.8.1.1.la. within 1 hour and at least once per 8 hours thereafter: restore at least one of the inoperable diesel generators to OPERABLE status within 2 hours or be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD g SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours. Restore at least two diesel generators to OPERABLE status within 72 hours from time of initial loss EndJgft nentM0 lor be in at le,1J1fggyayryf@MXUJ]!y_e!P'UfM81}yrg]Ltj!
ast H0T STANDBY within the next 6 hours [0 and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours. Ouring perfor;;nce of surveillancc activitics as a rcquirc; cat for [0RSM ACTION statc;;nts. the air roll test shall not be pcrfor;cd. 1 r 1 CPSES Markup ofCTS3N.8 3N.8-3 12/1188
.l
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (Continued) ACTION (Continued)
- g. With the fuel oil storage system total particulate ~ ~ ~ ~
contamination not within limits, restore total particulate contamination to within limits within 7 days or immediately
~~ -
declare the associated diesel generator inoperable and perform the applicable ACTION for an inoperable diesel generator (s).
- h. With the properties specified by Surveillance Requirement 4.8.1.1.2d.2 for new fuel oil that has been added to the fuel $ ;
oil storage inventory not within limits, confirm that the - l stored fuel oil properties are within limits or restore the stored fuel oil properties to within limits within 30 days or immediately declare the associated diesel generator inoperable i and perform the applicable ACTION for an inoperable diesel 1 generator (s). l l ILEM Njth; DEggloAsTayd23E(Qg callo_. teggistintomattagm lQgggg ga1]onsiirg atelyld. eclar_eltilfMM811tyd dieseli m HEW Njt.hi$ts % 2 7;_:' W 'bi % X i t;4,.;n .WliBEjfdl4Kgg3 the,h e} <y; m y. m
- ~. ..yWt jg p.jjg gfl$g a4.. :Q m. >y Rg '.;i- p;tq; ,r eM- f1uA.4 '.-., D Y {, ' n . S'.; j o-, Q@; 4. ; ,; g.a g;.;, .
'L A W -e. ) A M:V-kt?M MQ l*kl41M;'{.kd )
KEM Hith3,.J w w t & i 5.:We V t'55MWBJIM101SEMBHitEE IIs5301ce l 1 t B b CPSESMarkup ofCTS3N.8 3M.8-4 1N1188 + ..- ,
CHANGE NUMBER HSE DESCRIPTION as delineated in NRC policy statements, without reducing the level of plant safety. The SRs that are being moved reflect normal design, maintenance or line up i activities / descriptions rather than features specifically l needed to successfully mitigate a DBA or design transient. l These proposed changes are consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 21 M An additional action requirement would be added to TS l 3.8.1.1 action for one offsite circuit inoperable. This requirement would only apply if the inoperable offsite , circuit results in no offsite pcwer to one Class 1E l electric power distribution system concurrent w NW obility oLegiundant required features, g o.3.8.1 01 cP l MODEE21End l3JftheigDAFW'aisTcertsideredTFr=Hr i M feat p is requirement is intended to ) proviue assurance that an I l l l l CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3M.8 da 1N1188 l
I CHANGE NUMBER RSlE DESCRIPTION l event, coincident with the single failure of the associated DG, would not result in a complete loss of l safety function of critical, redundant required features. I ! The addition of this requirement is consistent with ! NUREG 1431. l 01 22 M An additional requirement would be added to TS 3.8.1.1 Action for two offsite circuits inoperable, requiring that concurrent with inoperability of required redundant l feature (s), the required feature also be declared l inoperable. This requirement is intended to provide assurance that an event with a coincident single failure would not result in a complete loss of redundant. recui_ red safety functiont.J2 nuumwppa.wr*L Q 3.8.101 CP l
@Rf as cons 1M?airetlGired7tedundant3fettilt9M The addition of 1.n1s requirement is consistent with NUREG 1431.
i 01 23 LG The DG partial load rejection SR would be revised to replace the requirement that the load be z [783] kW with "a load greater than or equal to its single largest post-accident load." The actual load and its corresponding horsepower and kW ratings would be included in the TS. Bases. This change would eliminate unnecessary information contained in the TS and potentially reduce the need for a future license amendment request. This proposed change is consistent with NUREG-1431. 01 24 LS 13 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 3B). 01 25 M Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 01-26 M Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 3B). 01 27 LS 9 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table ; (enclosure 3B). 01-28 LG Several SRs would be res ded to move the requirement to verify the DG accelerates to at least [441] rpm in less than or equal to 10 seconds to licensee-controlled documents. These SRs would include voltage and frequency requirements that are equivalent for the verification of ; l
- proper speed. This proposed change is consistent with j l NUREG 1431.
( 01-29 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). CPSESDescription ofChanges to CTS 3N.8 5 12/11/98
l AC Sources-Operatinf, l
- 3. 8. 3. I 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.1 AC Sources-Operating ]
LCO 3.8.1 The following AC electrical sources shall be OPERABLE:
- a. Two qualified circuits between the offsite transmission network and the onsite Class 1E AC Electrical Power ;
Distribution System: and !
- b. Two diesel generators (DGs) capable of supplying the onsite Class 1E power distribution subsystem (s): Afid
$'d Mitic3pildlMMCsifRHCalg!DipdlTCaiplB] !
VB@j APPLICABILITY: H00ES 1, 2, 3, and 4. l ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One t%~gotred offsite A.1 Perform SR 3.8.1.1 for 1 hour . circuitTn6perable. DgpfgYd OPERABLE offsite @8M circuit. M M r Once per 8 hours 4-i ~~ s-Arcd,:1frj thereafter in] ,* Jig 21
))M or ggg" gggy i
. 3.8 43 0 3.8.1 01 CP
_ __ ,, gsmuggg A.2 Declare required feature (s) l with no offsite power l 24 hours from available inoperable when discovery of no its redundant required offsite power to (' feature (s) is inoperable. one train concurrent with h' M inoperability of ! redundant J required l feature (s) i 1 A.3 Restore gggdifed offsite circuit to OPERABLE status 72 hours [$3 y
-i j 6 days from 1
discovery of I failure to meet LC0 ;, e c l CPSES /fcrk-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-1 12/1188
)
AC Sources-Operating j 3.8.1 i 1 ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. (continued) B.4 Restore required DG to 72 hours ,
]
OPERABLE status. .. . a j 6 days from discover of , 1 failure to meet LC0 1 I se e wil0N! E IUJu ja ! C. Twoir,equiredoffsite In;M00ESjggplangl1 351h j circuits inoperable. JDAFW4siciottsidireFa g 3 8 43 i Q 3.8.1 01 CP r@ifediriduindahtsfeatW l -
#*#GET2ZEiDT~J3# IBM j C.1 Declare required feature (s) 12 hours from l inoperable when its discovery of fB f1 redundant required Condition C feature (s) is inoperable. concurrent with inoperability of redundant , ,
MQ required features . C.2 Restore one reqqited 24 hours offsite circuit to OPERABLE {Bi, status. 5 D. One t@utted offsite -
- NOTE -- --
circuit inoperable. Enter applicable Conditions and $% Required Actions of LC0 3.8.9, MQ " Distribution Systems - Operating." when Condition D is One required DG entered with no AC power source inoperable. to any train. M
~ offsite 12 hours D.1 circuit Restoreto MOPEilABLE status, h
m i D 2 Restore required DG to 12 hours OPERABLE status. $83PJ$ j E. Two required DGs E.1 Restore one required DG to 2 hours inoperable. OPERABLE status. $$ CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-3 12/1188 Y
l AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l BASES ! 1 1 APPLICABILITY The AC sources y b w & are required to be OPERABLE in H0 DES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure that: CP 3.8.G 1
- a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant pressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients; and
)
i
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA. The AC power requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in LC0 3.8.2, "AC Sources -Shutdown.
- j ACTIONS U To ensure a highly reliable power source remains with one offsite circuit inoperable, it is necessary to verify the OPERABILITY of ;
the remaining required offsite circuit on a more frequent basis. ' Since the Required Action only specifies " perform," a failure of SR 3.8.1.1 acceptance criteria does not result in a Required Action not met. However, if a second required circuit fails SR 3.8.1.1, the second offsite circuit is inoperable, and , Condition C, for two offsite circuits inoperable, is entered. l Rcvir.;;r's Note. The turbiac driven auxiliory fctd.;;ter pu;p i; caly required to bc ansidered a rcdund=t required featurc, =d. thereforc, rcquired to bc determined OPEPX L: by this Required Actim. if the dcsign i: uch that the racining OPEPXL ;ctor or turbiac driv = Exili;ry fccd.;;ter pu;p(;) i; not by it;;lf c;p;bic (without =y reliance on the ;ctor driven euxiliary f;;d.;;ter pu;p pacred by the ;=r;=cy bu; ;;;;ciated with the ir.epcrobic dic;ci scacrator) of providing 100% of the axiliary fccd.;cter flow :ssu=d in the ;fety =;1ysis. U Required Action A.2, which only applies if the train cannot be powered from an offsite source, is intended to provide assurance that an event coincident with a single failure of the associated DG will not result in a complete loss of safety function of critical redundant required features. These features are powered l from the redundant AC electrical power train. This includos the motor driven aux 111arv faadwatar nnmn yg Q 3.8.1 01 CP 1ctLaust9e cava11abTfRdig(glg8t10trM3 [gggtetg#ine7 break.fsingle train systems, _.c ! steam driven (turbine driven) auxiliary fee r pump, are not included. (continued) i i I l CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-5 12/1188 i
4 AC Sources-Operating ! B 3.8.1 BASES l AC power sources to be' inoperable during any single contiguous i occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition B is entered I . while, for instance, an offsite circuit is inoperable and that i circuit is subsequently restored OPERABLE, the LC0 may already have been not met for up to 72 hours. This could lead to a total of 144 hours, since initial failure to meet the LCO, to restore the DG, At this time, an offsite circuit could again become l inoperable, the DG restored OPERABLE, and an additional 72 hours (for a total of 9 days) allowed prior to complete restoration of the LCO. The 6 day Completion Time provides a limit on time i allowed in a specified condition after discovery of failure to 2 meet the LCO. This limit is considered reasonable for situations , in which Conditions A and B are entered concuarently. The "ANQ" i connector between the 72 hour and 6 day Completion Times means j that both Completion Times apply simultaneously, and the more restrictive Completion Time must be met. l As in Required Action B.2, the Completion Time allows for an
- exception to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed 4
time " clock." This will result in establishing the " time zero" ! at the time that the LCO was initially not met, instead of at the l time Condition B was entered. C.1 and CJ. Required Action C.1, which applies when two offsite circuits are
- inoperable, is intended to provide assurance that an event with a coincident single failure will not result in a complete loss of redundant required safety functions. The Completion Time for this failure of redundant required features is reduced to
, 12 hours from that allowed for one train without offsite power (Required Action A.2). The rationale for the reduction to l 12 hours is that Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6) allows a Completion Time of 24 hours for two required offsite circuits . l inoperable, based upon the assumption that two complete safety 4 trains'are OPERABLE. When a concurrent redundant required ] feature failure exists 'this assumption is not the case, and a j shorter Completion Time of 12 hours is appropriate.
- These features are powered from redundant AC safety
- s This inclu n systems -"d c: rim.Ipur)ine le d driven auxiliary feedwater pump, are nc ud ir. t u y The Completion Time for Required Action C.1 is intended to allow 3 the operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered 4 l ACTIONS C.1 and C.2 (continued) , (continued) {
~
CPSES Mark up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 .B 3.8-10 12/11/98
CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION look for damage to or degradation of the battery that would affect the operability of the battery, and that any damage or degradation that does not affect battery operation would not fail the surveillance acceptance criteria. This change is consistent with industry Traveler TSTF 38. 3.8 42 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68). 3.8 43 For one DG inoperable, while in H00Es 1, 2, and 1, the requirement in the CTS to confirm the OPERABILIT) of the TDAFW pump is part of ITS LC0 3.8.1, ACTION B.2 and a No- has l been added to make this requirement clearA3d(gjca, QteJhas hacaec2t.AgegdteQcticas12J!!(CD 2] l03.8.101CP 3 8-44 Not Used. 3.8 45 The specifications for power scources and power distribution systems are revised to retain the CTS requirement. tM t cac train (subsystca) 3M11 bc OPEPASLE when shutdcwn. LCOs 3.S.5. 3.8.8 :nd 3.S.10 are revised to rcquir; "Trein A cr Train 3" to support " enc train" of equip; cat required _ to bc OPEPASLE. In scvcral locaticas, the refcccaca to i '
"subsysta;(s)" is chased to "subsystaas" or "sub:ystem" and the phrasc "cac or scre" is delstad to bc consistant wi" the overall CTS rcquir;r. cat that ca; train bc OPEPASLC. Thc CTS 'iquirc; cat to Mvc cac train of pcucr scurcca and powcr distributica OPEPASLC providcs thc support nccded to opcretc in a safe mannc?
cad to mitig tc the conscqucaces of postulated events during
; sMtdown."
I 3.8 46 Not applicabic to CPSES. Ses conscrsion ca porisca table cP 3.8 004 (caclosurc 50). EMcBtEEEMEE230BtdERNEM'tM! '
, edest 1, . . , o,. %m o c c. s.; . . . - .. - 1 ; .a ,
ah . m t Oe e F . 6 : - 5 .: " 4 ' . v. M l 'e d a f.Ltip i runwasuranrmwananmmmmmmmmmmenemenemonsrcammerrasmure I-
._.__ _ - --- - s
% Raans a. mT1msemeermwamas ".amramas-mm e me rmanw ure amarnassuganaFar s t a '1 2
i t!!!!MlWmMERihSNh@DWIBtFBitMGGisC8G4ttWigngeEgg i itHMElsmtags3NMgitgggggggnittomt!OlMrimtwdithi tematm1.1tsfatstniedanetamMMPOPECCUtatellmgMtRing i j 3.8 47 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table 4 (enclosure 68). 1 j IMQ MMIEttdNCPSESmen9 egg!Gs!!yMa2LM y k L61##ER"tiBU ! H [ h. 6 12/11/98 ] lA CPSESNUREG-1431 Differences -ITS3.8
.(
r.c. umc .= . . _ = . - . .m.; _ , . _ . . . _
~ _
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 7of7 NtHBER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 3.8-43 ~ A Note is added to ITS 3.8.1, ACT10 6 2 Q Sildtk Yes Yes Yes Yes state that the TDAFW =a h wired to meet the recunuam. _ ' - " " features requirement .c rc OC tr.c4cr = c E Hode 1, 2, and 3 consistent witu & Z _ m 7. Q-3.8.1- 31 CP l 3.6-44 Not Used. N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.8-45 The specifications for power scources and power No. See CNs 3.8-13 Yes Yes Yes distribution systems are revised to retain the CTS and 3.8-15. requirement. t Mt r.: tr;i- O,.bs;t;;' ;Mi' bc 0COC l 0-3.8.10-CI CP l
- a.. ,: /~ r.
3.8-46 Footnote (c). of ITS Table 3.8.6-1 wo-u ld be modified to No gt_t)getjpgisJRES A l Ne ye4 Yes No6 retain t#,1f Cred current TS requirements for using MWdingt M charging current as a substitute for specific gravity measurements. l CP-3.E -004 ] _ 3.8-47 The ITS LCO 3.8.3, CONDITION B requirement for a "per Yes No No No , diesel generator" lube oil storage system is revised to , reflect the current design of a shared system between units. t h8168 MMf2 li l0-3.8.4 -07 h8tSQ Ihelflotesit,olDGisutye1UaMejfequitgegntDjouMbtimodiff.ted yes Yes le$ Ig( golmekelthes;ggnJ1ste@iwitftLCISitets 1tggntsj l 0-3.8.1- 20 CP l ; 4
,?
CPSES Conversion Comparison Table -ITS3.8 12/1188
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.1-03 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP Q 3.8.1-02 CP REQUEST: CP DOC 01-03-LS DC(3.8.1-03) CTS 3/4.8.1.1 Action e Action e for CTS 3/4.8.1.1 requires demonstrating the Operability of two diesel generators separately by performing Surveillance Requirement 4.8.1.1.2a.4 within 8 hours unless the DGs ! are already operating. This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.1 in conformance with the STS. l Comment: DOC 01-03-LS does not address this proposed change. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed change. , FLOG RESPONSE: DOC 01-03-LS-5 and LS-5 have been modified to include the changes made in the conversion associated with CTS 3/4 8.1.1 ACTION e. The following has been l added to DOC 01-03-LS5 and LS-5:
"or within 8 hours if both offsite A.C. circuits become inoperable."
Enclosure 3B has also been revised to remove association with CTS 3/4 8.1.1 ACTION c for one offsite circuit and one diesel generator inoperable. This change was made under DOC 01-08-LS-8. ATTACHED PAGES: Encl.3A 1 Encl. 3B 1 Encl. 4 21 i l i I l ! I
DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES TO CURRENT TS SECTION 3/4.8 This enclosure contains a brief description / justification for each marked up change to the current Technical Specifications. The changes are identified by change numbers contained in enclosure 2 (Mark up of the current Technical Specifications).
-In addition, the referenced No Significant Hazards Considerations (NSHCs) are contained in enclosure 4. Only technical changes are discussed: administrative changes (i.e., format, presentation, and editorial changes) made to conform to NUREG 1431 Revision 1 are not discussed. For enclosures 3A, 38, 4, 6A and 68, text in brackets "[ ]" indicates the information is plant specific and is not common to l all the Joint Licensing Subcommittee (JLS) plants. Empty brackets indicate that other JLS plants may have plant specific information in that location.
l CHANGE EtBER EiHC DESCRIPTION I 01 01. A TS requirement for minimum diesel generator (DG) day tank l fuel oil volume and fuel transfer pump would be moved to l improved Technical Specif1 cation (ITS) Surveillance Requirement (SR) 3.8.1.4 and SR 3.8.1.6. This change does
- not result in a change to any technical requirement and is
! administrative in nature. This change is consistent with l i NUREG 1431. TS requirements for diesel fuel oil storage would be moved I to ITS LC0 3.8.3. ! u j 01 02 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 01 03 LS 5 CTS 3.8.1.1 Action requirements to demonstrate DG operability is deleted. Actions currently require all operable DGs that have not been tested within the previous 24 hours to be started within 24 hours to demnstrate their operability in the event that one or L., ffsite A.C. circuits becomeg inopera g/ norma surve ance .
.y aemonstrates that an OPERABLE DG_is capable of performing its safety function. The inoperablity of an offsite circuit does not in any way effect the DG(s). rherefore, this testing is unnecessary. This change is consistent with Generic letter (GL) 93 05, "Line Item Technical Specifications Improvements to Reduce Surveillance Requirement for Testing During Power Operation." and with NUREG 1431.
01 04 M This proposed change would revise CTS 3.8.1.1 to require j that with one or more AC electrical power source inoperable, all AC electrical power sources be restored to operable status within [6] days from the time the first AC ' electrical power source became inoperable. This proposed change would add a more restrictive requirement to limit total time for not meeting the TS LCO. This will provide
. CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 1 12/1188 J
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 ' Page 1 cf. 9 TEOiNICAL SPECIFICATION CHANGE APPLICABILITY Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway DESCRIPTION Yes Yes Yes Yes 01-01 TS requirement for minimum diesel generator (DG) day tank A fuel oil voltne and fuel transfer ptmp would be moved to improved Technical Specification (ITS) Surveillance Requirement (SR) 3.8.1.4 and SR 3.8.1.6. TS requirements for diesel fuel oil storage would be moved to ITS LCO 3.8.3. Footnote would be revised to specify "may* instead ef *shall* No: CTS footnote No. CTS footnote Yes Yes 01-02 A in reference to the DG start being preceded by an engine specifies *may." specifies *may" prelube period to minimize wear on moving parts that do not get lubricated when the engine is rot running. ,_ TS 3.8.1.1 Action requirement to demonstrate DG operability Yes Yes No. Already No. ' 01-03 BQ-3.8.1-02 CP l with an offsite circuit inoperable /@ offsite circuits deleted per Already LS-5 Amendment 10 deleted inoperable.Qit'. r. ef f it; ci cuit r. 't. L =g c :c. _ per is deleted. Amandment 112 This proposed change would revise TS 3.8.1.1 to require No: 10-day A0T Yes Yes Yes 01-04 M that with one or more A.C. electrical power sources proposed as Change inoperable, all A.C. electrical power sources be restored 01-32-H. to operable statt.s within 6 days from the time the first A.C. electrical power sourae became inoperable. This proposed change incorporates the NUREG-1431. provision Yes Yes Yes Yes 01 05 - LS-6 of
- determining the operable DGs are not inoperable due to a conmon cause failure." which avoids unnecessary testing of operable DGs into Actions for one DG inoperable and for one DG and an offsite circuit inoperable. In addition, the requirement to complete DG testing regardless of when the inoperable DG is restored to OPERABLE status would be deleted.
Current IS 3.8.1.1 Action allowed time for verification of Yes Yes Yes Yes 01-06 LS-7 required redundant feature operability would be increased from 2 to 4 hours. The requirements would be moved to LCO 3.8.1 Action B. and the shutdown requirement would be replaced with a requirement to enter the required feature's , t , action statement. 01-07 The CTS SR to start all DGs simultaneously would be revised Yes Yes No. Not in CTS No. Not in CTS l
- LS-3 to delete the requirement to perform this SR during i shutdown.
01-08 The CTS 3.8.1.1 Action requirement to demonstrate DG Yes Yes Yes Yes
- LS-8 operability in 8 hours would be changed to 24 hours. ,
01-09 Not Used N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3M.8 12/11/98 l
~
_ ~ .. - . - . .. -. -- . _. .- . . .
- l IV. SPECIFIC NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS i
i NSHC LS-5 ; 10 CFR 50.92 EVALUATION i 4 FOR TECHNICAL CHANGES THAT IMPOSE LESS RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS WITHIN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS I The TS 3.8.1.1 Action requirements to demonstrate DG operability are deleted. ) Actions currently require all operable DGs that have not been tested within 1 the previous 24 hours to be started within 24 hours to demonstrate l their operability in the event that oneJr =(offsite A.C. circuits ' bec ,inoperabl oGrittt1E81houts3tggLth"6frsueApac1rCU11.sy 0 3.8.1 02 CP l c_omel _ ..jiheintentoftnisacau.iunaitesungistoprovide auuea assurance that the remaining operable DG(s) are capable of i supplying emergency power when the offsite sources are degraded. l l I The normal TS surveillance testing schedule (improved SR 3.8.1.2) demonstrates that operable DG(s) are capable of performing their intended safety function. Tile inoperability of one or both of the offsite A.C. circuits does not affect I the reliability of the operable EDG(s). Although the occurrence of an l inoperable offsite A.C. circuit is infrequent, the present requirements result in an unnecessary test of the DGs, whose reliability is demonstrated by the performance of normal TS surveillance testing. Unnecessary DG testing should l be avoided since excessive testing of DGs can cause reduced reliability. Therefore, the requirement to demonstrate operability of the operable DGs whenever an A.C. circuit becomes inoperable would be deleted. l l This proposed change is consistent with NRC Generic Letter (GL) 93-05, "Line- ! I item Technical Specifications Improvements to Reduce Surveillance Requirements for Testing during Power Operation." This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. The proposed TS change has been evaluated and it has been determined that it involves no significant hazards consideration. This determination'has been performed in accordance with the criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50.92(c) as quoted below: The Comission may make a final determination, pursuant to the procedures in 50.91, that a proposed amendnent to an operating license for a facility licensed under 50.21(b) or 50.22 or for a testing facility involves no significant hazards consideration, if operation of the facility in accordance with the proposed amendment would not:
- 1. Involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated; or 2 l
- 2. Create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident l' frorn any accident previously evaluated: or
- 3. Involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
CPSES No Signi)icant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 21 12/1188
l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET i ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-03 CP APPLICABILITY: CP l REQUEST: CP CTS Table 3.3-2, item 11.a, Action 26 ITS 3.8.1 Completion Time for Required Action F.1 Action 26 for item 11.a for CTS Table 3.3-2 requires restoring the inoperable channel to . Operable status within 6 hours. The Completion Time for Required Action F.1 for i corresponding ITS 3.8.1 is 12 hours. Comment The proposed change is not shown on the CTS markup, and no justification has been provided to support the proposed change. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed change, or conform to the CTS. FLOG RESPONSE: This change is addressed in Attachment 9 (3.3 Instrumentation) of the CPSES license amendment request. DOC 2-24-LS and NSHC LS-19 in that attachment explicitly address and justify the change in the allowed outage time. ATTACHED PAGES: , None. l l l l l l 1 l j i f
-W
i ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-04 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP ITS 3.8.1 Condition H and Required Action H.1 i STS 3.8.1 Condition H and Required Action H.1 CTS 3/4.8.1.1 Actions Condition H for STS 3.8.1 addresses three or more AC sources inoperable. Required Action H.1 for STS 3.8.1 requires to enter LCO 3.0.0 vith a Completion Time of immediately. This requirement has been adopted as Condition H and Required Action H.1 for corresponding ITS 3.8.1, which is a proposed change relative to the Actions for corresponding CTS 3/4.8.1.1. Comment: The CTS markup does not show this proposed change, and no justification has been provided to support the proposed change. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification. Fl.OG RESPONSE: Entry into 3.0.3 under the subject conditions is required by LCO 3.0.3 in the CTS. The STS and ITS have repeated this requirement for LCO 3.8.1 in Condition H. Adding Condition H is an editorial enhancement but is not a change in requirements. Therefore no CTS markup or justification is required. ATTACHED PAGES: None. l l I
, 4 i
)
i
I l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET h ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-05 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP ITS 3.8.1 Condition I and Required Action 1.1 l Bases for ITS 3.8.1 Required Action 1.1, STS Bases markup page l B 3.8-14 Condition I for ITS 3.8.1 addresses one Blackout Sequencer inoperable. Required Action 1.1 l specifies to declare the associated DG inoperable with a Completion Time of immediately. The l Bases for Required Action 1.1 for ITS 3.8.1 states, "The Blackout sequencers is an essential support system to both the offsite circuit and the DG associated with a given ESF bus." ! Comment: Required Action 1.1 does not specify any action with respect to the offsite circuit. This appears to be in conflict with the Bases for Required Action 1.1. Revise the l submittal to provide the justification for not addressing the offsite circuit in the Required Actions associated with Condition I, or revise the Required Actions to also address the offsite circuit. FLOG RESPONSE: The Bases description for specification 3.8.1 Require Action 1.1 has been revised to correctly indicate that the Blackout sequencer is only required to assure the OPERABILITY of its associated DG, - ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-14 1 I 1 l 4 1 i i L
I l AC Sources-Operating ' B 3.8.1 ! BASES
. G.1 and G.2 If the inoperable AC electric power sources cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Timc, the unit must be brought to a H0DE in which the LC0 does not apply. To l achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least H0DE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours.. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required unit conditions from ft11 power conditions l in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
IL.1 Condition H corresponds to a level of degradation in which all l redundancy in the AC electrical power supplies has been lost. At this severely degraded level, any further losses in the AC electrical power system will cause a loss of function. Therefore, no additional time is justified for continued l operation. The unit is required by LC0 3.0.3 to commence a controlled shutdown. . E T
. l 0 3.8.1 05 CP M]595%8El#ifh siRitRHWId@.Negr)dqJSffbug EBBBBGgnaKTMeetigsnateggghrAlgek. outJge:quetigef a n.risocightMRghtcgpe3nopeta).ItlG7mm@At#}L1 SURVEILLANCE The AC sources are designed to permit inspection and l REQUIREMENTS testing of all important areas and features, especially those i that have a standby function, in accordance with 10 CFR 50 L Appendix A GDC 18 (Ref. 8). Periodic component tests are supplemented by extensive functional tests during refueling outages (under simulated accident conditions). The SR for demonstrating the OPERABILITY of the DGs are in :ccordanca l ststs ith the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.9 l (Ref. 3), Rcgulatory Cuide 1.100 (Ref. 0)-- and Regulatory CP 3.8 005 Guide 1.137 (Ref. 10). :: ;ddre;;cd in the ISAR.
i Where the SR discussed herein specify voltage and frequency tolerances, the following is applicable. The :::inimum .iteady I (continued)
' CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Beses -ITS 3.8 .B 3.814 12/11/98 r . , --
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.147 CP APPLICABILITY: CP, WC Q 3.8.1-04 WC REQUEST: CP DOC 01-51-LS l WC(3.8.1-04) CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.3 i ITS SR 3.8.6 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.6, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-18 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.6 l CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.3 requires verifying the fuel transfer pump starts and transfers fuel from the storage system to the day tank at least once per 31 days on a Staggered Test Basis. A 92 day Frequency has been proposed for corresponding ITS SR 3.8.1.6. DOC 01-51-LS merely restates the proposed change. The Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.6 states that the design of fuel transfer systems is such that pumps that operate automatically or must be started manually in order to maintain an adequate volume of fuel oil in the day tank during or following DG testing, a 31 day Frequency is appropriate. Comment: DOC ;l-51-LS does not explain why the proposed change is acceptable. i Additionally, the proposed change appears to be in conflict with the STS Bases. ~ Revise the submittal to retain the CTS Frequency of 31 days. l FLOG RESPONSE: For WCGS, CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.3), which corresponds to SR 3.8.1.6, verifies that the DG fuel oil transfer pump starts with its associated EDG and transfers fuel oil to l the day tank. Based on the discussion in the Bases for SR 3.8.1.6, a 31 day Frequency is l appropriate. Therefore, the Frequency for SR 3.8.1.6 has been changed to 31 days and DOC l 1-51-LS is no longer applicable. l For CPSES, see response to Comment Number O 3.8.B-02.d. l l ATTACHED PAGES: None 1 1 l l i l l
i l l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-11 CP APPLICABILITY: CP l REQUEST: CP DOC 01-20-LG l CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.12 l ITS 3.8.1 ! 1 CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.12 requires venfying that specific diesel generator lockout features prevent l diesel generator starting. This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.1, in l conformance with the STS. DOC 01-20-LG states that this requirement is being moved to a licensee controlled document. Comment: DOC 01-20-LG should be designated as a relocated item. Revise the submittal to identify the licensee controlled document that will be receiving this l l requirement. i FLOG RESPONSE: The CTS surveillance of concem is 4.8.1.1.2f.13). DOC 01-20-LG states j that the requirement is moved to a licensee controlled document . The table in Enclosure 3B l says that, for CPSES, the licensee controlled document is the TRM. i ATTACHED PAGES: -
- None.
}
l l l [ ! l l l l i
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-12 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP CTS 4.8.1.1.2.g
~
ITS SR 3.8.1.20 , CTS 4.8.1.1.2.g requires verifying that both diesel generators accelerate to at least 441 rpm. This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS SR 3.8.1.20, in conformance with the STS. Comment: This proposed change is not shown on the CTS markup, and no justification has been provided to support this proposed change. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed change. FLOG RESPONSE: ITS SR 3.8.1.20 requires a frequency of > 58.8 Hz and 5 61.2 Hz. For the DG,58.8 Hz is equivalent to 441 rpm. Thus the requirement is the same and there is no change. No CTS markup orjustification is required. ATTACHED PAGES: None. - i 1 t i i l
- _ --- i
i ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-13 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.11 CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.11 requires verifying that the fuel transfer pump transfers fuel from the fuel storage tank to the day tank of its associated diesel via the installed lines, at least once per 18 months, during shutdown. This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.1, in conformance with the STS. Comment: This proposed change is not shown on the CTS markup, and no justification has been provided to support this proposed change. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed change. FLOG RESPONSE: Enclosure 1 notes that CTS SR 4.8.1.1.2f.11) converts to ITS SR 3.8.1.6. SR 3.8.1.6 required the transfer of fuel oil from storage tanks to the day tank on a quarterly basis and has no mode restrictions. The removal of the Mode restriction is described by new DOC 01-73-LS and justified by NSHC LS-27. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 2 3/4.8-11 - Enci 3A 12a Encl 3B 6 Enci 4 1,56a, and 56b
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) i
- 11) Verifying that the fuel transfer pump transfers fuel from fuel storage tank to the day tank of its associated diesel via the installed line 01 73 LS
, Q 3.8.1 13 CP
- 12) Verifying that the automatic load sequence timers are OPERABLE with the interval between each load block
-- within i_10%
-,, of its design interval f.NetjM
_______~mw 0+-E-M wwwwmwn--%-w-aumu Q.3.8.1 20 CP Filh?a95H:
- 13) "crifying that the felicwir.; dicsci sacrator lockout p -
n< features prevcat dicsci gcacrator starting: E2 - a) Carring device engaged, or b) Maintenance Lockout ticdc.
- g. At least once per 10 years or after any modifications which o i could affect dicsci scacrator interdependence by starting tt01i6631R3fd both diesel generators simultaneously.* during shutdown, and verifying that both diesel generators accelerate to at least *011074S*W 441 rps (58.8 Hzy161121H,z)seithlvoltagelof 5000 ; 500 r 6480 P and;~G150sVolti! in less than or equal to 10 seconds; and YO'1E3SF#
5-- l
- h. At icast cacc pcr 10 years by.
- 1) Pumping out cach fuci cil storasc tank, removing the accuculated sedi; cat and ciconing the tank using a +015WMA
+
sodium hypochlorite solution or equivalent, and
- 2) Perforcing a pressure test of thosc portions of the d4e4-feci cil systc; desigacd to Section III. e0@$$
v subscctica N0 of the ASti: Codc. When tested pursuant to Specification 4.0.5.
- All planned diesel engine starts for the purpose of this surveillance may be preceded by a prelube period in accordance with vendor recommendations.
E J,hFrelarO~b!M0DEWeltMctionGrnthMBUtTHU3Me'(
- - ~
01 73 LS Q 3.8.1 13 CP i i-1 I i CPSES Markup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-11 12/11/98
.. - . . . . - .._ - . . . _~ _. - _ _ _ -
l l l l CHANGE NUMBER HS11C DESCRIPTION l i t 4: l o.i . M.] f .L . J < e f. v.1% 3, Q . f -? ..:
-p ; .;. t .q ~ >..+~
CA 3.8 001 g .. . a.g . . p , . c. ; s, me, x3
._a ..;.,. . c ; . 2 u,.j
. 7 g q. . . . . , , .. - .;.,
- mana -
l M M R RI N N E N .$od tiREGRic.M3 UIE E9332U@liimi?2iEW5AlligimEty1Mriod tattingnemqu _liR tsizz Itansfengfifue11oti aros;tansletagotantatomed 0 3,8.1 13 CP tatdGfsIacritaEppsrattorEmictEc_WnMoerformed20 p11Inodegaf5Unitvoy#tatfornNEGIS'111mit40 pelf 6MRhlsisget118 fce3. Mien 3hotdohcMs~ deleted 1 i 02 01 LG The list of batteries and chargers in the DC Sources - Operating LCO and Action requirement would be moved to the Bases. This deletes descriptive information fros-1 l l ! l l 3 1 l CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3M.8 11a 12/11/98 l-
-~ __ ._ CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 . Page 6 cf 9 DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 01-61 The voltage tolerance would be revised to raise the minimum No: CTS already Yes No, maintain CTS Yes N [and reduce the maximum steady state voltage requirement require adequate that the D/G can operate at]. minimum voltage. 01-62 The verbiage from other applicable Actions for one offsite No: ITS format No, alternate Yes Yes A circuit inoperable and for one DG inoperable would be change. markup achieves deleted. same result. 01-63 The requirement that the air roll test not be performed No: Air roll test Yes No, not in CTS No, not in CTS LG when the DGs are started per the Action requirements has not in CTS been moved to the Bases. 01-64 A new LCO requirement would be added with TS requirements Yes No, not in CTS No No, not applicable N for DG turbocharger air assist. to CTS 01-65 This change deletes the Note which states that
- credit may Yes No. Note not in Yes Yes A be taken for unplanned events that satisfy this SR.* This CTS change elieinates the confusion that may arise with respect to the application of an unplanned event which satisfies the requirements of a given SR by including a discussion in the SR 3.0.1 and Bases. This change is based on traveler TSTF-8. Rev. 2.
01-66 It is being proposed that this surveillance requirement be Yes Yes Yes Yes TR-3 revised to eliminste the requirement to perform the test after any modifications which could affect emergency diesel generatur inte-tiependence. IllkH sni unw4 No pq yes M i 4 . mg g 4g WC-3.8-0)1 l i&am =----3 i=;- m u . ~^2_ _ _. -=h 44366 M No M IM U #~ ~ R$5EI!iRIAJEERRIL90E - RCA-3.8-001 l Dans uamms UJbER samms - a hfnefauMhE11 leg (g 1 M M Q-3.8.1- L3 CP l 02-01 The list of batteries and chargers would be moved to the Yes Yes Yes Yes LG bases. CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3N.8 12/11198
.. ~
t 1 1 NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS (NSHC) CONTENTS 7 I. Organization ........................................ 2 II. Description of NSHC Evaluations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 III. Generic No Significant Hazards Considerations S
"A" Administrative Changes......................... 5 "R" Relocated Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 l l
l "LG" Less Restrictive (Moving Information Out of ; i the Technical Specifications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 l "H" More Restrictive Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 i IV. Specific No Significant Hazards Considerations "LS" 1 LS - 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e l LS 2................................................ 15 LS-3................................................ 17 LS 4................................................ 19 l LS 5................................................ 21 y LS 6................................................ 23 LS 7................................................ 25 , LS 8............ ................................... 27 LS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS-11.................................... .......... 29 LS 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e i LS 14............................................... 31 l LS 15............................................... 33 i LS 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 l LS 17............................................... 37 l LS 18.................................... .......... 39 l LS 19............................................... 41 l LS 20............................................... 43 a 3.8.4 05 i LS 21............................................... 45 0 4.8.6 01 LS 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RREIMd . . 47 LS 23..................................... M .. 49 o.3.8.4 10 i LS 24............................................... 51 l LS 25............................................... 53 LS 26..... .55 0 3.8.6 04 i V. Recurring No Significant Hazards Considerations "TR" i TR 1................................................ 57 i i TR3................................................59 CPSESNo Signipcant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 1 12/1188
IV2 SPECIFIC 2N0;SIGNIEICANTIHAZARDJCONSIDEREIONS lllLHCiEJ2 UCER50 BaiH K ETION v IEQBIIfMCH8MiEEEM(TAllEDSIEt.E553tESTRI_CTIVE REQE CIEICATIDNS I ' 0 3.8.1 13 CP TryhsferlofdfdeEo11Efros?th5Istotageltank1toltheldaDanklisla7 normal l 9pRatloffhichican;be;)erfgrejedligCallinode~sIofiunitroperation;f6The2CTSlimitito l , l ReXorgthJs!surve111aDceJhen;sMtdowln ifjdeletedaThe3el;o1Etrans[er2;shtes ! Lialntafns3 eye 1∈theldayaank2byitransfergipgIfmiro111fromithelstoragegatto t thEday3ankJnThisjf_unctipn t1szperfotsed[whenever;the:DGlis;operatedjotla3eriod 1 ! ofitisOo ~ matter _the l mode 3fitheIunitMelloreanceJLthi sisurveillancelinlany mogdpes;Mt2endet theiD.G31DeludingithelueEsupply,Iincapable~of perfgraing;1ts intended _ safety;functjon;1and1therefore;doecnot;greate1a: hazard:beyond normal. unit ogtatfong EV810ation3Dhi sJ pr;opos6d1TSLhas'determingithat;itsi nvol ves.:no 11gnificant hazardsiggnsideratiogLThisideterminationihasibeen performed 1 1niacgordance with the critetiaisetiforth'j n210 lC@iS0 ;92(g)Ia sJqdbted3e.l ow( [he:Corrinission.]LaylykefalflRaL?Jetecm.1Ga t Lon))pucsdant 'to lthe : procedures 21n 50;91 5thatia:p_ top M6agnpnen_tito apj~opletatIngyfcense;fogfactl1ty
- 11ceussd.pndeCL5]211bXb.r15R.:22LorSfor2Cte.stjpg facilLtylillvo! vee 09 "
51gg[f! Cant:hazardsrcbnsidera t ton,T1H6pera tion:o fhthe~facili tyyn:accordance Withithe]proposegt)mt#iert((@ldAoM t 22 larolvGs191ttic^ggatteag8xicthor@abiltty3cconscqatnceof a an ppctdent3g1.60ntegraared]p1 C GCea telttle7possigy17p flaintworldiffectn31 kind;o rtagtig11t3f_ rom:ag9 E?MetDRfdB7Keffl@lAf2M D TP16MeFAMLT3@lltbli#t twwrwmalgn;bEsLaiew) IllBlollEleDiaMt3Gi3NRidedifJfjLhbJthls. e3atngotissio[!the;significa:n_t httRMs"ItotsideatiommNil y g195Eth&Tch@ge3MoWe78T5T&TL1K@GiMt@le203be:pt@abLlity:6fKochteauencq 9241Cactfdsnt@ceL1oo11]Tewua_tedl The3roposed~changeldesZeotlinvol veTanylphysicaEchanges1to' the' plant G1The l l thargezdoesichanKthenay;the:plantits3peratedjjinithatithe;trAns{erlof; fuel l 9113[Cgmitbe]stdrageitankitolthe;dayItenkI1 slaJpogalloperftlofwhich "canibej 1
]3 l
hI I l l l CPSES No SignifIcant Ha:ards Consideration TS 3N.8 56a 12/11/98 i 4
4 1 4 l 3 IVFESP_ECIEICMIGNIFICANT! HAZARDS'! CONSIDERATIONS l l 0 3.8.1 13 CP l I!MLC1531 1 . Icontinqem
)
I r Btf9tme[1n31EttgllE5fairiitmiet&tigT;Iljis changelhasino21mpactionItM ' probabf11tyIofjanC4tRhtTJiccidentsWssumedidirringIglantTshutdowln ain_d11))Jgot impunithenconmaheseIa~ cident] c TheftforenthisIchan@EhesWt21nVolvfEsDifficantlincreaselinit_helprobab_t]ity3t consequences ofvanzatsjetntIgreviously3yaluat_ed; D qqes the: change ccease. the: possibility;qCogorldiffterent: kind acaccident (ccanraccideltt; pre 160$'Keyalua] tedl Thfptoposed changeJL6tg@tlinvolv'eTapy;physicallalteration;to;the;plantGN.o Denfailure'mechantset9111 ? belintroduced;byithelptoposed ichangem , 1 IherefotenthisJchangejdoesinot;creat_elthe;possj bil.itylofj oinew;or_di fferent kind;of;accidentifronyjnegident previous]y3valuatedi 31 Doepit01CchanganM1geza1gni[fcantIttdyctionzinzosE9LOCsAleM - Ihelptoposed; change'W111Aiot31 terZany,71ggidentlanalysj sI&ssumptionflinitial, z conditionsgor esu11sEbe7equjpmentyhich;jisleredited;inft_helaccident l,' aga]yses3,111mwered;1Cthoame;gneerias;beforp3heichanya ! ppniegu.ently;3the;pt@ddedJch,agge does%tIheve;anyleffecgjon2the3ar, gin.of j khlet92 1 Ther_~eforeZ1thinchar$GMdnotIinVoMin]D2gignificantireduction11Xayrgiglot safety] BilBl!E *d Z E j0iSI9 MtIxCONSIEB6DjtI1DllLERl[IMIIO!l RER$2DnithetTabove'sMMojMla@11titlegssR:fiated;1Mth2WjlS 27j BN111FILWithe30EttfalEILThEIIEfodilK9tGnEludejiltolsetistylthelo EletifitahtIhazeridsIctM51dG5tamsistaMar;ds]g[];ljt[FRIS0!92]cy8ndgac'cbtdjngl.yza Igginitzsrit2hagetgsunggestioititindig)lggxstifieul i l CPSES No Significant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 56b 12/11/98 _ - - - - _ _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ a
. . _ _ . _ _ . ._ _. .._ ___ _ - - ._. -~. - - _
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.1-14 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA Q 3.8.1-06 CP Q 3.8.1-03 WC Q 3.8.1-03 CW REQUEST: CP ITS SR 3.8.1.3 Note 4 CW(3.8.1-03) STS SR 3.8.1.3 Note 4 DC(3.8.1-14) CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.5 WC(3.8.1-03) Note 4 for STS SR 3.8.1.3 states,"This SR shall be preceded by and immediately follow without , shutdown a successful performance of SR 3.8.1.2 or SR 3.8.1.7." This has been ad )pted as I Note 4 in corresponding ITS SR 3.8.1.3, and is a proposed change relative to corresponding ( CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.5. Comment: The CTS markup does not show this proposed change, and no justification has been provided to support the proposed change. Revise the submittal to show the proposed change on the CTS markup, and provide the appropriate justification. FLOG RESPONSE: Note 4 for ITS SR 3.8.1.3 is included in the marked-up "" footnote for surveillance 4.8.1.1.2 a.5) for CPSES ( the "**" footnote for surveillance 4.8.1.1.2 a.3) for DCPP; the "#" footnote for surveillance 4.8.1.1.2 a.3) for WCNOC ; and the """ footnote for i surveillance 4.8.1.1.2 a.5) for CWGS) and is justified by revised DOC 01-53-M. ATTACHED PAGES: (
~i' Enci 2 3/4.8-6 Enci 3A 10 Enci 3B 5 i
i l
;N I
l I a
I ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (Continued) c) lionuel, or - ) i .C ~ L b) Si;;;ulated sofcgu;rds bus undcrvelt;;;, or c) Safety Injection Actuation test sign:1 in eenjunction with icas of offsite powcr, or i d) S;fety Injc;tica Actu;tica test ::ignal by itscif.
- 5) Verifying the generator is synchronized, loaded to between 6,300 and 7,000 KW'* and operates at this load condition for at least 60 minutes, and l
- 5) "crifying the dicsci scacratcr is sligned to providi stendby power to the :ssociated ;;;rgcacy busses. 50199ft$1 NEW YpB[fygfsHGbWa_tpfg31131h@ntoyJ3EstigedthinIsl lawlembelonithe11owagnHevellohlth % :4i;ottrdip_sttelgrll$1?$. My W
NEW MfffSBithRn40RndLDGyiflfstiritTrVctij)lrj 0148 M ptBsutEdsMM110lpD2 Q 3.8.3 01 CP
- b. At least once )er 31 days and after cach spcration of th; dicsci wh;rc tic period of opcration w;s greatcr than or n gggg equal to i hour by checking for and removing accumulated water from the day fuel tank:
- c. At least once per 31 days by checking for and removing accumulated water from the fuel oil storage tanks: $~ 110$Am a
- d. ygrJtXDEBBBBWpM0lDRGfaW2f@NRLNf3HAtAMRLI]
h MGNRMME!EffithinT-~r2= m***3m (014T}Eg m<a em"* = By sampling new fuel oil 4e 961 prior to addition to storage tanks and:
- 1) By verifying in accordance with the tests spccified in
~m,,,,,..~. prior to addition to the storage tanks that the sample has:
- Diesel generator loading for the purpose of this surveillance may be accomplished in accordance with vendor recommendations: -- -
01 53 H 1.e. , > 110 seconds.gl@}'"Ln_twunn 6hn2 yg Q 3.8.1 06 CP 4, - - ._ , m ,ni - m e 'rrancegpmhg
,, Jam!!!awassangg="--a=
- This bani is meant as guidance to avoid routine overloading of diesel generator. Momentary load excursions outside this band due to changing bus loads shall not invalidate the test.
CPSES Markup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-6 12/11/98
CHANGE NLABER giHC DESCRIPTION I Rather than requiring a unit shutdown, the proposed change 4 would require declaring inoperable the required safety equipment powered from an inoperable DG. This would result in entering the required feature's TS action statement. These action would assure that specific measures, appropriate for a loss of safety function associated with inoperable redundant features would be taken. From a safety 6 standpoint it is
! preferable to avoid an unnecessary plant shutdowns. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431 and is acceptable because it would continue to assure the OPERABILITY of required features without requiring an unnecessary plant shutdown.
01 51- LS 18 The frequency for testing the DF0 transfer pumps would be extended from 31 to 92 days. This change is consistent with l NUREG 1431. 01-52 M The SR would require the DF0 transfer pumps to be started j automatically. This change is more restrictive than the l current SR, which allows the DF0 transfer pumps to be started l manually. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
~
01 53 H A note would be added to the SR for monthly DG load test to allow testing on only one DG at a time. Consistent with l t current practice, this prevents having two DG . ' synchronized and loaded on offsite power at one 0 3.8.1 06 & time. This reduces the risk of common modg failure. mtelaLsolggnmeRMhatit_h,_e15jR )f3Nttfor!ugl 181!d14tJElt91LaR1tRRtithdRtinhEdenDRheltLNMstidl
, inefersiawao *w-+m v3N484SDOttart30ryeDianceN This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
t 01 54 LS-19 The TS requirement that voltage would be maintained would be j- replaced with the requirement that within 3 seconds following l k load rejection the voltage would be within limits. The requirement that frequency would be maintained at 60 ! 6.75 HZ would be replaced with the requirement that frequency is s j 66.75 HZ following load rejection consistent with NUREG 1431,
! Rev. 1.
l 01 55 P. A nets would k ;dded pr;hibiting scaral T3 fr;- 0-3.8.1 20 CP Ming perferr;d in F.edes 1 threugh 4. This change is
;;nsist;nt with 1501431.Lj33M r
01 56 M The required warmup period prior to hot restart DG SR would be changed from 1 hour to 2 hours. This change is j consistent with NUREG 1431. 1 01 57 A The reference to depressurizing and venting the RCS is removed from this TS. The requirements for providing RCS capability at low temperatures is covered in the RCS TS a CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 10 1M1/98
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 5 cf 9 DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 01-49 A new LCO would be added. The condition of degraded DF0 Yes Yes. for DF0 Yes Yes LS 16 capacity would be addressed by an action statement allowing capacity only. 48 hours to restore DF0 level. A new condition would other changes address stored DF0 with total particulates out of limit and already in CTS allow 7 days for restoration. A new condition would address new fuel oil with properties not within limits and allow 30 days for restoration. 01-50 Required features supported by the inoperable DG would be Yes Yes Yes , Yes LS-17 declared inoperable when its required redundant feature is inoperable. 01-51 The frequency for testing the DF0 transfer pumps would be No: CTS of 31 days Yes VesN4 No. CTS LS-18 extended from 31 to 92 days. is retained. frequen R Q-3.8.1-04 WC l . cy retaine d 01-52 SR would require the DF0 transfer pumps to be started No: DF0 pumps Yes No Not a CTS No. Not a CTS H automatically. started manually. requirement. requirement. 01-53 A note would be added to the SR for monthly DG start and Yes Yes Yes Yes H inad t xt +a -"r t::tt - nnly one DG at a ti@ l 0-3.il-06 CP l, QeauirinOtesting;1meedletelyfg[Legiatsuggss.gahstatLp - 01-54 UG partial load rejection SR frequency lower limit of 53.25 No: frequency limit Yes No test deleted by No. not in CTS LS-19 Hz would be deleted. not CTS. Amendment 101 H m ~, _
- 53. . bI , ,,_ _ V l0-3.8.1-20LP l 01-56 The required warmup period prior to hot restart DG SR would No: CTS is 2 hour Yas No. already in CTS No. already revised H be changed from 1 hour to 2 hours. warmup period. per Amendment 112 01-57 The reference to depressurizing and venting the RCS is No; not CTS Yes No, not in CTS No. not in CTS A removed from this TS. The requirements for providing RCS requirement.
capability at low temperatures is covered in the RCS TS Low 1 Temperature Overpressure Protection. Removal of this reference eliminates duplication and is consistent with ~ NlREG-1431. 01-58 The requirement to verify that the DF0 transfer pump No; not CTS No no cross- Yes, moved to the Yes. moved to the LG transfers fuel from each storage tank to the day tank of requirement. connected lines USAR FSAR each DG via the installed cross-connected lines would be i moved to licensee-controlled documents. , G1-59 AC Sources - Shutdown action statement would be revised to Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-20 provide the alternative to " declare affected required i features with no offsite power available inoperable." n' 01-60 The surveillance interval for verifying that other Yes Yes Yes No, not in CTS LS-24 properties are with limits for ASTM 2D fuel oil is changed from "within 30 days
- to "within 31 days" after obtaining a sample.
CPSF.S Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3M.8 12/11/98
. _ . _ _ _ _ .- . _ . ._ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ ~ .
I l I I ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-15 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP Q 3.8.1-08 CP REQUEST: CP DOC 01-20-LG DC(3.8.1-15) CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.6 ITS 3.8.1 l CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.6 requires verifying that the diesel generator is aligned to provide standby power to the associated emergency buses. This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.1,in conformance with the STS. DOC 01-20-LG states that this requirement is being moved to a licensee controlled document. l Comment: DOC 01-20-LG should be designated as a relocated item. Revise the submittal to identify the licensee controlled document that will be receiving this requirement. FLOG RESPONSE: Enclosure 3B identifies the specific location where relocated information may be found. For example Enclosure 3B states the information relocated by DOC 01-20-LG ! for Diablo Canyon is found in the TS Bares, for Comanche Peak is found in the TRM, for Wolf ' l Creek is found in the USAR, and for Cat away is found in the TS Bases. Each of the locations ! identified are licensee controlled documents controlled in accordance with 10CFRSO.59. ATTACHED PAGES: None e s J J s f 4 - i a l 3
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-15 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP ITS SR 3.8.1.15 , CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.4.b l CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.7 ITS 3.8.1.15 states," Verify each DG starts and achieves,in s 10 seconds, voltage a 6480 V, i and s 7150 V and frequency 2 58.8 Hz and s 61.2 Hz." Corresponding CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.4.b l states, " Verifying the diesel starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the emergency buses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto-connected shutdown loads l through the load sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the shutdown loads. After energization, the steady-state voltage and frequency of the emergency buses shall be maintained at 6900 i 690 volts (2 6480 and s 7150 volts) and 60 i 1.2 Hz during this test. Comment: The proposed change appears to be less restrictive. The proposed change is not shown on the CTS markup, and no justification has been provided to support the l proposed change. Revise the submittal to show the proposed change on the CTS l markup, and provide the appropriate Justification for the proposed change. ! FLOG RESPONSE: Per Enclosure 1, CTS 4.8.1.1.2f.4)b) converts to ITS SR 3.8.1.11. ITS SR 3.8.1.15 converts from CTS 4.8.1.1.2f.7). The portion of CTS 4.8.1.1.2f.7) which converts to SR 3.8.1.15 says ". . . perform Specification 4.8.1.1.2f.4)b)." The acceptable voltage range was changed from 6900 690 volts (6210 to 7590 volts) to > 6480 and s 7150. The new range is narrower and thus more restrictive. The change is justified by DOC 01-61-M. l ATTACHED PAGES: None. l l i i I
- ' - - ' '- * - "' ~" -
1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-16 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP Q 3.8.1-09 CP REQUEST: CP DOC 01-20-LG DC(3.8.1-16) CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.1
- j ITS 3.8.1 l CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.1 requires subjecting the diesel to an inspection in accordance with procedures prepared in conjunction with its manufacturer's recommer.Jations for this class of standby service. This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.1, in conformance with the STS. DOC 01-20-LG states that this requirement is being moved to a licensee controlled document.
1 Comment: DOC 01-20-LG should be designated as a relocated item. Revise the submittal to identify the licensee controlled document that will be receiving this requirement. FLOG RESPONSE: The FLOG followed the guidance provided in the meeting with the NRC on August 23,1996, to determine if material which is moved out of the CTS to a licensee controlled document is considered a move (LG) or a relocation (R). (See NRC meeting minutes to-the FLOG utilities dated September 16,1996). The NRC handout stated that a relocation occurs when a ". . . specification [is) moved entirely to licensee-controlled document per the Criteria (Chapter 3.0 only)." The guidance also states that a ". . . less restrictive (removal) (is) (movement of certain requirements and information to licensee-controlled documents from otherwise retained specifications)." As discussed in the meeting, many changes do not clearly fit into the LG or R category and some judgement is required. Since this change does not relocate the CTS LCO or any part of the LCO, the FLOG concluded that the change best fits into the LG category. The FLOG still believes this to be the correct category. The licensee controlled document that will be receiving this requirement is identified in the table in Enclosure 3B of the submittals. ATTACHED PAGES: l NRC meeting minutes dated September 16,19%. I J
f sec [ g s\j UNITED STATES NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION { l
- 2 WASHINGTON. D.C. 30006 4 001 l
/ September 16, 1996 LICENSEES: .
Texas Utilities Electric Company RECEIVED Union Electric Company Wolf Creek Nuclear Operation Corporation . SEP 231996 Pacific Gas & Electric Company C. L TERRY FACILITIES: Comanche Peak Units 1 and 2, Callaway, Wolf Creek, and Diablo Canyon Units 1 4.vi 7
SUBJECT:
SUteARY OF MEETING WITH TEXAS UTILITIES ELECTRIC COMPANY (TU ELECTRIC), UNION ELECTRIC COMPANY (UE), WOLF CREEK NUCLEAR OPERAT106 CORPORATION (WCNOC), AND PACIFIC GAS & ELECTRIC COMPANY (PG&E) ON THE JOINT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CONVERSION PROCESS AND SCHEDULE On August 23, 1996, members of the NRC staff met with representatives of Texas Utilities Electric Company (TU Electric), Union Electric Company (UE), Wolf Creek Nuclear Operation Corporation (WCNOC), and Pacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E) at NRC Headquarters in Rockville, Maryland to discuss the joint technical specification conversion process and schedule. The topics discussed were electronic file format for the conversion, relocated requirements and relocated detail, location of moved and relocated information, handling of-the industry's Technical Specification-Task Force (TSTF) travelers, out-of-scope changes, format of descriptions, justifications and comparison tables. The utilities described the conversion schedule and progress. The first of the six packages has been completed through review by most of the safety committees and all the packages have been marked-up, reviewed and discussed. The utilities still expect to submit, in parallel, the conversion License - Amendment Requests (LARs) in January of 1997. A brief discussion was held on imple ientation schedules. The utilities noted that, due to the varying operating schedules of the six units involved, ,
~ " ~
implementation schedules will vary and will be difficult to specify at the ~ time of the submittals are made. The NRC stated that implementation schedules can be described in a fairly general manner at the time of the submittal although the proposed implementation can influence the priority assigned for NRC review. A firm implan.entation schedule will be required at the time of NRC approval. The NRC also stated that the implementation schedules should not extend more than a year beyond the approval date.
. The next meeting between the NRC and the utilities was discussed and November was selected as the target month. The utilities will take the lead to initiate setting a fira date for the meeting. At that meeting NRR management from the Technical Specification Branch and the Project Directorates for PD 4-1 and 4-2 will be available to resolve any remaining or emergent issues prior to submittal of the conversion packages.
>ew e-w rw e w- * ,e s u ' +-.' - h e -4 sI d- -
e- --av'- e --es,*-- e
i The utilities rei' 'ed their desire to use Wordperfect 6.1 as the standard for the developei .. or' their submittals. They stated that their submittals will be converted into Wordperfect 5.1 for submittal unless the NRC notifies them otherwise. The pilot project to convert the Standard Technical Specifications (STSs) to Standard Generalized Markup Langua'ge (SGNL) format l has not progressed sufficiently for SGML to be considered a viable option. The utilities noted that there have been occasions in which it was difficult to determine if a change is a " relocation" or a " move" change (i.e., an "R" or an "LG"). The Nuclear Energy Institute (NEI) guidance addresses the difference briefly. The basic criteria being used by the utilities is that if a " requirement" (and this usually means part of the limiting condition for operation (LCO) is being moved, the change is considered a relocation and "R" is used. If the change moves descriptive information or supporting details, "LG" is used. In many cases the difference is not clear. The NRC criteria for an "R" is a complete relocation of an entire LCO or an entire instrumentation function in the instrumentation section. l When material is being relocated or moved, the utilities are noting that the material is going to a licensee controlled document, program, procedure, etc. In some cases, the specific document or program is identified (e.g., the FSAR or the Bases for the TS). In many cases the specific document is not . identified because that determination is best made during implementatiorte The precise location of some moved information and some relocated requirements will not be known precisely until the implementation activities are well l along. The NRC stated that utilities did not need to identify the specific document where all the material will be relocated when the submittal is made. However, in those cases where the submittal uses a general location (e.g., a licensee controlled document), a specific location must be identified during , the NRC's review. The utilities asked if including that information in the l comparison tables was acceptable and the NRC said that it was. ^ l i The utilities informed the NRC that, in general, travelers are being evaluated 9 I
'as they get approved for submittal to the NRC. The utilities will cutoff adopting additional travelers after the October meeting of the Westinghouse 2L Owners Group mini-group. Travelers issued at a later date will not be N !
considered unless there is a safety impact or a significant operational l impact. The utilities updated the NRC on the use of traveler TSTF-10 (the ! utilities did not incorporate TSTF-10 involving shutdown margin and rod ! position in MODE 2). The NEI recently issued new generic guidelines on how to perform and submit TS i conversion requests. At the meeting, the NRC handed out guidance that it is developing to describe its expectations (Attachment 1). The utilities j discussed the degree to which their conversion processes and products are , consistent with the new generic guidelines and the degree to which they i differ. i
)
The utilities will not have a separate Criteria Application Report in their submittals. -The same information has been integrated into the base' package. There will be no matrix of the LCOs versus the 10 CFR 50.36 criteria. The NRC state there should not be a problem with this approach based on the degree to which each of the utilities have already completed the " split" activity. The utilities use the same abbreviations and acronyms although the letters used to identify the change types are slightly different. The NRC stated that this should not impact the review as long as the methodology was explained in the document. The utilities confirmed that the appropriate methodology was included in the document. The utilities intend to meet with the NRC reviewer (s) shortly after the submittals are made to review the organization and methodology of the packages. The utilities stated that the conversion packages will identify the material deleted from the TS Bases via strikeout. Redline will be used to show the material which will be added to the bases. Identification numbers will not be assigned and justifications will not be submitted for these changes. A discussion was held on the potential impact and value of the numbers / justifications. It was noted that the area that mignt be of most concern to the NRC is the deletion of major portions of the generic safety analysis discussions. The utilities noted that there are cases where thin Westinghouse generic descriptions were replaced with plant specific I l descriptions and some cases where very specific descriptions (which exist i elsewhere) were replaced with more general descriptions. The NRC stated in general, this was acceptable and should not significantly impact the review. There may be times when the NRC reviewer would request an explanation for a bases change and the utilities responded that such requests would not be a problem. ; The definition for out-of-scope (005) changes was discussed. In general, it ..g was agreed that if the conversions adopt the Improved Standard Technical Specification (ISTS), Rev.1, plus approved travelers, that they are not out . .ii . of scope. Line item improvements in the ISTS, which include new allowed ". outage times (A0Ts), surveillance frequencies, etc. and which must be addressed if they are not in the current TS, are not out of scope. Bracketed numbers which are plant specific (e.g., result from a plant specific calculation) must use the current TS value or justify the change as an 005 change. For other numbers, bracketed or not, the plant may use the ISTS value if properly justified and the change is not out of t. cope.
- The utilities stated at the March 27, 1996, meeting that they would propose to the NRC an arrangement in the submittals that woult) aid in the identification of 005 items. The utilities intend to attach a table to the submittal cover letter wnich lists the 005 changes in the conversion request.
1 l The utilities noted that they intend'to use brackets in some descriptions, No , l Significant Hazards Consideration (NSHC) evaluations or jugtifications when brackets provide a clear, convenient means of denoting plant specific l differences. It was felt by the utilities that this was the clearest way to identify the differences. The NRC had no objections with the approach. i In other related matters, the NRC found the continued use of electronic version of LAR submittals along with the hard copy to be useful. The utilities stated they would like to continue to take advantage of the parallel multi-utility submittal process, not only for the conversion, but for other licensing actions. The process benefits the NRC as well as the l licensees by consolidating resources. 1 The utilities previously informed the NRC that they intend to follow the { t format of NUREG-1431, REY.1, for the Reactor Trip System (RTS) and Engineered l Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) instrumentation tables. This l approach was reaffirmed and it was also noted that at least three of the ! plants intend to use the single column format (allowable value is retained and l setpoint valua is moved) as allowed by the reviewers note in the NUREG. . PG&E l may retain the two column format beca9se their setpoint study may not aTTow the use of the single column format. In conclusion, the staff characterized the meeting as informative and constructive. As stated above additional interactions between the staff and the four utilities will be held on a periodic basis as the process evolves. 4 The next meeting is targeted for November 1996. 1 l
/-
[ Timothy J. Polich, Project Manager 4-l Project Directorate IV-1 Division of Reactor Projects III/IV Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation Docket Nos. 50-275, 50-323, 50-445, 50-446, 50-482, and 50-483 Attachments: 1. Draft Application Guidance Meeting Attendees 3 2. See next page cc w/atts:
~
1 r
l DRAEr
- i 4
I CONTENTS OF AN APPLICATION TO CONVERT TO THE INPROVED STS A. ORGANIZATION OF THE APPLICATION ! A.1 content of the Aeolication - The application should include the $ following: ,
- a. Cover letter that forwards and explains the submittal. It should discuss specific changes propcsed that: l i
) { (1) are beyond the scope of the conversion,
-(2) are part of an existing pending application, or -l (3) are significantly different from the STS and the pending relevant STS change travelers (if any). And j (4) it should mention the inclusion of a NSHC document.
i The above information will be used to publish a Sholly Notice to prgyioe f C an opportunity for public hearing. , The cover letter should also discuss the implementation schedule and f i. state when the amendment is needed, h
- b. Evaluation of Current TS (CTS) Chapter against the Criteria.
- c. Markups of the CTS. See section B below. $
Discussion of Change (DOC) Document - contains the discussion for each di
- d. '
~ proposed change to the CTS. This should be organized in improved TS order to follow the improved TS ordered markup of the CTS.
- e. Markup of the STS and STS Bases. See Section C below.
- f. dustification for Difference (JD) Document - contains the discussion for each proposed difference from the STS. This should be organized in improved TS order to follow the markup of the STS. The correspondence of each difference from the STS to technical changes to the CTS (R, L, LR, or M) should be referenced in the corresponding difference ..
discussion, as appropriate. l
~
~~ "
. _ _ _ h.-__ __
i- l ? f DRAgy -
- g. No Significant Hazards Consideration (NSHC) Document - contains the NSNC
' evaluations for all changes to the CTS. General evaluations may be used < as appropriate for changes of types R, A, LR, and M. Specific evaluations should be provided for changes of type L. (SeeB.I.bbelow l + for an explanation of the suggested change-type codes,) i-
- h. Smooth typed copy of proposed TS and associated Bases.
- 1. Diskettes containing*the DOC and JD documents - including DOCS for l R-type changes - in wp5.1 and letter gothic format and font. l l
- k. Diskettes containing the complete files of the proposed TS and associated Bases.
- 1. A table referred to as the CTS Disposition Matrix may be included in the submittal, but is not required. Such a table would list all current requirements in CTS order, and their disposition. The more detailed the table, the more useful it will be for the reviewer. Such a table is l l
usually prepared by the licensee for use by plant personnel that prepare procedure changes to implement the improved TS. If available, it say l facilitate review of the application. A.2 Orcanization of the Acolication - Experience has shown that organizing the application into the following divisions, based or, the STS format, in 3-ring loose-leaf binders facilitates the review:
- Chapter 1.0 M
- Chapter 2.0 Chapter 3.0 - subdivided as follows
. Section 3.0 .
- Section 3.1
. Section 3.2
. Section 3.3
. Section 3.4
- Section 3.5
. Section 3.6
. Section 3.7
. Section 3.8
. Section 3.g
- Section 3.10 (as appropriate) 10 r
DRAET
[ DRAFT
- Chapter 4.0
- Chapter 5.0 Each division should include the corresponding part of:
(a) the CTS markup (laproved TS order), (b) the DOC document (c) the NSHC document (d) the STS and Bases,sarkup (e) the JD document. Each part should be separated by a tabbed divider. Each specification l should also be separated by a tabbed divider. The sectional divisions of Chapter 3.0 may also be organized according to each improved TS Chapter 3.0 specification, instead of according to each section. Again, each division would contain the corresponding part of the 5 documents listed. i It is also reconnended that the CTS pages (and any insert pages) corresponding to each proposed specification be paginated by hand .in, the "Page # of #' format. This will facilitate referencing replacement"^ pages when updating the CTS markup (improved TS order) with changes in the application. g B. MARKUP OF CURRENT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CTS) B.1 Numberino of Chances to CTS , 4
- a. Numbering should be sequential for each improved TS Chapter 1.0, 2.0, 4.0, and 5.0, and each Section 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, . . . 3.9, 3.10. (Changes 3 may be numbered sequentially by type, but do not have to be.)
- b. Indicate the type of change by a letter prefix to the sequential number, j, as follows:
R- specificatt'on soved entirely to licensee-controlled document per the
- Criteria (Chapter 3.0 only) j A- administrative (reorganization of existing requirements without technical change) a L- less restrictive (a reduction in a Frequency, the Applicability, or ' an OPERABILITY requirement (or variable limit), increase in j DRAET
)
DRANT a Completion Time, or deletion of a requirement) LR- less restrictive (removal) (movement of certain requirements and infonnation to licensee-controlled documents from otherwise retained specifications) M- more restrictive (an increase in a Frequency, the Applicability, or an OPERA 811.ITY requirement (or variable limit), decrease in j a Completion Time, or addition of a requirement) A change to CTS that is reflected in multiple improved TS specifications may be discussed once. It is not desirable to repeat the discussion as a separately numbered DOC each time the same change occurs in the CTS. l It is recommended that such general changes be numbered separately for ; the entire submittal. However, any change that may appear to belong to a general category, but that warrants additional unique justification, l ought not be designated as a general change. A change occurring several times in the CTS, but which is reflected in just one specification in the improved TS, also ought not be designated as a general change. Listing the affected CTS requirements with eact, general change DOC would facilitate review of the appropriateness of the DOC to each occurrence
'^
of the general change in the CTS. B.2 Guidelines for Markino Vo'a Pace in the CTS
- a. Each change to each requirement on the page should be clearly delineated
' by drawing a box around it.
- b. The number of the change should be consistently written so that it is ;
~ ~ '
clear which change it is for. i
- c. Insofar as possible, each retained requirement should be annotated with .
the improved TS requirement number (e.g., LCO 3.3.2, SR 3.4.5.2, 3 Applicability of 3.2.3, ACTION A of 3.2.3, Note 1 to ACTION B of 3.8.1, etc.).
- d. For a page with requirements being moved to two or more separate improved TS specifications, two or more versions of the page, each j corresponding to its new location, should be prepared with cross reference to the other specification (s).
i
~
12 i DBAET 1
DRAET
- e. Avoid lieing out text, rather use " deleted" or " replaced with" to annotate such changes.
- f. Replacement text er new text may be handwritten if not too long. Use typed : inserts for more extensive changes to text (with the insert (s) en the page(s) immediately following the affected page)~
- g. Print handwritten information in the markup and make sure the information is legible - avoid using cursive handwriting.
B.3 Oraanization of the CTS Markun - the markup should be submitted in two ways: s 4 CTS Order - A complete set of marked up pages should be prepared in the CTS order- (with CTS tabs) to facilitate verification that all CTS requirements have been addressed. This should be submitted as a single document in a 3-ring loose leaf binder and not split up. Improved TS Order - For each improved TS specification, all CTS pages contributing requirements to that specification should be grouped, together. These groups should be tabbed and placed in improved TS" i order. C. MARKUP OF THE STS AND STS BASES C.1 Numberina Differences from the STS and STS Bases .
; a. Sequentially number the differences for each division of the STS markup y (using the same divisions used for the CTS markup (improved TS order)).
Clearly indicate each STS requirement for which the corresponding . g. . improved TS requirement differs.
! b. Bracketed numbers or requirements need not be addressed by a difference discussion provided that the existing requirement is being retained.
f j Otherwise, the , relevant DOC should be referenced.
. c. Bases differences should be annotated with the difference number in the ,
j markup of the corresponding STS specification. Bases differences I; without such a correspondence should be numbered in the same way - j sequentially following the last number used for the section. 4 4 i 13 C a DRAFT - - 1 . .
. ~ . . . - - - . - _ - - - - . - - - . - - - - . - . - - . _ _ . - _ .
- i s !
i * [ DBAFT C.2 Guidelines for Markina Un a Pace of the STS or STS Bases i
- a. Each difference from each STS requirement on the page should be clearly l delineated by drawing a box around it.
l b. The number of the difference should be consistently written so that it l- is clear ubich difference it is for. l c. Avo'd lining out text, rather use " deleted" or " replaced with" to l annotate such differences. i f d. Replacement text or new text may be handwritten if not too long. Use I
; typed inserts for more extensive changes to text (with the inse'rt(s) on the page(s) immediately following the affected page).
I j e. Print handwritten infonnation in the markup and make sure the i information is legible - avoid using cursive handwriting. l D. GUIDELINES FOR UPDATING THE APPLICATION
.. : ~
During the course of the review process, the application may need revising' to ~ ! reflect resolution of issues arising from the review, issuance of other TS i change amendments, and approval or rejection of STS change proposals. All
- affected pages, of the markups, DOC and JD documents, and proposed TS and Bases
! should be revised and submitted with a cover letter outlining the general reasons for-the changes. In addition, the revision should also include a I- diskette with updated electronic files of the affected difference and change discussions. It is suggested that changes resulting from specific staff g comments be annotated with the associated cossnent number to facilitate verification that comment resolution commitments have been set. Application 4 updates should be timely enough to preclude delaying the review., In any . event, the final revision and the proof and review copy of the proposed TS and Bases must be submitted before the amendment may be issued. e 14
, 1 i
d Lc. - -
I i MEETING ATTENDEES EBC. . T. Polich NRC/NRR/PD 4-1 301-415-1038 0-13tH-3 l W. Bateman NRC/NRR/PD 4-2 301-415-1372 0-13-E-16 l S. Bloom - NRC/NRR/PO 4.2 301-415-1313 0-13-E-16 J. Stone NRC/NRR/PO 4-2 301-415-3063 0-13-E-16 K. Thomas NRC/NRR/PD 4-2 301-415-1362 0-13-E-16 T. Tjader NRC/NRR/TSB 301-415-1187 0-13-H-15 Utilities D. Woodlan TU Electric 214-812-8225 Pacific Gas & Electric 805-545-4872
- .P. Nugent S. Wideman WCNOC 316-364-4037 D. Shafer Union Electric 314-554-3104 J. Boatwright TU Electric 214-812-8232 j
R. Dacko TU Electric 817-897-0122 Union Electric 573-676-8719 l S. Maglio G Yates Union Electric 314-554-3573 4.
~
l ATTACHMENT 2 ! s. !\ l\ '
~-
.m
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-16 CP APPLICABILITY: CP i REQUEST: CP CTS Table 4.3-2, Table Notations 3 and 4 ITS SR 3.8.1.22 ! Table Notations 3 and 4 for CTS Table 4.3-2 state that setpoint verification is not applicable, and that actuation of final devices is not included. These allowances have not been retained in corresponding ITS SR 3.8.1.22. Comment: The proposed changes are not shown on the CTS markup, and no l justification has been provided to support the proposed changes. Revise the submittal l to show the proposed changes on the CTS markup, and provide the appropriate l Justification for the proposed changes. FLOG RESPONSE: This missing note has been added to SR 3.8.1.22. JFD 3.8-37 adequately addresses the entirety of SR 3.8.1.22. ATTACHED PAGES: l Enci5A 3.8-15 . i i
AC Sources-Operating 3.3.1 I SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS 1 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY _...,--.-.n._--_=_.-, y'd'eDmype a g,3 yw p M_yn mee 3LM gg= , _ _ wqsg n Q 2 13(3.3) Q 3.8.B.01p
~ ^'
13_'._8.T_i_t_e_ _l_
- .~.m- a- ~m-~- - N.OTE V =>A =m= =m= = o=u = =w 33 1
- Verification;ofp-etpjo pjt ts4p'ot"~ required 4_
Q 2.'37 13(3.3)
- -Q 3.8.1 16 2.? Actuatjg ot#nalidetices31sJnotMncluded[r
. . . . n=. ::===.na:n.===: . :=::.W 311daysy a
Eerf_orsJAD(EToriSUaKB0Jgquencers] STAGGEREDiTEST BASIS: i t CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8 15 12/1188 i t 1
-m
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.1-17 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP DOC 01-63-LG J CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.4 footnote ** ITS SRs 3.8.1.2 and 3.8.1.7 Bases for ITS SRs 3.8.1.2 and 3.8.1.7 Footnote ** for CTS 4.8.1.1.2.a.4 states, "During performance of surveillance activities as a requirement for Action statements, the air roll test shall not be performed." This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS SRs 3.8.1.2 and 3.8.1.7. DOC 01-63-LG states that this requirement is being moved to the Bases. Comment: This material could not be found in the Bases for ITS SRs 3.8.1.2 and 3.8.1.7. Revise the suomittal to conform to DOC 01-63-LG. o FLOG RESPONSE: The only Required Action that requires the performance of SR 3.8.1.2 or SR 3.8.1.7 is B.3.2. the restriction on air roll tests has been included in the Bases for Require Action B.3.2. (Enclosure 58 page B 3.8-9).
~
ATTACHED PAGES: - None. i 1
~
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-18 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP Q 3.8.1-10 CP REQUEST: CP DOC 01-18-LS DC(3.8.1-18) CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.2 ITS SR 3.8.1.10 CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.2 requires verifying the generator's capability to reject a load of 7000 kW without tripping. Corresponding ITS SR 3.8.1.10 requires verifying that each DG does not trip following a load rejection of 2 6300 kW and s 7000 kW. Comment: : DOC 01-18-LS does not explain why the proposed change is acceptable. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed change. FLOG RESPONSE: For Diablo Canyon, the CTS load value given is based upon the diesel generator continuous load rating reduced by 5%. For Comanche Peak, the CTS load value is the manufacturer's design rated load. The CTS states that the loading must be greater than or equal to this value before the load rejection test. The result is that the diesel generator may be routinely over loaded because of the narrow range and the basic accuracy with which this
~
power level may be adjusted and monitored. - ITS load range required for ITS SR 3.8.1.10 is based upon the diesel generator continuous load rating for the upper value and reduced by 10% for the lower value. The result is a greatly reduced likelihood of routinely over loading the diesel generator. The increased load range still provides an adequate test of the load rejection capability of the equipment while reducing the i likelihood of vendor recommended tear downs. This discussion has been added to DOC 01 l LS-11. ATTACHED PAGES: Encl.3A 4 1i f r t k _ _ _ _ _s
J~ CHANGE NWBER j@C DESCRTPTION 01 13 LS 1 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 01 14 M CTS requirement of " standby status" would be replaced with I
" ready to load operation." This terminology is more i precise making this requirement slightly more restrictive.
i This change is consistent with NUREG-1481. 01 15 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 1 l 01-16 LG The normal monthly DG start SR would be revised to delete
- the method by which the DG is started. Currently, the TS i- specifies that the DG shall be started by using one of the start signals. Deleting the listing of the start signals !
that may be used to start the DG would eliminate unnecessary information contained in the TS. The specific , method for starting a DG would be moved to the Bases. l This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
- 01 17 LS 10 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38).
^
01-18 LS 11 The current DG loading requirements are specified in SRs , as " greater than or equal to . . .". These SRs would be I i revised to specify the DG is loaded between a range l of kW val"=e h m 3 gg g m.& - M j j . ;.diegJgejp 0 3.8.110 CP ll IhlfIl3'Atatt ! or3H08Wtok'thtBal81m m.m i
- m. m m------
.=:....._...._.___._..._.
telsP - -E--
- aumentareamsscalmmmmmmmmmimmunitsmum\
- IMIBELNM586EDRIB%t4M .
l
,. m g 9.,;g >p 9...v:.. ., % . ,- w . m . , ., v . ; .
l
' 5'i - a'W
~
< ; 'J w'<li:1*i '-
}- 'O l lJ .-t ' dilcjif8i l ggggy p ,.y , ". , m . . . . - 7-. 1 3
, u q.yC. t * . .:. g w.. , . :
_. . .. ..T.~. ,t. 49 IQ (.:. 9 Q d np u pp 1 : in ;\ '2 91 d- 4y ..Oi> This Hange is consistent wim ile intent o - 1. 1
- 01 19 LS 12 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table i
(enclosure 38). 01 20 LG Several SRs would be moved to licensee controlled documents. Moving these requirements would allow changes to these requirements without prior Commission approval and will further the Commission's goal of TS improvements, CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 4 12/11/98 1 4,
-,-+w - ~ , _ .-
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-18 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS 3.8.1 Required Action A.2, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-6 Bases for STS 3.8.1 Required Action A.2 ' The Bases for Required Action A.2 for ITS 3.8.1 states,"... with a train with no offsite power , available, arh ..." This is a proposed difference relative to the Bases for Required Action A.2 for corresponding STS 3.8.1. Comment: No justification has been provided to support this proposed difference. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed difference. FLOG RESPONSE: The additionalwords are c'erely a clarification. As stated in the preceding sentence, the " time zero" for the Required Action starts when the required feature on the other train is inoperable and one train has no offsite power supplying its loads. The subject sentence . could have been misread to require that the clock start when the required feature on the other l train is inoperable and one offsite power supply is inoperable, even though the first train is still l powered by an offsite power source. l i ATTACHED PAGES: l None. ' i
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-19 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP ITS 3.8.1 Note for Required Action F.1 Bases for ITS 3.8.1 Required Action F.1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-13 The Note for Required Action F.1 for ITS 3.8.1 states, "One required SI sequencer channel may be bypassed for up to 4 hours for surveillance testing provided the other channel is Operable." The Bases for Required Action F.1 for ITS 3.8.1 does not address this Note. Comment: Expand the Bases to address the Note. FLOG RESPONSE: The Bases for the note to ITS Required Action F.1 has been added to the Bases. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-13 e
5 AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l l BASES l ACTIONS U With Train A and Train B DGs inoperable, there are no remaining standby AC sources. Thus, with an assumed loss of offsite electrical power, insufficient standby AC sources are available to power the minimum required ESF functions. Since the offsite
- electrical power system is the only source of AC power for this level of degradation, the risk associated with continued l operation for a very short time could be less than that 4 associated with an immediate controlled shutdown (the immediate shutdown could cause grid instability, which could result in a total loss of AC power). Since any inadvertent generator trip
- could also result in a total loss of offsite AC power, however, i the time allowed for continued operation is severely restricted.
The intent here is to avoid the risk associated with an immediate centrolled shutdown and to minimize the risk associated with this
- level of degradation.
j According to Reference 6, with both DGs inoperable, operation may continue for a period that should not exceed 2 hours. , l i . I TR . The SUsequencer(s) is an essential support system to botbM i pfhttMt,f#11MLtlRGIXINSVCDt$iWithT3tggigiglMi. E0cthedRMESthC5e@MEKGMt2WR1sar.matCManthMet 9911NJBligfdMitCtgcWggggggggD1Dys14MggEt*MBc.] thtqats0518teidEF11810 Therefore, loss cf an [SJgggpAtg]ggej affects every major ESF system in the division ggg. The j {gihour Completion Time provides a period of time to correct the
; problem commensurate with the importance of maintaining sequencer l OPERABILITY. This time period also ensures that the probability of an accident (requiring sequencer OPERABILITY) occurring during-periods when the sequencer is inoperable is minimal.
%uunumsisk. .
n'tameenememnnump - amMWM _Q3.8.1 19 CP
- 5. . .. . _ . . _ . . . . . . i
__.;__ 2 __u__t___x ____ l
'temH1L *i / ) ,+. A , : . ' .MWq This Condition is preceded by a Note that allows thc Condition to bc dc1cted if th; unit dcsign is such th:t any scquenccr failurc (continued)
CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-13 12/11/98 L
! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-22 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP Q 3.8.1-14 CP REQUEST: CP DOC 01-20-LG DC(3.8.1-22) CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.8 ITS 3.8.1
- CTS 4.8.1.1.2.f.8 requires verifying that the auto connected loads to each diesel generator do not exceed the continuous rating of 7,000 kW. This requirement has not been retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.1, in conformance with the STS. DOC 01-20-LG states that this requirement is being moved to a licensee controlled document.
Comment: DOC 01-20-LG should be designated as a relocated item. Revise the submittal to identify the licensee controlled document that will be receiving this requirement. FLOG RESPONSE: The FLOG followed the guidance provided in the meeting with the NRC on August 23,1996, to determine if material which is moved out of the CTS to a licensee controlled document is considered a move (LG) or a relocation (R). (See NRC meeting minutes to the FLOG utilities dated September 16,1996). 1 The NRC handout stated that a relocation occurs when a ". . . specification [is) moved entirely to licensee-controlled document per the Criteria (Chapter 3.0 only)." The guidance also states that a ". . . less restrictive (removal) [is] (movement of certain requirements and information to licensee-controlled documents from otherwise retained specifications)." As discussed in the meeting, many changes do not clearly fit into the LG or R category and some judgement is ;. required. Since this change does not relocate the CTS LCO or any part of the LCO, the FLOG concluded that the change best fits into the LG category. The FLOG still believes this to be the correct category. The licensee controlled document that will be receiving this requirement is identified in the table in Enclosure 3B of the submittals. ATTACHED PAGES: None. .. j-i- I
- I-l [
m
i l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET , 1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.1-33 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC ! O 3.8.1-20 CP l Q 3.8.1-17 WC l REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.8, STS Bases page 3.8-19 DC(3.8.1-33) Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.8
' WC(3.8.1-17) Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.9, STS Bases page 3.8-20 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.9 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.10, STS Bases page 3.8-21 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.10 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.11, STS Bases page 3.8-23 )
Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.11 ; Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.12, STS Bases page 3.8-24 l Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.12 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.13, STS Bases page 3.8-25 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.13 l l Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.14, STS Bases page 3.8-26 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.14 l Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.16, STS Bases page 3.8-27 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.16 Pases for ITS SR 3.8.1.17, STS Bases page^3.8-28 ; Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.17 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.18, STS Bases page 3.8-29 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.18 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.1.19, STS Bases page 3.8-30 Bases for STS SR 3.8.1.19 The Bases for ITS SRs 3.8.1.8,3.8.1.9,3.8.1.10,3.8.1.11,3.8.1.12,3.8.1.13,3.8.1.14, 3.8.1.16,3.8.1.17,3.8.1.18, and 3.8.1.19 state, "This Note does not prohibit the application of LCO 3.0.5 or the performance of this SR to restore equipment Operability." These are l proposed differences relative to the Bases for STS SRs 3.8.1.8,3.8.1.9,3.8.1.10,3.8.1.11, l 3.8.1.12, 3.8.1.13, 3.8.1.14, 3.8.1.16, 3.8.1.17, 3.8.1.18, and 3.8.1.19. l l Comment: The Notes for ITS SRs 3.8.1.8,3.8.1.9,3.8.1.10,3.8.1.11,3.8.1.12, 3.8.1.13,3.8.1.14,3.8.1.16,3.8.1.17,3.8.1.18, and 3.8.1.19 do not provide any exceptions. The proposed Bases differences appear to be in conflict with the Notes. No justification has been provided to support the proposed differences. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification, or conform to the STS. j FLOG RESPONSE: Recent conversations with the NRC 5dicate that TSTF-283 will not be l approved in time to support the FLOG ITS conversion schedule. Therefore, the proposed ITS l will be revised to incorporate the CTS requirements applicable to testing "during shutdown". ATTACHED PAGES: I 3/4 8-8 thru 3/4 8-11 $ } Encl 2 ., Enci 3A 10 j Enci 3B 5 L i
EnciSA' 3.8-7 thru 3.8-14. Enci 58 B 3.6-19, B 3.8-20, B 3.8-21 and B 3.8-23 thru 8 3.8-30 Encl 6A 6a Enci6B 7 4
)
i i i l l 4 l l i i l 1 I I i 1 l
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Centinued) i
- f. At least once per 18 months *, during shutdown, by**:
- 1) Subjecting the dicsci to an inspectica in ac;;rdancc with e c.a .
prec;dures prepared in conjunction with its w, E f&Pli
;;;anufacturcr's racccccadations for this class of standby sa vice;
- I 2) Verifying the generator capability to reject a load of greater than or equal to 703 k'd B]t3BTH&WKMriGB167 t' d k leggnM while saintaining gr!d & tt:1K 1 s.. ,t K t-690 _ 1 3voltsan$voltagegg]2bJat6900 6_6.75 Hz fE#diggi$gglJgeJtibH:
frequency at 50 1 3 MrN
- 3) Verifying the generator capability to reject a load of E g01-18-1.53 63003f;ahd3 7000 kW without tripping. The generator m voltage shill not exceed 8280 volts during and following the load rejection:
- 4) On),simulatdd 4m% waihtaav oss-of offsite power by 901M114TR3 i M fWt%8%% GKriREli .EX;;1LJC. ccJ N
, QGreed_,ji;3;dG3%.XAGMjanu. m i 0 3.8.1-20 CP l a) Verifying deenergization of the emergency -2
- busses and load shedding from the emergency .
busses, and b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto start signal, energizes the emergency busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the i auto connected shutdown loads through the load sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the i shutdown loads. After energization, the i steady state voltage and frequency of the emergency busses shall be maintained at 50001500 S;6480DRig [0]17pl{iQ
- LEISEvolts and 6011.2 Hz during this test.
r 2 ! -' The survcilience test interval is extendcd to 24 conths for Train A. 'Jnit 2. to rccain in effect until th; cocpletica of the l$M_.. l
- r. seccad refucling cutage for " nit 2. l 1
** For any start of a diesel, the dicsci cast bc operated with a lead in :0 accordane.c with the ;;;anufacturar's reccoxadations. All planned i diesel engine starts for the purpose of this surveillance may be k preceeded by a prelube period in accordance with vendor recommendations. . ?
CPSES Markup ofCTS3M.8 3M.8-8 12/11/98 )
~
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) i l
- 5) Verifying that on a anumimment Safety Injection 4 Actuation test signa' , wit 1out loss o? offsite power, ~
l the diesel generator starts on the auto start signal and I operates on standby for greater than or equal to 5 minutes. The generator voltage and frequency shall be . 500015^0 C?*mm*t115g volts and 6011.2 Hz k.D66iM within 10 seconds after the auto start signal: the steady state generator voltage and frequency shall be maintained within these limits during this test:
- 6) Simulatfding pQt}d8] e loss-of offsite power in conjunction with a $1ge]ated3rZatttia13Safetv Iniect on
_.._.._c Actuit on
,____ ___, tact
,-..__ sianal, m __________, and2 ;UC;th-tith,1 mm_z_2w m G H 5-N
=t"-L Aut%r =AL'Eh.yb rwLvL=3h'LL'=5 imameMf Q.3.8.1 20 CP W
a) Verifying deenergization of the emergency busses and load shedding from the emergency busses; b) Verifying the diesel starts on the auto start signal, energizes the emergency busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds, energizes the auto connected emergency (accident) loads through the load sequencer and operates for greater than or equal , to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the ) emergency loads. After energization, the ; steady-state voltage and frequency of the emergency 1 busses shall be maintained at 5000 _ 500 2161801an.d ['01261M)^ i 1.2 Hz during this test: and E7150] volts and 60 c) Verifying that all automatic diesel generator trips, except engine overspeed and generator differential, are automatically bypassed upon loss of voltage on the emergency bus concurrent with a Safety Injection Actuation signal. CPSESMarkup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-9 12/11/98
1 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 1 l 1 l 7) Verifying the diesel generator operates for at least 24 ) hours. During the first 2 hours of this test, the diesel ' generator shall be loaded to an indicated 6900 7700 kW' and during the remaining 22 hours of this test, the diesel generator shall be loaded to an indicated 6300 7000 kW'. Th scr,crator voltag; and frcqucacy shall bc 50001 I S00 volts and 5011.2 ll: within 10 scccad after the ,01E30M t j start signal; th; steady statc scacrator voltag; and frequ ncy shall be maintained within thes; limits during this test. Within 5 minutes after completing this 24 hour test, perform Specification 4.8.1.1.2f.4)b):*
- 8) "crifying that the auto connccted icads to cach dicsci scacrator do not excccd th; continucus rating of 7.000 W01f20:LG3 i
- l
- 9) m_ Verifying.,____.....,,
arator the diesel s capability t%,3ct; cen __'. ___,____2 2_ n"",M'S &*"*JM.'C'TA" 2" 'A"h"M - ' "22" "I Q 3.8.1 20 CP "u~: samauruw 1 a) Synchronize with the offsite power source while ' the generator is loaded with its emergency loads upon i a simulated restoration of offsite power, 1 b) Transfer its loads to the offsite power source, and .' Be restored to its ready 30310adfopeptjofistandby
~
c) e [0141 9 3 I status.
- 10) Verifying that with the diesel generator operating in a l test mode, connected to its bus, a simulated brNet081 eN NI N Safety Injection signal overrides the test mode by:
(1) returning the diesel generator to tejidEtElygd _ E01214n" standby operation, and (2) automaticallgyr izing omarnant v lnach with nffsite powpe cjc m-3 ,,g
$_Ul,T,_M. ,U-Mct3h!UTJ4tmDcJcGCCd3CodcG g.3.8.1 20 CP
.. ,y. _
1 l
# This band is meant as g'Jidance to avoid routine overloading of the diesel generator. Homentary load excursions outside this band due to changing bus loads shall not invalidate the test.
- If Specification 4.8.1.1.2f.4)b) is not satisfactorily completed, it is not necessary to repeat the preceding 24 hour test. Instead, the diesel generator may be operated between 6300 7000 kW for 1 2 ~
hour! cr until spcrating temperature has stabilized before [01?561M$. l l repeating 4.8.1.1.2f.4)b) . i l i (PSES}iarkup ofCTS 3N.8 3/4.8-10 12/1188
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
- 11) Verifying that the fuel transfer pump transfers fuel from fuel storage tank to the day tank of its 01 73 LS associated diesel via the installed linesg:
Q 3.8.1 13 CP
- 12) Verifying that the automatic load sequence timers are OPERABLt! with the interval between each inad lerk within + 10% of its desian intenu
. _ _ _ _ _ . _ m. M_ :# 61-%-M N.. . - . -m,,u _ov _ m-_ _u-_
_.# .ww .aw . m ... *= d '"=ew Q 3.8.1 20 CP R;@ S EEBR:
- 13) "crifying that the following dicsci generator lockout p0@'ME features picvcat dicsci gencretor starting; b a' Barring dcvice cagaged, ce l b) tiaintenancc Lockout ticdc.
i g. At least once per 10 years or after any ;;;cdifications which - l could offect dicsci scacrator interdependcna by starting e01663R@ e . both diesel generators simultaneously,* during shutdown, and I verifying that both diesel generators accelerate to at least *
*01i07?"LS$1 l 441 rpm (58.8 HzE6122ijiz):JWithlvoltag g of 5000 .L 500 E 6480
^
"01'435
# @1 ppdy7,1502Vtritt in 1ess than or equal to 10 se onds; and ,
~
- h. At 1 cast on= per 10 ycars by;
- 1) "u; ping cut cach fuci cil storage tank:, cacving the e01j38-%G3-@
accumulated sedis;cnt and cicaning the tan't using a e .. 4 sodium hypochicrite solution or equivalent-afMI--
- 2) l'crforming a pressure test of thosc portions of the 4 dicsci fuci cil systc; designcd to Section IW [012393LGM:Q subscction NO of thc ASti: Ccdc. when tested p;rsuant to i Spccification 4.0.5.
- All planned diesel engine starts for the purpose c( this surveillance may be preceded by a prelube period in accordanca with vendor recommendations.
g Lhe tela re3id'MODEAWKtfRtEM3TorBthiEsptveR1 aWcel 01-73 LS Q 3.8.1 13 CP 4 4 CPSES Markup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-11 12/1188 f i a
. . - _ . - = - . . _ - - . - . - .. .- . . . - - . - - . - . - _
CHANGE I NUEER HSE DESCRIPTION these requirements are not met, a unit shutdown is required. Rather than requiring a unit shutdown, the proposed change would require declaring inoperable the required safety equipment powered from an inoparable DG. This would result in l entering the required feature's TS action statement. These i action would assure that specific measures, appropriate for a loss of safety function associated with inoperable redundant features would be taken. From a safety standpoint it is j preferable to avoid an unnecessary plant shutdowns. This ; change is consistent with NUREG 1431 and is acceptable because j it would continue to assure the OPERABILITY of required ' features without requiring an unnecessary plant shutdown. 01-51 LS-18 The frequency for testing the DF0 transfer pumps would be extended from 31 to 92 days. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. l 01 5?. M The SR would require the DF0 transfer pumps to be started automatically. This change is more restrictive than the current SR, which allows the DF0 transfer pumps to be started manually. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01-53 M A note would be added to the SR for monthly DG load te_st to " I allow testing on only one DG at a time. Consistent with l current practice, this prevents having two DG synchronized and loaded on offsite power at one 0 3*8'1-06 CP time. This reduces the risk of common mode failure. l W35tEMtalBhtBMt3M5RNGR1RIBil sustme1@l - MM MGme1@MM1ERELOYE3aGINEREWLotHUDhEc J This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 54 LS 19 The TS requirement that voltage would be maintained would be replaced with the requirement that within 3 seconds following load rejection the voltage would be within limits. The requirement that frequency would be maintained at 60 6.75 HZ would be replaced with the requirement that frequency is 5 66.75 HZ following load rejection consistent with NUREG 1431 Rev. 1. m 01-55 A n;t; would b; ;dded prohibiting sc;r:1 S"; fre;;; bcing perfer;;cd in ",edes 1 through 4. This cheng; i 0 3.8.120 CP l
;;nsistent with E"!CC 1431."M (
1 01 56 M The required warmup period prior to hot restart DG SR would be changed from I hour to 2 hours. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01-57 A The reference to depressurizing and venting the RCS is removed from this TS. The requirements for providing RCS capability at low temperatures is covered in the RCS TS CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 10 12(11/98
CONVERSION COMPARISON TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 5 cf 9 DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 01-49 A new LC0 would be added. The condition of degraded DF0 Yes Yes, for DF0 Yes Yes LS-16 capacity would be addressed by an action statement allowing capacity only. 48 hours to restore DF0 level. A new condition would other changes address stored DF0 with total particulates out of limit and already in CTS allow 7 days for restoration. A new condition would address new fuel oil with properties not within limits and allow 30 days for restoration. Required features supported by the inoperable DG would be Yes Yes Yes Yes 01-50 LS-17 declared inoperable when its required redundant feature is inoperable. 01-51 The frequency for testing the DF0 transfer pumps would be No: CTS of 31 days Yes M No. CTS extended from 31 to 92 days. is retained. frequen H 0-3.8.1-04 wc l LS-18 cy retaine d 01-52 SR would require the DF0 transfer pumps to be started No: DF0 pumps Yes No. Not a CTS No. Not a CTS M automatically. started manually. requirement. requirement. A note would be added to the SR for monthly DG start and Yes Yes Yes Yes 01-53 H load test to allow testing on only one DG at a time pnd E 0-3.8.1-06 CP l DNIuir,1pg3tstivgliameQ9_tph@Ltey2a15degestfgatartj DG partial load rejection SR frequency lower limit of 53.25 No: frequency limit Yes No, test deleted by No, not in CTS 01-54 LS-19 Hz would be deleted. not CTS. Amendment 101
> " . a w;J d bc ;dd d prehibitir.g sc. Ire' 50; frc; bctr.g Y :S' Yc:M Yc @ Yes;;;;
0 -55 Q-3.8.1-20 LP l pcrfc. ecd 17 Mede; 1 - Mitsqrq The required warmup pertoa prior to hot restart DG SR would No: CIS is 2 hour Yes No, already in CTS No, already revised 01-56 M be changed from I hour to 2 hours. warmup period. per Amendment 112 The reference to depressurizing and venting the RCS is No; not CTS Yes No, not in CTS No, not in CTS 01-57 A removed from this TS. The requirements for providing RCS requirement. capability at low temperatures is covered in the RCS TS Low Temperature Overpressure Protection. Removal of this reference eliminates duplication and is consistent with ~ 1 NUREG-1431. 58 The requirement to verify that the DF0 transfer pump No; not CTS No, no cross- Yes, moved to the Yes, moved to the . LG transfers fuel from each storage tank to the day tank of requirement. connected lines USAR FSAR each DG via the installed cross-connected lines would be . moved to licensee-centrolled documents. ' Yes Yes 01-59 AC Sources - Shutdown action statement would be revised to Yes Yes LS-20 provide the alternative to %clare affected required features with no offsite power available inoperable." J Yes Yes Yes No, not in CTS 01-60 The surveillance interval for verifying that other LS-24 properties are with limits for ASTM 2D fuel oil is changed from "within 30 days
- to "within 31 days" after obtaining a sample.
CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3N.8 12/11/98
*@ e 43 '
I AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 l l SURVEILLANCE RE0VIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.7 ~
- NOTE - -- - - ----
, All DG starts may be preceded by an engine i prelube period. ' 184 days ! Verify each DG starts from standby condition s8-PS'd and achieves in s IQ seconds, voltage a 3740 6480 V and s 4580 7150 V. and frequency 2 5818 Hz and s 61i2 Hz. SR;3. _8;1L8 - .NOTF....... .. ...... 3.8 50 Verify'reqQirement;during', ODES M Wit!!; core of.f; loaded; This Survcillance shall 13,7.4.15,";6 00 f Q 3.8.1 20 CP not be perforu d in "00E 1 or L nc.;cycr. <BM cress ;;;ay x cxcn for unplanned cvcats that satisfy this SR. 13.8:2Gj 18.~
-~"
months -- Verify L0tbmaticEan,d.~ma@41,1 transfer
. !:B]
of AC pcwer sources from the normal offsite - circuit to each alternate te<jufred offsite circuit. ) (continued) l l l l i 4l 1 ll
.1 I
CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-7 12/11/98 l
*l J
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.9 ' 3.8 50
~
# Q 3.8.1 20 CP
- TEi n urveillar.c-Mitin ~
(3,,di ' r.ct E . ' = : in "00C 1 cr a l
- cwcycr. credit,=_,y be takca for unplanncd LySy a
,..m.._
i u. . .. . . . . . , . . . t.. 2. _. e,n
- m. -
$3!8M']l
' ' ~ ~ '
- 2. If xrforad with the OC ;yxhrer.ind wit; cffsite p;=r. it shall bc pcrfor;;;cd at ; pcar factor s 0.0. [2389221"1
.:n. wn=_===.
=. :w . .w ww. ,_ . .,=_m Verify each DG rejects a load greater than 18~m6nths
~ ~ ~ " ~
or equal to its associated single largest $8tRSi post accident load, and:
- a. Following load rejection, the frequency is s43 65175 Hz; 8g EBiR$3
- b. Within a seconds following load rejection. .
CP 3.8 ED the voltage is 2 3740 6440 V and s 4580 715] Vb--and EENd.
- c. "ithin [3] scccad- fclicwing load g3!8"28]~
'1 redeet4c,,a the frcquency i; 2 EQ !!c and
. e4 ~, .
a nu: "- - 1 SR 3.8.1.10 -- MQo2d u t<-w ' " . ;,m,;C - 3.8 50
# 0 3.8.1 20 CP Ger.1ggyequinnentStrJ ng300E13 GLgggg _
l {l,figccr.f y --Q' f(not '- "'OC didl 1 This cr "urvcil
- 6 cvtr. ---- "
M credit nay bc takca fo' unplarir,c'd cvcats that
. & .J. _ L. ,. & L. J. m. . en en. -.
$ NEN5YI.V.5b\fM:*,* $5&
L - Verify each DG cperating at ; powcr fact-ee 183fi6nths p33rm '- l L s [0.0] does not trip and voltage is maintained s-5000 $28J V during and following a load rejection of 2 4500 5300 kW and s-6000 LO90 kW. iB@53 (continued) I i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-8 12/11/98
l i l AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) 4 l l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.11 - - - - - - - NOTES - - - - - - -
- 1. All DG starts may be preceded by an engine '
prelube period. 3.8 50 0 3.8.1 20 CP
- 2. < veraty;requirementJg!RfnFHODES3154]E;d orgtEcoteloff-JoardedjThisSurveil.cace'
[ 3.. . . not bc a r.cr;.;cd in MODE 1, 2. 3 j e e + % ;cycr. c. m , mo., x Icxcr. or g38
- 20^*
unp.cnncd cvents that satisfy tM-Sfh- l l l Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 18 months
~ ~'
offsite power signal: fB?4 1 l
- a. De-energization of emergency buses:
- b. Load shedding from emergency buses:
- c. DG auto-starts from standby condition and:
- 1. energizes permanently connected -2 .
loads in s 10 seconds, fB3j -
'l l 2. energizes auto connected shutdown i loads through 80tomaticiload 4 1
sequence):, L. B a, ; e
- 3. maintains steady state voltage l; 2 3740 5480 V and s 4580 115Q V, 18MS.li{
i
- 4. maintains steady state frequency
- 2 58_.8 Hz and s E112 Hz, and
. [ B)
- 5. supplies permanently connected and
$tdK6jl06titsy shutdown loads for ,
a 5 mirutes. l,B3, ' (continued) . I,
?
u l i 1 i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-9 12/11/98 L
- = - . - - . - - . - _. .. . . -. . .-
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued)
- SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY ggggg .................- NOTES----- --- - ---- -
-1. All DG starts may be preceded by 3.8 50 prelube period. '
0 3.8.1 20 CP.
- 2. MjCNigeir,sesttWIIKit00ES.32ifIErh i@(f..ut4hggApff1108ifidj (s, li act :cife, a d in M00C 1 ;r 2. j This Survaillance j'83j 4
; a-v;r, ;rca t = y - - ,, ,sr -
unplanacd avat: that ::tisfy this SR. f!3?8320Bj Verify on an actual or simulated Enginccccd Safaty icaturc (CSI' Safetylldec_t1.on"(SI), actuation signal each DG auto starts from -
'!B. _PS d standby condition and:
- a. In s 10 seconds after auto start and 18 9 during tests, achieves voltage a W40 6480 V and s 4580 Z150 V: IBfPSd
- b. In s 10 seconds after auto start and
~
during tests, achieves frequency $B3 2 583 Hz and s $1;2 Hz:
- c. Operates for 2 5 minutes:
1 6--Pernnatly connected iced; rc=in I cacrgized frc;;; thc cffsite pcwcr syst=, EBiP.SQ I end
- c. Eacrgcacy locd: arc mergizcd or aut; sanected through-th; outc= tic iccd [833, sequaGr fr;;;; the offsite p;wcr system.
l l l (continued) l l l l l I I r i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-10 12/1188
.l l _.
. .- - - . - = . - - . _ - -. .. . -
l AC Sources-Operating ! 3.8.1 1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.13' mg@M.lEEnessy; egg.;-f y , 3.8 50 yergyJtWfrement?ditinglgEESS.pHO3 Eor; y 0 3.8.1 20 cP 1 Wt be pe$r.erad in "00C 1 cr Lt;cver.gj_ttgots Mogled; This "urvcil.a m.. . ,. sap;sdncd evcats that l creen,.,.;;;;m.y _m_ m.... ...en
.m.
r,c - r".B M w.vena,q.
._ _crr=. _==. .r._::rn.=__=.=_=.v_. ;
,3,'84.20%]
l Verify each DG's automatic trips are bypassed 181 months l on actealMrainuiatsdilosspf Voltage 3jgnal iB?! , en?the'energency, bus concurrentNith.AnJctual. ' ordimulatedlESF SIfactuationisignal except:
- a. Engine overspeed; and fB-PSil
- b. Generator differential current:
1
- c. [ Low lube cil pics;urc;] l
- d. [llip;<ronkca:c pressure;] and u (BiPST l l c. [ Start failure rel;y]. -
SR 3.8.1.14 - -- NOTES - -
- 1. Momentary transients outside the load and power factor ranges do not invalidate this i test. -
3.8 50 Q 3.8.1 20 CP
- 2. yerifft@01reserttWhing 'MDESjNL4WM Kcoreiof(Qqjt, qed:-This Surveillence I
L p2 not be scrforud in "00C 1 cr 2j pMO; lkr.;cycr. cradit ;;;cy r,c takca Tor unp;onncd
..... . .. ... .. .. ?..........'.......... NY
, Verify each DG cperating at : pc.;cr factor 18.,3Rt.hg h s [0.0] operates for a 24 hours: IB7d
- a. For a 2 hours loaded a 5250(900kWand ~
l s5500ZZOOkW: and l(BfES!]
- b. For the remaining hours of the test loaded fB-PS3 i
>4500#300 kW and s 500070_00kW. '
r 1 J CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8 11 12/11/98 ; r 4
1 l AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 i l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l SR 3.8.1.15 - - - - NOTES - - - - - - - - l
- 1. This Surveillance shall be performed l within 5 minutes of shutting down the DG I after the DG has operated a 2 hours
- loaded a 4500 MO kW and s 5000 Z0,0_0 kW. KBiPS3 Momentary transients outside of load range do not invalidate this test.
- 2. All DG starts may be preceded by an engine prelube period.
FB-PSd~ Verify each DG starts and achieves, in 18 months
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
s 10 seconds, voltage 2 3740 6480 V, and 4580 IB1 Z150 V and frequency 2 58J Hz and s 6112 Hz. SR 3.8.1.16 -------
"TE - - " 3.8 50 eriffregilifement iducing;tIODESL:3,74;S,716200 __
Q 3.8.1 20 CP Withjcorefofffiloaded; This Surveillanc. M, ct a scrfrrd in "00: 1. 2. 3 crJTKr. ^3.8-203] credit ;;;;y bc taken for u p;. ums cants that ? - satisfy this 50. Verify each DG: 18Jonths
,BJ, L
- a. Synchronizes with offsite power source while loaded with emergency loads upon a simulated restoration of offsite power;
- b. Transfers loads to offsite power source:
and
- c. Returns to ready to load operation.
\ r i f s CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-12 12/1188 L
i AC Sources-Operating
- 3. 8.1 L
i SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SFLT Xl13 7 -- -- " ----- - - Ger1IEresilj relif]htZdugftg@0 DES.23,Td;IE6g 3.8 50 With' sore;offiloaded; This Survcilicacc shc. 3 l 0 3.8.1 20 CP Qtbcperfcmedin"00C1.2.3cr4,,,scvcr, c, w . , .u, . somcn icr unplor.ncd cycnts thct $
. . s .a.
eme . s. ,. s. .. u..m. en
- a. .
s3';84.. 0*M 18)] , l Verify, with a DG operating in test mode 18; months iB3 and connected to its bus, an actual or simulated ESF SIjactuation signal overrides kPS1 the test mode by:
- a. Returning DG to ready-to load operation Tlland b: htomati_cally'erWgizingithe3mergencf iBj1 Joadjftomloffsite2powec.
S
=~r=; - - " MSNrr===*2 SR 3.8.1.18 3 M"~ , 3.8 50 (Verifyrequirerentsdyring30DESj3M4nS,$or L 0 3.8.1 20 CP with;coreloffsloadedj-This Survcillcncg tact bc pcrformed 6 "00C 1. 2. 3 cr L . c,;cycr.
crc;:it ccy Oc token for unplonncd cycnts thot-- .. 4, B.Q sctisfy this S". k3;8720fM A m.- m =:=. a.; amm,--mum .a.
. . . ===.~.v.x w. w ==:: 2
-m~,a Verify interval between each sequenced load 18lmonths LBis block is within 1310DEdg11gginte~r val, for each cccr;;cncy cad shutdo".;n automatfg load . EB,-BS il sequencer.
l I i i l l CPSES Mark.up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-13 12/11/98 ( i
AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.1.19 -- NOTES -- -- - --
- 1. All DG starts may be preceded by an engin'e prelube period. 3.8 50 "Q 3.8.120 CP
- 2. I orpth;qeloff-loaded; This Surveil.auMiiRjGifem yh;il not a perfor-d in "00E 1. 2. 3 j [3'81201-n
' Q; cam , credit = y bc t;Xsa ;cr ung. M acd cicats that satisfy this SR. Verify on an actual or simulated loss of 18; months 08 il offsite power signal in conjunction with an actual or simulated ESF SI,jactuation signal: ,PSg E
- a. De energization of emergency buses;
- b. Load shedding from emergency buses; and
- c. DG auto starts from standby condition and:
- 1. energizes permanently connected loads in s 10 seconds, 183
- 2. energizes auto connected emergency 4
loads through load sequencer, . 3. achieves steady state voltage 2 3740 #48Q V and s 4580 Z150 V, BBjPS%l
- 4. achieves steady state frequency a 5HIH Hz and s Ella Hz, and .[BM
- 5. supplies permanently connected pnd
)[itEchilde.ttiRJ emergency loads for (Bij 2
2 5 minutes. $~ SR 3.8.1.20 - NOTE - - - - - All DG starts may be preceded by an engine prelube period. Verify when started simultaneously from standby 10 years condition, each DG achieves, in s 10 seconds, [B;$j voltage frequency z 3744 2 5818 518(0z and V ands [Ilgs Hz. 4576 7150 V, and EBASd l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-14 12/11/98
i 1 AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases SR 3.8.1.7 See SR 3.8.1.2.
$R"#324EB .
Transfer of each 4-16 6.Jj gy1ESF2bO( power supply from the normal , offsite circuit to the alternate offsite circuit demonstrates the j OPERABILITY of the alternate circuit distribution network to 1 power the shutdown loads. The3fugg!) Frequency of the l Surveillance is based on engineering judgment, taking into ; consideration the unit conditions required to perform the l Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel ! cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these ! components usually pass the SR when performed at the 18 month Frequency. Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. This SR is modified by a NodfMtelseysJto3erM i . . M!$nitmeriqaupngplutS[3M15f16;orJithitheIcore I pff3cglpgjete% "~1 0 3.8.1-20 CP l
% .=r'amt%M'e*?de!ERE*MW*MeS*+."E
_ --- = _G _il_n y r.;4 L ; i_ U g n_ _ K.._
. ,m __
J e_ _n ' K_ g . r%.. ,. _mene.e ww=- - ~ - - - - - g}l$;jijr- ; :: rasen for the Note i'.e
~
'~~
l that, during egr; tion .;it; the rcactor critic;1. grfernnce of - 1 this S" could caus; grturbations to the cicctrial distribution j syst=3 that could chalicasc ^;ntinued steady state ;gration l
;^d. Z ; TCult, ur.it xf^ty y;t-Z. Cr^dit n y M t i r, f^r 1
unplenacd cvcats that satisfy this SR-SR 3.8.1.9 Each DG is provided with an engine overspeed trip to prevent damage to the engine. Recovery from the transient caused by the loss of a large load could cause diesel engine overspeed, which, , if excessive, might result in a trip of the engine. This ! Surveillance demonstrates the DG load response characteristics ! and capability to reject the largest single load without j exceeding predetermined voltage and frequency and while , l maintaining a specified margin to the overspeed trip. For this ) unit, th; singic 1;cd for coch OC end its horscg.;;r rating is as ' foll= IllGliWIK9JC9kRIRollW10MlGlERS3%BNGliMefl MiGERMgdeptmstgsetampWalenwatelmithig;1?gnant plagggg;[r,1g;oA783J0Q This Surveillance may be accomplished by: i 4
- a. Tripping the DG output breaker with the DG carrying greater !
than or equal to its associated single largest post-accident load while paralleled to offsite power, or while ! solely supplying the bus: or , ! l f (continued) l l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-19 12/11/98 e J
t I-i AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases
- b. Tripping its associated single largest post accident load with the DG solely supplying the bus.
. As required by IEEE 308 (Ref.12), the load rejection test is i acceptable if the increase in diesel speed does not exceed 75% of l l- the difference between synchronous speed and the overspeed trip setpoint, or 15% above synchronous speed, whichever is lower.
l The time, voltage, and frequency tolerances specified in this SR are derived from Regulatory Guide 1.9 (Ref. 3) recommendations for l response during load sequence intervals. The 3 seconds specified is equal to 60% of a typical 5 second load sequence interval
- associated with sequencing of the largest load. The voltage and
! frequency specified are consistent with the design range of the ! equipment powered by the DG. SR 3.8.1.9.a corresponds to the l maximum frequency excursion, while SR 3.8.1.9.b and SR 3.8.1..c ere is3[isteady state voltage and frequency values to which the system must recover following load rejection. The CP 3.8.G 1 18' month,JFrequency is consistent with the recommendation of Regulatory Guide 1.108 (Ref. 9). l This SR is modified by twe-a NotednotejsayEt , ' _ fy3btfLrequbesuiripOjuuEQEdK516Ior3tth3h .
=
cotEof, ggd 1 0 3.8.1 20 CP l -
, 3 m _etf $_ ne:1.a&_ _i30; G. _X_ ~ A_ .. .m,jg
. ;, g q 3.;m _ __.
_- - _ _ m 'i m_ u2L m w_.m. wa. - -+ ==vma- s a m -~-n._a~m.n Aa er *a s ~e -- amm.vm
> c % - a-W..? M#,
-m-
- r -~u.~_n J
I."s.W-a'.!.'.W.EY.3
.a m =est u am M3' _A-AWW! 8 -*WNM3,'L.M1dlYd.W
% ~ = A 1
-. o - An YE A*'.%
as as;e va P'4 [.Mh"N ? _ Nb... u L. 1 l
- - - - - - - - - - . . . ra.- _
N ' 6 " dV 'V' "V** ' l is that during eg ration w n a,mm. ,~ ..g.r.M" '-4VT mt 'i cal , g rformance of , this SR c;sid cau c .
~rturbations to the ci ;trical distribution !
systc;s that could ciclicag; continued stcody state egratica and. } as a csult. unit safety syste;s. Cr:dit =y be taken for ! unplann;d c. ats that satisfy this SR. In order to casure that-the l 00 is tested under lead conditions that are a' close to d sign basis
- conditian ;d pc sibic. ,,~.u. ".ctc 2 requires that, if sy=hronized to
- a. a, ms. a s . ,~
. . s. . , .,3
.o
- e. m. ,.._.s.~...>.,......s,m...
~, .m. o m. ..s..
- ; [0.Z. O,i; p;=r fact;r i; ch xr, to be T pr =totiv; cf th^
actual dcsign basis inductive leading that the 00 would expric=c. , EX'a@MEDfBlppMNWdMetAmyMnC1W63 - l DRB#tCted3?pelat1#112Wenimiccausothele901pmentito i pgBED3theJliaW331DREC111NMith_1.sist!rwinange. zfocwhich ' ! EellBe M.MMir&thCtigirgjperfoMa~ncdj afft!Rbleiand 1 2MPostRortRtigipaintenprgSBt_ igg;that"Itquitej! ; PejggpagelohthisWtire1U ancgitotderitgrestyre;t_he ~ Lo!!MDent3tE0EERRLEMprovided1helmain.tep.ajnceltog t@l!!I9dbr'@erfotlLiedRnIconju_rjctiog1Wtth7maintenanceEtegqir_ed _ - tM10t#1GPE!%EMMpf7itelfabi]ity] (continued) 1 > CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-20 12/11/98 iL
AC Sourcat -Operating B 3.8.1 Bas:s n_.a_.__,_ _. ru_ u_.. _u___ _-..u_ x ,_ _; I \U T I w vvw a J .u_ YV65. I.IL u.nne __ _. .a.b biv1.d mWJ MU WU.EbEU WMVTL . VVL 1 UJ b& if it can bc demcastrated to the staff, on a plant specific basis, that performing_u_ the,SR a_ with,_,th,e reactor in any of the
.U,. _2.m_.
uuu muw unnre _-_ s. ue. .u m . o . ,. . m os. . v . .
- a. o vs. , us u . 2. , --
oo applicable. ,
- a. ."crformance of the S" will not render any safety system or ccaponent inoperabic;
- b. "crformance of the S",will not cause perturbations to any of the cicctrical distribution systems that could result in a challenge to steady state operatica or to plant safety systems; and
- c. "erformance of the S", or failure of the S",. will act causc, or result in, an A00 with attendant challenge to plant safety systems.
SR 3.8.1.10 This Surveillance demonstrates the DG capability to reject a full load without overspeed tripping or exceeding the predetermined voltage limits. The DG full load rejection may occur because of a system fault or inadvertent breaker tripping. This Surveillance ensures proper engine generator load response under the simulated test conditions. This test simulates the loss of the total connected load that the DG experiences following a full load rejection and verifies that the DG does not trip upon loss of the load. These acceptance criteria provide for DG damage protection. While the DG is not expected to experience this transient during an event and continues to be available, this response ensures that the DG is not degraded for future application, including reconnection to the bus if the trip initiator can be corrected or isolated. In ordcr tc casure that the DC is tested undcr lead conditions that arc as cicsc tc design ba-is conditicas as pc sibic, testing cast be perf rcd using a pcucr factor s [0.^1 Thi powcr factor i chosen to bc rcpicstatativc of the actual design basis inductive loading that the 00 would expericace. CP 3.8 005 The IB MRij Frequency is consistent with the recommendation of Regulatory Guide 198-F)JRef.@9) and is intended to be CP 3.8.G 1 consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. j This SR is modified by a NotedTphtgTdifiSEsDf.fiths \ r ! ( me% ma.;~auIlggyluu_gu4mdK,A,N_fR_
, m m, - - , WGRlRGtoI@fD 0-3.8.1 20 CP t
t
.. __ - - _. s . ._ ~ __
x,_ vwi yvha vt muuns m,ie . e wwwwAwmag
' v=m._e =L_m m_ur. ww".
_ - - i-.L,e,.
'_- " ~_s, v r . - - a _ews -r en,wn.n-r~.n,Leafv _ = a s.-w mww
- e .>=vw mc wanw.L,
_ - --- e-ma. ee MQ" -- -~ w 8.WLI.p ppp.Waans a w earggbWgpA.pM" --- - 4W B , Q5 Bj ,dg f reasca ;cr a (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-21 12/1188
1 AC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.1 ! Bases connected or loaded without undue hardship or potential for undesired operation. For instance, Emergency Core Cooling Systems (ECCS) injection valves are not desired to be stroked open, or high pressure injection systems are not capable of being operated at full flow, or residual heat removal (RHR) systems performing a decay heat removal function are not desired to be realigned to the ECCS mode of operation. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG systems to perform these functions is 4 acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, I overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and i loading sequence is verified. CP 3.8.G 1 1 The Frequency of 18 M t])g is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 198-li9j(Ref. 39), 3 paragraph 2.a.(1), takes into consideration unit conditions CP 3.8 005 required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. 4
- This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is J to minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For i the purpose of this testing, the DGs must be started from g.3.8.8 02.h
- standby conditions, that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously circulated and temperature maintained - -
l Q 3.8.120 CP l consistant with manufacturer recommendatinn@M8Bys - - igg $MR$01 remitaxons,,s_M?A_.M_EM,,f_E_Eit] p p wsaf-e.cw&5mTMfgw - -mmmaman i M**'M!;'*C:LChaMt4&E I ( =BeM14EEE'4W:. _ ,. ._M,M..p2#'ee'-
., ,j . ~ . m. .m. . eer".* "_','f" ,/
1 l r . . .. . . 3 .~.m.......~m .muld rasvc a recuircd offsite ] circuit fra scrvice, grturb the cicctrial cistributica system, i and chall a g; safety syst =s. Oradit =y be taken for unplanned ) cvcats that satisfy this SP,. ! sps sme i i This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG automatically CP3.80E l starts] ond-achievesIYd39Iidtilh!j the required voltage and i frequency within the specified time (10Jseconds) from the cP 3.8.G 1 safety injection signal and operates for a 5 minutes. The 5 minute period provides sufficient time to demonstrate stability. S",0.0.1.12.d and SP, 3.0.1.12.c casure that perunatly connected 1 cads and cargacy 1 cads arc acrgized fra the offsite cicctrical pcucr systs on an SI signal without icss of offsit; pcucr.
,i The requiracnt to vcrify the connection of perancat and {i autoconnccted loads is intendcd to satisfactorily show the !:
relationship of thcsc icads to the DC leading logic. In ccitain l circumstances. =ny of these loads cannat actually bc cenaccted or , 3 leaded without unduc hardship or pctcatial for undesired (continued) 4 CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.843 12/1188 l l'e
l 1 AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases 1 Opo ation. icr instanca. ECOS injection valves ;rc r.;t isired to bc strekcd eg n, or high pressur; injection ysten era not agble of being egrated at full flow, or "J", systa;s perfor;ing r iay heat roeisi function are not isired to bc rcoligrid to de ECCS ;;i of eg r; tion. In lieu cf actupi i enstration of q comation ;nd 1;; ding of 1;;ds, tasting the ciquately shows the capability of the 00 systs to grier; thcsc functions is ecceptabic. This tuting =ey inclui =y series of ;qucatial. cvcclapping cr total stcp so that the atir ;;nnatica and ] leading scqucn a is verified. The Frequency of 187 i ths takes into consideration unit CP 3.8.G 1 conditions requir to perform the Surveillance and is I intended to be consistent with the expected fuel cycle lengtns. Operating experience has shown that these components
- usually pass the SR when performed at the 18;non.t!) Frequency.
- Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint.
1 i This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the purpose
- of this testing, the DGs must be started from standby conditions, d
that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously .. i circulated and temperature maintained consistent with . manufartiirar rarnmandationse m e @3y$jt0&n,JJyAm] Q 3.8.B 02.1
.._ 1rement ng 1__ca_de_
_e_-- m u % m mdum_3_~ud_m_,"5,_LDES.jpj2M,_,,6K__ _ ....m_m_.
, e e . m u y m m o .2 m .u a 2 e mann -e w-u e ek a _-- -~ _ _ ~ _ _ = ~.- a a L 4 a.
- ..c&_
0,3.8.1,20 _W.ith cP .l v-r_m_ __~,nn_a.um_ aL - a a ~ eeen~n-n-e ~_~m mmew k mamrm'as m wnm w--- ~_w__ ms- AL 4 ---e 4- ,m .uraae _- e_ _m . m. ,_ _a m _ e_ _. e m a , m ,m e __ ___~ ,_- #2u u_ y,_ u...u..
-...eu.., ... ,,vom . .. .
) iring ep; ration with the rf::ter critical, perfor;G e of this i, Surv-illacc could caus; pcrturbations to the cic-trical m_m_m...,_ ....___u. _a_t.,,___ __2_..a _,_.2.. _m.m. u i a bs i a/u w i vi u af a bEiusa bu su b hvuiu viiu s s ws up 4.vil b s s suvu awwuuj wbuww eperation and, 03 ; ic uit, unit sofcty systcas. Credit ;;y be taken for unplomcd cvats that satisfy thi- S",. i' i SR 3.8.1.13 This Surveillance demonstrates that DG noncritical protective
- functions (e.g., high jacket water temperature) are bypassed on a loss of voltage signal concurrent with an SI actuation test signali, =d critical protcctive functions (engir everspeed nd scacr; tor diffcccatial currat, low lub cil pressura, **3 8'003 high crankcasc picssurc and start failur reley) trip th 00 1 to evert ub-t=tial i
- ;ge to the 00 unit. The noncritical trips are bypassed during DBAs and provide an alarm on an abnormal 4
engine condition. This alarm provides the operator with sufficient time to react appropriately. The DG availability to mitigate the DBA is more critical than protecting the engine against minor problems that are not immediately detrimental to f emergency operation of the DG. (continued) l J CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-24 12/1188
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases The M Frequency is based on engineering judgment, taking into consideration unit conditions required to cP 3.8.G 1 perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the,SR when performed at the Frequency. Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptab e from a reliability standpoint. TM G h modified by a Nnt _ 0 3.8.1 20 CP ____=_-
. -- a .w._,. s _ . _
.w w _
. . . mm.% m .m ,a , .
kf sw i su ev.s fui nC -- w- 13 --- g as. . vi m . Ish tt,e Survci'lonce wou' d r;;;ve : requir;d 00 free scrvicc. Crcdit
;cy be takta for unpi;nacd evcats that satisfy this 5".
..__,_ u_
n .2
.Ts v s w re w s J siv b s . n. a sw_ uwvvw u _.._ unnr.
. Ivwb
,UJb, _2,b ba__
visa _-..u_ r vuJ us
.2_,..,
us,sbUu if it con.ube dc;;astrate.d_ to en the staff, on a plant specific .u_ u -._ 2.
. ....___,___2._.3 b r,.......
b.u.s e,s .
- 2. . u, . u.s_ ____.__
- b. . .s.m., . .
- 2. _. . - _ . , .v.
. b. m restricted "00SS can satisfy the fclicwing criteria, as opplicable.
- c. "crformance of the S" will act render any afetylystem or cv.pcacnt inoperable;
- b. "erfor;;nce of the S" will not cou';e perturbation- to any of the ciectrical distribution systems that could result in ; challens to stcody state operation or to plant safety systert W l
- c. i'erformance of the S", or failure of the S", will not cause, or result in, on A00 with ettendant challenge to plant ;afety syst; .s.
SR 3.8.1.14 Regulatory Guide 1-400-]ig(Ref. 39), peregr ph 2.c.(3', requires demonstration once per 18 months that the DGs can cP 3.8.005 i start and run continuously at full load capability for an l interval of not less than 24 hours. 2 g hours of which is at
; a load equivalent to JpptMagM]yll10% of the continuous duty rating and the remainder of the time at a load CP 3.8.G 1 equivalent to the continuous duty rating of the DG. The DG starts for this Surveillance can be performed either from standby or hot conditions. The provisions for prelubricating and warmup, discussed in SR 3.8.1.2, and for gradual loading, discussed in SR 3.8.1.3, are applicable to this SR.
j (continuedF 4 CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 , B 3.8-25 12/11/98
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases
,___.,__m ___ mu m it_ nr ,_ ,__m_; .._.,_ ,__.,___ou___
435 vs ww b b a s ..us. _b _ ba ru b birE wu 5. bE.bbw Wi t%sb u Evuu hvi ew a b s vi sea that arc :s ci;sc to design cenditions s p;ssibic, testing ust bc grfecc d u-ing a p;wcr fe-ter of ; [0.0]. This pcucr facter is chosen,__m__ to be representativ; cf th; =tual dcsign basis 2 _2. . _ u . . _ me_. m u _ no . .. . ., 2 _____2____ saruuwbavs I v uw s313 ba su b bsas vu vba s u wnys e s vi sys . The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloading may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY.
,m_ -
_ m m -_ _ .__m.,,
- m. e , ann _,_,namm,49 w m.s.m.e.m.._.v. m...,_ e.s_. .-. a CP-3.8 005 a_.vN. - - .m e . :.e.m A_ c.s._m . .- .
wwm
.m _ _ m e _,.x. . .a. _n_u_na_ _ . _ ~-. _m. w- : m e m_._~m m_.a_m.~
e,~,mu _.%._.:. a m_ m _v.t. , e _a.s_2_ m_ , m. m., m> m s. m_- r..~. _ m _a-%. ~ , . r.m..nc _m_.,m_ _m_ . .m_ e _ . s,e ua
.x. bg , ~, . .. . . w ~ ~w . . . .u.u _a .m a The 18 M Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 198-Q(Ref. @9), paragraph 2.0.(3),
takes into consideration unit conditions re9uired to Perform CP 3.8.G 1 the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This Surveillance is modified by two Notes. Note 1 states that ^ momentary transients due to changinc bus loads do not invalidate this testeggysJMiffitig' n
. 0 3.8.1 20 Aragg l
)cade_d.,,,, _ _.sgi_ngJ,M_
m.,,%,,, o ..~-aamu se _SA9m?_.M...,6,fot#t.Lthj,t_he;t,otCofj __. _._ _,m _m- - w .e mansu e e - . - .e -vu _m - s_ _ -__ _ i _= _ .
- u.
rm.v. mam -wau_n_.~_vm.m~
~'4 s _ u mn
- s~ren-e-a+cwms m. s sm_ _m - ~vm_s-u~n >=
an n secer._ v r- m vt _r.m_rv_umme. _~ye,a,,-e,, r:, .~_.. .. . _..~...b.,, _ . ,. . -m.werv-m4. _ .s ,,.._ _
- - - . - _ _-- ,.. m . . .
transica 3 ;;;vc tr,c pow r facter li;it will not invalidate the test. ";; rcosen for ";te 2 is that during spcration with the rc;cter criticci, 3;rf; ;=cc of this Survciliencc could cause perturh tions to t c cicctrical distribution systc;s that could ch llcag; centinued stcody stetc epcration end, es a result, unit. fe
=_u,ty
.b _ ,.. m systc;;.
- b. u,,._ en n.
Credit =y be tekca for unplana-d cvat- that SR 3.8.1.15 This Surveillance demonstrates that the diesel engine can restart from a hot condition, such as subsequent to shutdown l CP 3.8.G 1 l from normal Surve111ances, and achieve the required voltage and frequency within Ag] seconds. The19secondtimeis derived from the requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The 183on ,i is consistent with the recommendations of Regul,tg atory Frequency j Guide -108-M(Ref. $9), peregraph 2. . (5)
- l CP 3.8 005 (Continued) 4 CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 , B 3.8-26 12/1188
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. The requirement that the diesel has operated for at least ghours at full load conditions prior CP 3.8.G 1 to performance of this Surveillance is based on manufacturer recommendations for achieving hot conditions. Homentary transients due to changing bus loads do not invalidate this test. Note 2 allows all DG starts to be preceded by an engine prelube period to minimize wear and tear on the diesel during testing. SR 3.8.1.16 CP 3.8 005 As required by Regulatory Guide 408M9 (Ref. 39) paragraph 2.a.(6). this Surveillance ensures that the manual synchronization and automatic load transfer from the DG to the offsite source can be made and the DG can be returned to ready to load status when offsite power is restored. It also ensures that the autostart logic is reset to allow the DG to reload if a subsequent loss of offsite power occurs. The DG is considered to be in ready to load status when the DG is at rated speed and voltage the output breaker is open and can receive an autoclose signal on bus undervoltage and the load sequence timers are reset. . The Frequency of 18]pifgght is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.108 (Ref. 9), paragraph 2.a.(6). and takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance. Thh SR is r.odified by a un+ ofhe: note 3ays;tg!!dffit$ - 04@rilBGt3utfaDEMMM,363tGWithithelcote3tfj ; y f 1 0 3.8.1 20 CP l
,$01 C ' '" " ' ."C""_!"1.'.'_2 I""", I""_Ll?"3 L " , L 2" "_"" . .!! ' " ' '"_3 " "" ' '
' L"", !!'_I ' :" M~.' _'".'_LI'_~ "l.!!T, I"" ' . ."2 " 'l T" ' ' 7_'_"f._* _'?" * . """_. .__. ,
r..~.':T..._"..",.'X....."C..'."""'"""""~'^'""""""""*""""""'""'" 5RSS1851"17 Demonstration of the test mode override ensures that the DG availability under accident conditions will not be compromised as the result of testing and the DG will automatically reset to ready to load operation if a LOCA actuation signal is received during operation in the test mode. Ready to load operation . is defined as the DG running at rated speed and voltage CP 3.8 005 l with the DG output breaker open. These provisions for automatic switchover are ggEs3tentJWit)) required by IEEE 308 (Ref. 13). paragraph S.2.5(2). (continued) . CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-27 12/11/98
AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 Bases The a unprequirement to automatically energize the CP 3*8 005 3 emergency loads with offsite power i; assentially idcr.tical
- t; that of ?," 3.0.1.12. Thc int;nt in the r;quiraat associated with S" 3.0.1.17.b is to show that the emergency loading was not affected by the DG operation,in test mode. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the emergency loads to perform these functions is acceptable.
This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. The 18; month Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide h408-1E (Ref.39), paragraph 2.0.(S), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with CP 3.0.G 1 expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified hv a NotedheInotelsaysIto VeMfylthe agent2 dg$gMODEliLELC15R6;9rlw1.tjh thg[co!D!ff 10BledaenaiGl'rra- G10.seXis,.1Xe; l.Si!!i2LPJ u .. we.. _n.~=. . m m:- -
- - ._... - ,,.~...~1/T";;. ,- . _ . . .
Note s that pccrer;ing the Survci; enn would rer;vc : required offsite circuit frca scrvice, pcrturb the clactrical distribution systc;. and challage safety systems. Credit ;;y be taken for unpl;nned events that satisfy this SR. SR 3.8.1.18 Under accident WRBIEMENENfs1te@ggg conditions loads are sequentially connected to the bus by the REgg5tggtfqtl IBUjgM. The sequencing logic controls the permissive and starting signals.to motor breakers to prevent overloading of the DGs due to high motor starting currents. The 39% load sequence time interval tolerance ensures that sufficient time exists for the DG to restore frequency and voltage prior to applying the next load and that safety analysis assumptions regarding ESF equipment time delays are not violated. Reference 2 provides a summary of the automatic loading of ESF buses. The Frequency of 18]ERLtg is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.108 (Ref. 9), paragraph 2.a.(2), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a NotedMtgg87fRgEffy]1tg
. _ _1rehehtghttitENNmsM3M6KJ11h!Kh632e!!Dif3 gg -1 a.3.8.1 20 CP I i (continued) !'
CPSES Marn-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-28 12/1188
j AC Sources-Operating 4 8 3.8.1 Bases i
,,f . q - - -- _ _ . m - ,ue.r_ am - w=ww------- ; _a v& Imm- -; a 2
- n. n ~. . __ um --r------- --
-: ~ .w
_ .___ ,__ mu_ mm .u iv _ bs._ 2J _ mu m _ _ _ , _ _ 3 0 3.8.1 20 CP
, , ~ . w u av, . .v. m io b ,~ v 2. ._.3 t..w ou, .c; ,ence .;;uld rc vc a re aired c site circuit fic; ,ervice, p;.-turb the ciectrical di-tribution y-te;;;.
- nd ch:11;n;c mu_,
efcty ystc; . Orcdit-m;y bc't;kca for unpi;nacd . _. __m_ ..u_,..mu2_ en j w ws s bJ b. su b JubIJgg bs I .J ws).
",cvic^.;cr's Note: The abovc tiODE restrictions may be deleted
- if it can.u bc u._2_ t dc; castrated
___,___2__ to the tstaff, tu_ en . .a uu. on a plant ____&__ a_ specific
. . . _, tu_
uMJBJ, b. Tu b g#E l I VI III I I sy E. 5 N wn m IE 4 UWh bVI bl3% ___&_2 A_J n. anne e -- _ & 2 _ c. . &L. TV I bl,I _1 1_. . J _ __as 565 _J. ulIJ vI { 4 i J b. 4bbbM IIVWbV bull J u i, I J 5 J b5 N 3v4 a vvy B ily b3 4bb4 su, uJ applicable: k 0. ."erformance of the S"s Will not render any safety i systc; cr component inoperable;
- b. "erformance of the S"s Will not cause perturbations to
- any of the electrical distribution systems that could
- result in a challenge to steady state operation or to
- plant safety systc;s; and
_ n__,_______ , tu_ en __ ,2,..__ _, .u. en .2.,.,. __&
- s. . . w . . w i ...u i ms. v. mm an, vi . u i i u. s v. .m en, . .V b
- cause, or result in, an A00 With attendant challenge d
to plant safety systems. 1 i SR 3.8.1.19 4 In the event of a DBA coincident with a loss of offsite power, j the DGs are required to supply the necessary power to ESF systems so that the fuel, RCS, and containment design limits are not exceeded. This Surveillance demonstrates the DG operation, as discussed in the Bases for SR 3.8.1.11, during a loss of offsite power actuation test signal in conjunction with an SI actuation signal. In lieu of actual demonstration of connection and loading of j loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG system to perform these functions is acceptable, This testing
- may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps
, so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified.
The Frequency of Esodtlis takes into consideration unit J conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is CP 3.8.G 1 l intended to be consistent with an expected fuel cycle length of It50nthj. This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-29 12/11/98
4 I AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases 4 purpose of this testing the DGs must be started from standby conditions, that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously circulated and temperature maintained consistent
, with manufacturer recommendations for DGs.
.. ..qj
- : ;. ;;;,,,.33 3qqgggjtygg 1BGEeWRamut!NSMRIFJE42326MMth.Jaction '- 0 3.8.1 20 CP l
< 61R8'3 MH_ ,.=, ' ~ ' ' ' - -
a:
.m'--- u.. ~ ~m^~' m a'-.u ~ -"m' i -.-.. - - ._,_.-n....._ _=.
7 r_'.=e ?m. ='.%_*rr uw 6 s..vwv.Lm.Y. _ - -_ . .? _%_v' ae_ r=' -.' ==_ _ =_Ws,._
== *a* 'wrt =C
' .*M*w' w e=J P=== * . wF% LW = = *
- 7M s ' N
- b udvii 8 vi Netc Z s b..uk b nc perre, u.sccc of Inc :,urvcGlancc would rcacyc ;
re uired offsite circuit frecs service, pcrturb the cicctrical 4 J J _. a. .u m_ _ . . _ _ ._J .L.,, ___ _.,_m.. ... ___ r__m_...L. u I a be a vu b vi a JJ d kwsu , ussu vs tu s a Eu lys du a s by wy a bwrud . wssuab suuJ us teken for unplanacd vcats that satisfy this S"4.: l SR 3.8.1.20 + i This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG starting independence has not been compromised. Also, this Surveillance demonstrates a' that each engine can achieve proper speed within the specified time when the DGs are started simultaneously. The 10 year Frequency is consistent with the recommendation ^s of Regulatory Guide 1.108 (Ref. 9). This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to. minimize wear on the DG during testing. For the purpose of this testing, the DGs must be started from standby conditions, that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously circulated and temperature maintained consistent with manufacturer l recommendations. Dic:ci Ocacrator Test Schedule
. $ O 4 J 1 ..L_ LL.
TL. fV A asm -u bm b ew. _ _ L _ J. 1.
#T. u.L,1.
s s. h v.v.. 1,
.s s w..~. n. b. m
___ _J.u___~uuss m, n ..J J _ e i_ n _.., espe. .
. ... n.. u , n in , es a wwvnupws Ivu b e vu ad vs aswvea Ivil w kV nwyuIubviJ usa i ww a.s gnss. w/.
TL. ..._-__. _s sLJ_ _ _ L _ J . 1_ J_ ___..J.J. J.A. I s sw yus ,#v gw wa bs a i a bsJb aus ssuu a w Ia by yi v v s u-gg(,.,1
. . .se f y.
1.. _ b bsJb uubu
- 6. __s. .1J_L . ___sJJ____ 1. . . 1 __..Jos.J . .J s t sL. .. 1 s.
bv Ed bu i# s a gu n u v viua i uw a iws swwwa wJavvsubsu vu e bs s bs sw yvui by
.J_b J M . 1J.LJ1J&.. m n nf ___ J._. J inu i s a bu a a s vu a s i a up s i s by - V.sv yws %swas ua ru .
a _ _ _ .a a s . n . . 1. s _ . . rs. . J J _ 1 n n ..J_4 e in.s es ...L e rmwvi u a i ry bv nsy%s I u kv1 J wuiww a.s, nw w sa ivie w gnws. w/, w wws I wu _ L _. 1 J L. s._s J .& 1.._s ___. ......61 J..,_ t eL _ _ . . . m L._ assvuau ww ksdkvu ub asuab vs sww ws su y vA uuJw. rys swa m y we u vu a lu a expcrica ed 4 or ; crc valid failurcs in th;.. last , 25 valid c..._ tests, u _ _ _ J ._ u__ L..___ . _,_ J. __2..__J J.... buss issuA s sruus b s urw us b evwwe a kvabd Id awuuwbu kV s wuJJ. s vu s K . J 1. . . J 62 ..1JJ &m_&. J. . X . J 1. . ._ . _.&_ f A 1f . AL. i u s s us sa sus s.s sussu wwaba la u a u a s us v 4 u bs vi u.av, vi bi m thrcshcid of acceptabic 00 pcrforsance. nd hence cay bc en c;rly , ,u _ _ J _ .u . . u _ _ .- a. J .. . J . u ._ . w .., J u , J r . . .___u.__J u i vu s wu b : vii wa bs is wwya uuu b ivi s vs vu a w s i uw a i a by . svi m s a wvilaaww wu in the light of ...,o a long history of tests, _..u_u,,..___t.u. hcWaver, 4 failurcs in
- u. 1._. nf .. m_ . , . . L. .
b i ts auch s.s vussu bsJba suuJ _... vii s J uw u w bu b s a b svu s sy yiwwuuns distributica of rondoci cycats. Incrcosing the test frequeney , I (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG_1431 Bases -ITS3.8 _B 3.8_30 12fil/98
i l I l l CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION , I l IEiM NGR3PDER$lerMCE5ES35tleJ@HNts!rtgkHR2M$At9e j EdER M . 1 0 3'8'1 20 CP l ' blottLUMMARERWERtelfmitam7t:-- _ZuS !
- aaenssensenemum )
l J #1!3R . i tisEtamilastammelmasaheatas3hapsstemmtlannescald:. :be l 6 . ; . :_ :.. . A j l Ige!LtestimeJtegammaggasypwegruantwierad l ! LlaBadMB!BLi@3IIFEEDotgest#?cteassatcJustinedJto ALOasmg!st1ttectsfregir namentamideai!l3Maptable:means j gLMMingE20PERABILITJMthoolt pettutbjpgitKalecttigal
$ylt!!aVMllepgigg3afejy"tystemsj l
. j 1
l l l I ( t' l CPSES NUREG-1431 Dtfferences -ITS 3.8 6a 12/11/98
. - . . . . . e
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 7of7 NUMBER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 3.8-43 A Note is added to ITS 3.8.1. ACTIONSMRiggjd 8.2 to state Yes Yes Yes Yes that the TDAFW pump is required to meet the redundant features requirement f r cr.c CC ir.opcr ilc in Mode 1, 2. and 3 consistent with thc C"; ;;n1SISIRevlq0erisM . Q-3.8.1- 31 CP l 3.8-44 Not Used. N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.8-45 The specifications for power scources and power No. See CNs 3.8-13 Yes Yes Yes distribution systems are revised to retain the CTS and 3.8-15. requirement. that ;.c troi ';2 :3;t:0 2;" bc^^C"J.0LC H o-3.8.to.c1 Ce g uta. 2R& :. . 3.8-46 Footnote (c). of ITS Table 3.8.6 1 would be modified to No efAdoptjng;NUREG No yeg Yes No g[Adopging,jg(tl% retain 'Jol' Crcd current TS requirements for using wordingj gordjgg] charging current as a substitute for specific gravity measurements. CP-3.1 -004 l' 3.8-47 The ITS LCO 3.8.3 CONDITION B requirement for a *per Yes No No No diesel generator
- lube oil storage system is revised to reflect the current design of a shared system between units.
_}183 EL8149 x Q-3.8.4-07 l l
- -- m \
@l815Q LhelpotesitGiDGisurve111anceirequirementsLwguld;be; modi fled Yes Yes yes leg tplaaketthim;gonsfgent3!!LthicI5yeggitpogntg1 k l 0-3.8.1- 20 CP l A \
l l l l 1 l l CPSES Conversion Comparison Table -ITS3.8 12/11/98 1 3 _ . _ . __
.. - .. - -- _ -_ . - _ ~ - . _ -.-
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.2-01 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA Q 3.8.2-05 CP Q 3.8.2-02 WC Q 3.8.2-02 CW REQUEST: CP DOC 01-44-LG CW(3.8.2-02) CTS 3/4.8.1.2 Action l DC(3.8.2-01) ITS 3.8.2 WC(3.8.2-02) The Action for CTS 3/4.8.1.2 states, "... or crane operation with loads over the spent fuel pool." This material is not being retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.2 in accordance with the STS. DOC 01-44-LG states that this material is being moved to licensee controlled documents. Comment: DOC 01-44-LG does not provide an adequate justification for relocating the CTS requirements regarding crane operation with heavy load over the spent fuel pool. Revise the submittal to specify which licensee controlled documents will be receiving this material. FLOG RESPONSE: DOC 01-44-LG in enhanced by inserting following after the first sentence in the DOC: u "Each licensee has a heavy loads program which, among other things, assures the safe handling of heavy loads at the facilities. The consequences of dropping heavy loads were determined and measures were and are taken to minimize the probability of a load drop occurring. Based on the heavy loads programs, the handling o' heavy loads is not considered a l design basis accident for which the technical specifications have been established by 10 CFR 50.36. The safety functions of the AC electrical power system, when shutdown, with respect to the spent fuel pools are to provide support to those systems needed to assure adequate cooling of the spent fuel and those systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident. The OPERABILITY of the AC electrical power systems when shutdown has no direct relationship to the heavy loads program and the controls established by that program for the movement of heavy loads over the spent fuel pool. The action in the CTS is misplaced and has been appropriately moved to a licensee controlled document as identified in the table in Enclosure 38." The table in Enclosure 3B has been updated for CPSES and remains correct for the other licensees. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 3A 8 Enci 3B 4 l l l-I
i. CHANGE NUMBER HSE DESCRIPTION be ee controlled documen w v;6 Q 3.8.2-05 CP v > . , . . _ .c... w.m . v .. . . s 1 Ne uMe=nini e 3 p.a r .p .j . . m .. . . ...m ...>1 3 (.;., b y f :1, .-d O '. f,p v > s '-'JJ't: -l . ;; ( ; ma L. d t g . .M l f5MWWGrahrFEBEttefBELEERNRAMBERREEMEEMAMUMMum eri 5 NEEM!nDMtdeMEliTsD81gittINtTottolMbtlEto;the httW204ds" lit 0RdEMIRillin#EclRIMMhstelMtN@bf3 hat y .9 : . ;.:7 y .;q hYg3]i@prTLttry- 71om-- - b h5117 i .
@GdentifdM[JBIRimmanMiHBEkEnMauttgi/This is I n.vusistent wit 1 nuxtu-lui anu is an example of moving
, details not required for operational safety out of the TS.
01 45 M The AC Sources Shutdown Action statement requirement to
- initiate corrective action is expanded to match the applicability of the TS (Mode 5 and 6). This will replace the current requirement to "immediately initiate corrective action" which is applicable only if RCS loops not full in Mode 5 and less then 23 feet of water above .
the reactor vessel flange in Mode 6. This more restrictive requirement continues to ensures that qualified power is provided to systems required operable in these modes. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. 01 46 A A note would be added to the AC Sources Shutdown action statement to enter the Distribution Systems LC0 if one required electrical distribution subsystem has no electrical power. The change is already implicitly a part of the CTS requiring one offsite circuit and the onsite distribution system required to support Onsite Power Distribution Shutdown LCO. The added note clarifies that the need is to support necessary equipment. This change does not add or remove any technical requirements and is therefore administrative in nature. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 47 LS 4 The SRs required for AC sources operability in Modes 5 and 6 would be revised to include only those SRs which are j CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 8 12/11/98
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 4 cf 9 DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 01-36 The DG power factor lower limit of 0.8 would be deleted No: CTS does not No. CTS does not No, maintaining CTS Yes A from the power factor limits of between 0.8 and 0.9. contain power contain power factor limits. factor limits 01-37 The specific requireemts for sampling new diesel fuel oil Yes Yes Yes Yes LG (DFO) prior to additiu. to the storage tanks and for sampling the stored DF0 once every 31 days would be moved to the Diesel Fuel Oil Te-ting Program, which would be , referenced by ITS SR 3.8.3.S :nd described in ITS 5.5.13. 01-38 fuel oil storage tant m anir.7 requirements, would be moved Yes, moved to FSAR Yes, moved to TRM ";.
- ; int;i-i ;; CTS Yes.
LG to licensee-controlled documents. YestatMedM- moved FSaR 01-39 Fuel oil transfer piping leak test, would be moved to Yes, moved to FSAR Yes, moved to TRM No, not in CTS No, not in CTS LG licensee controlled documents. 01-40 The requirement for staggered DG testing would be deleted Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-25 and replaced with requirement to test each DG every 31 days. 01-41 The AC Sources - Shutdown LCO would be changed to specify Yes VesNOLJtetajnfD Y;q.;Q3lstaM Vest g y , M that the required AC sources must be powering, or capable M ' of powering, the required AC distribution busses. M 01-42 CTS 3.8.1.2. CTS 3.8.2.2, and CTS 3.8.3.2 applicability Yes No, maintain CTS No, maintain CTS No, maintain CTS H would be revised to add. Muring movement of irradiated fuel assemblies." ; 01-43 An AC Sources - Shutdown action statement would be revised Yes Yes Yes Yes ! f H to specify that the offsite circuit must be capable of supplying power to the required onsite buses, and. ; therefore, to all equipment required to be operable in the ; applicable modes. 01-44 Reference to crane operations with loads over the ,n nt Yes: moved to FSAR Yes moved to Yes: moved to USAR Yes: LG fuel pool would be moved from the LCO action to licensee- muveu !0-3.8.2-05 Q'4 controlled documents. to FSAR 01-45 The requirement to initiate corrective action is expanded Yes Yes Yes Yes t M to match the applicability of the TS. 01-46 A note would be added to the AC Sources - Shutdown action Yes Yes Yes Yes A statement to enter the Distribution Systems LCO if one ; required train has no electrical power. 01-47 The SRs required for AC sources operability in Modes 5 and Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-4 6 would be revised to include only those SRs which are applicable. The Note listing exceptions to SR required I for Modes 5 and 6 in current TS 4.8.1.2 would be revised to , include additional SRs. 01-48 A new LCO would be added with new TS requirements for DG Yes Yes Yes Yes M lube oil and starting air. CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3M.8 12/11/98 l . i e __ _ _ _ _ __ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
i I L ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.2-01 CP APPLICABILITY: CP, WC, CA O 3.8.2-01 WC l Q 3.8.2-01 CW REQUEST: CP JFD 3.8-45 . CW(3.8.2-01) ITS LCO 3.8.2 WC(3.8.2-01) STS LCO 3.8.2 Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-35, second paragraph Bases for STS LCO 3.8.2.1 l STS LCO 3.8.2 refers to the onsite Class 1E AC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) required by LCO 3.8.10. ITS LCO 3.8.2 refers to subsystem, not subsystem (s). The Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1 refers to when the second train of AC electrical power distribution is needed to support redundant required systems, equipment, and components. Comment: ITS LCO 3.8.2 seems not to provide all of the requirements needed for the Applicability. JFD 3.8-45 does not explain why the proposed difference is acceptable. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed difference, l or conform to the STS. , l l FLOG RESPONSE: See response to Comment Number Q 3.8.10-1.
- ATTACHED PAGES:
None 1 l l l l l e
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.2-02 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP B-PS ITS SR 3.8.'.12 What is the justification for deleting parts d & e of this NUREG's surveillance? Comment: The licensee should provide an adequate justification, or retain the NUREG language. FLOG RESPONSE: ITS SR 3.8.1.12 is converted from CTS 4.8.1.1.2f.5). Parts d and e are not included in CTS 4.8.1.1.2f.5) and may be excluded from the ITS on that basis alone. In addition, essentially the same features are tested by ITS SR 3.8.1.9 which supports not adopting the new requirements of STS SR 3.8.1.12. ATTACHED PAGES: None. 6 l i. re !
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.2-03 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA 1 Q 3.8.2-07 CP Q 3.8.2-03 WC Q 3.8.2-03 CW REQUEST: CP DOC 01-47-LS CW(3.8.2-03) CTSs 4.8.1.2,4.8.1.1.1.b and 4.8.1.1.2.g DC(3.8.2-03) ITS SRs 3.8.2.1, 3.8.1.8 and 3.8.1.20 WC(3.8.2-03) Bases for ITS SR 3.8.2.1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-38 CTS 4.8.1.2 states that CTSs 4.8.1.1.1.b and 4.8.1.1.2.g are applicable in Modes 5 and 6. ITS SR 3.8.2.1 states that corresponding ITS SRs 3.8.1.8 and 3.8.1.20 are not applicable in Modes 5 and 6, in conformance with the STS. l Comment: DOC 01-47-LS does not explain why the proposed changes are acceptable. I Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed changes. l l FLOG RESPONSE: ITS SR 3.8.1.8 is not required because this SR tests the ability of the system to transfer from the normal operating source to each altornate offsite source. In 190DE l 5 or 6 only one power source is required, therefore, this capability is not required. DOC 01 LS 4 has been revised by the following insert:
"and two offsite sources being operable (only one offsite source is required in Modes 5 and 6)."
ITS SR 3.8.1.20 is only required once every 10 years. The purpose of this sunteillance is to l demonstrate that diesel generator independence has not been compromised during the l surveillance period by plant modification. This independence is not essential where only one EDG is required to be operable. Therefore, the simultaneous diesel start is applicable only over longer periods as compared to shutdown versus operation. DOC 01-47-LS 4 has been revised by the following insert: I "because, as stated in the Bases for SR 3.8.2.1, starting independence between DGs is not required to be demonstrated when one DG is not required to be OPERABLE." i For Wolf Creek and Callaway, ITS SR 3.8.1.8 is not applicable based on CTS. ATTACHED PAGES: Encl. 3A 8a i i k A
I CHANGE HutSfB ele DESCRIPTION applicable. SRs that are not applicable are those that depend on ESF actuation signals (which are not required to be operational during Mode 5 and 6)3 end automatic ; load sequencin st of these 1 uired 4a "^d- 6 and
~l -year simultaneops auto star o a s 's also not analwhl= +n Mada 5 and i
. , , . ; 3,. 9:n . n_ .
- . . - , . . ; ; . e ,, 1 I
The Note li ing exceptions to SR r 1 and 6 in CTS 4.8.1.2 would be revised to include additional SRs. SRs that are applicable but not required to be performed are those that place a DG in parallel with offsite power which increases the probability of a station blackout. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431 and l 1s acceptable because it would assure the performance of l SRs that are necessary and safe to perform for the plant l conditions. 01 48 H New ITS LC0 3.8.3 would be added. This LC0 adds new TS requirements for DG lube oil and starting air. The . ^ applicability of this LC0 is tied to DG operability , requirements. - l l l CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 8a 12/1188
-, . ~ . - . -..: m
I ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.2-03 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP DOC 3.8-22 ITS SR 3.8.1.14 DOC 3.8-22 references RG 1.9, Rev. 3, but this RG does not appear on the list of references. Comment: The licensee should justify why they reference both RG 1.9, Rev. 3 and Safety Guide 1.9 in the same document. FLOG RESPONSE: JFD 3.8-22 uses RG 1.9, Rev.3, to support the JFD only. This JFD explains why CPSES did not adopt a new requirement from the STS. The reference to RG 1.9, Rev. 3 is not essential and, to avoid confusion, has been deleted from the JFD. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 6A 3 e i i
l
' JUSTIFICATION I CHANGE NtMBER 1
3.8 20 This change would eliminate the potential confusion that may 1 arise, with respect to the application of an unplanned event which satisfies the requirements of a given SR, by including a discussion in the Bases of SR 3.0.1. The intent of the current notes throughout the ITS 3.8 SRs is applicable to any SR. The revision to the Bases for SR 3.0.1 will provjde the necessary clarification so that the usage of this allowance can be applied consistently throughout the ITS. This change is consistent with ! TSTF 8. ! 3.8 21 ITS LC0 3.8.7 is revised to delete the detailed description of how the vital buses are energized. This is consistent with the CTS for CPSES. l. 1 3.8 22 NUREG 14313.8.1.9. 3.8.1.10 and 3.8.1.14 requirements to operate the DGs at less than or equal to their design basis inductive loading (0.9) when synchronized with offsite power is deleted. This change is consistent with the current TS for CPSES. CPSES l controls guidance for KVAR loading via plant procedure. A curve, Emergency DG Operating Limits, provides operators of the DG with the acceptable power output (kW) and KVAR loading limits and part of the appropriate system operating procedures. The curve was developed based on vendor recommendations and plant operating , experience. Also the DG operating procedures for operation when . tied to the grid require that the KVAR loading not exceed half of I the power output (kW), which roughly correlates to a power factor limit of < 0.9. The intent of the requirement to maintain I a certain power factorO hteted t Mgu'atsr$ Q 3.8.2 03 CP G. "cv. Qs to test the follow 1ng:
- 1. The ability of the DG to support the design kW and KVAR load:
- 2. The ability of the governor to respond to the control settings input by the operator; and
- 3. The ability of the generator controls to control voltage (which when paralleled to the grid correlates to control of VARS). ,
1 In addition, the NUREG 1431 Bases for these SRs states that the I intent of the power factor requirement is to test the DG under i conditions that are as close as possible to design basis j conditions. The current CPSES operating practice achieves the j above stated intents of the TS power factor requirement by
; operation of the DG within the procedural limits because VARs are l adjusted by the operator throughout the period of load adjustments during testing to control them to less than half of the kW during the period of increasing and decreasing DG load.
Also, control of DG operation to within the Emergency DG , CPSESNUREG-1431Diferences -ITS3.8 3 1N1188
, - -__ .. m
i l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.2-04 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP JFD 3.8-45 l LCO 3.8.2, Condition A i Required Action A.1 is an allowance to declare effected required features inoperable. This allowance, however, is based on two trains of AC being required. Comment: The LCO, as proposed, only requires one train of AC. Therefore, Action l A.1 is inappropriate and should be deleted. l FLOG RESPONSE: See the response to comrrent item O 3.8.10-01 CP for a full description of the Electrical Power Systems when shutdown. STS 3.8.2 Required Action A.1 is less restrictive than the CTS and has been described and j justified by DOC 01-59-LS and NSHC LS-20. This Required Action is not based on having two ! trains of AC operable. As stated in the STS Bases, the Required Action recognizes that I declaring each affected supported feature inoperable and following the specifications for those features, which have already been found to be acceptable, is a safe and proper course of i action. 2 ATTACHED PAGES: None. I l i
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.2-06 CP APPLICABILITY: CP , I REQUEST: CP DOC 01-01-A l ITS 3.8.2 CTS 3/4.8.1.2 Actions b and c Action b for CTS 3/4.8.1.2 addresses the fuel oil storage system total particulate contamination not within limits. Action c for CTS 3/4.8.1.2 addresses new fuel oil properties not within limits. These Actions have not been adopted in corresponding ITS 3.8.2 in conformance with the STS. Comment: DOC 01-01-A does not address the proposed change's. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed changes. FLOG RESPONSE: These requirements are addressed by ITS 3.8.3 Conditions C and E and are covered by the following statement in DOC 01-01-A:
"TS requirements for diesel fuel oil storage would be moved to ITS LCO 3.8.3."
Since the requirements are contained in both the CTS and the ITS, no DOC is required; however, the FLOG methodology is to provide an administrative DOC when a requirement is moved to a specification in the ITS which does not correspond to the CTS specification. ATTACHED PAGES: None. i
! 1 l
=. . _ . - _ - . ._. ~ _ _ _ ~ - - _ -. . .-- . .
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET , ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.2-08 CP APPLICABILITY: CP, WC, CA Q 3.8.2-06 WC Q 3.8.2'45 CW REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1, STS Bases markup CW(3.8.2-05) page B 3.8-35 WC(3.8.2-06) Bases for STS LCO 3.8.2.1 The Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1 states,"... when the second train of AC electrical power distribution is needed to support redundant required systems, equipment, and components, an offsite circuit must also support the second AC electrical power distribution train to the extent necessary to power the redundant required systems, equipment, and components." This is a proposed difference relative to the Bases for STS LCO 3.8.2.1.
' Comment: The Bases does not address the DG support that is required when the second AC e!ectrical power distribution train is needed to support redundant required systems, equipmeni, cnd components. Revise the submittal to expand the Bases to address this issue.
FLOG RESPONSE: See the response to Comment Number Q 3.8.10-1. ATTACHED PAGES: None ; i i 1 l 4
/
l I l ADDITION AL INFORMATION COVER SH'iET l ! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.2-09 CP APPLICA 3ILITY: CP REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-38 Bases for STS LCO 3.8.2.1 ! The Bases for STS LCO 3.8.2.1 states, "... but actual performance is not required during ! periods when the DG and offsite circuit is required to be Operable." The Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1 has not adopted, "... during periods when the DG and offsite circuit is required to be Operable." Comment: No justification has been provided to support this proposed difference. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed difference, or conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: The deleted text adds nothing to the meaning of the Bases sentence and l Is potentially confusing. To facilitate the NRC's review, the words have been restored to the Bases. ATTACHED PAGES: , EnctSB B 3.8-38 1 I l t I i i e
AC Sources-Shutdown ) B 3.8.2 BASES (continued) l WM l l n .-
. & J7 M" . mi.N 3 4 2! h M g.3.8.2 10 CP W
gg; v . :.n; s . p -
,e u. i . .a g n .. 3 q.r .a g pg m mryzig man .~:: n . u 4- ? gg RE laldgggggg39tNat]
EEDEEMENGREMM2!ERWEfM8U 31BNaumagsImamK2h 00M OmrtatsAgAQ!ed] 552NWii332E(SMeptEl@JM8F8mmuumIEMMMESABtilten 3,;8!13P%2];MoIMZM RegingsjggggEppeguem:er? 31RJnNYtENoMmIBHEEMo BBequdrAglN CP 3'8 002 118;JEEEYfENHN4 53594tt1893185E5pB51 318:M419F#JS"mNo ammatesvreemanunnerum L1mqDMEMW ; .. % 2 .- ::;.. ; . L : M '. w c
- m m ; R 31832iERRFfJfamM MBBanWR38mmBERCEIEJ EEE*JiiEH2SEZM%FMI61ILUUSEtElgensmanMik MRasGemagBBBalpfgECi ptmF'EEKOME
(
,,n ma~= -, . _m A32tEEEEMMDIERIMImBW EREeWtRAMBRMBIMH A33MERIWWERISPGW MRepiterMEREERMBLEmis]
R W AR D MijKlkg p m ANd Redo 1tAMDEEMBRIMREWCed E8m22aiW N ReistiteMBEEBBEIRERBEeri S", 3.3.1.0 is not required to M ;;ct since only ca; cffsite circuit is required to bc 0"E"'"LE. S" 3.8.1.17 is not required to b; =t because the rcquired 0"E"'fLE OC(s) is act required to undcrgo priods of being spchronizcd to th; offsite circuit. S",3.8.1.20 is c=cpted bc;;us; starting independencc is not required with th 00(3) that is not rcquircd to bc og icbic. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the OPERABLE DGM from being paralleled with the offsite power network or otherwise rendered inoperable during performance of SR and to preclude deenergizing a required +160-V
$Elg[ ESF bus or disconnecting a required offsite circuit during performance of SR. With limited AC sources available, a single event could compromise both the required circuit and the DG. It is the intent that these SR must still be capable of being met, but actual performance is not required during periods when th; 00 nd off;ite circuit is rcquired to be Q 3.8.2 09 CP l
^""" ^ *I4uf40g2ppr,tocramMbtDelDESm41oIIgugglggt7 d'Ye@fr'edWbe10PEBME,E.,f Refer iv ine currespunuing Bases for LC0 3.8.1 for a discussion of each SR.
l. REFERENCES None. CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-38 12/1188
ADDmONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.2-10 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1, Table B 3.8.2-1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-37 Bases for STS LCO 3.8.2.1 i The Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.2.1 provides Table B 3.8.2-1, Scope of SR 3.8.2.1. This is a proposed difference relative to the Bases for STS LCO 3.8.2.1. Comment: Revise the submittal to add an appropriate column heading for the fourth column of the Table. FLOG RESPONSE: The column heading has been added. ATTACHED PAGES: Enct SB B 3.8-37 and B 3.8-38 ; 1
. j e
(
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES (continued) Suspension of these activities does not preclude completion of actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize the probability or the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action to restore the required AC sources and to continue this action until restoration is accomplished in order to provide the necessary AC power to the unit safety systems. The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of the required AC electrical power sources should be completed as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may be without sufficient power. Pursuant to LC0 3.0.6. the Distribution System's ACTIONS would not be entered even if all AC sources to it are inoperable, resulting in de energization. Therefore, the Required Actions of Condition A are modified by a Note to indicate that when Condition A is entered with no AC power to itg any-required ESF bus, the ACTIONS for LC0 3.8.10 must be immediately entered. i This Note allows Condition A to provide requirements for the i loss of the offsite circuit, whether or not a train is - ! de-energized. LC0 3.8.10 would provide the appropriate restrictions for the situation involving a de energized train. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.2.1 REQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.2.1 requires the SR from LC0 3.8.1 that are necessary for ensuring the OPERABILITY of the AC sources in other than MODES 1, 2. 3, and 4. MIfjg!EtFeTa@lii;&bilit.9 gamBamL3Mf111 ace JABEE RIBIS B N W1BIE N Ilus?mTL1 rih! BEBEREAPPEIEABLEqEE@PERF04 - O.3.8.2 10 CP BR8M M N d4 l EM , i ; .. v1 a. .. ;.y J,1f;DGMy@tMifittt714 EEliOEiBEIE N m RlRPImtE2SMENDIFAIRE55EEY@MUsulEEMR93 i-AL8KMiWATMe.IMMilMBEili3YM m3EmrlM.e'sMaggummes l L ii I (Continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-37 12/1188 tt
AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES (continued)
.a x :. m. 1 @ w . :.. 1 s
. .s fg gy ;m 1 -
Q 3.8.2 10 CP un weetwwwwe m Scots"DG 4t.1 e h&MVIAY_e56Mctitestr uts%GMt3 l EK W 7 93W'iF L N , W u N #2tl8lQ MMgggmessgannacgig immtagitatollog;shedj NfNWETEManagistBENDFNJERIRlWahust 62311MMm3iW Rel4 tim 431!!@ABLE3eglieriged EMYMeellk%1MPry@ E!EBusing5.131gnald ca.a.s.co2 EllRjlEN"Ml!cEW21!o iTEReWIMILI3MMI ' EBAELMM83XpMfdEEEM21 tid EstRal018es3EREA114tLMG j MA" f F~DBraQEC a i ' 9 f#! XEM4MJ)th2grjd? l E633lLlE5l[IrJASTMEJid GRllRgtritig35!gs.t1MQDL"eEDE temw;IIIDDglNTATRI5m71:N_0E!EIRl4WEmstLtMotidJ NR1esN*asMPWNg If2BgMgMDgtgtjiEAf6WQ Em'N EE M 222 d4 3; ., ayc q. m 1m..;. p.m .3 m j!q M 9tttEBmEEMnalt m EllBERM531mMMEElls EBilegritnimlEDEIMHEM] mim Bg5GtE9EEEIN14?Mga!BLctr] MBanitsilislMW2mlamuserR4 Bas 1RgEEE281LIEM!tW1e.nces S" 3.8.1.0 is not required to bc ;;;ct sincc caly onc offsite circuit is rcquired to bc OPE"A"LE. S" 3.0.1.17 is not rcquired to be ct bcccuse the rcquired OPE"#LC 00(s) is not rcquired to undcigo Friods of being 3F.chronized to the offsite circuit. S",3.8.1.20 is excepted bcccuse storting in&gadcacc is not-requir d with th; 00(s) thct is not r quired to b^ ogroble. This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to ! preclude requiring the OPERABLE DGPs) from being paralleled with 1 the offsite power network or otherwise rendered inoperable during l performance of SR. and to preclude deenergizing a required 4160-V i M ESF bus or disconnecting a required offsite circuit during j performance of SR. With limited AC sources available. a single , event could compromise both the required circuit and the DG, It ! is the intent that these SR must still be capable of being met. l but actual performance is not required during griods a _ _ u. . ~ -u mm.. ~, o. .
. . . u. .....a..
.a
.. ___.a._uu
.wu ou us.
0 3.8.2 09 CP OPC" ALE llurjng7pgt;fqdgi@egthelpGIg!LdIolfaitt21regit HERRiggMig;tte19EEE88LE. Refer to the corresponding ! Bases for LC0 3.8.1 for a discussion of each SR. J j REFERENCES None. I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-38 12/1188 i I a
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ; ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.3-02 CP APPLICABILITY: CP , REQUEST: CP ITS LCO 3.8.3 1 STS LCO 3.8.3
^
STS LCO 3.8.3 states,"The stored diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and starting air subsystem shall be within limits for each required diesel generator (DG)." This requirement has been adopted as corresponding ITS LCO 3.8.3. This is a proposed change relative to the CYS. Comment: This proposed change is not shown on the CTS markup, and no justification has been provided to support this proposed change. Revise the submittal to show the proposed change on the CTS markup, and provide the appropriate justification. FLOG RESPONSE: ITS LCO 3.8.3, as noted in enclosure 1, converts from portions of CTS 3.8.1.1 and 3.8.1.2. This relocation of these requirements is identified in DOC 01-01-A and the . more restrictive requirements are shown in the CTS markup and are described by l l DOC 01-48-M. No additional markups or justifications are required. l ATTACHED PAGES: None. i i
I ! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.3-03 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS 3.8.3 Required Action B.1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-41 Bases for STS 3.8.3 Requir&d Action B.1 l The Bases for STS 3.8.3 Required Action B.1 refers to maintaining at least a 6 day supply of ! lube oil. This has not been adopted in the Bases for corresponding ITS 3.8.3 Required Action B.1 which states, "...that maintain at least a level one inch above the bottom of the tube oil dipstick. This level is above where vortexing occurs." l Comment: No justification has been provided to support this proposed difference. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification or conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: The tube oil requirements of the STS do not exist in the CTS. CPSES chose to adopt the requirements as a more restrictive change as described in DOC 01-48-M and as modified to match the CPSES plant specific design. No "6 day" level for lobe oil has been established for CPSES. As stated in the ITS Bases, the one inch above the bottom of the dip stick is the level which supports a completion time of 48 hours to restore level. - ATTACHED PAGES: l l None. l l f E d I
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.3-04 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS SR 3.8.3.3, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-44 Bases for STS SR 3.8.3.3
- The Bases for STS SR 3.8.3.3 states, These tests are to be conducted prior to adding the new fuel to the storage tank (s), but in no case is the time between receipt of the new fuel and conducting the tests to exceed 31 days.". This has not been adopted in the Bases for corresponding ITS SR 3.8.3.3.
Comment: No justification has been provided to support this proposed difference. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification or conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: The sentence has been restored to the Bases. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-44 Y k
l Dissal Fusi 011, Lube Oil, and Starting Air B 3.8.3 BASES (continued) A 31 day Frequency is adequate to ensure that a sufficient lube oil supply is onsite, since DG starts and run time are closely
~
monitored by the unit staff. SR 3.8.3.3
% cests listed below are a means of determining whether new fuel oil is of the appropriate grade and has not been contaminated with substances that would have an immediate, detrimental impact on diesel engine combustion. If results from these tests are within acceptable limits, the fuel oil may be added to the storage tanks without concern for contaminating the entire volume of fuel oil in the storage tanks. Thc c tc-t arc tc be 0-3.8.3 04 CP ff[bE!N[i[$3If$$'S_$'[_fjd"_f}2S_$'5_3!i[f95, II.".T4 ""3 "' 'j"_M:" E_ T'_I "" ""2" 'j 'J9T "' f "M40tG91MGiggNgtgEMt2M3LtdijN3jelsgDL2]3Ag3tig stEnati$Agattutstamocase.2#AMI1Liselbst?*amiot'ofanew AyyyThetests, limits,
- a. Sample the new fuel oil in accordance with ASTM D4057-19,p]
(Ref. 6):
- b. Verify in accordance with the tests specified in ASTM D97519_8J (Ref. 6) that the sample has an absolute specific gravity at 60/60*F of 2 0.839 and s 0.8960 or an API gravity pl3dj:MD 023Idetnefat 60*F. ef-pr3rERPJ.Nf8Mtyp E716* and s 39 4
QQ*, a kinematic viscosity at 40*C of a 1.9 centistokes and s 4.1 centistokes 6 fKdMly3 S E 31 IGREEBtfFB2HILM, and a flash point of 2125'F: and
- c. Verify that the new fuel oil has a clear and bright appearance r with proper color when tested in accordance with ASIN 04176 303 (Ref. 6). l l Failure to meet any of the above limits is cause for rejecting the l new fuel oil, but does not represent a failure to meet the LCO concern since the fuel oil is not added to the storage tanks.
Within 31 days following the initial new fuel oil sample, the fuel oil is analyzed to establish that the other properties i specified in Table 1 of ASTM D975 3R] (Ref. 7) are met for new fuel oil when tested in accordance with ASTM D975 M6J (Ref. 6), except that the analysis for sulfur may be performed in accordance with ASTM D1552 H H (Ref. 6) or ASTM D2622 1992 (Ref. 6). The 31 day period is acceptable because the fuel oil ,. properties of interest even if they were not within stated t h (continued) l E ! CMES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-44 12/11/98
1 l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.3-05 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA O 3.8.3-01 CP , Q 3.8.3-05 WC Q 3.8.3-04 CW REQUEST: CP DOC 01-48-M CW(3.8.03-4) ITS SR 3.8.3.4 DC(3.8.03-05) STS SR 3.8.3.4 WC(3.8.03-05) ITS 3.8.3 Condition E Bases for ITS 3.8.3 Required Action E.1 STS SR 3.8.3.4 requires verifying each DG air start receiver pressure. This requirement has , been adopted as corresponding ITS SR 3.8.3.4 which requires verifying the air start receiver l pressure is 2180 psig. Condition E for ITS 3.8.3 addresses one or more DGs with required starting air receiver pressure < 180 psig and 2172 psig. These are proposed changes relative to the CTS. Comment: DOC 01-48-M does not provide specific technical justification for these values. Revise the submittal to provide the justification for these values, u FLOG RESPONSE: As no'ed in DOC 01-48-M, the values used in ITS SR 3.8.3.4 and ITS - 3.8.3 Condition E are values not contained in the CTS. This SR and Condition are new requirements which were contained in the STS and were adopted by the FLOG during the conversion as more restrictive changes. The pressure values selected for this new surveillance and this new condition were derived from a variety of sources such as the FSAR, design basis documents, vendor documentation,
. and model or plant specific testing results. As stated in the Bases, the value(s) used in the SR is the pressure needed to assure a minimum of five (three for DCPP) engine start cycles without recharging the starting air receiver (s). The same value(s)is used as the upper bound for entry into Condition E. The lower bound (s) for entry into condition E is, as noted in the Bases, is the receiver pressure that prr.vides sufficient capacity to assure at least one start attempt. The DCPP and CPSES requirements are based on the capacity of one receiver.
WCNOC and CWGS have identified the requirements for when only one receiver is available and the requirements for when two receivers are available. For CPSES, the submittal has been revised to be consistent with the current licensing basis which is that at least one receiver must have sufficient capacity to support one emergency start. As a result, STS Condition E is no longer applicable and STS Condition F is reassigned as 1 Condition E. The value used are derived from plant specific testing performed on site and vendor documentation as documented in CPSES Technical Evaluation TE-98-623. This evaluation is available on site for NRC review. The revised CPSES markups are attached. JFD 3.8-12 has been revised for CPSES to describe these changes and to justify them based on the current licensing basis. For DCPP, the values used are derived from Engineering analysis, plant operating experience } of condition necessary to meet the requirements as stated in FSAR Paragraph 8.3.1.1.13.2
(The licensing bases of the DG is that the air starting system be able to start and accelerate a DG to 900 RPM with in 10 seconds. The starting air system capacity requires two parallel operating systems each capable of 3-15 second a cranking penods). The source of these requirements originates from Westinghouse WCAP 7451, Steam Systems Design Manual, , Section V-11. The new ITS set points are based upon providing 5 starts at 180 psig and 3 J starts at 150 psig. Plant experience shows that the DGs can be reliable started with 100 psig. For WCGS and Callaway, these values used are derived from plant specific air start system design. The pressures incorporated into ITS 3.8.3, for both the single receiver and the dual receiver cases, have been selected to provide 5 starts of the respective emergency diesel l generator as required by current licensing bases. In the initial submittal," OPERABLE" was used to differentiate between the single air receiver and the dual air receiver cases. With " OPERABLE" struck from the Condition E, "...One or
)
i DGs with only one starting air receiver OPERABLE with pressure < 610 psig and > 300 psig," the Condition would incorrectly apply with one starting air receiver with pressure < 610 psig and
._300 psig and the nther starting air receiver with pressure > 610 psig. WCGS and Callaway have replaced " OPERABLE" with "in service" to eliminate a literal read concem. l ATTACHED PAGES:
Enci 2 3/4.8-1,3/4.8-4,3/4.8-6,3/4.8-13 and 3/4.8-14 Enci 3A 9 u Enci5A 3.8-21
- Enci5B B 3.8-39, B 3.8-40, B 3.8-42, B 3.8-43 and B 3.8-45 Encl 6A 2 Encl 68 2 i
I t i 1 f .
3/4.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3/4.8.1 A.C. SOURCES OPERATING LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.8.1.1 As a' minimum, the following A.C. electrical power sources
- shall be OPERABLE:
- a. Two physically independent circuits between the offsite I transmission network and the onsite Class IE Distribution System. I and
- b. Two separate and independent diesel generators, each with:
- 1) A separate day fuel tank containing a minimum volume of 1440 gallons of fuel,
- 2) A separate Fuel Storage System containing a minimum volume of 86,000 gallons of fuel,-end gf g
- 3) A separate fuel transfer pump-] ,
l Em.r NEW if .
= . , _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ ___ o 8 3 01 CP j APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. l l
I ACTION:
- a. With one offsite circuit of the above required A.C. electrical power sources inoperable, demonstrate the OPERABILITY of the remaining A.C. sources by performing Surveillance Requirement 4.8.1.1.la. within 1 hour and at least once per 8 hours thereafter. If either di;;;l ;;;;retor h:: net b;;n
;;;;;ssfully t st;d within the p;;t 24 h;urs, d;;;n;tr:t; its OPEPJ.SIL:"! by perf;r;ing Surv;ill;n;; P,;quir;;;r.t
- 4. 0.1.1. 2; . 4) for ;;;h ;uch dic;;l ;;;;r:ter, ;;per;tcly, within 24 h=r:.'- Restore the offsite circuit to OPERABLE ~'
status within 72 hours M .
-Mr e in at east HOT STANDBY wit 11n the ins.. -
next 6 1ours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours. ii uuring perfer;;n;; cf urvcilien;; ectivitics :s a r;quir;;;nt for
^
J r. , c ~ ACTION ; tat;;;nt;. th; air roll test h:.11 not b; perfor;;;;d. - = ' - i
?'
CPSES Markup ofCTS3N.8 3N.8-1 1N1188
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS IJMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (Continued) ACTION (Continued)
- g. With the fuel oil storage system total particulate .
contamination not within limits. restore total particulate .6 '. contamination to within limits within 7 days or immediately "- declare the associated diesel generator inoperable and perform the applicable ACTION for an inoperable diesel generator (s).
- h. With the properties specified by Surveillance Requirement 4.8.1.1.2d.2 for new fuel oil that has been added to the fuel oil storage inventory not within limits. confirm that the gyg i stored fuel oil properties are within limits or restore the !
stored fuel oil properties to within limits within 30 days or i immediately declare the associated diesel generator inoperable I and perform the applicable ACTION for an inoperable diesel l generator (s). l HgM Witjgthj3NMMlW.ilVltt#1Na6000lg4DPnG@LgdiOO , pa))paggy==+magementaestarewagggy m r___i iam q* 3g g i gab $gthigl[@pggHtMBingtHBthlV2etW58theM5sbciate~d ~~ i (165 -Tine. RIM ligny@D)1g] l
~
eleggiq$$y EfgjLggf Ah,lgg ggg gitNMhMWi% RtMg3TfjpgggiF5mgnejpmmJaggpA=^ - M 4 T;;w_.. _ - _ . _=:r P- - ;;., - GiftBahan.a .8 tend a + . 4 4 ' .:. . <(-p . */ w. p ggg : . c. q t :.. ynt.; . . .pp ..-
, n . , .;.4 C ng.ir;, t . d v .< u.@4 . a c.y
.W O. . n u - a . v. . %_]_ p _
..p g . o 77.F F Tf2 % h .. F X T E W T W G , i., W c'.
~
-~
.. . .l r +r .ie '; , .G o .g . . - .
.> q . , , ' w.-
)g..y...
We. i .f. g . Q b :': _
'. .n; y ' .. . Q : 'p ."if 1H gn 4 e - u M W *; w uPN @ .'+ieid I
CPSESMarkup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-4 12/11/98
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continu%
";nual. Or i ~ ~
a) b} Si;;;l t;d ;;f;;;;rd; b;; andcri;lt;;;, ;r
;) S;foty Inj;;ti;; Act;;ti;n t;;t ;ign;1 in ;;njuncti;;
with 10;; Of offsite p;w;r, Or ' d) S;f;ty Inj;; tion Actu; tion t;;t ;ign;1 by it;;1f.
- 5) Verifying the generator is synchronized, loaded to between 6.300 and 7,000 KW 8
- and operates at this load condition for I at least 60 minutes, and )
- 5) '!arifying the dic:ci scacrator i: cligacd to provide standby powcr to the a:sociated c;;rscacy busses.
e g g-NEW V@f#idg3Ghtic4tjngTiUll[NVentQtylis3PeateBtharDi] l latelatadalatcabe 20tritunutaveliorcthensberotMdtostidenFME __ m TeMffingIeJch i M] Ts_t_&rtJredej)gd HEW 01 48.H Rf3$di'KM . _ __ _ _ _ _ _ .: ,jjj 0 3.8.3 01 CP
- b. At least once per 31 days ... ...s. ....ye...... .. .... ;
I d-issal whcrc the period of Operation was grcoter then or equ;l to I hour by checking for and removing accumulated water from the day fuel tank:
- c. At least once per 31 days by checking for and removing g .m accumulated water from the fuel oil storage tanks: h2;1'A
- d. _ . _ . . _ _ _ _
m
% s.- X By sampling new fuel oil 4ft prior to addition to storage tanks and: ..
- 1) By verifying in occ;rdance with the test; ;pccified in l
.,,,,, . .. prior to addition to the storage tanks that n ...
the sample has:
- Diesel generator loading for the purpose of this surveillance may be accomplished in accordance with vendor recommendations:
8 This band is meant as guidance to avoid routine overloading of diesel generator. Homentary load excursions outside this band due to changing bus loads shall not invalidate the test. l CPSESMarkup ofCTS3N.8 3N.8-6 12/1188
ELECTRICAL POWEPs SYSTEMS A.C. SOURCES SHUTDOWN LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.8.1.2 As a minimum, the following A.C. electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE:
- a. One circuit between the offsite transmission network and the Onsite Class 1E Distribution System, 6 and
- b. One diesel generator with4tW] G;OiGO;;;I?Mf2
;f;iGO4GesilGis;DC0%tttOGi;i.AMiERes 174 m Ui[ 003$SM Q-3.8.10 01 CP
- 1) Day fuel tank containing a minimum volume of 1440 gallons of fuel,
$01{013Ad
- 2) A fuel storage system containing a minimum volume of 867000 EOM gallons of fuel, and {01]I! PEP ,
1
- 3) A fuel transfer pump?,
NEW M gbA W nyegtoryNitM43 ubelojlllevel 3ETOl eVeU13 [0$d b3e cwJS ' owTrunleV413enithe? lube 291Edjpstickannt MEW G D ; g f,M Cyg;; g_[ ~Esy ne3 G180 lpm s to Q t I 1 48-H eastMT)afting31r2R: ,
,,,l g.3,3,3 01 CP APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6.
ACTION:
- a. With less than the above minimum required A.C. electrical power sources OPERABLE, immediately suspend all operations involving CORE ALTERATIONS, positive reactivity changes, movement of irradiated fuel fGBf51 gbH3t1ErgifB5 = m M1 p e , . . .s E W E... ... ~ N.. . ... .. . .!. ". ,? rf.._.. ._. a.. . . u. f. . . . . o 7Si
. rs , . . . . . .
hour:. dcprcssurice ;nd scat ths "ca tor C;;lant Systc;; through : b. W. grcatcr than or cqu:1 t; 2.00 :quarc inch vent. In addition, whcr, in "00E 5 with thc rc ctor c;;1 ant 1;;ps not filled. cr in "00: 5 with "g_...
; @ .~
thc u;ter icvc? 1 css than 23 fcct abovc the reactor vcs:c? f?;ngc, immediately initiate corrective action to restore the TjT.7"7 required sources to OPERABLE status as soon as possible. Mtg gigDDb1GCTHNSg2Sp@lDgaJiq333RQf7p!M3tgiq31393 y- ^. g~ ~ , BRfgtpdlas TTestBI6f ehavingMhemRIG1ted;0ff s j teiggpI j g@petAblel !
\
- b. With the fuel oil storage system total particulate contamination not NzI,A r within limits, restore the storage system fuel oil particulate 3 contamination level to within limits within seven (7) days or immediately declare the associated diesel generator inoperable and perform ACTION a. If less than the minimum required A.C. electrical power sources ara OPERABLE.
CPSES Markup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-13 12/1188 ; L
~..- -- - . . . - . - - . . .- _
l 1 l l I r i ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS i LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION (Continued)
- c. With the properties specified by Surveillance Recuirement 4.8.1.1.2d.2 for new fuel oil that has been addec to the fuel b
- oil storage inventory not within limits, confihn that the
( stored fuel oil properties are within thirty (30) days or immediately declare the associated diesel generator inoperable and perform ACTION a. If less than the minimum required A.C. electrical power sources are OPERABLE. REM Mith3the'DG3fdell6MidyeliM000MilMos2ngC406003811Ms31a thelstoragestantreitorganetM110t.m?Zgooojsaltonswith_1gL48 _ _gs,g poi r;ordameA1,1elmiectatenthp? assmia ted3tiggeligem rAble; tal HitMthelDGMube~5EDMntltFtKilyVDfKa~nZaNeDE1Hb4MIDBK43d EtIM i nelmutzsteater 4,xlevep) Gal 8RRR .
~ 11 ~g1E@
l $95%W?te5%0E31. Rb9190di1ML W1._ int _ej 10% @k.- _
*t* l Eguelevenithiesmoutslot .arethearnKated '
Rtas.ligenetator:igpgrab. e leg an rewr fm?g W NI HEN ( "4+h rthe"DG4t'a~rtiraftairf
- .fS_3_,,,pately,3 gClg leEle3){dMated [d ($~e' Q.a receiver'
-" - tifRstire 143 M Q 3 8 3 01 CP anonerablo .
1 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.8.1.2 The above required A.C. electrical power sources shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of each of the requirements of 1~%A Specifications 4.8.1.1.la and 4.8.1.1.2' (cxec-t for Specification ~ ' ' ' 4.3.1.1.2a.5' . 926KHM)TEDDIBORIEiHEa i ! 8 MtIth)lglieMtd TW a s . y EggElrestesontt 1
+ -r L _ gn . st ......_,11.___ s_,s ,_s__..1 _ms__J ; &_ et A _ _ _ a. L . s_
F.'! , '" . '"","I',' '"' ' ! .' ' 1""! 7_ ' 7 " ' _ I'l m'I' ' " ' ' ' 101"""", 2 ! ,7 2 ""e" fL ' '" ' "' g f";6
.' m m m .... I' _.m"., ." ' V.vue
."o'.v'.
n " l. .'_' n, T. _ "wl _o' " " ' ' ' ' " " " "" " ' " ' ' " " " ' ' "" t-CPSESMarkup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-14 12/11/98
CHANGE NUEER EiHC DESCRIPTION This provides conditions for these DG support systems which allow additional time before requiring that the DG be declared inoperable. However, this is considered a more restrictive generic change since the current TS did not previously include DG lube oil and starting air requirements. The conditions provided for these support systems address the situation where the support system is degraded but still capable of supporting the associated DG. The time allowed by the new TS Conditions to correct the support system problem before declaring the DG inoperable is acceptable based on the remaining capacity or capability of the systems and the low probability of an event occurring during the allowed time that would require the support systems' full capacity / capability. The new requirements for lube oil inventory (ITS Condition B. and ITS SR 3.8.3.2) verify sufficient lube oil is available to support DG operation. The lube oil storage j volume requirement is based upon a percentage of the ' consumption rate of diesel Mg fuel-oil and the storage CP 3.8 ED i assignment is therefore based upon the DBA calculatioq for diesel M fuel-oil usage. The new reauirements for air start receiver pressures Q 3.8.3 01 cP
@ Cediti= C. = " ITS SR 3.8.3.4) verify sunn.mm. capau n.y air start receivers.
These changes cre consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 49 LS 16 NUREG 1431 LCO 3.8.3," Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air," includes conditions and required actions that allow reduced diesel fuel oil (DFO) inventory for up to 48 hours before requiring that the associated DG be declared inoperable. A new condition would address stored DF0 with total particulates out of limit and allow 7 days for restoration. A new condition would address new fuel oil with properties not within limits and allow 30 days for restoration' The additional ALLOWED OUTAGE TIME for DF0 is acceptable based on the remaining capacity of the DF0 system and the low probability of an event occurring during the time that the DF0 requirements were not met. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 50 LS-17 CTS 3.8.1.1 Action shutdown requirement would be replaced with a requirement to enter the required feature's action ; statement. The action currently requires that with one DG 1 inoperable all required safety equipment that depends on the remaining operable DG(s) be verified operable. If CPSESDescription ofChanges to CTS 3M.8 9 JN1188
Dies 31 Fuel 011. Lube Oil, and Starting Air 3.8.3 CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME ACTIONS (continued) D One or more DGs with D.1 Restore stored fuel 30 days new fuel oil oil properties to properties not within within limits. limits.
- o. On: er acr; OCs with E.1 "astera L ;E n 40heu9 h st:rting cir r;cciv;r )_
eeceiver pras:ura pre::ure to
- [2253 !00, p;ig end i [225] 10" p;ig. 3.8 12 2 [125] 'n p;ig. 0 3.8.3 01 CP s d
/ b Required Action FE. Declare associated DG Immediately N and associated inoperable. ;
Completion Time l not met. OR One or more DGs diesel fuel oil, lube oil, or starting air subsystem not within limits for ! reasons other than 'l Condition A, B, C-D. er E. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8'.3.1 Verify each fuel oil storage tank contains 31 days ..y l 2[33.000885109E8.MMIEtsmramais 91 gal M 26) o1 fue . .. - . j
.: - 2 t
i CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-21 12/1188 j IU
. . . . - . =- -. - -
I' r Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air B 3.8.3 l B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS ! B 3.8.3 Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air j I l ES , BACKGROUND Each diesel generator (DG) is provided with a storage tank having a fuel oil capacity sufficient to operate that diesel for a period of 7 days while the DG is supplying maximum post loss of coolant accident load demand discussed in the FSAR, ; l Section2;)Ifil](Ref.1). The maximum load demand is calculated , using the assumption that a minimum of any two DGs is available. ' l This onsite fuel oil capacity is sufficient to operate the DGs I l for longer than the time to replenish the onsite supply from I outside sources. ! Fuel oil is transferred from storage tank to day tank by either I of two transfer pumps associated with each storage tank. Redundancy of pumps and piping precludes the failure of one pump, I or the rupture of any pipe, valve or tank to result in the loss ! of more than one DG. All outside tanks, pumps, and piping are , located underground. For propar operation of the standby DGs, it is necessary to 1 ensure the proper quality of the fuel oil. Regulatory l Guide 1.137 (Ref. 2) addresses the recommended fuel oil practices as supplemented by ANSI N195 (Ref. 3). The fuel oil properties governed by these SR are the water and sediment content, the I kinematic viscosity, specific gravity (or API gravity), and impurity level. The DG lubrication system is designed to provide sufficient lubrication to permit proper operation of its associated DG under all loading conditions. The system is required to circulate the. I lube oil to the diesel engine working surfaces and to remove l excess heat generated by friction during operation. Each engine oil sump contains an inventory capable of supporting a minimum of [] days of operation. CP 3.8.G-1 Uhc cnsite storsgc in addition to th; enginc cil su;;;p is sufficient to casurc 7 days of continuous operstion.] This supply is sufficicnt to allow the operatsr to rcplenish lubc cil R s outside sources. Each DG has an air start system hith 3 adequate capacity for five successive start attempts on o.3.8.3 01 CP the DG without recharging the air start receiver (s). l l l ? 1 l CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-39 12/11/98
f F
- Diesel Fum1011, Lube Oil, and Starting Air i B 3.8.3 BASES (continued) f APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the FSAR, Chapter l (Ref. 4), and in the FSAR, Chapter E (Ref. 5), assume Engineered Safety CP 3.8.G 1 Feature (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DGs are designed to provide sufficient capacity, capability, redundancy, and reliability to ensure the availability of necessary power to ESF systems so that fuel, Reactor Coolant System and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2, Power Distribution Limits: Section 3.4, Reactor Coolant System (RCS): and Section 3.6, Containment Systems. :
Since diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and the air start subsystem support the operation of the standby AC power sources, they satisfy Criterion 3 of th ""C "clicy "t:t;st 19CFREGREA M B T W . LCO Stored diesel fuel oil is required to have sufficient supply for 7 days of full load operation. It is also required to meet , specific standards for quality. Additionally, sufficient'- lubricating oil supply must be available to ensure the capability to operate at full load for 7 days. This requirement, in conjunction with an ability to obtain replacement supplies within 7 days, supports the availability of DGs required to shut down the reactor and to maintain it in a safe condition for an anticipated operational occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA with loss of offsite power. DG day tank fuel requirements, as well as transfer capability from the storage tank to the day tank, are addressed in LCO 3.8.1, "AC Sources-Operating," and LC0 3.8.2 "AC Sources-Shutdown." The starting air ~+- " eaouired to have a minimum capacity fordMa five m;essigDG start attempts without recharging the air u.an. receiveA s APPLICABILITY The AC sources (LC0 3.8.1 and LC0 3.8.2) are required to ensure the availability of the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition after an A00 or a postulated DBA. Since stored diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and the starting air subsystem supports LC0 3.8.1 and LC0 3.8.2, stored diesel fuel oil, lube oil, and starting air are required to be within limits when the associated DG is required to be OPERABLE. (continued) ! CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-40 12/1188
1 l Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air I B 3.8.3 l 1 BASES (continued) ) l fact that procedures will be initiated to obtain replenishment, and the low probability of an event during this brief period. i 1 C.1 I This Condition is entered as a result of a failure to meet the I acceptance criterion of SR 3.0.3.5.38B5. Normally, trending i of particulate levels allows sufficient time to correct high l particulate levels prior to reaching the limit of acceptability, l - Poor sample procedures (bottom sampling), contaminated sampling equipment, and errors in laboratory analysis can produce failures that do not follow a trend. Since the presence of particulates does not mean failure of the fuel oil to burn properly in the 1 diesel engine, and particulate concentration is unlikely to change significantly between Surveillance Frequency intervals, and proper engine performance has been recently demonstrated (within 31 days), it is prudent to allow a brief period prior to declaring the associated DG inoperable. The 7 day Completion Time allows for further evaluation, resampling and re analysis of , the DG fuel oil. ~ a1 With the new fuel oil properties defined in the Bases for SR 3.0.3.4}W3]{ not within the required limits, a period of 30 days is allowed for restoring the stored fuel oil properties. This period provides sufficient time to test the stored fuel oil to determine that the new fuel o.1, when mixed with previously stored fuel oil, remains acceptable, or to restore the stored - j fuel oil properties. This restoration may involve feed and bleed f procedures, filtering, or combinations of these procedures. Even if a DG start and load was required during this time interval and , the fuel oil properties were outside limits, there is a high likelihood that the DG would still be capable of performing its intended function. a i4
; I inst _a__A2__ _a_ ___2..__ _____,.__ rome, .nn __2_
~
2 2,, _ _L s o . 2. _2.
. 6 wuy-w L., 2. v. 2 2. ,. . .wswusa.
,,_ u -w e wi w Q 3.8.3 01 CP l ett;; pts dec not cxist. l';wcycr, as ler.; ;- the i rec-iver pressure is > [125] m " p;ig, there is ;dquota 4
- cop; city for at ice:t en; stort :tteapt. end the 00 car. bc l; considci;d 0"E"ABLE while th; ;ir rcc:iver pic;;ur- is {l (continued) j CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-42 12(11M8
f l t Diesel Fusi 011, Lube Oil, and Starting Air B 3.8.3 ! BASES (continued) g restored to the rcquired li;;;it. A period of 40 hours ' considcred sufficient to cv, pletc rcstoration to the rcquic ig3,s.301CP { pres urc prior to deci; ring the DC incparabic. This i period i ;G;ptabic based on the .c=ining. air start i capacity, the fact that ;;; cst DC starts orc eccee m_. .u - _ _ ; u. m_ , _. . _ _ u ., u, , u, m .,. m. 2.._,__ .u_ l i i
, .m m. _ , .__ . . . _ _ .
With a Required Action and associated Completion Time not met, or ' one or more DG's fuel oil, lube oil, or starting air subsystem not within limits for reasons other than addressed by , Conditions A through D, the associated DG may be incapable of l performing its intended function and must be immediately declared i inoperable. 1 SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.3.1 i REQUIREMENTS - 1 This SR provides verification that there is an adequate inventory - i of fuel oil in the storage tanks to support each DG's operation i for 7 days at full load. The 7 day period is sufficient time to j place the unit in a safe shutdown condition and to bring in replenishment fuel from an offsite location. . The 31 day Frequency is adequate to ensure that a sufficient supply of fuel oil is available, since low level alarms are l provided and unit operators would be aware of any large uses of ! fuel oil during this period. ' l SR 3.8.3.2 This Surveillance ensures that sufficient lube oil inventory is l available to support at least 7 days of full load operation for each DG. The [500] gal HgtreYgMMEpfigeYdi requirement is based on the DG manufacturer consumption values for the run time .' of the DG. Implicit in this SR is the requirement to verify the capability to transfer the lube oil from its storage location to the DG, when the DG lube oil sump does not hold adequate inventory for 7 days of full load operation without the level reaching the manufacturer recommended minimum level. > (Continued) i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-43 12/11/98 e
1 Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and Starting Air B 3.8.3 i BASES (continued) limits, would not have an immediate effect on DG operation. This Surveillance ensures the availability of high quality fuel oil for the DGs. Fuel ail degradation during long term storage shows up as an increase in particulate, due mostly to oxidation. The presence of particulate does not mean the fuel oil will not burn properly in a diesel engine. The particulate can cause fouling of filters and fuel oil injection equipment, however, which can cause engine failure. 1 Particulate concentrations should be determined in accordance with l ASTM D2276 1978,, Method A (Ref. 6). This method involves a i gravimetric determination of total particulate concentration in the fuel oil and has a limit of 10 mg/1. It is acceptable to obtain a field sample for subsequent laboratory testing in lieu of field testing. EDfNslDXFM4]JMpM ggg gggggg CP 3.8.G 1 tanks 7LeactGtankimustftHrrconsideredJnditestedisepa alejyj The Frequency of this test takes into consideration fuel oil degradation trends that indicate that particulate concentration is l unlikely to change significantly between Frequency intervals. SR 3.8.3.4 This Surveillance ensures that, without the aid of the refill compressor, sufficient air start capacity for each DG is available. The eystem - design requirements = provide for a minimum of engine start cycles l03.8305CP 7 7. without recharging.:- .%> M 4.:+ 'f 4A m . .J m . a ppy , - a e..J.;y c ., 3 . . a v ;.. 3 0 3.8.3 01 CP I q.a s v v m. . ,- , - .n_ f a w;.r y,-y The i I pressure specified in tHs SR is litended to reflect the lowest value at whichgg eqf stargean be accomplished. The 31 day Frequency takes into account the capacity, capability, redundancy, and diversity of the AC sources and other indications available in the control room, including alarms, to alert the operator to below normal air start pressure. lCP3.8.G1 SR 3.8.3.5 l Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil degradation. There are numerous bacteria that can grow in fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to survive. Removal of water from the fuel storage tanks once every g days eliminates the necessary environment for bacterial survival. This is the most effective means of controlling i I . (continued) 1 CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-45 12/1188 L
,CS NGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION 3.8 09 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table l (enclosure 68).
3.8 10 ITS LC0 3.8.3 would be revised to reflect plant specific diesel fuel oil (DF0) storage system design and CTS. These changes meet the intent of the NUREG 1431 requirement. . 3.8 11 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68). 3.8 12 ITS LC0 3.8.3 Condition E., Required Action E.1, ani SR 3.8.3.4 for the DG air start subsystem have been rev' sed to reflect plant specific air start system design and licensing basis. NUREG 1431 would be revised for this difference. [Each DG has two starting air receivers. Only one of the two air start receivers is necessary to start the IE050fAcommauummar g 7 332a p .v.qg gimpe e -- : et -- _jg ( MAhMBWERWIRElite3lBIBRMMEMBRG61tM MisanammunipamelsmisinalR8KitiEEEXIS CelENJAREM4?Do399BEspp3RabTe031tf!EET4fl!!1tMf35 taggg3LrfegRtJgg]
^
3.8-13 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68). 3.8 14 ITS SR 3.8.6.2 is revised from 24 hours to be consistent with current licensing basis, which includes a frequency of once per 7 days. This frequency is adequate to meet the intent of the IEEE 450 recommendations regarding inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge. 3.8 15 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68). 3.8 16 ITS SR 3.8.4.8 would be revised consistent with current licensing basis, which requires an 18-month frequency for testing when the battery has seen degradation or has reached 85% of its service life for the manufacturer's rating for the application and was less than 100% capacity on the last performance test. NUREG 1431 allows a 24 month surveillance interval when service life is beyond 85% but greater than or equal to 100% capacity on the last performance test. This 24 month surveillance frequency would be retained. A description of degradation would also be included in ITS SR 3.8.4.8 Bases. 3.8 17 ITS SR 3.8.2.1 would be revised to list only applicable SRs and ! include as exceptions in the Note those SRs that are applicable but should not be performed in Mode 5 or 6. CPSES NUREG-1431 Differences -ITS 3.8 2 12/1188
~
t' t CONVERSION COMPARISON TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 2 of 7 NUPEER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway i 3.8-07 Not used. N/A N/A N/A N/A ! ITS SR 3.8.1.17 would be revised to reflect the design of Yes No No No i 3.8-08 the DCPP DGs for response to an actual or simulated safety injection signal while operating in test mode (CTS 4.8.1.1.2b.11)). 3.8-09 ITS SR 3.8.1.18 would be revised to reflect the design and Yes No No No i terminology of the DCPP load sequence timers (CTS 4.8.1.1.2b.3). L 3.8-10 ITS LCO 3.8.3 would be revised to reflect plant-specific Yes Yes No. Not in CTS No, not in CTS diesel fuel oil (DFO) storage and transfer system design and licensing basis. 3.8-11 To address the conditions required by performance of DF0 Yes No No No tank cleaning in accordance with the DCPP CTS, a note would be added to ITS LCO 3.8.3. 3.8-12 ITS LCO 3.8.3 Condition E. Required Action E.1. and SR Yes. Yes Yes Yes 3.8.3.4 for the DG air start subsystem have been revised to reflect plant-specific air start system design and 0-3.8.3-( 1 CP licensing basis. [Each DG has two starting air receivers. Only one of the two air **=-+ -ai- "-;*^ _ sp nn
...a; n _..
u_ _. __ - [ . 1 .t . .: " ; . .n, ..
..- ...;;au ,
N 1 .y 3.8-13 ITS specifications for DC distribution, sources and Yes No No No Batteries would be revised for DCPP's plant configuration of three Class 1E DC electrical power subsystems consisting of the following major components: three 60-cell. 125 V batteries: three separate 125 Vdc power distribution , switchgear assemblies: and five battery chargers.
- CPSES Conversion Comparison Table -ITS3.8 12/11198
1 ADDIT 10NAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.3-05 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS SR 3.8.3.4, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-45 Bases for STS SR 3.8.3.4
- l The Bases for STS SR 3.8.3.4 states, "(A start cycle is defined by the DG vendor, but usually is measured in terms of time (seconds of cranking) or engine cranking speed.) This subject has not been addressed in the Bases for corresponding ITS SR 3.8.3.4.
Comment: No justification has been provided to support this proposed difference. ) Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification or conform to the STS. FLOG RESONSE: The text has no meaning in the context of the Bases for this surveillance, but to facilitate the NRC's review, the sentence has been re-inserted. l ATTACHED PAGES: l l Enci5B B 3.8-45 I I 4
l , Diesel Fugl 011. Lube Oil, and Starting Air '
- B 3.8.3 i- BASES (continued) limits, would not have an immediate effect on DG operation.
This Surveillance ensures the availability of high quality fuel 1 oil for the DGs. !
. 1 Fuel oil degradation during long term storage shows up as an increase in particulate, due mostly to oxidation. The presence of particulate does not mean the fuel oil will not burn properly in a diesel engine. The particulate can cause fouling of filters and fuel oil injection equipment, however, which can cause engine failure.
Particulate concentrations should be determined in accordance with ASTM D2276-]NH, Method A (Ref. 6). This method involves a gravimetric determination of total particulate concentration in the fuel oil and has a limit of 10 mg/1. It is acceptable to obtain a , field sample for subsequent laboratory testing in lieu of I field testing. ! gT{ggg g g CP-3.8.G-1 j tanksffencif2ank R s M d AeNu ggggyj se l The Frequency of this test takes into consideration fuel oil degradation trends that indicate that particulate concentration is unlikely to change significantly between Frequency intervals. , I SR 3.8.3.4 This Surveillance ensures that, without the aid of the refill compressor, sufficient air start capacity for each DG is available. The system BlEstEdesign requirements ngine start 0 3.8.3 05 cP provide for a minimum wi ha
- .: : F.. a.n n v s. The pressur -
n s* - P. . lect the -- lowest value at which a tg starts can be accomplished. The 31 day Frequency takes into account the capacity, capability, redundancy, and diversity of the AC sources and other indications available in the control room, including alarms, to alert the operator to below normal air start pressure.
! CP 3.8.G 1 l I SR 3.8.3.5 Microbiological fouling is a major cause of fuel oil degradation.
There are numerous bacteria that can grow in fuel oil and cause fouling, but all must have a water environment in order to survive. Removal of water from the fuel storage tanks once every []dayseliminatesthenecessaryenvironmentforbacterial 5 survival. This is the most effective means of controlling (continued) 1
.\ >
l CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-45 12/1188 l
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.4-05 APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA REQUEST: JFD 3.8-34 DOC 02-06-LS i ITS SR 3.8.4.1 Frequency Bases for ITS SR 3.8.4.1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-60 CTS 4.8.[2,3].1.a.2 STS SR 3.8.4.1 Frequency The Frequency for STS SR 3.8.4.1 is 7 days which is consistent with corresponding CTS 4.8.2(3).1.a.2. The Frequency for corresponding ITS SR 3.8.4.1 is 31 days. JFD 03-08-34 and DOC 02-06-LS reference TSTF-115. Comment: TSTF-115 has been rejected. Revise the submittal to conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: TSTF-115 changes to SR 3.8.4.1 will be withdrawn. The frequency will be revised to reflect the STS 7-day requirement in the Surveillance and its associated Bases section. DOC 02-06-LS-22, NSHC LS-22, and JFD 3.8-34 will be revised to identify them as "not used." ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 2 3/4 8-15 Enci 3A 13 Enct3B 7 Enci4 1,47 and 48 EnclSA Traveler Status page and 3.8-23 i Enci5B B 3.8-50 Encl 6A 5 l Encl 68 5 l 6 o
3/4.8.2 D.C. SOURCES OPERATING LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.8.2.1 As a minimum, the following D.C. electrical sources shall be OPERABLE: Train A
~
- a. ..
Statier, Setteries STIC.. ;n. . 1:0, .cr Unit 1 (STO:01 :nd [?) .
~~'
ST2E03 for Unit 2) :nd ;t 1;;;t ;;; full-;;p;;ity ch;r;;r a:::ci ted with :::h b:ttery, and
- b. Train B DClelictr,1 cal? power 3GbjygesZ 12S volt 0.0. Station B tt:ric; 071:02 :nm CT1:04 f r Unit 1 (ST2:02 and BT2E04 for Unit
- 2) :nd at least en; full-::p;;ity ch rger associated with each battery. !
1 t APPLICABILITY: MODES 1. 2. 3, and 4. ACTION: l With one of the required DEelettrJggl3 deb 14ppilb:ttery trains and/or rcquired full cop :ity cherscrs inoperable, restore the inoperable DC
'.~ Wbsysteelbettcry trein end/or r: quired full ::p ;ity ch rscr to
, BLE status within 2 hours or be in at least HOT STANDBY within the next 6 l hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the following 30 hours. - SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS I l 4.8.2.1 Each 125V D.C. station battery and charger shall be j demonstrated OPERABLE l l
- a. At least once per ays by verifying Ina" '
05 0 3.8.6 01
- 1) The parameters in Table 4.8 2 seet the Category A limits, and
- 2) The total battery terminal voltage is greater than or equal to 128 volts on float charge.
- b. At least once per 92 days and within 7 days after a battery discharge with battery terminal voltage below 110 volts, or battery overcharge with battery terminal voltage above 150 volts. ,
by verifying that: I .
- I 1
d CPSESMarkup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-15 JN11n8
- 1 CHANGE 4 NUMBER HE DESCRIPTION l 1 the TS, consistent with NUREG 1431. ; l 1 . - 1 ! 02 02 'A The phrase, "that could degrade battery performance," would j
- be added to clarify the purpose of the battery inspeci:1on j SR consistent with TSTF 38. This change does not add or )
i . remove any technical requirements and is ahinistrative in : L nature. , l 1 2~ 02 03 M ' The requirement to remove visible terminal corrosion would be added to the SR verifying on an 18 month frequency that 1 i cell to cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, and i coated with anticorrosion material. These elements of a I visual inspection are consistent with IEEE 450, 1995. This i'i change-is consistent with NUREG 1431. ! j i 02 04 M A note would be added to SRs that these SRs are not to be l j performed in Modes 1, 2, 3 or 4. Since these surveillances I j discharge the battery such that it would not have capacity
- left to perform its required function, these SRs must be i performed when the battery is not required to support an j operational vital bus. The addition is consistent with j NUREG 1431. Rev.1. a
')2 05 M The SR would be changed to allow performing a modifi$f . ,
performance discharge test instead of the performance . discharge test. The modified performance test is a more severe test and envelopes the battery service discharge test. The results of the modified performance test provides ; assurance of the battery capability as well as battery ! capacity. This change is consistent IEEE 450,1995 and with NLREG 1431. 02 06 1.0 '2 Cen;i; tat with indu;try tr;ni;r 115, thi; ch;h
;;;1d ;11;w the utca;i= cf th; ;;rnillan -
j fr;;;scy nrific; tion for b;ttery terein;l volt;;; a 3,8,4 05 i Whil; = flat ;herie, ad f;r ;;t;;;ry A b;ttery 0 3.8.6 01 ;
;;11 p;r;.xter; fr;; 7 d;y; t; 31 d;y; in !
ec;;rdan with the recc :::aded frequer.;y of ";t -
)
is;;t ;athly" identified in ICE: 450 1^^5, 0;;tien 4.3... l E i 02 07 A A note would be added to the battery surveillance 0 3.8.6 05 f requirements table for Category A and B limits. This i note would allow the electrolyte level to temporarily ) increase above the maximum level during equalizing charges ! provided it does not overflow. This electrolyte level l excursion is due to gas generation during the charge and is expected to return to normal after the charge. Therefore, II the level excursion is acceptable. i
.I CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 13 12(1188
}i; e!
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 7 cf 9 mm omw Diablo Canyon l Comanche Peak unlf Creek A laway Vesg
~
Cen;;;t;nt with industry trovcicr T5" 115. thi; ;P~ns VesN6 Yessa VesM u;uld ;11;; tt.c extca;;;n of thc .~rv;111;rc; 'r;;.crec Q 3.8.4-05 0-3.8.6-31
![5.!$
- s. ~ m. !
,!I' I 55k $N.~$.m.,.f?
_~..,m i M.. ,~. f_I.] [.!!N, {( d;y; to 31 d;y; in ;;mrd;.c; wit', thc sc a ..did
'r ej .,f et ica t cor.thi ' iinti' icd in IEEE CO 1005, f
- n. . ... .
O.2 07 A note woulo De acaea to the battery surveillance Yes Yes Yes Yes l' r A requirements table for Category A and B limits. This note would allow the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the maximus level during equalizing charges provided it does not overflow. 02-08 A 31-day completion time would be added for restoring the Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-21 Category A and B limits. 02-09 To support the extended completion time of new Condition A. Yes Yes Yes Yes H within one hour after any Category A or B battery not within limits the pilot cell electrolyte level and float voltage must be verified within Category B allowable value. For Category A and B parameters not restored to within limits, a new requirement would be added to verify the battery meets Category C allowable values once every 7 days. 02-10 The battery surveillance requirements table notes would be Yes Yes Yes Yes A revised to add an exception to the requirement to correct specific gravity readings for electrolyte level when the float charge is less than 2 amps. 02-11 This change to the battery surveillance requirements table Yes VesLNoj No, maintaining CTS Yes H notes would place a 7-day limit on the use of charging malgalft1DgiC)) current to satisfy the specific gravity requirements. CP-3.8- 10 4 l 02-12 The battery surveillance requirements table note regarding Yes: Yes Yes Yes LG correction of float voltage for average electrolyte - temperature would be moved to the Bases. 02-13 The DC Sources - Shutdown LCO would be revised to require Yes Yes Yes Yes A that the DC power subsystem required to be operable must be the subsystem necessary to support the onsite power distribution-shutdown LCO. 02-14 The battery cell parameters table would be revised to add Yes Yes Yes No - Maintaining A Category C, which now contains the allowable value for each , CTS. connected cell previously included in Category B. CPSES Comersion Comparison Table - CTS 3M.8 12/11/98
.i l
E _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . - _ _ _ _ _
NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS (NSHC) CONTENTS I. Organization ........................................ 2 II. Description of NSHC Evaluations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 l III. Generic No Significant Hazards Considerations
, i 1
"A" Administrative Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 1
"R" - Relocated Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 "LG" Less Restrictive (Moving Information Out of the Technical Specifications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
- "H" More Restrictive Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1 1 IV. Specific No Significant Hazards Considerations "LS" LS 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 2................................................ 15 LS 3................................................ 17 LS 4................................................ 19 LS 5................................................ 21 .
^
LS 6................................................ 23 . LS 7...... ......................................... 25 LS 8................................................ 27 LS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 11............................................... 29 LS 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 14............................................... 31 LS 15............................................... 33 LS 16............................................... 35 - LS 17............................................... 37 LS 18............................................... 39 LS 19............................................... 41 LS 20................................................43 0 3.8.4 05 LS 21...................................... -
.45_ y o 3.8.6 01 LS 22................................... .. 47 LS 23..................................... ... o.3.8.4 10 LS 24............................................... 51 LS 25............................................... 53 LS 26............................................... 55 l o.3.1B.1-13 CP ymm
;vg . . . 5 . ' . L 7 iM e .
; dj.S N ' 9h @*A o 3.8.6 04 V. Recurring No Significant Hazards Considerations "TR" TR 1................................................ 57 .
TR 3................................................ 59 CPSES No Significant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 1 12/11/98
Tu e nt"P T f* T P kin P T f* KIT E"T f* A kf'T" t_l A "F A nn f*fMie T Mf"M A t"Tfule AT. ws k.w a s au giv w & ugi & I A ur1gi u I r%ngw wViid a ws 1v't s A V11J Knet1P 1P nn sivttw h.w s.s. FOR P f PPP MPPTM T PTT if P Pret a ww. E.kiTP vu -TwPs v.wn . A.I i. wtPw T.1.1 msA T T..g ha.nne www m f* ww .w. win.ws- ATT Q 3.8.4 05 nPME 1T Mf".har.kFTP
.w.yv..w s r w s w W t_IT.Tt s, i..f sv sklNTi. lf*T..E".Plv. v a.kt wn.? P a.et inPP mw .T. PT.Pn s . A&l,e, wiv . Q 3.8.6 01 s
% _J.A- t . .J A L J J . _ A -. . A...1.- TPTr= 11e ALJ. .L--_. ...1J .1 1 -. .
vvi nd i e wwu s w w a ws s u rwww ws J we w ww u bu swsu AAwe wus s a wa sus vyv wwwuw u n a vvy _.A-- J.- _ s A L. ......J11---- s--_..--.. s.- LLA__.. A-J-1 ..1A _. .121_ .- s1..A i
% n wwt ud v vt s ws wstw dus v w a a s ur www 4 5 v3uws swy g vs wwg b wwu y wwi sus s a su a vvswwyh wv s s u w wtu svuw
_L __- - _ _a s.- e A ---.. A L A A .- . . . 11 _ -- r--- ---
-r J.... A. *t i J.... J-wa iwi ys , view I vi vu wwyw y n ww w ws: y wssa yu s u-w b u s d s i vm , wwyd vv wA wuye asi
--_- J --- . .J 1. L Au- -----.-- J J 2---...--.. .2 .A mi-..A --_tLi.a J J - t J 2J .J J. TPPP uwwvi wus Nw w a big buss aun e rwww i a v3vvi ewy vi uw awudw suivu i bs s s y s ussib s a s ww u si . un.a.
Aen gnar P__AJ.- A *n 1 eTe ren A a e 1. ---..J- _, . __ . __ y J .- s--_..--_.. s vev Assw. ww w wswis 7.w.A. wiw Lwn 7.w.w.Au s w3w i s bda u m Ns ys a wuyd asv3usimy iW
...-.._J11.--_ .._ JfJ..AJ.- -J ALJ. -----. J mL.--.. . ._ . 1 J .mA- J AL. .......J11--~ l Jun v s s a s us sww vv6 6 s a vu b sv4 s us su wis s a y1 syvduw wa aui syv Mvusu vn bvi su w a rs dus Tw i a s us sww 4 2--_..--, A. *11 J... ----J.A A . .J A L P 9 A E ft innE f I a b3wws Ny bv we uwJd wwi ud E d bwu s w w u bss L J T.bbh f"P 7ww f* Ad#w. j l,
if _ 2 2 J - L.AA.. A---.1-.1 ..1&__. .1 J 1. -- 21..A .L.--- L 1-. A. - - - . . . . AL. TEI s5J siry w%s h ww s J kUI IUs l i ru s vvsbuyw win s a w vis sawww wu swu yw s m s pa d bv vindus w bs N
.ss..AJ..__ . _s AL. .L.- J-- ..._A.- -J AL. .L J 12 a. . . . s
- L. L.AA. J_. A. ---t.-
w s s www s TwiNew vs bs m ws aus y a s sy dydwwm ussu buss uw s s # by vs wsus wuwbs uwd wv yws a vi m AL_J. JA.JJ f.- AJ.- P1..A .L.-_- J. AL. -- JJAJm- J .12 L AL. .L.-_ - J. ws rw a s I s I wwi sww%s s uvrw w 5viae 4 eWuw ws sus yw gJ kssw vvi sw s b a vi Ia wsi g wa u w s sw ws sun ywu ad
...-1..J-_. AL. - - A J -.. ... .L.--- ---..J-J A. . . . - - - - - - AL. J A--- 1 1._--- .s .
erwyy 5 g I s ry wiis wvi s w I s swvud waiwu yE s w3%s a e Uw kV vvbt wwsuus wsis s a u bEs y vu a 3vedWd v3 u L.AA_-.. .. J - J A.J- AL. L.AA.-.. J - E. 1 1. . _L.-__J _A.A. P.A---.. A J_rJ-._ AL. l pu w bbs J u s u%s uvru a y I wu u s u wesw wu b ww s J gIs u 6uauy wg g%st yvu dbubw. wuwwyviJ n uwg g a tw d besw ___.1 -- -- A.- 12 JA s- ...L J- J - A J J1.A __11 J- ...L L.AA--.. rL. . 11 s sua susw a yws uvuww bwi 4 a sui 4 w a vs w wws i uw a s yu su ww%s yaavb wwsa sas wwwa s vu w bwa J . s rN wsas
. 1_.A 21_A . 11 --- AL--- .1-.. A-- --.A..-- ..1A._- -J 1 - . A 1. A .
J .. . yiIvb wh5 e us % w i sv d% wi vv dE wUguays s u but ue vv3buyve usuu E u wv bg v u J b5 erw s wv bs%s ud u
---JXJ. --..JA., -----mJ-.A. AL_ -- JJAJm .f AL. -
1J-. L.AA.-.. TL. P.A.---.. A wyww s s s W yi u v i wJ wyys wn a suru wE b e sw v viTw Ib svsI wI bu N Wi a b II E pu b bw s J . satw wu wwyvi 4 n 1J JA. - - J2J_J ._ L.. J .- P 1 TPPP A f ft inne e a a uss t w e dyww s a s ww us w wudwu wiu L J abbw vwv Assw. , 4 PLJ. --___.) .L -_. ...1J ---..JJ. .JJJAJ.-.1 X1..m J L J 1 J A . . J .11 .J-- AL. .mA --J.- s s u my yuvyvdww wu rut ryw Mv%s a % yiVviww uuw a b : vu vu s e a sn a w s a i wy isi u aavn aary w i tw sn e,bu se a vi a
,2 LL. ...-. J11.--- 2---..---.. . . - J 2 2 - A J -- . 2,- L.AL--. A-- J.,. 1 ,,,1A.,, .J l va b5 w dus T w a a u w e sww s s squws NJ TUs a s t ww w s vs se g vu ww b bs: y bw a seu B : su a vvsbuys wurw j
- _ - - . . A L.AA.. ---- L--- 2--- *1 A. *11 J..,. .J AL. L -_- J, --- J.A- L 1 byvi g n w%s b kw u J wwI s yus usuww bwl d I5 wuss ( bv wa %suy a u s uns berv wa Tus ryw Id hvi u d a d wwr I w l
.JAL TPPP AEn 1Mnf j w sws3 a a-l.h. Twv &##w. ;
I F= . . 1. . . A J - mE ALJ. -----..J Tf'* L.. JA-J-J AL.A JA J-..1.... -- J J22. _A l b w u I nuu w I vs I vs wil I J ys Wy* rdsw sw a ve d %sw bEs Urs s I rww bliu b sb saIyviVbd Ivv d e yu s a 5 I hur I b L . J_ --- JJ--.AJ.- TLJm JA- J-.AJ.- L.- L--- ---2--- J J --- J---- .J A L Ak. I u pwa .w- s W y wwu ser 3 %s% s u w s vi . s su 3 e ww wE s sus a g su b u vu s a tws d erww u a yws s vi suwwns aga wwwws uws ww w I bi 3 wutw j I _JAJ. ..A X- AL J. i n P Pfl En fnsi t .\ .. ...ma.J L .1 . , wa uwws su ask s vu was use av ws n ww . #s g w p ud quvbww wwsvw. ; TL. P-- a- J-- .,. L, a . Cia 4 J 6a i- 6Ja- -,.--...6 La AL, ---ad..-a- 4- En n1 l turs wursusu s J J u vu s s t ruj struir s u s s u ru u uu w % s sos t i tu s s vr oe yus .J uull y ku s s I% ysvuuuussa uss au.#s e AL.& . - -----J .J-----A 4. .- m --.&4. 1 4 - ,. . #m, = t. J T i & . . 1J---- J .. J-- t bilu u u ysvyvJ%u uutuss aurus%s s y kV uus vyus u u n a sy I s uus sJu e VI u suwI I I kJ s s %%ssJuu uu suws l Pn *14 / L 1 -- Pn , *1 -- C-- . 6 - 6 4 .,. - f4 Tab.. :-..T..-- -- ; , 41; - L L... 2, 1 vv.sstu/ vs wu.LA vs s vu u ssJ usssy suuI i s v] as svu s v%J siv 4 uyssoe av uuus t suA us uJ l
--- 4J- 64-- *
.C --- 464-- C AL- C 4 14 6 . ., - .--- J --- ..tsk 6L- ------J l uvu sd s uws u v s vs se I s vys s u 6 s ys t vu kasu a u % c n i kJ sus us yvu uus s%% rv u ka s yst% yovyvysu
.__ J _ s . . 12 ~A. l wrsaw# surribJ s b FFvW I u o sv b . ,
l 1 f .. 1... . ,J _Jte-. a 4-~... 4- AL. .- L.Lat:6.. .. - - - - . . . . - ~ mt .- ; A. Assv v s e s u J IyssI s awussu Llusswudu eEE Wes% ysvuuuusI kJ vi %vs sd%3u%s IQUJ VL uls
--JLs - - ..: .. 4.. . . ,1. . . s J . ,
uws u uss s e yo u r s vue If uvusuusuu, vs~ l
*, P_.- a. ---:u,as.. .c . . . . . - 2:rz--.., uJ .c - . u. - c-.- . . . . ,,
- s. . vusuww wary yv4Jsus4 I kJ vn u u sb ru vt u s s o %u us s y isissu vs uvu s vuu s y a s urts u s s) -4
.~;Ls ~.i...1.. . . . 1. . . s L ~ )
uww # wws s b ya 6y a vnsJ sg brusuub6u. vs
... ,... . : : z:- ,a,, _:- . c - a 4'
.. .ras.v,v. u J , ,, s , # ,mu
, muum
. J. .a av ,-s sn 2 ., .u ,.,3,s, s su vs Ju r, m ,. ..
l CPSESNoSignificantHazards Consideration TS3N.8 47 1N1188 i, s,
*i l
' -I l
. - - - . - - - . . _ - - - . . - - ~ - _ - _ -._ - . - -
TU P M f"/' T f* T P L1/% O 7 t417 E T /* A kfT t 1 A *7 A nMP f*/ule T Mr*M ATT /Mic l 4 AT. ws Lu A t au nu v a un A e A unii e i ina.rv u2s uvnsAubsmsAvns j LIP 11M te 66 tiJi N bw sh i r _ u .._ m g wm i b a i aus%s / A i l s_ mL___ 1 v.L.
.~ s.v,,_.2__
- u. w ii. ,
_..1...u__ bruioub.vu ___..uJ
- 2. a. ri v v i um sm it.
hi m bus w w _.i____2'__ mum _s sL. Q 3.8.4 05 _ L.___J_ ____ 2J-_. _m._1._J_. ,
- 2. v_u_i l .2 .ib : 2. w._
ou ms u omi i m.. u k 2.v._u d b- mm u d . Q.3.8.6 01 4: i j 1 nmmm e L ,. mL.m_ J . . 1. . m . 4 4#4 .m& J,m.m ,m i _. alm . . L . L J 14 & . . . A. uvwa a,a iw wf tui fyw ##fyv4yw u w 3 yt## # # wmib Ii NI wwww ei# kssw ys vuuv i i s bJ vi l g _ _ , . . . . - _ . t .- ._:2- s --..:n... 1.. - . . 1. . . s .,2 0 , v v4 IJ w psw s ib w J vs ms uwwJuvish yt w w a vud DJ wrusuubwu. vL. L ss__2__ .. .._ 1 A. ...___A 2s2_.u . mL. ______.. ____ .s ._ spN wu b bw e BLG un U udwu by duyyvi b Hi l k s yu b E vi s vi ba m w visas quwarv s J v3 Uli 4 . _ _ _2 a _ s . ._ J __. __s ___u__J s. L_ ~_ __ .s __ . _2 u ,L. , m w . m.o , m~ ms ,~b w od.ust m by ~ un insb 2_2u.u. bm v. m i,.. u m .uwo . .us 2 __m.J L . _. . 1J ..A mes.ms AL. J.2_ __ _.s__... _ s s L. L.ss__2., ysspwauw wasussy w avvuiu # ru b sasswb be m use s ya a va yss i vi suus aww vs bs m wubbus awa. TL. .1 1 . _ . s. __A-_J sL. ..... 211.__. J.... A. og J.._ 2. 4 ink u s s uvuunw by w. , ~ bi m dm T w i i s m mu s.. _ w_ .i y_m m. .i_s ,.ms.. s_ ,T _ uuye bv w. wuye u i . 2.s._A . 1& L mL_ ___----_-J.) s___..___. .s os 1.._A __ A Li m 2J-_Las2.J 2 hvi s J B J b u s a b vs T b t i b t r5 3 'swwivuseswa NUM IE L yus B swJ vB ub 3Uwdb Fivus s bl 4 I J E us a i k 3 3 6wu III Tere , nne A Awn ,2en4v atJJe a 4 vL _ _ _ , _ _ su_ a _ __ J __ _. 2_..,... . _2 _2 su ._s u__ .__ u mL. I s issa E n vi se bst e d wa su s syv uvsa g iv b issuviv% u d s yll B E I hm l b B3Nssudv III bits y _ _ _ L . L 21 2 a. . . _ _ _ _ _s . .__22 t ___.2_..1m ... 1...s_J y1 wwww s i a by vs hvviaw3 ws ____.ewww vs uss www t uwis h yisusvudty bruauubsu. 1
?
b none Ad L2mA ] O
- m. mwa m woumyw mwm Skx sL mma a-a.bn S
b ,L m A as.+4L4 yvs s m .1/, n r b, v ,f b,, a u
.mm.
mo m
. mm u , ,$,f ammwob a mno~b v ,C uan;An-a .
~wo b k
3 r_._ .-naa- s --. ..: ..1.. n.. .1. . , s n a o
#i WT u us . - sy
. . u w w 4 uwd # E. y3 6y i vua tj wrosuwbyu.
YLm -.m--___ _b- -^ ^_. .a . b d... ... . . . _ b. . . m 2 . .h . b . .a . 8. 2 - .a_ b. b . . ..L M. i I rv yivyvdwu ws uu"syw s uv%d (Nb B alvv i YL ussJ yi3JJtvut u s bws u b a viid bv bu m y s ui s b . nw , 1 s . 211 L. J L.. sL. ____...J _L-___ 4 flew s u. 21. aimu ._ _ _ _-~womi L . _ di 2. _ _na. .y i ii ww sub 2 _ s ._ v_ uwu u. . _ _ us J hi m y,vywesu wnvup . T.L. uw _______J _L __. J__. _.s .ss..s AL_ .L 212 s . . .s A L. L.ss._2.. s_ s.1sJ11 AL_2_ yavyvwwu wiluu syv wwww INb u i a Ew i, bsuw uwissby vs balw wu b bsi usa bv su 4 eei bi sw s u s
. . s, m_bA ,. . , s eu _1. e w. J s.a .-_m_ i. s 2. v..u.
3 ) TLgam,s. _ _ s, w-i- s. . _ .L.-_. skad wom v. um. d-
, bn 2-_ __L
.~b s .wm- . . s k. ~a _ _ _ . w2. L 2 1. sa s,.,, os u yo.d _s . - . . ._
,m m Ja ---
u . s s. mnbs. L L2 ; .s .2;_t s_____... 2a_A ___.2.m.1 ...1...s.J r%iBIu vs wwwI%gwlIb a 5 viu u s sJ uww s ww s i b yi w y avudBy wyusuubsu.
- d. .c,,r..,
, n_. su- a... :_...,.- . .:_: :., - A. . u - u . . .<-
,- iss u ruu s y r s a vs J u s w bj . V. vvva bis a w wJ fus syw #ss rvi ww u s s ys s i # s wus Jb s w u u v i. s v8 # d __m ., ._o_ u .__..__u__ ______ J 2-u.u_ _ _ _ ,
,L,
. m. y, vyv d s.. wom,,. ..n..,.
. .~b m.
u m,. . uw s m .s .. -I. . ,...d.d 2 _ 2. a. u. ,. s,s
- u d dus.y k . vn d ,
__J.u__ __ ___.1_ ,____.._m,.. .L. ______J a___ J___ __s L.... _ _ . . wm ru s b 4 v3 Id e v5 3 %duIbd. wvilJbMuw3ikiJ bE N yt vyv dW%s wilvi 53% wwwJ 3 IV b 5 ;u v w m IJ _ss..u - ru. _._u.s _.s.u Esswww ms bl N uvu l y fil vs Julbb ru . _ _ s - _ su. a._ ,J___ _.s 2...,... . . 2_ 2 su ._s _. J... u - 2_ . .__2_ _a t s a swa w a va 5 g bli I J wi lm ip uvwd 8 IV b 313 y v s v w W W 5 31 B 5 s I wus i b a Uuww b 5 vti 5I. u NTu l y siI v3 o u i s b,. . . kLn P Tf*klT ET t" A kr1* I f A'T AnMP enalPTMPn ATTnal MPTPnLJ T kf ATTnal syv w a usi & I evnqe a arm 4ws wvvywawb am B Avn ww Ihausasw'sI a vn n__ J .. AL. L_.._ ..s_m. ... 1...LJ._ AL. . .LJ..JAJ . _ .____J.A_J i .J A L LIPile est e o n es wudbu vie bg m uwvvw Ju e E bJ wvuBuu1.Ivt4, b4IL uwbcy abisJ uaJVwiubsu vv s bs s sist av kw && 4 ___..is2__ s _ _ _. sL. ____..__2_ _s eve o e n 4. L . TvP s__.s .. ___ _1..J J s_ a w du a b s 3 sy 55 vvt3 bIIw hvi a v w s J s vs 5 VI wBJ W ,r 7evA bv b8 m &5J s v5 issu b %g I w wviswiuuvu bv
- s e sL. __ 2: ._a L _ _2- -_.2J__ L2_ _ _s n n een en nn r s ._J
.u s s. ,o bi m sm 2. y_n i , 2sw m m. numm u wo e . m. . u b i m . . . L . J . _ J. ._ v. .u mn eb-~m.. ,u . .~. v , ui m ,
_ _ _ - J a _1 . _ . 2 _2s2_._a L..._J_ _ .- 2J._.s2._ s2_Ja__ 2. 2. _ L 2 c a .J . uwwm ga s a iy I J , u sN a s yi a I a s um s b g rusui ua w msdnuws ubavse a s g uu a s sy aa gudhsa sw%s. l 4 1 4 1, CPSES No Significant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 48 12/1188 4
l l Industry Travelers Applicable to ITS Section 3/4,8 , I TRAVELER # STATUS DIFFERENCE # COMMENTS
\
TSTF 2 Rev. 1 Incorporated 3.8 31 TSTF 8 Rev. 2 Incorporated 3.8 20 NRC approved TSTF 16 Rev. 1 Not incorporated N/A Not NRC approved as of 1 traveler cut off date. TSTF-36 Rev. 2 Incorporated for 3.8 35 DCPP only. j DCPP only. ' l TSTF 37 Rev. 1 Incorporated 3.8 05 ) 1 TSTF 38 Incorporated 3.8 41 NRC approved. l TSTF-51 Not incorporated N/A Requires plant specific reanalysis to establish . decay time dependence l for fuel handling '- ' I _ accident. ' r m r .- :' TSTF 115 (giolifjot 3.0 34 a 3.0 30 May be re issued incorpurocea N/A under new TSTF { 38j',] numkrs. 3.8.6 01 c I[ l TSTF-163 Not incorporated N/A Not NRC approved as of traveler cut off date. i l l d 1 of 1 A
i 1 i i l DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.4 DC Sources-Operating , i l ! LCO 3.8.4 The Train A and Train B DC electrical power subsystems shall be l OPERABLE. l l i l i l l APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3. and 4. ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME I l l A. One DC electrical A.1 Restore DC electrical 2 hours i
- power subsystem power subsystem to l l inoperable. OPERABLE status.
l B. Required Action and B.1 Be in MODE 3. 6 hours - Associated Completion ~ Time not met. MQ ! B.2 Be in MODE 5. 36 hours l l l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.1 Verify battery terminal voltage is . ays
- t {4291 EV on float charge.
l ! s+a4 0 3.8.4 05 l l . (continued) f 1 l l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431-ITS 3.8 3.8-23 12/1188
DC Sourcss-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES charger (s), or inoperable battery charger and associated inoperable battery), the M raining DC electrical power subsystem has the capacity to support a safe shutdown and to mitigate an accident condition. Since a subsequent worst case single failure would, however, result in the complete loss of the M r a ining 125 VDC electrical power subsystem with attendant loss of ESF functions, continued power operation should not exceed 2 hours. The 2 hour Completion Time is based on Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 8) and reflects a reasonable time to assess unit status as a function of the inoperable DC electrical ', power subsystem and, if the DC electrical power subsystem is not restored to OPERABLE status, to prepare to effect an orderly and safe unit shutdown. B.1 and B.2 If the inoperable DC electrical power subsystem cannot ce restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LC0 does not
, apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least MODE 3 within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The ; allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant '
systems. The Completion Time to bring the unit to MODE 5 is consistent with the time required in Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 8). i SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.4.1
.' REQUIREMENTS .
! Verifying battery terminal voltage while on float charge for the betteHes helps to ensure the effectiveness of the charging system and the ability of the batteries to perform their intended function. Float charge is the condition in which ~3 8 " 5 the charger is supplying the gqMontinuous charge required to overcome t1e interna osses of a
- l. battery (;r bettery cel M and maintain the battery (;r ; bettery eeH+ in a fully charged state. The voltage requirements are based on the nominal design voltage of the battery m and are consistent withtthe initial
""**"" ';0it;;;; assumed in the battery sizing ca culations.
, T ay Frequency is consistent with manufacturer rec ions and IEEE 450 (Ref. 9). SR 3.8.4.2 Visual inspection to detect corrosion of the battery cells and connections, or measurement of the resistance of each intercell, . interrack intertier, and terminal connection, provides an g a CPSES Mark-up ofhTIREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-50 12/11/98 %
i i l CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION (enclosure 68). 3.8 33 NUREG 1431 LC0 3.8.3 Condition B. and SR 3.8.3.2 would be revised to note use of a dipstick level for verification of lube oil inventory consistent with the Comanche Peak CTS. The Lube Oil Level at CPSES is measured by a Lube Oil Dipstick and not by gallons of oil. Specific limits are outlined,in the Bases. The current CPSES Technical Specification does not require measurement of Lube Oil Level. v.v".,'.'
* "" - '-_ x 0 3.8.4 05 3.8-34 . ." vn . '.v".v".'. ' 'vu" '. w'
,, .- '. . yu m . ~," v '. " ,.," , . v's . . . . . "
Q.3.8.6 01 fre; 7 dey- to 31 d;ys in xcerdenc with the rcccm ,ded a-__.-_... _. ,___. __-u,, JJ J J.J J_ ,eee men 5 4 L3ubiNJ vi Wb iLWdb siNi i b 5 I I J 5 ub e I b 3 5 3EM B35 a heb&e 74V-im.nne, . _ T. L. ..J. ..L..._.,__. J... o v. . . J. _ .mb_m._ A. .b. .J. sb. L, T. e.v.. e. 1 1.e, 1 3.8 35 Not O_ sell appli abic to C"SCS. Scc ;;n a rsica c a g rison 0 3.8.2-02 oc ) tobic ' enclosure SS). ! 3.8 36 Adds note, per current Tb, that allows one SI sequencer channel I I to be bypassed for up to 4 hours for surveillance testing provided the other channel is operable. i I 3.3 37 Theiscqxacr urveillena rcquir;.~nts) fre; uricnt TS Sc; tion S#A 9 ..1J L. _JJ_J &. &L. TTP TLJ_ J_ ____J_A__& .JLL h1Lin en ws7.v www s %s vu uwwvss bv him aaw. e ae :a ie vvy is i a bwl s b n a bsa avvvww 1 A *11 n-.. 1 ..LJ_L _JJ_ e_ ten -_-..J----a, 2__ LL-47vAe sw y . A ni s a ws a wwwa via e.ww a wqu a a wmws i b a vi bsis , ouIOG;Iic l0;d 3CQucnCCr3. IbeIef0ic. ; $ is ircCC3s;Iy 0 2-13(3.3) to v rify saganar 0"E"X L:"I. SRRAEEii@iEGBdded3d tat @inhe3Mithlf2-ILEI ggtgr.g]gggggig .,.p.i..q . 2 0. x 7 7,p %g ... .g,ggg N HM1HU WHEMB IEN NMEMEAHEEEEEEBUIAt M5 TTP en 9 O A T AI A . 1 . ._. 1 J L. __..J_J &_ .1 1 - . AL_ __JJXJ.J 3.S, aaw wn w.v.7.s uvv b s a wvns a w vw asy awww tv usavn be m survu i i ssu g rferr;na dischers; te t in ITS S"en ,',.".',.",to n ., b__..u__ F iferrod 0 3.8.4 10 2_ ,J_.. _, u_ ___..J. m__. J_ III ausu un b i sw sw a y sws bwab usa ,as. Te, wn w.v.7.s ub wiuf b s vN . __J ...--_ L 1J.---J TLJ. -_--J BJ 3 d 4.._Abell b n.I .J bi gs an.bb L tere men _ IIE id J..dhvl 7d. ustw wwsI wi s h 5 e wsisd a iry
.a J L. ..__J L.__J.._.
v . v a eee ,A e,,n .L _ L__ bobs., n -_ _ J J. r. 2. . r,s.v,..____
..m.
A._A beob w, vs . . . in lieu of ; service test et eny tire." The sedified grferans test is ; tc,t that cavclogs the service tcst with rc get to the discherse curren^. bcing grceter then er cquel to th; scrvice test. ;nd the esp hours rer~=d is l;rger. This chang- is co,-i-tat with TST" 115. M. .e < *H mW M
. ;, 4 s . g .;.jo 9 A = q .gr. . a %
- 3.8 39 ITS SR 3.8.4.6 would be revised for current licensing basis. The
- restriction to not perform this SR in H00E 1, 2, 3 or 4 would be '
deleted. The battery charger test is not required to be performed during shutdown since the backup chargers could be in service, maintaining the DC subsystem operable during performance i of this SR. 1 I CPSES NUREG-1431 Diferences -ITS 3.8 5 12/11/98 l
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 S of 7 NUIEER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 3.8 27 The ITS Table 3.8.6-1 would be revised to change the No No Yes No i battery float voltage value and incorporate allowed voltage variations based on the Wolf Creek plant spacific design for the AT&T batteries. ITS SR 3.8.1.9c. frequency requirement would be deleted, No Yes No No 3.8-28 consistent with CPSES CTS. ITS LCO 3.8.2. LCO 3.8.5. and LCO 3.8.8. ar.d LCO 3.8.10 No: requirement Yes Yes Yes 3.8-29 Applicability of "during movement of irradiated fuel added in ITS. assemblies." would be deleted consistent with CTS. . No No Yes No 3.8-30 115 SR 3.8.1.4 would be revised consistent with Wolf Creek CTS 4.8.1.1.2a.1 to replace the requirement to verify day tank level with a requirement to verify that the fuel oil transfer pump starts on low standpipe level. 3.8-31 Consistent with Industry Traveler TSTF-2. ITS SR 3.8.3.6 Yes Yes ;;o. :: 17t;t-i .i; C", Yes w as ygg l WC 3.8 00; l would be moved to L pgNMfggruilltsgMB3 tr.; !"' "ex:. 3.8-32 ITS 3.8.1 Required Action A.2 and Note preceding Required Yes No No No Actions D.I and D.2 would be deleted in accordance with DCPP plant system configuration. 3.8-33 ITS LC0 3.8.3 Condition 8. and ITS SR 3.8.3.2 would be No Yes No No revised to note use of a dipstick level for verification of , lube oil inventory consistent with the Comanche Peak CTS. [ #- h 3.8-34 g~_ p ygj3pgg.3jg,_g.q;gg g!g g g 6 6 % Q 3.8.<>-05
.. ___ .~,. ..
. m... m., 2.2m.....g_..,.,",,',,',,
Q-3.8.n-01 N ll9E18SM - CPSES Conversion Comparison Table -ITS3.8 12fil/98 L _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.4-09 APPLICABILITY: CA, CP, DC, WC REQUEST: JFD 3.8-39 ITS SR 3.8.4.6 The proposed deletion of the Mode restriction Note does not appear to be acceptable, it is suggested that the Note be modified to state that this SR will not be performed on the OPERABLE battery charger in Modes 1,2,3, or 4. The OPERABLE charger is the one aligned to the battery / bus and which is credited for meeting the LCO. Comment Revising the Note in this manner will avoid all potential confusion regarding when and on which battery charger surveillance may be performed. Consideration should be given to retaining the Mode Restriction Note in a modified form; i.e., this surveillance shall not b; nerformed on the OPERABLE battery charger in Modes 1,2,3, or 4. FLOG Response: ITS SR 3.8.4.6 is a charging capacity test for the battery chargers. The surveillance test is designed to assure that the charger is capable of delivering the required number of amps at the required voltage and for the required period of time. By the nature of the test, a plant configuration is required which would make the charger being tested inoperable per this ITS specification. Since the ITS ACTIONS Completion Time for a train inoperable (Required Action A.1)is only 2 hours, SR 3.8.4.6 cannot be performed on a charger which is relied upon for a DC electrical power subsystem (train) to be operable. In other words, the ITS l LCO and ACTIONS already prevent the performance of SR 3.8.4.6 on a battery charger which 1 i is required for the OPERABILITY of one of the two required DC electrical power subsystems: therefore the STS footnote is unnecessary. Some plant designs include installed _ spare battery chargers. For these plants, it may be possible to test one battery charger while the other battery chargers satisfy the requirements of l the LCO. In this situation, there is no need for any mode restrictions on the performance of the surveillance. t The footnote of concem is not in the CTS. Based on the logic above, the footnote is not necessary for the FLOG plants and therefore the footnote (or a modified form of the footnote) has not been adopted in the ITS for the FLOG plants. 2
; The CPSES Bases is modified to delete a paragraph which does not apply.
ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 58 B 3.8-52 s 9 0
.i
. ._, ____L
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 l l BASES SR 3.8.4.6 This SR requires that each battery charger be capable of supplying-400Mamps and-125 gg V for :t g hours. These cP 3.8.G 1 l requirements are based on the design capacity of the chargers (Ref. 4). According to Regulatory Guide 1,32 (Ref.10) the battery charger supply is required to be based on the largest combined demands of the various steady state loads and the charging capacity to restore the battery from the design minimum charge state to the fully charged state, irrespective of the status of the unit during these demand occurrences. The minimum required amperes and duration ensures that these requirements can be satisfied. The Surveillance Frequency is acceptable, given the unit conditions required to perform the test and the other administrative controls existing to ensure adequate charger performance during these Ef,1qiggMintervals. In addition, this Frequency is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. - This Surveillance is required to be grfered during g.3.8.4 09 tiOCES 5 :nd 5 since it would require the 00 ciectrical power subsystem to bc inogr:bic during grfornnce of thh-test: This 0" is rcdified by ; i;ctc. The rc;sca for the fictc is that grfor;ing the Surveillence would grturb the ciectri;;l distribution syste :nd challengc safety systems. Credit = y be taken for unplanned ;;;nts that satisfy this S". SR 3.8.4.7 A battery service test is a special test of battery capability, as found, to satisfy the design requirements (battery duty cycle) of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test length should correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as specified in Reference 4. The Surveillance Frequency of gggggM is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref. 10)'and CP 3.8.G 1 Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref.11), which state that the s-battery service test should be performed during refueling operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests, not to exceed IMBBB. l This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows the ! performance of a modified performance discharge test in o.3.8.4.lo lieu of a service test IEEEERE0208M. cac; gr 50 l i enths. , i (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-52 12/1188
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET i ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.4-10 APPLICABILITY: CP,CA i REQUEST: JFD 3.8-38 DOC 02-25-LS ITS SR 3.8.4.7 Note 1 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.4.7, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-63 CTS 4.8.2.1.e STS SR 3.8.4.7 Note 1 ! Note 1 for STS SR 3.8.4.7 states that the modified performance discharge test may be performed in lieu of the service test once per 60 months. Corresponding CTS 4.8.2.1.e states that the performance discharge test may be performed in lieu of the service test once per 60 months. Note 1 for corresponding ITS SR 3.8.4.7 has not retained "once per 60 months." JFD 03-08-38 and DOC 02 LS reference TSTF-115. Comment: TSTF-115 has been rejected. Revise the submittal to conform to the STS. Also, provide the load profiles for the modified performance discharge test and the service test. The purpose of this request is to provide assurance that the staff and the licensee are in agreement regarding what a modified performance discharge testis and I when it may be substituted for a service test. FLOG RESPONSE: DOC 02-25-LS-23 and associated NSHC LS-23 which were based on upon TSTF-115 are no longer used. The phrase "once per 60 months"is restored to the ITS.
- The applicability of JFD 3.8-38 is revised to remove Callaway and CPSES. This is consistent with the STS, which allows substitution of the modified performance discharge test"once every l 60 months." The modified performance discharge test will be consistent with the description provHed in the Bases for SR 3.8.4.7. The load profiles are under development and will be available for review following implementation of the ITS.
- ATTACHED PAGES
Enct2 3/4 8-16
' Enci 3A 16 )
Encl 38 8 Enci 4 1,49 and 50 j EnciSA Traveler status page and 3.8-25 } Enci5B B 3.8-52 l Encl 6A 5 l I Encl 6B 6 c
D.C. SOURCES SURVEILLANCE REOUIREMENTS (Continued)
- 1) The parameters in Table 4.8 2 seet the Category B limits,
.m,,
- 2) . There is no visible corrosion at either terminals or connectors, or the connection resistance of,these items r-is les: then 3150 x 10 ohm, and 21 ' .
- 3) The average electrolyte temperature of 12 cenaccted ~T.
ten B ptBEHlIR cells is ebeveg 70*F. 02 22 4
- c. At least once per 18 months by verifying that: 0 3.8.6 04
- 1) The cells, cell plates, and battery racks show no visual indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration theticouldIdQridDatMJpetfotaTmsd, p^^q
- 2) RemoRMMble. item,ffa]3_elT.osieq8DsNRifgt he cell to-cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, $)hAb$d]
and coated with anticorrosion material,
- 3) The resistance of each cell-to-cell and terminal connection is less than or equal to 150 x 10 ohm, and
- 4) The battery charger will supply at least 300* amperes at 2 greater than or equal to 130 volts for at least 8 hours.
- d. At least once per 18 months, during shutdown, by verifying that l the battery capacity is adequate to supply and maintain in 1 OPERABLE status all of the actual or simulated emergency loads for the design duty cycle when the battery is subjected to a battery service test.
- e. At least once per 60 months, during shutdown, by verifying that #""
the battery capacity is at least 80% of the manufacturer's rating when subjected to a performance discharge test g gg
- "r.cc cr 50 r" - interval sa-a u s t4 tis .
Der Q 3.8.4 10 1 discharge ieu o te attery service test required by Specification 4.8.2.1d.: and
- f. At least once per 18 months, during shutdown, by giving .._.y. ,
performance discharge tests a a EUMBEMMEIERIEElla'qE w f.R ~ gggg of battery capacity to any aattery t1at s1ows signs of
~
degradation or has reached 85% of the service life expected for . . , . ,, . gg l s EfdN4MU M ]. Ocgradation is in icatcd when the battery cap; city drops ; crc than 10! Of rated c:p; city froa its 'gt,; ; 7e everegt on previ;us pcifor;;;;ncc tests, or is bel;w 00% of the m*
- nufacturcr'; rating.
- 225 e;pcr: for Unit 2 until replacc; cat of the battery charger during the
$m UM r 3rd refueling cutest for Unit 2.
1 CPSESMarkup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-16 1H1188
r CHANGE NlseER IL9E DESCRIPTION 02 22 Algig The battery average electrolyte temperature SR would be changed from "above" the minimum temperature to T the 0 3.8.6 04 minimum temperature. This change is consistent with NtREG 1431. 02-23 A_ The quarterly battery connection resistance SR limit, if L there is visible corrosion, would be chpnged from "less than j 150 x 10 6 ohn" to "5150 x 10 6 ohn." This would be l consistent with the limit for the 18 month battery corrosion resistance SR. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02-24 LG Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). , 02 25 L-S-23 Cen;istent with industry tr veler TSTF115. thi: ch;nbo 3.8.410 l would allow th; perfcn;;;nce of ; ;;;;dified discherge test in lieu cf a ;crvice ta;t at any ti;;;c. Upt' 03 01 LG The list of required electrical buses, batteries and chargers j in the CTS Onsite Power Distribution Operating [ ] LCO would be moved to the bases. This deletes descriptive information from the TS, consistent with NUREG 1431. l 03 02 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table - ! (enclosure 38). 03 03 LS 20 The Onsite Power Distribution Shutdown Action statement would be revised to allow the option of declaring associated supported required feature (s) inoperable. Although the , proposed change allows more operational flexibility, it would I still ensure plant safety by taking the appropriate requir.ed action for equipment declared inoperable. Therefore, the change is acceptable. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 03 04 M A second completion time for actions of CTS Onsite Power Distribution Operating would be added. The completion time would place a limit of 16 hours on not meeting the LCO. This completion time is required by the NUREG 1431 format that potentially allows alternating between conditions of improved LCO 3.8.9 such that the LC0 may not be met for an indefinite period of time. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 03 05 A A new Action would be added to CTS Onsite Power Distribution
- Operating that requires entry into LC0 3.0.3 for two
[ trains] with inoperable distribution subsystems that result in a loss of safety function. This change is consistent l with NUREG 1431. l CPSES Description of Changes to CTS M.8 H 1MM8
-i j... . . . - A
L CONVERSION COMPARISON TABLE - CURRENT IS 3/4.8 Page 8 cf 9 DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 02-15 A note would be added stating SRs that are not required to Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-4 be performed for the DC source operability in the NODES governed by DC Sources - Shutdown applicability. 02-16 The SR requiring bus breaker alignment and indicated No; not in CTS. No, not in CTS No, not in CTS Yes A voltage to be verified would be deleted from DC Sources - Shutdown. This requirement would be located in ITS 3.8.9. 02-17 The requirements to verify no visible terminal corrosion Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-2 and minimus electrolyte temperature after a 14ttery discharge or overcharge would be daleted. 02-18 The definition of degradation provided in the battery Yes Yes Yes Yes LG service test SR would be moved to the SR Bases. The number of connected cells that constitutes the ITS SR 3.8.6.3,
- representative cells," requirement would be moved to the Bases.
02-19 DC Sources - Shutdown Action statement would be revised to Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-20 allow the option of declaring affected required feature (s) inoperable. 02-20 The battery terminal voltage for Wolf Creek AT&T round cell No No Yes No A batteries would be changed per manufacturer's recommendatim. 02-21 The frequency for battery surveillance would be extended to Yes Yes Yes No - Naintaining LS-14 24 months if the battery has reached 8St of expected life CTS. and the rating is t 100t of manufacturer's capability. 02-22 The battery average electrolyte temperature SR would be Yes Yes Yes Yes H 0-3.8.u-04 I, M changed from *above" the minimum temperature to "t* the minimum temperature. 02-23 The quarterly battery connection resistance SR limit, if Yes Yes Yes Yes A there is visible corrosion, would be changed from "less than 150 x 10-6 ohe* to *$ 150 x 10-6 che.* 02-24 The footnote allowing resistance of cell to cell connecting Yes No, not in CTS No, not in CTS No, not in CTS LG cables to not be included in the connection resistance SR MM be moved to the SR_R - 0- ' Con;i; tent ;th ira;try tc;.cicr TSTF-115. t't; ch;n;;c "G. Clicedy part ;f VesN8 VesM6 Q-3.8.4-10 l mid ells.; the pcrfec ;..cc ;f ; ;,dificd dixhe. g tc;t " EHUl8
'icu cf a scr.-ic; tc;; et ;ny ti c. M 03-01 The list of required electrical buses, uau.er ses aru es Yes Yes Yes LG chargers in the Onsite Power Distribution - Operating [ ]
LCO would be moved to the bases. ,
.' i CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3N.8 12/11198
i^ 1 1 I NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS (NSHC) CONTENTS I. Organ i zati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 l II. Description of NSHC Evaluations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 III. Generic No Significant Hazards Considerations 1
"A" Administrative Changes......................... 5 I
"R" - Relocated Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ;
1 1
"LG" Less Restrictive (Moving Information Out of j the Technical Speci fications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ;
1 "H" More Restrictive Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 l 1 I 1 IV. Specific No Significant Hazards Considerations "LS" l LS 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 2................................................ 15 LS 3................................................ 17 LS 4................................................ 19 LS 5................................................ 21 .2 LS 6................................................ 23 . LS 7...............,................................. 25 LS 8................................................ 27 LS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 11............................................... 29 j LS 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e ! LS 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e l LS 14............................................... 31 LS 15............................................... 33 LS 16............................................... 35 - LS 17............................................... 37 L3 18............................................... 39 LS 19............................................... 41 LS 20............................................... 43 0 3.8.4 05 i LS 21............................................... 45 0 3.8.6 01 LS 22.....................................ma** m i . 47 LS 23................................... p .. 493 ts.24................................................u LS 25............................................... 53 i LS 26............................................... 55 0 3.8.1 13 CP
@p i $N ~, Q lb f W l5.l A s+taj> : a l1 M "i . M i n ' . M Y ^ % ~ . %df R&?nkey G 3.8.6 04 {l l
'l
- V. Recurring No Significant Hazards Considerations "TR" TR-1................................................ 57 TR 3................................................ 59 s
- CPSES No Signipcant Ha:ards Consideration TS 3N.8 1 12/1188 ;l u
ru enervern un e rcurerr aur on, ann enue rnena rvnue i aT. si 6 w a s a v nv s a un a s a unn i s ana.rvu.e uvnsauinniavns l l Eletle te M I rivi N hw s.V l i i.nfPnen.Mn
.w ns F11
.< A t f l ATTa.st m mvn nu. .i FOR o.3.8.4 10 Tret aktTP A t Pi t a kLPPP Til AT T hanne F tPee nreTn T PTT tf F I kwi ssi & wns. wirWYubw s a in s a s si ww mww su JIITawiav6 n Pt'u l T n PuPkfTe 1.f 7Ti t T 11 TIIP TPPt.1kI T P A t enPP T F T P ATTnkle
, nhyv a s u.s Nui i w vv & i a s a n iiN i wws iri s sank wy hw A a A un I a vrw i
l e___J_s__s wone s . m i b
. .a s t
- v. n i.s i Jinuu.
._ J .. . . s _,. . sbiuww
_ . . . 1 w_ i_ uso TeTr 1
.1e, sLJ. _L__._
bli u d wiiuor mvutu u s i-
...1; .11 . AL. ___,.emenee b, m vs. : ev I
_, __JJ ,J J ___ ,_______ o__L.___ s__s J. 12_.. ., . ___..J__ .6 .. s4__ eTe
- n. sw__s u n s,. , b e tum . wu, l vs .I
_ s s i so vs.1 s vi mui Nw u . .w s .u . ,s. bwo B usu vi u JLt v im o u i. e,n n n 4 u.1,1i _. &L. _ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ , . __o.,,J J __ ,______ JJ._L____ s__s J ._ ) n ,a .v.... vvm. .
- b. N rs. i . VI -sNe Vi u mvu imu esi ivi-uNw ui m.nui e bs o so a 1J.bu ,
_, . ___..J__ s__s __1.. ____ ___ en ___st. TLJ_ _______J _L-___ __Js_ sL_ a____ ___ vi u dvs y sus bsJb vii # J vi iw w ysi vv mvi s i.u s a . iss s a yivyvasu wi suu syv vmsba win VIIww yws ] to __ m _. ,J_u.u__ _, __o ,2_; ___,______ m__u s__s 2_ ,u.. _, _ 1 _ . . _ _ vi u mvuii'su yws svimusNs w i dsuus ys bsaw na aisu vi u vv mui s biid a im a bu b s vis vis was s__s c__s4__ -..L __ ..__ ., . __..J__
,,w y nw m.b.
Terr
.um ,Arn
,u - i.nn,
~v , esm s uu e. ,a _1.___ ,_ euvo 1 J, m_ibui.ivo J s .s 4_vu uw v. u l
r i ui.s d . m__u.___ s__s ,_ ,u.. , . ___.a__ s__s _J___ &L. m__L ___ &_ u a avs sus yw b%aw aii iiwu vi u JU y 3ww bwab a iINw bi N u i Jus sus ys a u bs.. .sau a_ squ _ _.uaa_%u J hv _ m1___ LL_ J..s.. ...1. _ , &L. _~..J._ &__s A ..J4 ,J.J _ _ _ , _ _ _ . ~ J J _ _ L . _ _. _ &~s waivwsvyw bs N uubJ wJwig va bu m JEs y 1%w wUdb. n mvusiswu ywi s vi mus sww u n dwsiui yv b%aw J_ . s_A ., SL_ L s a. _ _ . . * . .L 414 s . . 6. ___..JL . LJ L _.s. _L__s J....sJ _ 1_.J sd u blab vi busw wu b bs: J d uusiibJ 'V u l subw, an ivs b uui u b s vi s ivuu. r' V ' 8 us TL _ . .J 11 _,s_ __._,4_ sL. L.ss__.*, s. m_s & L _' _' U J s'_'J _ .1 ___J.J _, sL. 1_.A J. . a. . . IgiiJ vv i a i V s bWii h vi4I sam bass uu b bLi J d bv mwww bssw ws ibivua y%s ivu vs bs N ivuu uuby s_ 2.6___J ______s.__ _, _.s_; T _2 s , ., s,..,_
. wiv, 2.n . uuu.sa.vn JJJ b
__ 2__ Js_ be ww s m u s s ov u.e vs. I w nbur vi s u i.su wurow s,. ___._4 b .. .nibius ,
.n_JJsa __ ,__ sL_ __Ja ,J ) ___,_______ JJ__L.___ s__s _ L _.1 J L. J J ._ s 4 _ .1 s_ sL___
1,VIIv ibivina a v, bi N mvusiswu yws i vi muisws u s Julius ys bwab digvutu uw s uwis b i wu s bv b e svww l
, . . . ___,_______ e _s.s__ mL.s
____J.,IJ. s uJ . vi __JJ ,J.; u mvu,eisu rsi i vi muum bs o .
&__s T.ccc i
,m e nsv .nne us , emmc _ _ s a. v_ s.n_,i o u bs. . b uu 4 -
Jrww _, . mA _JJ,J_J ___,- -___ o ._L--__ s__s __ L- .._J J 1a.. .__..a__ s-_s .s . . . n univu g a m uu y%s s vi mus iws u i Jbisu, yU bGJb wusi UU udUu sll asEU vi u JUB y Ew% bEJ4 ub udsJ t4me a - l vu_ _______J _L.___ ....,J ___.an .Josu_., ,, _ . . , L 4 , u . . J .. ,,.a__ su_ s ua s a yivyvdwu viius syw vvvutu yivuaus uuu s b I vu tu i i Iwn s u a s a by id w u s vvs s i sy bim __ ,______ _, . __o,JJ ___,___ ___ o__L.___ s__s J. ,u.. . . , . ___.a__ s__s .s yus s vi usuus sww we u vievv i i I wu ysi s vi mus ww u n awa su s yw buab saa iibu vi u wws y aww i,w a b uk _ _ . . AJ__ __J sL_ _L.___ 2. ___.4 s__s. e 6 , men inne ui zJ bimw un su buss u s iu i rys 3J w ViBJ IJ bElib wv ./JJ. e.. 1. . 4. J _ _ _, 6LJ_ _~__.-J Tc L_ As___J_mJ sL 6 a s. J..1..__ _ -J- J,J_._s i v u s uu b a via vi bii I J yivyvJwu av s uu J u% bst m a s ivu bliu k ab Ellvu s s wa ssv Jsysisiavuisk L.___J. ____4J__.sa__ TL4. J_s __4 .sa._ L._ L___ ___,__-_J J. .____J.___ . .J s L SL. iluhut ud wvi n g l uw s u k I vi g , sis s J uw bs s m a ilu b i vil a guJ wwwe s ywa s vi mvu sus wwwviuulivw rv i b i s blus __Js J. __s ,__st J. en not_s -- ..._&_; L_1 wu a bel au Jwk s vi bis ils i.nV waeen n svesk\w/ ua quvbsu us uN. . run tn , cam,1 As-_.2.,,a4 , _.--...s sn sLn _ _ n m, 2 . - ~ e Esaw wvvis m-a~ta_t J. J. .t vu. suus Inu) r\ % u i n n eu a uw b u s us t s su b n us s , yusJuurob hv i.s s % yu v% %uun %J uun rn n +L,s .,~.~~2 ,_n,L~s sn ,- ~n .si sa-~,n in- , c,n: 1;s.. vv J.1 , bl au b u . ysvyud%u us i % s Nu nu n s k by uss vy% n u hIsig s s w ut tJ% o VE u sussI n b] 1 ; ~ - ., A ..L- en n n, sn , s ~. s i n r,;1is.. i . . 1. - - a s %%s sJuu VI N u t J V U .1 \uft vn h 1 ~ uu.LL en nn vs s ur u b%J butsy s u % s a s b) sEnvvuvud usv.,n
;r;-. s L,,_L -~4L-,s;~ 4 e ~, ~ , s ; ~ nr sLn c,ni 1;s.. i ., L ., ~
_ a~ ~~n. J s ys s a n s v u s u s, slusus ud % vnsdsu%s u bavts, #E vy % s a s. I us u vn be s% n u w n u s b) sit uu%vu uun N%
..isk sLn - .,----J .~As . .- . 1 ) ~s.
ry s b a s ba N yuvyva%u uu %s aunN r s 6 rivutu s su b . t-~1- , :~;rin, s ;, sun ..L,k;1s. - ~ - ~ . . - ~ ., c
- 1. suurvt v% u a E ye s s I s%uusb ssNs%uJU~.~,-n sse bis % yn vuuu s s s b) vu ~ s ys sa %yu%I s% % J vs uss.-
, ~, : 6., s .....;~.>1,. ~ . ,1. . , s a ) .
u%w s W%s u b yu % r s vuJ #J bruiuub%u, vu~ n nn ,+n sLn -+;ktits,. nr, n. J a r r~ ~ s Lt J nr ,~ ; L s C.,.,_. - . .
- 6. ws %u bu basu yv4JsusI s 6) vi u # # w rv.~ vs vs# u u u %s s b issuru va u%%su%ssh u s %54s u r uj
,~46s _-~;~.1. ~ . ,1. . . s J .
u%% s uue s b ys u r s vud #J U r u s v u i. % u . vn~ n t .- 1. . n , ; .~ i ca n,s ., n J. . s i ~ i- , .,,.:., n c - , cn s , , v, susvvuv% v J s yu s s a s uuss b I %\.tu% ba vis nsi u JInu s y a s s un J u l U b] . l
,_11_ a _ ... 1.. 62__ J_ ___..J A J ,_ AL. AL __ ..s_~_J__ _, LL. _J~J,J_. s t TL.
a iN a v i i viv I u sy w y u s u w b i vi s aJ yiVvausu i vi beis bin ww wu hsyvi isa vi bits a iyis I i i w u i s i. f u - hereiu. _z ____o__.su_ vonJiuwsubivo nuouu _n.u.. s i c l I i CPSES No Significant Ha:ards Consideration TS 3N.8 49 12/1188 4 1
l Tu e nFf* T E f f* klf% P T t%l T E f f* A kfT UA'TAnne (*fule T MEN ATT r%te
&T. vs 6.w & 3 &v liv v & un A i &unn3 svu.nruiu uvna & ub.gv13 & vns
)
ueun . e n, sivi N 5 w Ed I r-- LJ e...J\ g wvit b i s ruwu / Q 3.8.4 10 n_. s _ , < , .<_<re_,_. ;-__,-- <- s -__L,uses.. ~ [ , 1. mvws b ,uN _ m ,u,u , ,y m_ ,,,..1..- 7v,vs u o a 3, , , 6 ,m.,b ,,N,musm s,s b ,tN_g, vuuv , s , v w l ,_;J_s -..t~.1., ~.,1.. snAo wwsJbyuwsIwww vi unsr ,- uww i v6s a b ys by s vus af brusuubbu.
~ . - ~ . ~ . , _ ,
i ) ? s
.s -- ._ JJ-_L
- B&bbus
&&__J.- .-
swa ui u u .v ....uJ A. ..._-.& _JsJ hv suyyvi b m i b i yu b i w i vi
.LJ._ .s & L. ----. ..-____
bin ww swyuwiNwa vi u.i uwwiusiib.
-J ._. 6 --__JJ-- J 6. L. -- J_J&Jos._ _s . . . --...J-..1.. . 1. . _ J ._JJL uisu un u a tv b hvu id s %sw a wu hv us uss i si a b a u kvi Vi u s iJ yi w y ivudiJ ussuIJsbu www i usa a b .
TL. __.-_ .J L.__. . .. . 1 J _.s .ss. s AL. J._J__ ._ ___s-__._-- s AL. Eusw ya vyvgwu vi vui ayw vvvutu INb wiswwb b i sh us a s yi n vs yws s vi Issus sww us waru L.As. J-. TL. .11_..___ s. ___s-__ AL. _ JJsa.; ___s_______ J2__L.___ uu b bw a sww. issw u s s vivuo iww bv ywu s w su b r uw urvu s i thu ywa s us surui sww u s awlivi yw 4,J_.. . s L. __.2._ m__m _m . - . . u _. J. ____J__JL,_ _J___ .L. i__m._ l sIi s isu vi bs N dwi y twU bwdb ub u n iJ b a syss ia yw a sus a J J I w a w d IIIww bs is b5Jb d l JJ..L.__- _.L. __.. 1---. LL- J..L.. s LL- .-..J-- L-_L , unawnuiyw s u bu wowwivywa huu uubJ wJusu vi buw awiviww buab. TL . _ . s _ _ ALJ_ .L.___ J___ -s J_..1... J _Js2_. A J __-. . J_ st.
. w lytusa th uish asNawwww iss b u rg i
s i su s h a vi w , bu s a w wasussyv uvLe s iv b u sivv i ww u i 1
- - L . L J 1 J a. . . _- m .s .- ._mJJ._A ___..J...1., ...1...&_J yavuuusI i by vi -, _..____. vs usi uww s uss s h yi wusvuJIJ wvusuubwu.
wwiawyuwiswwa i n ru - - sun L,..~, - .~. n s n sun - ~- 4 L ; 1 : s . . r . . , . ~ A i r t_ - , s t. ; A nr ,_;Jn s
- s. vv%J bouw us sun tyw ws suku bsI% yvdaIV. I s b) vi u sign vs usI e ut u s e s. s\ssau vu uww s uuu u b l
r , --. - ~, ; A~ s -~,:~.,1.. ~.,4..,s Ao l II % s si u s lJ-.. usw s uus u b yn u s a vu d sf w w u I w u i. % %I . , Tb ,. ----_J L---- J--- L J.- L . -. J - .1 .1 & _ . 6 J --- 6- LL- _1. s um H tw yt vyvJuu vs sui syw uvww a av b isiyvIyw 1 .-wa. .sg. ylly J I wu s u s but u b a vi a kw ba N y a usiw . nw
. s. J 1. . _ ___L. J._. L. J _ s _ _ J. . _ . J u. &L. _____._J _L..___ TL.
f ew m,ry i u s s ui w sirwwi rus i i wma .vs . Js1,1 i uw s libs vuwwvv #J bin yivyvwwu wa suu sys , inis ______.J L._ . Jm . -& .s &L. .L J 1 J & . , .s & L. L.&&-_J._ A. X..isJ11 LL.J. ysvyvdwu wt sua syv uvsJ I tv b u.s._&IUwb bstw uwiaibJ Vi bsIU wu b bu s iud bv i u i i s a i . b e sw i I s..-
- u. s. s ,. . -is.1, u. bwu s _ ;s uiN b Lav_. n.
TL_- s_ . ALJ, L.--- J.-- -s --- A. &L. --- JLJ14L.. .s . _ - . . JJss----s Tessi wi vi se bis a a wa suv iyu uvws s ev b wasubs bi sw yv J a s u a i i by vs u a swri vi-- u i i u un wis h L 1_ .J .s ._JJ& ._JJ- L __...J .. 1 . ...1...&J r\Illu vi uww s u%s e k il vm uisJ s- _ .... www s uwi s h yauvsvua J hvuiuubwu. A n ~, , SL:n > L , ,. a ; . m 2, m . _ ; tt a. ., s - n d. . n o. ; _ , ,m:- n c , , ca s . A y, vvud bli t 4 wa rus ay% susivtvu u a t yi s s a s uul e s. s uvuw b s vu sEss,- u nasu s y III VI Jussbj, TL. ____-__J .L.- . . .J 11 _t mi s._ . . . .- JJ- A . 1..J. .....__LJ _. J asa.1 IeN yavyvJEu wi sui syw vv i i i iNb u b5 ui J uww I uw i4 b ul ns a J J 3 W u d WWWf b i viIJ g aia i b iu i
-- JJsJ.-. -- ___..is, e . . . .. . _ s 1 . . aL. ____- .J .L.___ J-__ L L....
hv1NIbswsJe v5 E bdu5bda uvildw3uwaib a g a bi N fuvfvdLM we suilys uv5d l uv b s lu i w ut sy. . . m a s .a. -- st. _. _J. .s ..s6.. El Ivwb wi bisw mu s y iis vi a u i s by . TL__-,___ .u. .L.___ J.__ __, J_..,... . .J_,,,_, __1.u__ 2_ . _.-_J_ ., 11 55 E s vi we bis l a wilullyw uvvJ I Iv b sisuv a v u u a s yi s s a t vun i b a wwww k s vis sia u mu s y s a i vi eu s my. .. Un e T Pu T f* T f* A kfT Ii A 7 A nnf' Pnite T MPn A Y T ait nr*Tf*ML.i T u 1T T nal g iv w a usi 4 a a wr in i a ur u riiuiw uviiw a wurv t s A vn w6 s ku u sa tw t i a VIi l n.__J __ it. _L-..- _.su.. _...,...u__ .L. __u.2a__ ____ J.i_J . 2 su ueur oc ee. vudwu vil biis u s.N y w Ju a w kJ G vu 3uu b ivs8, b4 IW uwbiy5biw@ uJdvbIubEu vs I b s I lidi N bd'bW
.1sJ s_ _ st. ___..--.J- . s f*Te e ra a s. sL. TTe s___.A .. - - - 1. . J J s.
3 L Ju n b s t Iy i t wii be m hvi s t w o d i vil us vid W F 'v . v bv bs N AIW I vi invu b un w wviewsuwww by
.sa.s. sL. -- _J JsJ - a L... J --- JJ--.sJ.-- .s. J. J. .s i n ern en not_\ .J dub 4JIJ bs N siv w t yII I 5 Iw uieb i nu s.u a w a wvi l d s uw t u wIvsla a bulluul ud vs av vi a t vv.shgwp win e
___-_JJ1.. . . .J asam L L.,.. J. ---.JJ- .tJ - sJ Ja _ J. J. . s J s a J uwwvi si s ily n g , u irv a s yil l I s wuiib slu&ui uJ hvindsuU u b s vi s i sI N sily aJ yud b I I swu. u o s t CPSES No SignifIcant Ha:ards Consideration TS 3N.8 50 12/1188
Industry Trcvelers Applictble to ITS Secti2n 3/4.8 TRAVELER # STATUS DIFFERENCE # COMMENTS TSTF-2 Rev. 1 Incorporated 3.8 31 TSTF 8 Rev. 2 Incorporated 3.8 20 NRC approved TSTF 16 Rev. 1 Not incorporated N/A Not NRC approved as of traveler cut off date. TSTF 36 Rev. 2 Incorporated for 3.8 35 DCPP only. l DCPP only, l TSTF 37 Rev. 1 Incorporated 3.8 05 TSTF 38 Incorporated 3.8 41 NRC approved. TSTF 51 Not incorporated N/A Requires plant specific reanalysis to establish decay time dependen.ce for fuel handling - accident. .
- - l TSIF-115 ( tiall f d M\ 6 3433.338 bincorporateo May be re issued j, ']
l [ 3;8 l g!/A under new TSTF Y _ numbers. y- ( 3.8.6 01 TSTF 163 Not incorporated N/A Not NRC approved as of traveler cut off date. 1 of 1 i
?
DC Sources-Operating 3.8.4 ) i SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY SR 3.8.4.6 "0TE Thi; Surveillence :h:11 -not bc pcrfor;cd in "00C 1. 2. 3. or 4. llcwever, cr dit acy bd E:T taken for unplanacd event: that ::tisfy thi: SR. 1 1 Verify each battery charger supplies 2 E400} gg amps at 2 BES-} 13_q V for 2 R 1.81pRittth,g g hours. BBfit i SR 3.8.4.7 - - - NOTES - - - l
- 1. The modified performance discharge l test in SR 3.8.4.8 may be performed in lieu of the servig test in SR 3.8.4.7 dnc~ 8**"9aontht] cn:c par 3 + sa 50 -v.. ,,,. ~N ,
0 3.8 4 10
- 2. This Surveillance shall not be performed in H0DE 1, 2, 3, or 4. g3$203 ,
llcwcVer, credit =cy be takca for I unplanacd cycats that satisfy this SR. 18465thN Verify battery capacity is adequate to lj supply and maintain in OPERABLE status, the required emergency loads for the design duty cycle when subjected to a battery service test. (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS3.8 3.8-25 12/1188 _ m "' N
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES l SR 3.8.4.6 \ ! This SR requires that each battery charger be capable of supplyinNaps and425 cP-3.8.G 1 V for :t I hours. These l requirements are based on the design capacity of the chargers (Ref. 4). According to Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref.10), the battery charger supply is required to be based on the largest combined demands of the various steady state loads and the charging capacity to restore the battery from the design , ! minimum charge state to the fully charged state. irrespective of l the status of the unit during these demand occurrences. The l minimum required amperes and duration ensures that these
- requirements can be satisfied. The Surveillance Frequency is acceptable, given the unit conditions required to perform the test and the other administrative controls existing to ensure i adequate charger performance during these 16]RXttKlintervals. In addition, this Frequency is intended to be consistent with
! expected fuel cycle lengths. This Sur;;illace is required t; b; grfer.ad during o.3.8.4 09 liOOCS S md 0 ;ince it ;;;1d r;quir; th; OC ci;;trical ' pc.;;r subsystes; to be irepcr;bic during perferr;r.cc of the test- . This SR i; cdified by ; Note. The r;nen fer th; Note is th;t ( prfereing the Sur;;illace w;uld grturb th; clectric;l ' distributi;7 ;ysta; ad ch;11;ng; ;;faty ;y;t;n. Credit m y be toka f;r ;;pl=n;d e'ists that nti;fy thi; SR. SR 3.8.4.7 i A battery service test is a special test of battery capability, i as found, to satisfy the design requirements (battery duty cycle) ] of the DC electrical power system. The discharge rate and test ~ l length should correspond to the design duty cycle requirements as ! specified in Reference 4. The Surveillance Frequency of M is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.32 (Ref.10) and CP 3.8.G 1 Regulatory Guide 1.129 (Ref.11), which state that the battery service test should be performed during refueling operations or at some other outage, with intervals between tests. not to exceed H M tit ll5 This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 allows the performance of a modifi harge test in o.3.s.4 10 ! lieu of a service test m;c gr 50 i months- ! (continued) >: CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 B 3.8-52 12/11/98 l -- a
CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION
- i (enclosure 68).
3.8 33 NUREG 1431 LCO 3.8.3 Condition B. and SR 3.8.3.2 would be revised j to note use of a dipstick level for verification of lube oil l 1 inventory consistent with the Comanche Peak CTS. The Lube Oil i Level at CPSES is measured by a Lube Oil Dipstick and not by I gallons of oil. Specific limits are outlined in the Bases. The s current CPSES Technical Specification does not require ; measurement of Lube Oil Level. l ') 3.8,34 v.u_.
. . , . ~ , .
, en ,
-s ...n..,.. , ,
~ e,n
. s
, ,1
. .n.... - ,o
_, 2 _ ___;
.~ . ..u....""
.c 0 3.8.0 0s l
,_~__,2.. m. ,1 ;_...
2_ _____2____ . ________ta 0 3.8.6 01 s . wuur , wuy. wv w. w.Je s., wwwwt ww.sww w 2.w.& c. bsut ys_ s v v_. _ . rwww '4,. ,___._-_.._,n ___ -_ aL1..m 2L ,rre nen s uu s i t2.,,2_J _L g e , sqwss rwy v, ub 1, E U .L IWw 2,11_ . vsv-b is.vv . h a s . J w a.i _ ____ na_ i.n,n,e
. T. L. ..a... ..L.._.,m- J. _ _ .. J.._.A _. .L. . . J. L. L. v. e.t. r. 11.e, . etUe_d.
l 3.8 35 NotOsttjepplicsbictoC"SES. Scc ;;nv rsien prison 0 3.8.2-02 oc [ tabic (arcissure SS). 3.8 36 Adds note, per current TS. that allows one SI sequencer channel { to be bypassed for up to 4 hours for surveillance testing l ~ provided the other channel is operable. s 1 3.3 37 TPc [ equencer surveilicac; requic ats] fre ; curr;r,t TS Section e ,n, . w , . ... 1 2 L. _ ;t a &_ st. ,vc _____2_ unen ?} w -vuiu us uvuw ov wiis .io. v. t. . a. _ a. wi ia i i.u_ _m&wi. . a t t. L,ivi u.w i 1431. "ev.1 Which edds en LCO requir;nat for the Gut;=ti; 100d ,equen;;is. Itir;fer;. O S" is rece ,3Gry nn.e.n.n,,,,v.. = = - = . = - - - ~ 0 2 13(3.3) i..__2,,.. .. ,, .my _____ s.,~. ., . - . . = - - - - - --m
@ptUtlRWQpittGyJADOBBNitettaltMDpl8PpMEilNIl3D oathemurstatosafesmedcssmatesmemtuna:HemasswM W ennemasmunemeccourmmmmmmmannsenemusewsmammnemenenam l l
avy~. p .L.y
, n , 3.8 38 . . e, .
e.mn .,...,A. ,T L,,I A. _ 1 . .. ..1. J L.
- m. .,s...J._._..J
. .s & ._ -1 1. . & L. ~. -_ _ J t. ,, J. -
d g rfe E ric dis-herg- test in ITS S" 3.".4.", te be g rfera d 3 in lica of the service test in ITS S"s 3. 4.7 at ;ny ti c. . rj r. . ____,____,...e.,
- u. ,.. _. .. -.....s.... ,rre
.m- ,.en __J
.. .. ~ - . . .. ,
_.__m ,,____,__
,s.s...
basis. It"" 450 states "^ r,. edified grierarce test can be u c. in lica of a service test at eny tin." Tra udified grforance) 1 test is a test that envalegs th =rvice test with resget to the discherge curr;rit being gr;;tcr then or aquel to the serviec ' test, end tha ;;p hours rerev;d is 1;rg r. This ch;ng; is m, . . J. L.s_.._.L.i i J. A.L.T.. e,T. .t* 1.1. e, . r
. . w & u ww. u,3s.v -- y~
*?
~
3.8 39 ITS SR 3.8.4.6 would be revised for current licensing basis. The restriction to not perform this SR in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 would be deleted. The battery charger test is not required to be performed during shutdown since the' backup chargers could be in service, maintaining the DC subsystem operable during performance , of this SR. m, CPSESNUREG-1431 Differences -ITS3.8 5 12/11198
CONVERSION CONPARIS0N TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 6 ef 7 - NUPSER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 3.8-35 O.; xtir.; cf 5 3.0.2.15 3.0.5. 5 0.0.0. r.d 5 VesNB "c.
. Aff;;ted Ne-AMeeted No.:
.ifts ti = r; AMeete E 0.0.!: m id b; C ._d : ;dd ; c.=; n cir; tr !5 LCO .,.cifisti= r; 2.0.0 i; mt c.,plicch. "i; i; _.. 1;;;r.t itt :r.d ;try mt c.;;Iicci; fr =t c;;;;11;Ch fr d spee+M Tr;ui;r 5" 05. M fal ;;.;x..t.M f; ; _.; -../. .g
;;;li;d?; fr f;;.;l movement-m 3.8-36 A note would be added in accordance with the CTS for CPSES No Yes No No-that allows one SI sequencer channel to be bypassed for up to 4 hours for surveillance testing provided the other channel is operable.
3.8-37 it.; IR;.u.;;r ".as] 'res ;- . -..; 5 3/4.3 ;;.;?d t,; edded t; No; not in CTS Yes Yes Yes
;t,; :3. - . .p . a . .;.. y . .- . uq
. ..._..:' . . . ; ,, c . .. 7 . . ..
- l Q-2-13(3.3) l
- p. ; e ;
.z H.. L .. ... + iJM
-..;a.g,._3 1 z - - . k. . . . ;. -
- =.
3.8-38 ITS SR 3.8.4.7 Note 1 would be revised to allow the Yes Ves-{00 Ves M Ves-M modified performance discharge test in SR 3.8.4.8 to be l 0 3.1 .4 10 l performed in lieu of the service test in SR 3.8.4.7 at any time. 3.8-39 ITS SR 3.8.4.6 would be revised for current licensing Yes Yes Yes Yes basis. The restriction to not perform this SR in mode 1
- 2. 3. or 4 would be deleted.
3.8 40 ITS SR 3.8.1.7. SR 3.8.1.15 and SR 3.8.1.20 would be Yes No No No revised per DCPP CTS to add a requirement to verify DG achieves proper speed within 10 seconds after start signal. . 3.8-41 The phrase. *that could degrade battery performance.* would Yes Yes Yes Yes be added to clarify the purpose of the battery inspection. This change is consistent with inductay Traveler TSTF-38. 3.8-42 An Action is added to the LCO for an inoperable autaomatic No, not in CT,5 No, not in CTS Yes Yes j load sequencer to immediately declare the affected DG and offsite circuit inoperable. CPSES Conversion Comparison Table -ITS3.8 12/11/98 ,
1 I l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.4-14 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: l Bases for ITS SR 3.8.4.3, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-51 ) l Bases for STS SR 3.8.4.3
- l ITS SR 3.8.4.3 JFD 3.8-41 CTS 4.8.2.1.c.1 Changes have been proposed for CTS 4.8.2.1.c.1 in accordance with TSTF-38, and are provided as corresponding ITS SR 3.8.4.3. Additionally, differences have been proposed for the Bases for corresponding STS SR 3.8.4.3 as the Bases for corresponding ITS SR 3.8.4.3 which states, " Visible corrosion discovered during the performance of the surveillance is acceptable provided that the battery terminal resistance is less than 150 x 104 ohms. Visible corrosion discovered between surveillances does not invalidate the current surveillance."
Comment: The proposed ITS Bases difference does not conform to the acceptable Bases difference provided by TSTF-38. No justification has been provided to support the proposed ITS Bases difference. Revise the submittal to conform to TSTF-38.. FLOG RESPONSE: The ITS Bases have been revised to conform to TSTF-38. 1 ATTACHED PAGES: , EnclSB B 3.8-51 l l l l > l
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that could potentially degrade battery performance, e
";; li;;its established for this SR :=t be n; er; th;n 20t ;b;ve the re;;isten;; a ;;=ured during installation er not eben the
;ciling niac establi;hed by the ;=uf;;turer.
The Surveillance Frequency for these inspections, which can detect conditions that can cause power losses due to resistance heating, is 92 days. This Frequency is considered acceptable based on operating experience related to detecting corrosion trends.] SR 3.8.4.3 Visual inspection of the battery cells, cell plates, and battery racks provides an indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that cou ly degrade batter ance.
- x. , .
my.. ,_ __
.+. .;;:. :.,. ; ; .
% ., w:,.'.3 ,;}. . -
~ . z.,
.w . 3 , , - - -
Q.3.8.4 14 g i.9 a s.' t . .: ;.,;- < c.% 3 .y w .s.0; .... .: c.& x. M V,,. t vw .' . . 4 ,g , i.. t is.- )J .: e, -
- t. : .: ' c 4 f.:,
N /:.sM h1 M m;:%13 c % W-4 MV.o - %e refnna i N [The 12 7enth fr;qucacy for thi:; SR is ;;nsistent with &3.8.Si IEEE-450 (R;f. 0), which race :::nd; dateiled vis=1 ,
; 4nspection ;f : 11 ;;ndition end r;;k integrity on ; yarly l
- besis.] l l
\
SR 3.8.4.4 and SR 3.8.4.5 l t Visual inspection and resistance measurements of intercell, i interrack, intertier, and terminal connections provide an j indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration that I could indicate degraded battery condition. The anticorrosion i material is used to help ensure good electrical connections and i to reduce terminal deterioration. The visual inspection for l 1 corrosion is not intended to require removal of and inspection l
. under each terminal connection. The removal of visible corrosion j is a preventive maintenance SR. The presence of visible corrosion does not necessarily represent a failure of this SR 4 provided visible corrosion is removed during performance of SR 3.8.4.4.
RcVicwcr's Note. The re uir;..;nt to Vcrif" that ter inel g connecticas are clean an; tight ;pplies oniy to nickel l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-51 12/1188 i.
1 1 1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.4-19 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: Bases for ITS SR 3.8.4.7, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-53 Bases for STS SR 3.8.4.7 i Bases for ITS SR 3.8.4.8, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-54 Bases for STS SR 3.8.4.8 The Bases for ITS SRs 3.8.4.7 and 3.8.4.8 state, "The SR is modified by a Note. This Note does not allow the surveillance to normally be performed in Modes 1, 2,3, or 4. This Note does not prohibit the application of LCO 3.0.5 or the performance of this SR to restore equipment operability." This is a proposed , difference with the Bases for corresponding STS SRs 3.8.4.7 and 3.8.4.8. The ! Bases cannot modify the TS. The prohibition on performing this SR in Modes 1 and 2 is allinclusive, and cannot be negated by a Bases statement. This is an issue that must be resolved as part of TSTF-283. Comment: Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification or conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: See response to Comment Number O 3.8.1-20 CP. ATTACHED PAOfJ: . 1 None i 4 k I i I
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.4-20 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: Bases for ITS SR 3.8.4.8, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-54 Bases for STS SR 3.8.4.8
- ITS SR 3.8.4.8 Frequency l
l A portion of the Frequency for ITS SR 3.8.4.8 states,"... and capacity is < 100% ! of the manufacturer's rating." This statement also appears in the Bases for . corresponding STS SR 3.8.4.8. This statement has not been adopted in the l Bases for ITS SR 3.8.4.8. l Comment: The Bases appears to be discrepant relative to ITS SR 3.8.4.8. Revise the submittal to correct the discrepancy in the ITS Bases. FLOG RESPONSE: The deleted phrase has been restored. ATTACHED PAGES: , I ! Enci 5B B 3.8-54
. i
+
l l l 3
DC Sources-Operating l B 3.8.4 l ! BASES l l discharge test may be used to satisfy SR 3.8.4.8 while ! satisfying the requirements of SR 3.8.4.7 at the same time. l The acceptance criteria for this Surveillance are consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 9) and IEEE 485 (Ref. 5). These references recommend that the battery be replaced if its capacity is below 80% of the manufacturer's rating. A capacity of 80% shows that the battery rate of deterioration is increasing, even if there is ample capacity to meet the load requirements. The Surveillance Frecuency for this test is normally 0 3.8.4 20 60 months. If the battery shows degradation, or if the battery has reached 85% of its expected life and cacccity b < 100! cf th; ;;nufactgrer's rot'c -gj:apa_qH:ylisg309Eo : C:he saftpQclu_reristratugJtne Surveillance ci wum .. iwuwcu 60 is }gmunun. , ,-u , m i , it the battery shows no degradation but has reached 85% of its expected life, the Surveillance Frequency is only reduced to 24 months for batteries that retain capacity 2 100% of the manufacturer's rating. Degradation is indicated, according to IEEE 450 (Ref. 9), when the battery capacity i drops by more than 10% relative to its RetaQll capacity on CP 3.8.G 1 l the previous performance test or when it is a Et below the manufacturer's rating. Thesc Frequcacia: cre RDl -
$1gGJtcy@l consistent with the recommendations in IEEE 450 -
(Ref. 9). l This SR is modified by a Note. ItTtlM3ng RFqf1EHQtRUDR3h6 MJi2TascEttgofiialM11piratadphM0QWiEREERREWTMA
@teggpEnot3RQhl)13tgggLHg.8taEBRBCDENDMtHR2tM pArhtgmgE0fjthESMtD7ftstorn!$$nthtRt100dtS$ltl39 The reo;cn for the Nctc is that performing the Surveillenca would perturb the electrical distribution systc; and chalicagc ;faty systc;;.
Credit =cy be taken for unplanned cvcats that : tisfy this "J1. REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 17,
- 2. Regulatory Guide 1.6, March 10, 1971.
- 3. IEEE 308 L g .
- 4. FSAR, Chapter 8. 2
- 5. IEEE4851929 W l 1
- 6. FSAR, Chapter 6. ;
(
- 7. FSAR, Chapter 15.
i (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-54 12/1188 _
1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.5-02 APPLICABILITY: WC, DC, CP, CA REQUEST: DOC 02-15-LS-4 ITS SR 3.8.5.1 Note STS SR 3.8.5.1 Note i i CTS 4.8.2.2 l l The Note for STS SR 3.8.5.1 states,"The following SRs are not required to be l performed: SR 3.8.4.6, SR 3.8.4.7, and SR 3.8.4.8." This Note has been l adopted in corresponding ITS SR 3.8.5.1. DOC 02-15-LS-4 describes the l proposed change. 1 Comment: DOC 02-15-LS-4 does not explain why the proposed change is acceptable. Revise the submittal to explain why the proposed change is acceptable. FLOG RESPONSE: This response, like DOC 02-15-LS, is applicable to the other FLOG plants. 3 DOC 02-15-LS-4 has been modified as follows to provide justification for this change: l "A note would be added stating the SRs are not required to be performed for the DC l l source operability in the MODES governed by DC Sources - Shutdown applicability. This is acceptable because many of the currently required SRs involve testing that - would cause the battery to be rendered inoperable, if the only required DC subsystem were inoperable due to testing, the consequences of a potential event that required battery operation may be unacceptable. The note does not delete the requirement that the battery be capable of performing these functions, just that the capacity need not be demonstrated while that ba"$ry/DC subsystem is relied on to meet the LCO. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431" ATTACHED PAGES: Encl. 3A 15 1 8 F
CHANGE NUMBER HS$ DESCRIPTION 02 14 A The battery cell parameters table would be revised to add Category C, which now contains the allowable value for each connected cell previously included in Category B. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 15 LS 4 A note would be added stating the SRs are not required to be performed for the DC source operability,in the H00ES governed by..D_C_, Sources Shutdown _qpplicabuit@. wgw .. m.e.. N
. : ., m.y, ; m , n x . .x m-gunmeeg .
abi . e does not delete the requirement that
~
the battery capable of performing these function, just that the capacity need not be demonstrated while that battery is relied on to meet the LCO. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 16 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 1 02 17 LS 2 The requirements to verify no visible terminal corrossion and ^ minimum electrolyte temperature after a battery discharge or overcharge would be deleted. EE ! 0 3.8.6 03 rJ!MLrenegit03effoDIthtGLIG!Ltislanc6TegefE92Mais MLtt11 n IbeNippMsibleNenalBEm100 0 IhEmanaimledslaMKeeneutv61 g ww. ,x m- . WiU2ilh&1m s., m (. . ' q
- p. : -
r . .- - c; w m .%. c. y a g h e t. j s p'i.f O '; ?' > :.i fa ar J.c:( ' ii ;. 313 This is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 18 LG The definition of degradation provided in the battery service test SR would be moved to the SR Bases. The number of connected cells that constitutes the ITS SR 3.8.6.3,
' representative cells" requirement would be moved to the Bases. This constitutes moving details that are not ,
required to be in TS and, therefore. is acceptable. This 1 change is consistent with NUREG 1431. j L 02 19 LS 20 Since the DC sources operability requirements are in terms l of powering DC electrical subsystems required to be operable " l by ITS LC0 3.8.10, the required action for would be revised to add, ' declare affected required features inoperable." as an alternative to the other required actions. In this condition it may not be necessary to suspend all core alterations, positive reactivity changes, or movement of l CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 15 12/1188 _ m
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.5-03 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CTS 3/4.8.2.2 Applicability ITS 3.8.5 Applicability ' Bases Applicable Safety Analysis discussion for ITS 3.8.5, l STS Bases markup page B 3.8-57 The Applicability for CTS 3/4.8.2.2 is Modes 5 and 6, which has been retained in j corresponding ITS 3.8.5. The Bases Applicable Safety Analysis discussion for l ITS 3.8.5 states,"The operability of the minimum DC electrical power sources during Modes 5 and 6 and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies ! l ensures ..." Comment: There appears to be a discrepancy between the Applicability for ITS 3.8.5 and the Bases Applicable Safety Analysis discussion. Revise the submittal to resolve ! the discrepancy. l FLOG RESPONSE: The text "and during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies" has been struck out to be cor3sistent with the ITS 3.8.5 applicability. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-57 l l I
l DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown BASES , 4 BACKGROUND A description of the DC sources is provided in the Bases for LC0 3.8.4. "DC Sources -Operating." APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and CP 3.8.G 1 l SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the FSAR. Chapter 6 (Ref.1) and Chapter }5 (Ref. 2), assume that Engineered Safety Feature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum DC electMeal newar enreak d g ~.y FS 5 and 'g n; ac = = nt of irradiated fd p res tha o.3.8.5 03 l '
- a. The unit can be maintained in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods:
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate DC electrical power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC Policy Statcnnt A E film 3 K O M lf1 M - LC0 The-M3211MiggigyGDC electrical power subsystc=, cach subsystem consisting of two )atteries, bt))Mgfone Jgli
]lL8 KgifM battery charger per )attery, and the corresponding control equipment and interconnecting 0 3.8.10 01 ce l cabling within the train, are required to be i
OPERABLE to support 3fng gjy)Ijan63rM11 rcquired trains of the distribution systems required OPERABLE by LC0 3.8.10
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown." This ensures the availability
' of sufficient DC electrical power sources to o'perate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events l during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1131 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-57 12/1188 ~I
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.6-01 APPLICABILITY: DC, CA, WC, CP REQUEST: JFD 3.8-34 DOC 2-06-LS-22 ITS SR 3.8.6.1 Frequency STS SR 3.8.6.1 Frequency CTS 4.8.2(3).1.a.1 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.6.1 STS SR 3.8.6.1 requires verifying that the battery cell parameters meet Table 3.8.6-1 Category A limits with a Frequency of 7 days. This requirement is consistent with corresponding CTS 4.8.3.1.a.1. Corresponding ITS SR 3.8.6.1 has a Frequency of 31 days. JFD 03.08-34 and DOC 02-06-LS-22 reference TSTF-115 as the basis for the proposed change. Comment: TSTF-115 has been rejected. Revise the submittal to conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: TSTF-115 changes to SR 3.8.6.1 will be withdrawn. The frequency will be revised to reflect the STS 7-day requirement in the Surveillance. DOC 02-06-LS-22, NSHC LS-
~
22, and JFD 3.8-34 will be revised to identify them as "not used." - ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 2 3/4 8-15 Enci 3A 13 Enci 3B 7 Enci 4 1,47 and 48 Enct5A Traveler Status page and 3.8-30 Encl 6A 5 Encl 68 5 l
3/4.8.2 D.C. SOURCES OPERATING 1 LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION l l As a minimum, the following D.C. electrical sources shall be 3.8.2.1 OPERABLE: Train A DC]BRd3 rig , a. tg] 125 voit O.C. .s l Station Batterics ST:, Col 3 for Unit 1 '"T2 01 and ? 3hif.a~,j",o_:.
^
ST2E03 for Unit 2) Ond aP. least onc full capacity char;cr ! associated with each battery, and b. yn B Dig.gg[ciaJgggj j.ylt ".,03. ,tg ,
.... .. . ... . .... ... .,... ..... . ... .~. . . . . . . . . .
- 2) and at least ca; full-capacity charger associated with caeh battery.
APPLICABILITY: MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4. ACTION: With one of the required DC@ls;cMgaF311b,1yyjlegsjbattery trains and/cr required full capacity chargers inoperabfe, restore the inoperable DG RMettga))su.b.systenibattery train and/or required full capacity charger to OPERABLE status wli6kn 2 hours or be in at least H0T STANDBY within the next 6 hours and in COLD SHUTDOWN within the followin] 30 hours. , SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS 4.8.2.1 Each 125V D.C. station battery and charger shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:
- a. At least once per s by verifying that: g3 0 3.8.6 01
- 1) The parameters in Table 4.8 2 meet the Category A limits, and
- 2) The total battery terminal voltage is greater than or equal to 128 volts on float charge.
- b. At least once per 92 days and within 7 days after a battery discharge with battery terminal voltage below 110 volts, or battery overcharge with battery terminal voltage above 150 volts, by verifying that:
1 I l l i CPSES Markup of CTS 3M.8 3N.8-15 12/11/98
CHANGE NUMER RSRC DESCRIPTION the TS, consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 02 A The phrase, "that could degrade battery performance," would be added to clarify the purpose of the battery inspection SR consistent with TSTF-38. This change does not add or remove any technical requirements and is ac'ministrative in nature. . 02 03 H The requirement to remove visible terminal corrosion would be added to the SR verifying on an 18 month frequency that cell to cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, and coated with anticorrosion material. These elements of a visual inspection are consistent with IEEE 450,1995. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 04 H A note would be added to SRs that these SRs are not to be performed in Modes 1, 2, 3 or 4. Since these surveillances discharge the battery such that it would not have capacity left to perform its required function, these SRs must be performed when the battery is not required to support an operational vital bus. The addition is consistent with NUREG 1431, Rev.1. 02 05 H The SR would be changed to allow performing a modifieci performance discharge test instead of the performance discharge test. The modified performance test is a more severe test and envelopes the battery service discharge test. The results of the modified performance test provides assurance of the battery capability as well as battery capacity. This change is consistent IEEE 450,1995 and with NUREG 1431. 02 06 22 Consistcat with industry traveler 115, this'c , would 011cw the extcasion of th: ;urycilience l frcqucacy verification for bettery ter;;;inal voltege 0 3.8.4 05 whil; en '100t chargc, and for catcgery A4at4ery i 0 3.8.6 01 call par;;;tcr fre;;; 7 days to 31 day:-4fi m t accordcace with the recc - :ndcd frequcacy of "at icest r,;enthly" idcatified in IEEE 4501~)5, Sectica 4.3.1.) MMEBI 3 02 07 A A note would be added to the battery surveillance 0 3.8.6 05
! requirements table for Category A and B limits. This
- note would allow the electrolyte level to temporarily 1 increase above the maximum level during e.qua11 zing charges provided it does not overflow. This electrolyte level excursion is due to gas generation during the charge and is g expected to return to normal after the enarge. Therefore, q the level excursion is acceptable. Ili1EE121RIDEITIGErdMI 4 Kit!HGctrRWe!IteVMHilERIRHBflEREBitERIMtMINOMBEEtiraill N
u CPSESDescription ofChanges to CTS 3N.8 13 12/1188
CONVERSION COMPARISJN TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 7 ef 9 DESCRIPTION Diablo Canwnn Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 02;ffi./T en;;;tcat .ith ini ;t.y trescitr a;. IIS, thi; ch;ne- YesfLA Yc ;;2, .q Yc4 I f_ j !I23 5 ? ,M,'I j, f "II, Q 3.8.4-05 Q-3.8.6-31 I2' ' _ '"I]",ll' _!!IITE',. NII"".1,.f!!,'."."c_.
- m. m. m . . ~ . . . - r. o - . LT!_l.
- 11["',
d;y; to 31 i y: in ;;;;c i a; d th the ac. ;nd;d fr;qa..cj :* ";t 1;;.;t -.;hl," ii..tificd in IEEE 450 15, wm
-w , .,. ... . ,
02-07 A note would oe aooed to the battery surveillance Yes Yes Yes Yes A requirements table for Category A and B limits. 1his note would allow the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the maximum level during equalizing charges provided it does not overflow. 02-08 A 31-day completion time would be added for restoring the Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-21 Category A and B limits. 02 09 To support the extended comp 3 tion time of new Condition A. Yes Yes Yes Yes H within one hour after any Category A or B battery not within limits, the pilot cell electrolyte level and float voltage must be verified within Category B allowable value. For Category A and B parasaters not restored to within limits, a new requirement would be added to -erify the battery meets Category C allowable values once every 7 days. 02-10 The battery surveillance requirements table notes would be Yes Yes Yes Yes l A revised to add an exception to the requirement to Correct specific gravity readings for electrolyte level when the float charge is less than 2 amps. 02-11 This change to the battery surveillance requirements table Yes Yes Noj No. maintaining CTS Yes M notes would place a 7-day limit on the use of charging mat;1tain.ingiqIS current to satisfy the specific gravity requirements. l CP-3.8- 10 4 02-12 The battery surveillance requirements table note regarding Yes: Yes Y(s Yes LG correction of float voltage for average electrolyte - temperature would be moved to the Bases. 02-13 The DC Sources - Shutdown LCO would be revised to require Yes Yes Yes Yes A that the DC power subsystem required to be operable must be the subsystem necessary to support the onsite power distribution-shutdown LCO. 02-14 The battery cell parameters table would be revised to add Yes Yes les No - Maintaining A Category C. which now contains the allowable value for each ,' CTS. connected cell previously included in Category B. i CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3N.8 12(1188
1 NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS (NSHC) CONTENTS i l I. Organization ........................................ 2 II. Description of NSHC Evaluations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 j
-III. Generic No Significant Hazards Considerations l s "A" - Administrative Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 "R" Relocated Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 "LG" Less Restrictive (Moving Information Out of the Technical Specifications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 "M" More Restrictive Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 IV. Specific No Significant Hazards Considerations "LS" LS 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 2................................................ 15 LS 3................................................ 17 LS 4................................................ 19 i LS 5................................................ 21 .,
LS 6................................................ 23 LS 7................................................ 25 LS-8................................................ 27 LS - 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS - 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 LS 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 14............................................... 31 LS 15............................................... 33 LS 16............................................... 35 LS 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 7 LS 18............................................... 39 LS 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 LS 20............................................... 43 0 3.8.4 05 LS-21..................................... . . . . . . . 4 5_ o 3.s.6 01 LS 22........................ ........C HN = = H.. 47 ; LS 23........................ . . . . . iik-mai . . .+9 l o.3.8.4 10 'I ! LS 24.............................. ................ 51 : LS 25............................................... 53 LS 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 o3.8.113CPl LS?2LM , Q'WW. - . : M f h 1 4 q 4 4,. . . : s.T Q.3.8.6 04 lI
~
V. Recurring No Significant Hazards Considerations "TR" l TR 1................................................ 57 TR 3................................................ 59 CPSESNo SignifIcant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 1 12/1188 g 1 L
_-. _._.m - _ . _ . _ , . T il e n f"f* T f* T f5 ith e T f'*Li f f* T f* A kfT f f A *T Ann f*fme T Mf"n ATT fhie 4y. it 6uaa eu siv w&ulies eurlais IIrv r11w bvyw & u6 n s AVIiw klette iP 99 sisiIw 4.s L& 1 MP f*M f n nq f*1f A t I R ATT nkl Avvinsv.sh s. vt la vn a .vvi FOR i Tf"f*t1AIT P A f Pi t a kiPf*P Tt f A T T unnf f* IPPP I wsin.unu ws -~ue amu .: si vs uo, n.f*PTn
- n. T PTTiff'*
s"'"' Q 3.8.4 05 nf*niiTMf"ufkf" ,P 1 f TM i T if T11P enf PT iu.yu. u.s i n I n. s s s.si ieim ppt kt.? Tmvs i.v PunA 9 .n .".w . i .. f*on? if*4Av.v T T MAIP Q 3.8.6 01 I i s is - J . & - A ,J & L J J. . & - . . A-...1-- TPTf" 11E &LJ. L.--- . i- . 1 J .11 m . &L. l vvi sd s a ww u a b w s be a sasuw a63 J bs u yw .En awss AAw, be s i d w a rus syv suvu s ss uI avn bstw i
-m&-- J-- .2 &L. mi.-. J11---- X---..---.. X-- L.&&--.. & - -- J - .1 ..1&.-- .1J1. . 21-.&
wn bwise svis vs bssw wui vs s a s uu rww i i squws swJ a vs wu b bss J bE s sii s s uu s Yvsbuyw usu s s w vis ssvub L --- .J f P.&----.. A L.L&.. --- &--- E--- "F J.... A. 91 J...- J. i wi iu s yse rAsru s un wubsyviJ n wu b bw a J wuaI yut usum bE s a 3 s vm i uuga bv wa uuJa ras
---- J ___ . .J & L Uwwviuusiws ut a bu s bitw LL-
-- _----_ Ji swEu I Ew" 2 2---..---..
I s Eq%sws swJ vs ub E .L m1.- L - - eEUJb suivsablisJ L L 1. 2 JJ- LJ2J J s whi a b i i aEu ass 2_ TrrP
.666 nen inne e- &J-- n e 1 t'Te ren A a e 1. ---..J-- 9 - ---- --- , L ... 2---...--.. e-7sv As#we www b s vi a 7.W.Ae v6w L st r 7ev.Weau awquaiwJJ u vi rww yws i gavy w ii wquwi gwg s vi d
.......J11.--- ... JXJ .&J.- *J &LJ. ----- J L.--- . .1J mua- J &L. -..-...J19----
, quiwwI e s uisws wwu i a s wu b s ui s va N bi s s a yivyvwwu us ussi syw syvhs s ts un b wi su biss aus vbi ssustww X---..-- .. &- $1 J.... --- J.&- A . .J & L P 9 T f*f* f" JEn innf i s a squwiawJ bv va ubsJ a kvv id u d bws s b w a bs s L J . 6, 6 rsu Asss. l t f _ J s. .J -- L.&&--.. 6--J-1 ..-16.- . .L J 1. -- ti..& L.--- L .1 - - A- ---..-- AL. yws saJ iery wu b kwa y bwa m i g iu s yvibuyw wisiiw vs s aivub ws Na yw s sw a y a bv ws udtss u brIV
.st..&J.----- .t AL. .L,- J-- -..&m- .J &L- .LJ14&.. .t LL- L.AA- J-- A- --f--
E s a ww b s v wi tw a a vi besu wt lu s y a liy JJJbwm u s iu bish wu a a i bJ vs bi as wu b bss abs bv yus a vi m AL.J. J L- J J X..-_&J P1-.A L.--- J. AL. --JJhJ- J- ..LJ.L &L- .L.-- - J. b s EU i 4 s s a bus Nwu s han sw b a vi s . 3 4vub wsIul gw IJ basw h vitu a b 3vis aas nu i s ws a betw waIU ywa sd
....1..J- --LJ..... L.--- J L. &L. 1.---- s .
LL-au yy iJ sgiy bssw wvs i b s s suvtsJ hs sus yw a vgu s s wu bv v v ws hvvers besw
---..J- -.. -----
J & i.. 1 4 i i bs 51%i s avadww vs u L.&&-,.. .J - J 4..J- 6L. L . h a -- . . J . t. 1 1. . mL. - J &.&- P a - -- - . . A AEJ--- AL. vu b bwi J unsu m%s a s i b u a 5 5 bs N uu b hws J ssi u auaaJ ws sus ywu Jbubw. wu bEyvs J n us a a i sw d besw i- ----.1 -...- A.- 14 J& f- .. L J- J--.& J J1 & . 11 J- ...L L.&&--.. TL- - 11 rivs mu s yu n ursm bu s i umab s ul w%swas uwdsyliubwu yssvb wwsI ess u siva s uubbwaJ. isus wwss m 1- L.J J1 A - - EL -- ..L-- -----.&.. - .. 1&--* .J .1- &- 1i&- dLaswbwu ud u -. . yI Ivb wLi i us w b i rv w w ns svww wwissy%s u bus we yvsbuys, uniu s a ww bs v IJ kW
----JXJ- --...Ja.. .----mJ- h. AL- -- JJ6J-- .# AL. -m&J-- L.&&--.. TL- P.&----., A dyww I s s w 35 u v i by uyysvnamuww bs m wvi su i b i va i wI kssw ws a b i e L uu b wwa J . ieIL wu whyva J n iJ JL- --- JtJ J .-- L.- J -- P 9 TPPP AEn innf
- sumlba syswiiabu ui E uuJwu vi s L J abbw v .# v 44/s. ,
TLJ- ------ J mL. -. . .. . 1 J ---.2A .JJJ&J -.1 #1 mJLJ1JL., J .11 J-- AL- -mA- .J-- 3asiJ ya vyvdw%s wl sus syv nvts i u yevvsuw wuu i b a vi su a eawnIwsaiby aia w s i vn i i sy b s sw wn bussa avis
. &L. ...-..J11.--- f--..---.. ....JtJ..&J- - f._ L.&&--.. & -- J 1 .. 16... .A vs bsIU Gui vu a s s us sww s i squwaiwJ wwn s s s wu b s vlia s ui uu b bb s J bw s sis s i su s vvibuyw wasu r* . & - - . . A L.A&.. . 11 -.-- & -- s., A- 91 A . .. .J AL. .L.--. J- ---.J.A. L wu bsyv4 J n uubbstJ wwga yu s wurm bw a a s s sma i bv wa uuJJ usm bish wi sus syv sa wva sw a a bssik
. .J L L T Pr"P JEn innE vt s bs a 4666 7.#v Asss.
P.. 1...LJ.- _f &LJ- ------ J Te L.- J &-- J &L.& Ja J-..1... -- -J-JEJ..L s.vusuubivus vs bas s g ys vyvaw%s sw s gu a us bus m aisbu ba gu k 6b ssarvswww siv d s yli 5 s s wus s b . I
--- JJ--.sa.- TLJ- J.&---J- AJ.- L._ L--- -- X-__ J J- .--- J.--- . .J A L &L.
J hvi s a s uw s u k e vi s , siu sd us bel m a i su b s vis s auJ www e s ybs Ivimbu sin wwwvi uus mw n a bis i,i rs
- 26 J. ,_u J_ ne,a ._ _..J L,..
ws ums su .wb s us bss sus i. un r,,en In . E,n u . ., m m u ., yuukwu sn.s - . , 1 l l ru. e -- a - : - . . . . - t - , c-, n+-:a- . . . - - . . . + u a. ~~ x-- :- en n, sin kr%slusa s J J s ua s s u s%If a s su n % u a Intus uw k% s ses s s su b s ys se yus Juun s b by bssu ys vw % Jun %J sus wu,ds, na . --_.J .-A.- +- .. ~~a-- ,:--- <- , cw,s.. ,--A ..x-ba tu w u ysvyyd%u uns%I susuus s s bv uts vy %s u wstty I s %%IIJ U s ve u s u % o s I kJ c I %%s sJuu ut s%s%s en n4 tu t -- en en . , - t- - +--+: - r:Ts.. : - . . T . . ~. :t--+ L.,,L asy-- vu .Ls L u / VI Ju.LL vs a vs u b%J Ysety Iu%usI uf Issvvswwd JsynsI I I%ussb ssukusud
.-:L-.+- ;c--.s:- r+L- f : T : s .. :- --b-- . .a s k +L- - ---nA wus sJ s u% s u b s ui se aI vy% s u h E vs s vl Wei% s u w o i n YJ ans u %%vs uus s% % ri I wa s ust% ya vyva%u
.-.A-+ ...1A s.
usuun susuv%.n a b vvvuuu I sv 6 .
, r .. ,... : :::-, + c --
- s. 6 t s v Li s v % u- a s ysiso s% ussW sis wudu %I- -sss . . :-vss%
~.a .::,:sm -s ukJsts yuvuuusI vssa % 4u%s s%%J- - - . . - - vs usu
.L+ -..~.9.. .. 4...+ A. ~
u%% E uss e s ys % v e mud If % r u s u.6 % % uo vs n P .m , + - +Ln --- ;L Ti+.. t , .. - A:fr - .. + LA r .;A+ C.v.-. L. %r s % v v % @s m yvdesursI kJ vs u I n u vv vs unuaa %s % sus is u s que vs u%%su%ses a s vr o u n s]. . .
.-:L . -.. 1...+ A.
w w w , v me , y, ,. +w- w. .,: vuJ . . 1. ,J %vu,uus%u. v- ,- e T-.. 1..- - : ;t:-- + A..+- :- . -,i nr-r+..
- v. Arsvvorw u J s ys i s s s uus # 6 # %uuw k s vi s sss u snu s y a s s vt J u s w a,J .
a CPSESNoSignificantHa:ards Consideration TS3N.8 47 12M188
i i nt e rnf"I' T f* T /* kt/\ e f f41 T f* T fS A LFT 11 A'7 A rine f*Mic T hf"f1 ATT Nic 1 Ay. JB bu A 4 4W ITV J&VIiAa awrvis a urs.ruu.is kviid A L.ibiv t s A VIiJ l i i klet1P fe 69 sivi N has kh
/--_LJm.2%
g wvi u b : u suvup ( J. J im- _ w.,...s2_ y,v uubu s. m_iL. . .i _ _ _ _ J _ref-Me sN av s 1 1. -. .J, _ T.u- , sy u . uu b s v s ad b. m b,.. ww wu bwym, ss Q 3.8.4 05 (
.J__ u..x -- o-_.sJ-_ s.La.
d . ys J s.s Jum- b_s .N.u ud hv..dsus.ub m. d b- mm ud . Q.3.8.6-01 s 1 Amm, a b .* L m ,. 4.mi... . -J Jc4- ma 4m ma,,. 4m 4Lm -~1,AJ144.. am
- s. vv%J bus % wa s ur ty% sosvvru% u J s yu n s e s %uu s h e s s%s %ua% sss bss% ys vuuv s s a bJ vu mane _..--sna as n .,. ~~4Jnak m. n.,s1.. a . , s i, . , A n JO u vu sa % pus t% % J vs wa s uv% s uus s b ys u r s vuJ sj % v u s u u s.u u .
TL- L.LA. 2-- .- ...J L- -..--- L _JLJ_.LJ._ .s sL- ------..----- s .- p sN vubbss sud vi E ud% bv duyyvs b res u b u yu b s ui s vi ba N wvi s avguw a rww d vs una ,
..JJs -J ... -s --- JJ-- J s- L. ._ J JsJ.sm_ *s = _ . . ... JJ- L TL. j uw w s ubs t b . ui m ur b v vv b h visd suws b u bv us uss g is s b s u bus vu us sJ uww a uwa s b . a I TU
- -___ J L.--- ..m.1 J -s ss- s AL- L.J_ --
---f _._-. .s s L. L ss J--
yy vyg dwu wi uus sy% wvuau INb b5 5Ehb kssw us a Iyii vi ywi a vs susus Nb vi ba N vu b bel s%J. TL. .11-...--- s- ._s- > LL. .....mJ11._-- s_--..---.. s _ --. -F J.... s. et J.. J. gszw u3 g unun sws bv %A bbi tu beis dusv%3I s us swL s s bquwe swJ e4 viss # uuJd bv WA wuyJ sJ
.-- J s._L . .J a k sk. -------lJ s as 1-.as - - - s k 1. - JJ- LJsJ.J J_
hvs ud e a bwi u b n i bl3 bt sh 4 wwhmwws NUu sII- -Uguu
-. . -r- swJ
- . . D u ub ibudb usevi i bs a B J s ubi g b I s t Uu uia l TPPP AEA innf ak6h 7.s v Asdd.
TL- r-- ALJ. L.--- J--- -s J_.1... . .J-JrJ-._L J -_-.-- J_ LL. a 5 fu E b 5 vi % , bsI 5 d wt Bul Fyb uv5d 5Nb II5Yv4Vw u d 4 yi B B B 5 wul s b I a 1% B EWJu iib b5(5 L.LJ1Js. . --_-__.----- .s .. --JA-L -__..J...1.. . . . 1. . . s J vvuv i s e bJ vi wvi sabguw a sww d vu uns www s us s i b ysETsvudsg brutuubsu. i o n_ #L- L..,- ~ ,,s- # L ., _-aL 12+.. me . _~ - J e sc~ m t Le J me , _ e k ., s G. Vu%d bes% UsFulsy% %s %u b% bul% yudd 4 v s s s b) vs u s '% rw G's uss s % s Gs s b I\sleu vs u % % s u % s s aa en_ . . . ,~;Ls --..:n..-1.. -. ,1..,snJo II %n s e us s) uG% s uus sb pu % r s vuJ sj % v u s v u la u u . , I
}
TL. __-_...J .L.--- J--. .L J..1.. L. .. J 1 .is...sJ.-. s. sL- .1 & kt-t55% yivyvJuu wt NB sy% uv%d aNb 5 a i V %F E V w .us.BJ . y1IJJlwuI uIbba ubIv5Bd bv blN y B UII b . civ _ - . . s . J 1. . _ _ L._J._- . .J 11 L. J _s _ J.._ J L., st. ----...; L._-_ TL. u sun su3IusW surswa suu s a dined vsais uw e i s k s vouwbu vJ bius yivyvdwu weswisyw. a sm __ .. J L.--. A-. -s .sc s st. L J 14 6.. s A L. L ss._J-- s- s..isJ11 sL.J_ ysvyvdwu wi sus syb uvbd sNb u4I5%b besu uv5I 4bJ V4 bs tw uu b bbs awJ hv suasasa bs as e s
- r. s .
- 1sJ s.._*sJ-.
du I w kJ p w a u bbw I wi N b s vi . TL.--s._. ALJ- .L.--- J.-. ..& --..s. AL. _.. 4 L J 1 J s . . s . _. ._ JJss__-_s s is% s s u vi b e bis a d wa sui syv uvsJ sNb wesubw hisw yvd J s u s i i bJ vs W i rw yv vi uaaibt bi s k f, J _ J . .. JJ- L s--_ --JAs __...J.._1.. . . . 1. . . s n a4Iu vs www 5 ubs Ib 5 viUU u l.. IJ uww I %sw4 4 b yi b T 4vbJBJ w w u 5 Wu lee . A n ~ ,. sua- L~ :_.. .a .n s ;- . _, .:. e , ,sas..n
- v. vv%J ba s e d %s sus syu sansu 1, s su . - u. . d: _u yus;sr[ps s .s' u u ,4 % b s va s Ess u urus y s s e us a u s u bj .
TL. _----. J L.--- ..J11 L .1s-- -_.. .- J L _A .. .. sJ-_ J J s J .1 u._g5JJsd I.m 1 .. uJ .J duquvy b I vi Bd e IsII b s W 5 1IN yi vyvdb%B w4 lui tyw v5 s 5 I I IV b u B bbB u B sJ uww I%swa a b
--_JJsa-_. __ - . .i s - e-_---..._L1.. LL- ---_-. J L. -- A-. -s L.... . . .
b v5 su 4 b 5 v1 Bd g v5 sw .N I kJ e wvllabguMIsb5J b5 N fB vy%F dbu wtlu3Iyb uVwd 5 Um b a su T b u t af
.ss- s .- sL- _.- J_ s . . r.s .
E a 4 is w b via haFU WN4 y sBB v5 du I L bJ . TL-- s- . LLJ. L- L.- .s J_..1... J JsJ-._s - A. LJ-_ J- . _._ J_ s i I IU B b:mwe bs s i d ws su s sy% uvwd 5Nb 55Iyviyb u . d a 314 8 s I um a b 8 buus b i viI aas u suvu a y i a i VI
- . s* s . .
du I L bJ . kan e TPhiT P T P A tfT f I A "F A nne enkle TMPn A T T nif MPTPnLJ T 11 A T T nkt s yv w a usi a 6 4 wnsi u a urus7nvJ uvviv a uhi vT s a vii vb a 68u a a sin u a vsi D..J -- AL. L-... -.ss. -.. 1..&J._ LL. =*LJ..JsJ-- ---- J s*J . .J s k 11Pf lP af P S e ft vudsu vsa hasw uvvvw duIEbJ b ru a uw b e VII p blIU Uwb6Y Ibawd uddvb5ubGu vt 4 blI sidiae bw hL s--_ st. --_.. _-J-- .s etc era o 6. sL. Tyc s.__.s -1. . L J s.
.__ vvsaviuuwu hv
_ . - . 1 s a _ -. 5 Edu i b a m uy e 4 viss bi N wvievwsJIms v4 waw WF7.v kV bstw A4s a vi uN b os L
.J h.sa.dsJ
. s. . A L.
bs N J-Js __ davos.J.w._L
.N w . n. L, ,u. mm ud. . _ A wvi .J
--- JA_.sJ--
uw i u b . m .-d
.s._J.L d b- Nm ud vs . s i.n. wiPPn n en ner.s
<u.-, -N,
- - - - .. J J _ 1 . . . J _Jsa.._s L.._L --- J L _.sJ.- sJ JJ.-- J.
uwwvs u e i ry ( J , u atv d I yIs i i s wus s b sNsui ud hvi sd Ius a u b i vi a a B 5 N a i ry ad J. . . L Ja rwJ sf-gudbIi . L. CPSES No Significant Ha:ards Consideration TS 3N.8 48 12/11/98
Industry Travelers Appliccble to ITS Secti n 3/4.8 TRAVELER # STATUS DIFFERENCE # COMMENTS i- TSTF 2 Rev. 1 Incorporated 3.8 31 TSTF-8 Rev. 2 Incorporated 3.8 20 NRC approved Not incorporated TSTF 16 Rev. 1 N/A Not NRC approved as of traveler cut off date. TSTF 36 Rev. 2 Incorporated for 3.8 35 DCPP only. DCPP only. TSTF 37 Rev. 1 Incorporated 3.8 05 TSTF 38 Incorporated 3.8 41 NRC approved. l I TSTF 51 Not incorporated N/A Requires plant specific reanalysis to establish decay time dependen,ce . for fuel handling - accident. . l TSTF 115 <hallynoj 3.834"3.83 May be re issued incorrn awa g/2 under new TSTF 3,g;4,1g c numbers- c 3.8.6 01 'l A TSTF 163 Not incorporated N/A Not NRC approved as of traveler cut off date. i 1 of 1 -h x
Battery Cell Parameters ACTIONS- (continued) 3.8.6 CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME B. Required Action and B.1. Declare associated Immediately associated Completion battery inoperable.
- Time of Condition A not met.
QB One or more batteries with average electrolyte teniperature of the representative cells $$$'S1
< E601 M*F.
DR One or more batteries with one or more battery cell parameters not within . Category C values. . l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS i SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l-
- j. SR 3.8.6.1 Verify battery cell parameters meet days l
Table 3.8.61 Category A limits. - B-s-34 Io3.8.so1 1 (continued) l l I t CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-30 S/1S/97 t
CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION (enclosure 68). 3.8 33 NUREG 1431 LCO 3.8.3 Condition B. and SR 3.8.3.2 would be revised to note use of a dipstick level for verification of lube oil inventory consistent with the Comanche Peak CTS. The Lube 011 Level at CPSES is measured by a Lube Oil Dipstick and not by gallons of oil. Specific limits are outlined in the Bases. The current CPSES Technical Specification does not require measurement of Lube Oil Level. 3.8 34 ,t , . . . . . ,
. e -n, ...o.
,J ... __;
en ,
-s ...o. .e .. -
..u.. t..~u..__'
0 3.8.4 05 0 3.8.6 01 fre;r 7 iys to 31 tys in exerina with the rea nnded frcque ,cy ;f " et least renthly" iintified in ICE: 400 l 1%S. This ch a ge is consist a t with TSTF 110. jpJ1"]ggj 3.8 35 Not usgid appHeebic to C"SES. See caversica ceagrisca 0-3.8.2-02 oc tabic (caciosurc S"). 3.8 36 Adds note. per current TS. that allows one SI sequencer channel to be bypassed for up to 4 hours for surveillance testing provided the other channel is operable.
'3.3 37 The, [xqua ar urvcilience r quircants] fre; curreu; TS Sction
&,/,A .. . . 1. J .L _._JJ... J &_
o s., A .L. _ .T T...
.f* T. L. . J. ._, J.._. ....J.A..-_.A.
. . . J, A. .L. ,E_il anr*/t-1431. ",cv. I w',ich adds an LC0 requircnnt for the aut;= tic lead sequencrs. Ther^ fore. : S", is ac a ssery te v;rify scqu=xr 0"E"ASILI".'. SRB;SA?.2NBiMMRO 0-2-13(3.3)
MplutMhgggggEIBMgdgUrtsi: "M.a m n u; V ofEheMondstunSAL t m1wcatMMten5EmabEmp12imannicamemmannimum j .. 3.8 38 E S", 3.".4.7 Netc 1 would be revixd to ell;W the eedi'isd pee'ern ax dinhers; te-t in ITS S" 3.".4.0 to be g rferad 0 3.8.4 10 in lieu ;f the nrvice test in ITS S"s 3.".4.7 et any ti;c. j This is cen-istcat with IEEE 400 end currcat liansing l basis. IEEE 4S0 st;tes. "A sodificd grfersexa tcst can bc used in lica of a arvice test at any ti;r.a." The eedified grforaeace
^
tc-t i : tat that cavelsg- th nrvice tc-t with raput to the dischers; current being greater then er equal t; the service i I ta t. ;nd th; =p hours rceeved is 1;rger. Thi changc is consistat with TST" 110. 50tWM8EM3tm l i E U 3.8 39 ITS SR 3.8.4.6 would be revised for current licensing basis. The restriction to not perform this SR in MODE 1. 2. 3. or 4 would be deleted. The battery charger test is not required to be performed during shutdown since the backup chargers could be in service maintaining the DC subsystem operable during performance j of this SR. ; l CPSESNUREG-1431 Differences -ITS3.8 5 12(1188 E
CONVERSION COMPARISON TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 Saf7 NUPEER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 3.8-27 The ITS Table 3.8.6-1 would be revised to change the No No Yes No battery float voltage value and incorporate allowed voltage variations based on the Wolf Creek plant specific design for the AT&T batteries. ITS SR 3.8.1.9c. frequency requirement would be deleted. No Yes No No 3.8-28 consistent with CPSES CTS. 3.8-29 ITS LCO 3.8.2. LCO 3.8.5. and LCO 3.8.8. end LCO 3.8.10 No; requirement Yes Yes Yes Applicability of *during movement of irrsdiated fuel added in ITS. assemblies." would be deleted consistent with CTS. 3.8-30 ITS SR 3.8.1.4 would be revised consistent with Wolf Creek No No Yes No CTS 4.8.1.1.2a.1 to replace the requirement to verify day tank level with a requirement to verify that the fuel oil transfer pump starts on low standpipe level. 3.8-31 Consistent with Industry Traveler TSTF-2 ITS SR 3.8.3.6 Yes Y'es ':;. r.aintainin;; CS Yes would be moved to - e a e , : w w , 2 ,. _ m n 66 Ygg l WC-3.8-E l 6 t M Z ";;;;. 3.8-32 ITS 3.8.1 Required Action A.2 and Note preceding Required Yes No No No Actions D.1 and D.2 would be deleted in accordance with DCPP plant system configuration. 3.8-33 ITS LCO 3.8.3 Condition 8. and ITS SR 3.8.3.2 would be No Yes No No revised to note use of a dipstick level for verification of ~ lube oil inventory consistent with the Comanche Peak CTS.
~
3.8-34 & f. ;w.;y O' 0". 3.0.4.1 nd 0" 3.0.0.1 m'd M ct.;n;;d Ves-M Vee-M Veq
- 5. . .~, .![. . . ,
- .fs
(([ ~'. I")[ ', _'= ! '/.~ -'.~; Q 3.8.4-05 Q-3'8~n-01 J=.gggesqq CPSES Conversion Comparison Table -ITS3.8 12/11/98
....._s._ _.
l l l ADDmONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l 4 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.6-03 APPLICABILITY: DC, CA, WC, CP REQUEST: DOC 02-17-LS-2 CTS 4.8.3.1.b ITS 3.8.6.2 DOC 02-17-LS-2 is confusing Comment: As worded, it appears that the CTS requirements to verify no visible corrosion and to verify electrolyte temperature are being deleted. Apparently, however, the intent of this DOC and associated change is to delete these requirements only following a battery discharge or overcharge. If this is correct, the DOC should be revised accordingly. FLOG RESPONSE: DOC 02-17-LS-2 has been revised to added the following insert: CTS requirement to perform this surveillance every 92 days to verify:
- 1. There no visible terminal corrosion -
- 2. The minimum electrolyte temperature '
- 3. The Category B limits.
Will remain unchanged but the conditional requirement to perform the SR after a battery discharge or overcharge is revised to apply to the verification of Category B limits only. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 3A 15
- t. -
CHANGE l NLDEER EE DESCRIPTION l 02 14 A The battery cell parameters table would be revised to add Category C, which now contains the allowable value for each i connected cell previously included in Category B. This l change is consistent with NUREG 1431. I i 02 15 LS 4 A note would be added stating the SRs are not required to be performed for the DC source operability,in the MODES governed by DC Sources Shutdown applicability. M
,, A . y .. , 3 ,; a .w < g a r w n.3 p:..:, .
O*3 8*6'02
... , g . : .. - : ,. -
- . m , ,. ,a:..,e,- .i.
r .g>.,.. e> ,
..7. u. .
j,: #,; , 7') y.e.. .
.3 ,c: . .
. . . , . . , y .
, ,.' p .b i j : j i , . . .. i t , 4 4 :.,t o , i .. y j . 3 g.i g j A i .g . . , y, j, ,3
.)4 .
. . I N note does not delete the requirement that l the battery be capable of performing these function, just that the capacity need not be demonstrated while that battery is relied on to meet the LCO. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
02 16 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclocure 38). 02 17 LS 2 The requirements to verify no visible terminal corros. ion and minimum electrolyte temperature after a batt , discharge or overcharge would be delet 33
.--a- . wso;&sisujgihigsurmi t1sticFigg3pg D l tenwn U Imamamble3mingggteri100 g2 Usmamamlettste'teeputa E B M ERE M EFS'R atttN5 .
vmemassin3mmmmmmmanmemmttsmautnumuntate
.. ,. . .#,- n . .- , ,a,a...sv,c , ; , c. , , .
I J 02-18 LG The definition of degradation provided in the battery service test SR would be moved to the SR Bases. The number of connected cells that constitutes the ITS SR 3.8.6.3, 1
' representative cells' requirement would be moved to the l Bases. This constitutes moving details that are not required to be in TS and, therefore, is acceptable. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
02 19 LS 20 Since the DC sources operability requirements are in terms of powering DC electrical subsystems required to be operable by ITS LC0 3.8.10, the required action for would be revised to add, " declare affected required features inoperable," as an alternative to the other required actions. In this condition it may not be necessary to suspend all core alterations, positive reactivity changes, or movement of - CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 15 12/1h98
I l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.6-04 APPLICABILITY: DC, CA, WC, CP REQUEST: DOC 02-22-A l l ITS SR 3.8.6.3 STS SR 3.8.6.3 CTS 4.8.3.1.b.3 i l STS SR 3.8.6.3 requires verifying that the average electrolyte temperature of representative cells is 60 F. This requirement has been adopted in corresponding ITS SR 3.8.6.3. Corresponding CTS 4.8.3.1.b.3 requires "above 60 F," The proposed change has been categorized as administrative. Comment: DOC 02-22-A does not explain why this proposed change is administrative. j The proposed change appears to be less restrictive. Revise the submittal to provide l the appropriate justification. FLOG RESPONSE: DOC 02-22-A has revised to be DOC 02-22-LS-28 with its associated NSHC LS-28. . ATTACHED PAGES: , Encl. 2 3/4 8-16 Encl. 3A 16 i Encl. 3B 8 Encl. 4 1,56c and 56d 1 i I ll i 1
D.C. SOURCES SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
- 1) The parameters in Table 4.8 2 seet the Category B limits, 14 r{ , ( y g- , _.
- 2) There is no visible corrosion at either terminals or connectors, or the connection resistance of.these items is less then 5150 x 10 ohn, and - .
- 3) The average electrolyte temperature of 12 ;;nn;;ted 1 - ,
- 6. n -
cells is above! 70*F. I
- c. At least once per 18 months by verifying that:
- 1) The cells, cell plates, and battery racks show no visual indication of physical damage or abnormal deterioration Ab]LtjpHTd"tiggtH6DtttRy?J3tggggg, g
- 2) ReMjElga1>1stentinA193inosloE91 MEG $$the cell to cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, j:Myp and coated with anticorrosion material,
- 3) The resistance of each cell to cell and terminal connection is less than or equal to 150 x 10 ohm, and
- 4) The battery charger will supply at least 300* amperes at greater than or equal to 130 volts for at least 8 hours.
- d. At least once per 18 months, during shutdown, by verifying that the battery capacity is adequate to supply and maintain in OPERABLE status all of the actual or simulated emergency loads for the design duty cycle when the battery is subjected to a battery service test.
- e. At least once per 60 months, during shutdown, by verifying that the battery ca)acity is at least 80% of the manufacturer's rating when su)jected to a performance discharp tegg
. . . re . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . Or = :.:
tMe performance o 3.8.4 10 discharge est may e per orme in ieu o te attery service test required by Specification 4.8.2.1d.: and
- f. At least once per 18 months, during shutdown, by giving .. .
performance discharge tests MMMM ~~ a ggggg of battery capacity to any battery t1at slows s gns of degradation or has reached 85% of the service life expected for the applicationum j.wr# ', 9.m tLam ++ s - - < 9, T. f L ( ; ggg[@ a y .N t T IDh ( . &. .m a : . m. W h &N f g.' . W ." ? ? $ d, bettery ;;p;;ity drops ;;re than 10% of rated capacity fre; its everage en pr;vious perfer;;n;c tests, or is b;10w 00% of the y"yg - *~
=enufacturcr's rating.
' 225 ;;p;rs for Unit 2 until reple;;;;nt of th; bettery charger during the 3rd refuelirg cutage for Unit 2. 7a TM i-r CPSES Markup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-16 12/1188
CHANGE NUMBER MifC DESCRIPTION i 02 22 6' The changed battery average from "above* electrolyte the minimum temperature temperature to T the SR would minimum temperature. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
- 02 23 A The quarterly battery connection resistance SR limit, if there is visible corrosion, would be changed from "less than 150 x 10 6 ohn" to 's 150 x 10 6 ohm." This would be consistent with the limit for the 18 month battery corrosion resistance SR. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
- 02 24 LG Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38).
1.
. _I$I.b. ..!.!.~ ..!,.!. , 0 3.8 A.10
- . . ![i,.. _"2.. m r$. ..!!.1,~!M.S.
. m '5
- test ir, lieu of a service test et ery tira. gg3(igj 03 01 LG The list of required electrical buses, batteries and chargers in the CTS Onsite Power Distribution Operating [ ] LCO would be moved to the bases. This deletes descriptive
- information from the TS, consistent with NUREG 1431.
4 03 02 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 03 03 LS 20 The Onsite Power Distribution - Shutdown Action statement would be revised to allow the option of declaring associated supported required feature (s) inoperable. Although the proposed change allows more operational flexibility, it would i still ensure plant safety by taking the appropriate required action for equipment declared inoperable. Therefore, the change is acceptable. This change is consistent with i NUREG 1431. 03 04 M A second completion time for actions of CTS Onsite Power Distribution Operating would be added. The completion time would place a limit of 16 hours on not meeting the LCO. This completion time is required by the NUREG 1431 format that potentially allows alternating between conditions of improved LC0 3.8.9 such that the LC0 may not be met for an indefinite i period of time. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 03 05 A A new Action would be added to CTS Onsite Power Distribution I - Operating that requires entry into LC0 3.0.3 for two l [ trains] with inoperable distribution subsystems that result
, in a loss of safety function. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
i CPSES Descripion of Changes to CTS 3N.8 16 1211188
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 8 cf 9 Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway DESCRIPTION A note would be added stating SRs that are not required to Yes Yes Yes Yes 02-15 LS-4 be performed for the DC source operability in the MODES governed by DC Sources - Shutdown applicability. 02-16 The SR requiring bus breaker alignment and indicated No: not in CTS. No, not in CTS No, not in CTS Yes A voltage to be verified would be deleted from DC Sources - Shutdown. This requirement would be located in ITS 3.8.9. The requirements to verify no visible terminal corrosion Yes Yes Yes Yes 02-17 LS-2 and einimum electrol te temperature after a battery discharge or overcharge would be deleted. The definition of degradation provided in the battery Yes Yes Yes Yes 02-18 LG service test SR would be moved to the SR Bases. The number of connected cells that constitutes the ITS SR 3.8.6.3
- representative cells.* requirement would be moved to the Bases.
DC Sources - Shutdown Action statement would be revised to Yes Yes Yes Yes 02-19 LS-20 allow the option of declaring affected required feature (s) inoperable. The battery terminal voltage for Wolf Creek AT&T round cell No No Yes No 02-20 A batteries would be changed per manufacturer's
.F.-- ..dation.
Yes Yes No - Naintaining 02-21 The frequency for battery surveillance would be extended to Yes 24 months if the battery has reached 85% of expected life CTS. LS-14 and the rating is t 100% of manufacturer's capability. The battery average electrolyte temperature SR would be Yes Yes Yes Ves 02-22 0-3.8.6-04 changed from *above" the minimum temperature to *g* the l (~6 minimum temperature. The quarterly battery connection resistance SR limit if Yes Yes Yes Yes 02-23 A there is visible corrosion, would be changed from *less than 150 x 10-6 ohm
- to *5150 x 10-6 ohn.*
02-24 The footnote allowing resistance of cell to cell connecting Yes No, not in CTS No, not in CTS No, not in CTS LG cables to not be included in the connection resistance SR - would be moved to the SR Bases. 16-43 $5'.N.!I.2.!..i,.~ rs bb. ..!!. 5Y_!5 . I !b!.b.mbh.L.!_!!.
~ .- ..
I,,_N,,. ,._GRN4 l Q-3.8.4-10 l
'i a cf ; ,cr.-icc t;;t : ;.rg ti;;. M 03-01 The list of required electrical buses, batteries and Yes Yes Yes Yes LG chargers in the Onsite Power Distribution - Operating [ ]
LCO would be moved to the bases. CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3N.8 12/11/98
I l NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS (NSHC) CONTENTS 1
'I. Organization ........................................ 2 1
~ II , Description of NSHC Evaluations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 l
III. Generic No Significant Hazards Considerations "A" Administrative Changes......................... 5 "R" - Relocated Technical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 "LG" Less Restrictive (Moving Information Out of the Technical Speci fications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 "H" - More Restrictive Requirements................. 12 j 1 1 IV. Specific No Significant Hazards Considerations "LS" ) l LS - 1'. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 2................................................ 15 ! LS 3................................................ 17 l LS 4................................................ 19 LS5................................................21 , i LS6................................................23 - I LS7................................................25 LS8...............................................27 LS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 9 LS 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 13, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Appl i cabl e LS 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 LS 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 LS 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5 LS-17............................................... 37 LS 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 LS 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 LS 2 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3 0 3.8.4 05 , , LS 21............................................... 45 0 3.8.6 01 LS - 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mnenal . . 47 LS 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . llMEREl . . 49 o.3.8.4 10 g LS - 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 LS 25............................................... 53 LS 26............................................... 55 l Q.3.8.1 13 CP l D V. Recurring No Significant Hazards Considerations "TR" TR 1................................................ 57 i' TR 3................................................ 59 CPSES No SignifIcant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 1 12/1188
^
l l l l Iv aEEG.lDClgtSIGNIFICMTMEDS;CONSIDEMTIONS I MS i M3 R alBitisalABTDj U l . Remy. % u m ;BREigimE ' REQUWlLEgglK[HJ!CHQE,.DEIFiSPJClEE!LTiglf I Q 3.8.6 04 BgIptpposed3hagge]ggldMtMll)LREEM4311V41ueloggter49elglqqttpJyte 4 RNeetetM1Th1CcMeellisestLtheJaTN2ftlerlsbotWU7NM$11erf;G I!!1ETeduc'es1theLyaluje s.li,gg]y;httiharNJaetg]Mm71gnt3pgating practicemIhis;changelis3Meptable;$1ncelthe_selarelinJtat.ticeJhelsame values;
. t 4
LhtCprpposed_]S1changeJaQaeglevaluatedia_ndfl%Jas;begedeterminedithatit i 19VolyeslNSHC.3Ihi sIdeterpjgetion;has)eep; performed Lin3ccordanceJj thithe i Griterfa: set:forth;1001F33j0192(cCas;quoteQeloM { C[helCan!.ssip019EntgelallaaDieferznlaa.tign;TpucsuagtLtoltlle: proceduress in
#C91 EthatiCproppM!mgn@ent3d:@341 etat Lng 11 fcenselfocalfaci)J ty
!! censed undeC59 2110)10C5Q122.pC(oC8' testing:fac111tE1pyokes:.00 S19n t fIcanChazards zcms1decapf ppZ1Dpera t!w Kthe fac1Iltrig;accordance g[th :the"proposM;amqG@entLuog]dAgf,1 D In vqLve:G190lW@CincreagottMpcobabf),1 troccgasequencesloCan accideanteYms]reyanateac l
D GreaRLtpaggtp11LtoriaingcerLdifferent; kind.191Lagsgent;frogLang l ncideonzmwiegwatedEipc 1 l D 1gYo]feXs t9MLg@tiredac.tLdnligaL@cg[03fisa[fet[L1 Bilo11 Min 91e3Algat1EERNVidedifdrittelthregicate@yieOfitMisjgnificant. M 8tgsjsggside m io lnamesm M 99ffGhe3haggGn1NSEEEsignif1CdntMncMasGOMptobebf11tyIqt
- tmsequenceslof5ERBL8!!!5 Ipr 6McWEeMonted?
4 l M81p.copogd3MtigGWidI@tlhjtVeJE61fject2onIplalt;6peLatirigIptacticeRit Uder.;Jn!6titelult1Enemmification53t6:4hOla_nt]
~
o Meleforgth13to183Rp3h@gelMuldit!8,Vgmolsignifighgtlefffetl6Ethe
- pfpbab111;ylorWohegLrtse_s3EabyIpreviouslyLapiaJy2edInccidelts]
. 2J LkieXtheTchange3redtd2thelpossibility. oflalnewiorIdiffste01t31gd3 flaccid,e, rit fIo83Lnylaccide#2ptRioEslyMaluAted_1
- Dg3topoledichggeHitogldinot hinvolve7eny;physicelsaltetatidn1tolthe;plajlt?st i ly&MiksMrichiriglEthERiWierlitlifwh1CbTaNVisa~fetyWeldted35tgB3tfigtasJJLs Efgy!fonctiotf1 l 1
CPSES No Significant Ha:ards Consideration TS 3N.8 S6e 12/11/98
.,.ug :.as
,2 . c.
n ,. 10 3 s . . , , : . . - ,; e
- e. , - , , _ . ,
i 0 3.8.6 04 aggtpreJjt +. m. ChWGEMEdEBEuBWJadBMMiglitBEEims IMiaftenamBMEMBH E RINEttMs;1h.agMIt!E0iezamitmingttg Bipansedamaggunuicamm1.tatismiseddentJm8alamasamElituiel CDMitlWi.szoggesMGMW9MIER8Lo@l@t1 MIEN 8fDff@tIdolef91M ! ESDiety2 1 Itweefot#EthstoR8ed'changeJjgolfldih49eTnoPIsiggjfjgg3LdverstlnsMect3x] l BEsins;ofMagg , i tiol.SIfdIEICAEIHA?$0S!CONSIDEMIl00DETERMIMHON l, i Badtd7BtGthQboye M19dNdt333MigllRhidith!,tltheMjgg1($gdigith j NIEREMEMaltsRLt - M 1madanaf2335EE - ' lunkmW5fS0J.CFRJERRf2032EMMMMMMERREEfRREMEMEtaggtQ
- I
\
i CPSESNoSignipcantHa:ards Consideration TS3M.8 56d 12/1188 m
. . - -- . .- .---. -_ - - . - - - . . - - - -. - - .- ~ _ .
i ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET i I ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.6-05 APPLICABILITY: CA, CP, DC, WC ] [ REQUEST: DOC 02-07-A l ITS Table 3.8.6-1 footnote (a) = STS Table 3.8.6-1 footnote (a) i CTS Table 4.8-2(3) Footnote (a) to STS Table 3.8.6-1 states, "It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not overflowing." This material has been adopted as footnote (a) to corresponding ITS Table 3.8.6-1 which is a change relative to corresponding , CTS Table 4.8-2. The proposed change has been categorized as administrative. Comment: DOC 02-07-A does not explain why the proposed change is administrative. The proposed change appears to be less restrictive. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed change. FLOG RESPONSE: The following information has been inserted before the last sentence in DOC 02-07-A: 7his temporary increase in electrolyte level during an equalizing charge is normal and i l discussed in the plant procedures and the vendor technical manuals. This note represents l current practice and merely identifies in the technical specifications conditions which are i expected to occur and which are an inherent part of an equalizing charge. As such, the addition of this note does not alter current plant operating limitations or practices and is an administrative change." 1 ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 3A 13 and 13a
CHANGE NLSEER HStlC DESCRIPTION the TS, consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 02 A. The phrase *that could degrade battery performance," would be added to clarify the purpose of the battery inspection SR consistent with TSTF 38. This change does not add or 1
- remove any technical requirements and is administrative in nature. .
02 03 H The requirement to remove visible terminal corrosion would a be added to the SR verifying on an 18 month frequency that cell to cell and terminal connections are clean, tight, and coated with anticorrosion material. These elements of a visual inspection are consistent with IEEE 450,1995. This , change is consistent with NUREG 1431. l 02 04 H A note would be added to SRs that these SRs are not to be performed in Modes 1, 2, 3 or 4. Since these surveillances discharge the battery such that it would not have capacity left to perform its required function, these SRs must be performed when the battery is not required to support an operational vital bus. The addition is consistent with NVREG 1431. Rev.1. 02 05 H The SR would be changed to allow performing a modifieci performance discharge test instead of the performance - discharge test. The modified performance test is a more severe test and envelopes the battery service discharge test. The results of the modified performance test provides assurance of the battery capability as well as battery capacity. This change is consistent IEEE 450, 1995 and with NUREG 1431. 02 06 LS-22 Consist;at with ini stry treveler-115, this ch;ng
. . .u .,,_.u. _m__2_ _,m. _.._.._,,, _ _
fios;;;;F o 3.8.4 05 verific tica for bettery ter;;;ia:1 volt;g while , 0 3.8.6 01
'1;;t chorg, and for ;tepry A bettery ::11 pr;;;ters fre;;; 7 iys to 31 iys in ;;;;rince with the re-----: aid frequency of "at least renthir iintificd in IEEE 450-10",, Secti;n 4.3.1. M 02 07 A A note would be added to the battery surveillance requirements table for Category A and B limits. This note would allow the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the maximum level during equalizing charges provided it does not overflow. This electrolyte level excursion is due to gas generation during the charge and is expected to return to normal after the char . Therefore, the level excursion is acceptab1A o 3.8.6 05 3
- i. _ p a . w v. . w ;, n w. +r.4 : _ g. a CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 13 IN1188
i CHANGE NUMBER HSE DESCRIPTION .I
,.4 ,8 i a
- q ' , g. f ,
,, ,.'._ ,, ' ,_,,g I
1 1 p..
-e - .. ..
s.,, . . . . . . ec .se.) p . :. . .. . 1 , . .. : ,. c, g, g. . .. . ; , , . 7 ., l inu unouww ; o mn. ..im,i n i m NUK;G- ' ) 1 1431. - i I l 4 i i l I . 1 4 6 4 I l
- 1
~
\
l CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3M.8 13a 12/1jng 4 . -
ADDmONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.6-06 APPLICABILITY: CP, CA, WC, DC I REQUEST: DOC 02-10-A l ITS Table 3.8.6-1 footnote (b) l STS Table 3.8.6-1 footnote (b) CTS Table 4.8-2(3) Notation (4) Footnote (b) to STS Table 3.8.6-1 states, " Level correction is not required, l however, when battery charging is < 2 amps when on float charge." This material l has been adopted as footnote (b) to corresponding ITS Table 3.8.6-1 which is a change relative to corresponding CTS Table 4.8-2 Notation (4). The proposed change has been categorized as administrative. 1 Comment: The proposed change appears to be less restrictive. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed change. FLOG RESPONSE: DOC 02-10-A is revised by inserting the following information in place of i the second sentence in the DOC: l 1 " Level variations in a battery cell can result from several causes including electrolyte removal ] (e.g., minor amounts during gravity measurements), electrolyte evaporation, electrolyte addition and temperature variations. In general, measured specific gravity is increased by a small l amount (e.g.,0.006 per 1/4 inch) when level is above the reference level and decreased a small j amount (e.g.,0.006 per 1/4 inch) when level is below the reference level. During normal plant l operations, level changes,if any, occur very slowly. A float charge of < 2 amps indicates a charged battery which is in good condition. Battery cell levels are not expected to have changed . by any significant amount since the last time they were measured. Because of this minimal change in cell level while in a steady state condition with good battery operation (i.e., float charge < 2 amps), specific gravity readings which are corrected for temperature and which are ! within limits when the float charge is < 2 amps is equivalent to specific gravity readings which 1 are corrected for both temperature and level and which are within limits. As a result, this change i merely allows an equivalent method to assess this aspect of battery operability and the change j is administrative." ATTACHED PAGES: j Enc! 3A 14 and 14a i i i J
i CHANGE NUMER HSHC DESCRIPTION 02 08 LS 21 Notes contained in current battery surveillance requirements table for Category A and B limits would be combined in new ITS LCO 3.8.6, " Battery Cell Parameters," as Condition A. A 31 day completion time would be added for restoring the Category A and B limits. This completion time is considered acceptable since sufficient battery capacity exists to perform the required function and new Required Actions have , been implemented to assure that the battery remains capable of performing its required function (Refer to 02 09 M). ! This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 09 M To support the extended completion time of new Condition A, within one hour after and Category A or B battery not within i limits, the pilot cell electrolyte level and float voltage ! must be verified with Category C allowable value. This l provides a quick indication of the status of the remainder of the battery cells. For Category A and B parameters not restored to within limits, a new requirement would be added to verify the battery meets Category C allowable values once every 7 days. This is consistent with NUREG 1431. . l ! 02 10 A The battery surveillance requirements table notes would be - 3 revised to add an exception to the requirement to correct i specific gravity readings for electrolyte level *n
- the float charae is less than 2 amns " 0 3'8'6 06 l
M iGZ,MfDa:Ke M , y ; m,.r.o.. g . m j q.. . g o .g. p u,. .. . . y . n .; , . .W. ! >y3 . : ; .(p 9 ; g) .M. ,p ;, i . y. . a v . .,, J'.,..* <' c.,. ..3 i, .i. ( .. .g u . p y g .g f. ! . . . .i l [. . . '- .A al . e 4.,;
'i 4 (, ' j.y a . y i 4 y i. 1;
- . .. i. j .f. ],,,
D i;. id, O : i; . oh jf.-- ] f.l - 2 . c. ., .
;i ic 't -, y s, . . . . . . ...- , ' . 'y . f .. .? i-.'.t .c D.4v' . . ..- . . ;,.,i.
l l (.. wa 21 .y;e.exioi , . ,
,. .. ~s .
<. m.s y v . .
...s .
- i. ;. 'o a c '. . . i . . ; . ) ? ' -, .- . . .
" .,R ' - . .. . } ,7 , . '
~
1 .:. x .
.9_ <... . .. . :. 3 . . . v a.3, . 3. . w a :. .
. -9
, ,, . ;_..c.- - . . .. . . .a.....
. . c..m 3, , , , , . . . -. i. -2 .4 ., .
4- _: 6* . ' .. '. .. . .
.6 $o .
. t *. . ' ;. t ..,,.1." eI u.u. ; r. .: . k ' , w:
. .% ) . .n. .
g.(. ; ._g, m e.y; .: .
'.**i'f.e9 3 , o . = m ., - 3..o, .. 1,l. i . a .. , -- - .
'. sn; aq ' ii ff i i-- . ,i ;, .. { [f i i . ,
.;e :. 4 i v. g e zq' c .:..,o ;; . . w . 3. s ; - a .; . . s , p . ,i . m t ; , pc, . .
.. c. ; . ,
- e. , I p _ kt . s " . , f.i k : g cf.j .; n e ; i,. .q sj t s. ll
- ti . .
'.i a ; .3
. , . : n y ,, p a , r . i s .. .J. y e p. o .y ' .'.w . 3 ~ ., _ a a 3 . O a . . :. .T Q .1
... < , . . . . . awv tn. : . ;. v . ; ; N < s . . :. . e ; , : . ::, , . _ .
; JJ 9 . ! -l t . ' / . . . c ..N 1 y t. ) . . ' 3's .J ,'y . ,s;s ;; .p i . . n ! , ,. . . . . . . ai mq m )
., # % , ., v. a v. . , 3 . . , . Y., . p-
, ,. , p .+ q . , c e,.'- e ti .o Thts I
CPSESDescription ofChanges to CTS 3N.8 14 12/1188
~
CHANGE NUMBER NSHC DESCRIPTION A ac;ption is censiired excpt;bic since cherging L current previis, in scacrel. ; ;;;d indicati= -JJ
^= ell bettery a.dition.1TTs change is consistent with NUREG 1431.
02 11 M This cha s; t; th; bettcry surveiller c rcquir;a nts CP 3.8 004 t;bic r.;tes W;uld piece 7 ty li;;;it en the use of cherging currst t; satisfy the spaific gr;vity requircants. This is cre rulistic bx; usa CTS decs-net piect ; ti;;;c li;;;it en use of cher;ing currcat. This chas; is casistent I with 1"' C 14316 M NBE W 020BR#t3EER Wile B E80 S EBBI l 02 12 LG The battery surveillance requirements table note regarding l correction of float voltage for average electrolyte temperature would be moved to the Bases. This is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 13 A The DC Sources Shutdown LCO would be revised to require j that the DC power subsystem required to be operable must be the subsystem necessary to support the onsite power distribution shutdown LCO. This requirement is currently required by [ CTS 3.8 33.2]. This change is consistent ^ CP 3.8 ED with NUREG 1431 (see also CN 03 06 LS-26). . l CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3/4.8 14a 12/1188
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.6-08 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: DOC 02-12-LG CTS Table 4.8-2 Table Notation (6) Bases for ITS Table 3.8.6-1 STS Bases markup pages B 3.843, paragraph 4, and B 3.8-64, paragraph 3 CTS Table 4.8-2, Table Notation (6), states, " Corrected for average electrolyte temperature," is applicable to the Category B limit for the float voltage. DOC 02-12-LG states that this material will be moved to the Bases. The portion of the Bases for ITS Table 3.8.6-1 that addresses the Category A limits contains the , statement," Float voltage is corrected for average electrolyte temperature." This ! statement does not appear in the Bases discussion of the Category B limits. l Comment: The footnote is a modification to the TS. Consequently, the footnote necds to be retained in TS Table 3.8.6-1. If this is not acceptable, the footnote should be i deleted. If included in the TS, ensure that the Note is applicable to the correct Category. i 4 1 FLOG RESPONSE: The application of a temperature correction to the float voltage is a clarification that is appropriately relocated to the Bases. The requimment of the TS is not being changed. The Bases merely clarified whether or not i the parameter is temperature corrected. The description has been moved j from the Bases description of Category A to the Bases description of j Category B. ! I j ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 58 B 3.8-63 and 3.8-64 i ( 1 I i
I i Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) SURVEILLANCE ' SR 3.8.6.3 (continued) ' REQUIREMENTS temperatures act to inhibit or reduce battery capacity. This SR ensures that the operating temperatures remain within an acceptable operating range. This limit is based on manu~acturer recommendations. i l I Table 3.8.6 1 This table delineates the limits on electrolyte level, float voltage, j and specific gravity for three different categories. The meaning of each category is discussed below. Category A defines the normal parameter limit for each designated pilot cell in each battery. The cells selected as pilot cells are l those whose temperature, voltage, and electrolyte specific gravity ' approximate the state of charge of the entire battery. The Category A limits specified for electrolyte level are. based on - manufacturer recommendations and are consistent with the (fuidance in , IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), with the extra k inch allowance above the high water level indication for operating margin to account for temperatures and charge effects. In addition to this allowance, footnote a to Table 3.8.61 permits the electrolyte level to be above the specified maximum level during equalizing charge, provided it is not overflowing. These limits ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage, and that adequate electron transfer capability is maintained in the event of transient conditions. IEEE 450 (Ref. 3) recommends that electrolyte level readings should be made only after the battery has been at float charge for at least 72 hours. The Category A limit-specified for float voltage is a 2.13 V per cell. This value is based on the recommendations of IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), which states that prolonged 3 V can reduce the life evn.c+-~ a coll e 0 3.8.6 08 The Category A limit specified for specific gravity for
. each pilot cell is 2 -o (0.015 below the manufacturer CP 3.8.G 1 i-fully charged nominal specific gravity or a battery charging current that had stabilized at a low value). This value is characteristic of a charged cell with adequate capacity. i According to IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), the specific gravity readings are i.4' based on a temperature of 77'F (25'C).
(continued) ! CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-63 12(11/98
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) SURVEILLANCE - Table 3.8.61 (continued) REQUIREMENTS The specific gravity readings are corrected for actual electrolyte temperature and level. For each 3*F (1.67'C) above 77'F (25'C). 1 point (0.001) is added to the reading: 1 point is subtracted for each 3*F below 77*F. The specific gravity of the electrolyte in a cell increases with a loss of water due to electrolysis or evaporation. Category B defines the normal parameter limits for each connected cell. The term " connected cell" excludes any battery cell that may be jumpered out. The Category B limits specified for electrolyte level and float voltage are the same as those specified for Catarry a and have been discussed ahme Q 3.8.6 08 CeorrendtmigggelplactromeJainintia& T6 Catevury o i m u. m u . m ivr mu i iu vrav n.y for each CP 3.8.G 1 connected cell is ag]lgg(0.020 below the manufacturer ," fully charged, nominal specific gravity) with the average of all connected cells > Eg0.1 (0.010 below the manufacturer fully charged, nominal specific gravity). These values are based on manufacturer's recommendations. The minimum specific gravity value required for each cell ensures that the effects of a highly charged or newly installed cell will not mask overall degradation of the battery. Category C defines the limits for each connected cell. These values, although reduced, provide assurance that sufficient capacity exists to perform the intended function and maintain a margin of safety. When any battery parameter is outside the Category C limits, the assurance of sufficient capacity described above no longer exists, and the battery must be declared inoperable. The Category C limits specified for electrolyte level (above the top of the plates and not overflowing) ensure that the plates suffer no physical damage and maintain adequate electron transfer capability. The Category C limits for float voltage is based on IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), which states that a cell voltage of 2.07 V or below, under float conditions and not caused by elevated temperature of the cell, indicates internal cell problems and may require cell replacement. The Category C limit of average specific gravity a 1.195 is i based on manufacturer recommendations (0.020 below the ! manufacturer recommended fully charged, nominal specific L ; j (continued)
; CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.844 12/11/98 i
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.6-09 APPLICABILITY: DC,CP REQUEST: DOC 02-18-LG CTS 4.8.2(3).1.b.3 ITS SR 3.8.6.3 Bases for ITS SR 3.8.6.3, STS Bases page B 3.8-128 (CPSES) CTS 4.8.2.1.b.3 refers to "12 connected cells." Corresponding ITS SR 3.8.6.3 refers to " representative cells." DOC 02-18-LG states that the number of connected cells that constitutes the " representative cells" requirement would be moved to the Bases. (DCPP) CTS 4.8.3.1.b.3 refers to "10 of the connected cells." Corresponding ITS SR 3.8.6.3 refers to " representative cells." DOC 02-18-LG states that the number of connected cells that constitutes the " representative cells" requirement would be moved to the Bases. Comment: This material could not be found in the Bases for ITS SR 3.8.6.3. Revise the Bases to implement DOC 02-18-LG. FLOG RESPONSE: The Bases discussion for SR 3.8.6.3 has been revised to add this oved ' information. ATTACHED PAGES: EnctSB B 3.8-62 i
}
i,
\L
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.8.6 BASES (continued) ACTIONS B1 , With one or more batteries with one or more battery cell parameters outside the Category C limit for any connected cell, sufficient capacity to supply the maximum expected load requirement is not assured and the corresponding DC electrical power subsystem must be declared inoperable. Additionally, other potentially extreme conditions, such as not completing the Required Actions of Condition A within the required Completion Time or average electrolyte temperature of representative cells falling below 60 ZO'F, are also cause for immediately declaring the associated DC electrical power subsystem inoperable. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.6.1 REQUIREMENTS This SR verifies that Category A battery cell parameters are consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), which recommends regular battery inspections (at least one per month) including voltage, s@cific gravity, and electrolyte temperature of pilot cells. SR 3.8.6.2 The quarterly inspection of specific gravity ans volt ge is consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 3). In additius, wie i 24 hours M@fjof a battery discharge < 11gjV or a battery overcharge > MO V, the battery must be demonstrated to CP 3.8.G 1 meet Category B limits. Transients, such as motor starting transients, which may momentarily cause battery voltage to drop to s HQ V, do not constitute a battery discharge provided the battery terminal voltage and float current return to pre transient values. This inspection is also consistent with IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), which recommends special inspections following a severe discharge or overcharge, to ensure that no significant degradation of the battery occurs as a consequence of such discharge or overcharge. SR 3.8.63 _
)
This surveillance [fication that the average temperature Q 3'8'6 09 ofQ2E DRG$e@presentative cells is > 60 M*F, is consfsT5 T11TI a recommendation of IEEE 450 (Ref. 3), that states that the temperature of electrolytes in representative cells should be determined on a quarterly basis. Lower than normal (continued) - CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-62 12/1188 _ - - _ _ _ _ i
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.7-01 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: ITS LCO 3.8.7 STS LCO 3.8.7 At CPSES there are four inverters per train (a total of eight). The proposed wording of LCO 3.8.7 can be inteipreted to mean that all eight inverters may be disconnected from their associated DC bus. This is not acceptable. Comment: The LCO should be revised to limit the number of inverters that may be disconnected to two. FLOG RESPONSE: The note is correct as written but to further clarify the note, the CTS words have been adopted. The words "from their associated DC bus" are changed to "from one DC bus." ATTACHED PAGES: EnctSA 3.8-33 1
I I InvertGrs-Operating 3.8.7 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.7 Inverters -Operating l l l LC0 3.8.7 The required Train A and Train B inverterg shall be OPERABLE.
- . ;. 3 . -v:y... >p ... w n ; . w : c .. ; . ., .
r.y,:gg Q 8 7 01 equoiitmy unarge on gpfg associated gggg battery, provided. i 1
- a. The associated AC vital bus (es) are energized l fic;;; their Class 10 constant voltcg;-settree tr:nsferr.crs or inverter using internal AC scurec: and f/3[8d I
- b. All other AC vital buses are energized from their associated OPERABLE inverters.
Pri m . w n -;e ::g-- .-a s-mj r,,: se a m q m m..-y - 9 APPLICABILITY: H0 DES 1. 2. 3. and 4. ACTIONS l CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One ggggRlgg inverter A.1 - NOTE- -- inopera5'e. Enter applicable Conditions and Q Required Actions of LC0 3.8.9.
" Distribution Systems Operating" with any vital bus de energized.
Restore inverter to 24 hours OPERABLE status. (continued) L CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431-ITS3.8 3.8-33 12/1188
i l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.7-02 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: STS LCO 3.8.7 Note ITS LCO 3.8.7 Note 4 Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.7, STS Basen markup page B 3.8-67 l CTS 3.8.3.1.c, d, e, and f footnote l The Note for STS LCO 3.8.7 states, "[One/two] inverter (s) may be disconnected from..." The Note for ITS LCO 3.8.7 states, " Inverters may be disconnected from..." The Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.7 states, "This LCO is modified by a Note that allows two inverters to be disconnected from a common battery..." l Comment: The Note for ITS LCO 3.8.7 seems unnecessarily vague. Revise the i submittal to conform to the STS. The LCO should state the number of inverters that may I be disconnected; i.e., two inverters from a common battery. FLOG RESPONSE: See response to Comment Number O 3.8.7-01. l ATTACHED PAGES: None. t I l l l l I m f m
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.8-01 APPLICABILITY: CA,CP 4 REQUEST: ITS LCO 3.8.8 CTS LCO 3.8.3.2 ITS LCO 3.8.8 states,"The Train A or Train B inverters shall be Operable to support one train of the onsite Class 1E AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystem required by LCO 3.8.10, Distribution Systems - Shutdown." This is a l proposed change relative to the CTS. Comment: (Callaway) The CTS requirement is "as a minimum, one of the following 120 VAC Vital busses shall be energized...." This is interpreted to mean that more than one cculd be required at any time. The ITS says " Train A DITrain B (i.e., one train) inverters.. OPERABLE...." DOC 03-06-LS-26 does not address this difference. The submittal should be revised to address the staff's concern. (CPSES) This LCO does not seem to be consistent with the Bases for LCO 3.8.10 or l LCO 3.8.2. This LCO indicates that one train of Vital AC electrical power is required. ; However, the Bases for LCO 3.8.10 as well as 3.8.2 indicate that a second train of AC and Vital AC electrical power may be required. This inconsistency needs to be . addressed. Also, Action A.1 is an allowance to declare required features inoperable that is based on two trains of electrical power being required. Action A.1 is not appropriate for the LCO as written. The CTS requirement is "as a minimum, one of the following 120 VAC Vital busses shall be energized...." This is interpreted to mean th-' more than one could be required any time. The ITS says " Train A or Train B (i.e., one train) inverter... OPERABLE...." DOC 03-06-LS-26 does not address this difference. The submittal should be revised. FLOG RESPONSE: See response to Comment Number O 3.8.1r'-1. For CPSES, see also the response to O 3.8.2-04 CP. ATTACHED PAGES: None
}
t
l l ( l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l i l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.9-01 CP APPLICABILITY: CP i l REQUEST: CP JFD 03-08-44 ITS 3.8.9 Condition A and Required Action A.1 l l STS 3.8.9 Condition A and Required Action A.1 ! l CTS 3/4.8.3.1 Action a l Bases for ITS 3.8.9 Action A.1, STS Bases markup ; page B 3.8-77 l l Bases for ITS 3.8.9 Table B 3.8.9-1 footnote *, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-83 Condition A and Required Action A.1 for STS 3.8.9 require that with one AC electrical power distribution subsystem inoperable, restore the AC electrical power distribution subsystem to l Operable status with a Completion Time of 8 hours. Condition A and Required Action A.1 for l corresponding ITS 3.8.9 require that with one or more AC electrical power distribution l subsystems inoperable, restore the AC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) to Operable status with a Completion Time of 8 hours. Footnote
- for Table B 3.8.9-1 in the Bases for ITS 3.8.9 states, "Each train of the AC and DC electrical power distribution systems is a subsystem.
Action a for corresponding CTS 3/4.8.3.1 requires,"With one of the required trains of AC l emergency buses not fully energized, reenergize the train within 8 hours. JFD 03-08-44 states not used. 1 Comment: No justification has been provided to support the proposed difference with the STS. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification to support the proposed difference, or conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: Conditions A, B and C were corrected by deleting "or more" and by deleting the "s" at the end of " subsystems" and " subsystem (s)" in the required action. Similarly, condition E has been revised to match the STS. ATTACHED PAGES: Enct SA 3.8-37 and 3.8-38 l i l l t
1 Distribution Systems-Operating ) 3.8.9 ! l 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.9 Distribution Systems-Operating ! l LCO 3.8.9 Train A and Train B AC. DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems shall be OPfRABLE. i APPLICABILITY: H0 DES 1, 2. 3. and 4. ACTIONS l
)
CONDTTION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One N Ar A.1 Restore AC electrical 8 hours ! ele'ctrical power' oower distribution N distributio subsysw. J ts M - 0 3.8.9 01 CP subsyste inoperable. OPERABLE Ts atus. 16 hours from , discovery of failure to meet ' LCO B. On vital B.1 Restore AClital bus 2 hours M -44 l bus' to 0 3.s.9 01 CP inopera e. ' subsysw.G':; OPERABLE status. M J 16 hours from discovery of failure to meet W
' ~~~
LC0 C. One g C.1 Restore DC electrical 2 hours electr c powe / power dist i ution M distribution suosyst ___ to 3 Q 3.8.9 01 CP I subsyste noperable. OPERABLE slatus. 16 hours . from i discovery of failure to meet LC0 CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-37 12/1188
Distribution Systems-Operating 3.8.9 ACTIONS (continued) CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME
. (continued)
'~
D. Required Action and D.1 Be in H0DE 3. 6 hours ) associated Completion Time not met. 6H2 0.2 Be in H0DE 5. 36 hours l E. T T ; qts CJG;d D E.1 Enter LC0 3.0.3. Immediately
.,;0 ;. ;. . ; . . . --
t i irr r f M a,jg D!gh k )
/Taconit'ati e1 -
m 01str1Dul.lon 0 3.8.9 01 CP subsystemsO.G;tet]D l that result in a ioss of safety function. l 1 l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l SR 3.8.9.1 Verify correct breaker alignments and 7 days voltage to Egtgggd AC DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution i subsystems. l l-Ii
. CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-38 12/1188 ;
f
1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.9-02 CP APPLICABILITY: CP i REQUEST: CP JFD 03-08-44 ; ITS 3.8.9 Condition B and Required Action B.1 ' l STS 3.8.9 Condition B and Required Action B.1 CTS 3/4.8.3.1 Action b Bases for ITS 3.8.9 Action B.1, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-79, first and second paragraphs l l Condition B and Required Action B.1 for STS 3.8.9 require that with one AC vital bus inoperable, ) restore the AC vital bus subsystem to Operable status with a Completion Time of 2 hours. I Condition B and Required Action B.1 for corresponding ITS 3.8.9 require that with one or more I AC vital bus subsystems inoperable, restore the AC vital bus subsystem (s) to Operable status l with a Completion Time of 2 hours. Action b for corresponding CTS 3/4.8.3.1 requires,"With ! one AC instrument bus or two AC instrument buses (consisting of one protection channel and l one vital bus of the same train) deenergized, reenergize the AC instrument bus (es) within 2 l hours ..." JFD 03-08-44 states not used. I Comment: Nojustification has been provided to support the proposed difference with ! the STS. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification to support th,e proposed difference, or conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: See response to Comment Number Q 3.8.9-01 CP. ATTACHED PAGES: None. t
-m
l j ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.9-03 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP JFD 03-0844 ITS 3.8.9 Condition C and Required Action C.1 STS 3.8.9 Condition C and Required Action C.1 CTS 3/4.8.3.1 Action d i Bases for ITS 3.8.9 Action C.1, STS Bases markup l page B 3.8-80 i l Condition C and Required Action C.1 for STS 3.8.9 require that with one DC electrical power l distribution subsystem inoperable, restore the DC electrical power distribution subsystem to l Operable status with a Completion Time of 2 hours. Condition C and Required Action C.1 for corresponding ITS 3.8.9 require that with one or more DC electrical power distribution subsystems inoperable, restore the DC electrical power distribution subsystem (s) to Operable status with a Completion Time of 2 hours. Action d for corresponding CTS 3/4.8.3.1 requires, "With one DC bus not energized from its associated station battery, reenergize the DC bus from its associated station battery within 2 hours ..." JFD 03-08-44 states not used. Comment: No justification has been provided to support the proposed difference with the STS. Revise the submittal to previde the appropriate justification to support the proposed difference, or conform to the STS. FLOG RESPONSE: See response to Comment Number Q 3.8.9-01 CP. ATTACHED PAGES: None. i l l l i I i
- - ___ _ - ~_ . . . . _ - .
l i l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.9-04 CP APPLICABILITY: CP, CA l O 3.8.9-02 CW REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.9, STS Bases markup page CW(3.8.9-02) B 3.8-77, second parag aph Bases for STS LCO 3.8.9
- The Bases for STS LCO 3.8.9 discusses tie breakers. This discussion has not been adopted in the Bases for corresponding ITS LCO 3.8.9.
Comment: No justification has been provided to support this proposed difference. Revise the submittal 2 ;r:: vide the sp;ropdate justification. FLOG RESPONSE: The Bases for STS LCO 3.8.9 discussion about tie breakers between redundant safety related power distribution subsystems was not adopted into the Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.9 because it is not applicable information to the specific plant design. The design of the plant is such that no tie breakers between redundant safety related AC, DC, and AC vital bus power distribution subsystems exist. ATTACHED PAGES: -
~
None. 1 l l
1 l l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.9-05 CP APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: CP JFD 3.01-LG ITS LCO 3.8.9 CTS 3.8.3.1 items a and b ' CTS 3.8.3.1 specifies the transformers that are associated with the Train A and Train B AC emergency buses. This material has not been retained in corresponding ITS 3.8.9. JFD 3.01-LG states that the list of required electrical buses, batteries, and chargers would be moved to the Bases. I l Comment: JFD 3.01-LG does not address the transformers. No justification has been provided to support this proposed change. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification to support the proposed change. FLOG RESPONSE: The transformers for the 480 volt emergency busses have been added to the Bases. DOC 03-01-LG is adequate as written. l ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-83 l i e I
__- ._ .- _ _ - . _ . . . _ . ~_ __ _ _--_. _. Distribution Systems-Operating B 3.8.9 Table B 3.8.91 (page 1 of 1) AC and DC Electrical Power Distribution Systems TYPE V0LTAGE TRAIN TRAIN AC safety 69001V ESFBus21EM ESF Bus 3EA2 buses [3Eg] 12Egl 180jV Loac Centers Load Centers
]SYABEB3 REB 2s?,4ElH MM) {2E8;t! SEMI 48G-V lictor Ocatrol tictor Ocatrol Centers Ocaters
[N001A. N00H- [N002A. N002I. NGG18. N0030. N003I. NGG28. NC040. N004I. NGG3&} NGG4&} MG-V Distribution P;ncis Distribution Panch [NP01. NP03] [NP02,NPO43 DC buses Eply BUSIED 1] BUSIED 2.2l L2ED1) {2E_D2] , Bus 1ED3.)] BusJED43 , 1.2iR3] L2EEI l . Distributica Pancis Distribution Parais [NK41. NK43. NK51] [NK42. NK44. NK52] AC vital 11_8J BusM IEC171EC5 Buse(JEG2;1EC6 buses 12F&112ECS) 12EC2 REG 6) Busel ifC1*1PC] Buses 1PS2SPg IREC1;2PC3] 12PR;"_ 2 PR] l l
- Each train of the AC and DC electrical power distribution systems is a -
subsystem. VEff43liftsf8]!BI'BNtsCffEttmRTowfeltMii!@jgth MMWlRIEEU1151 tiBa m F1 ERR Q-3.8.9 05 CP l M . ,: ))(B] os.. G M ESs EumsstEB;teT2EB) REu mlEIA?# I @ EBR r % 9 (.Wi'T2EB3 d MJa?EBJ r CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-83 12/11/98
l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: APPLICABILITY: CP, WC, CA, DC O 3.8.10-01 CP Q 3.8.10-01 WC Q 3.8.10-01 CW Q 3.8.10-01 DC I i REQUEST: CP DOC 03-06-LS CW(3.8.10-01) JFD 3.8-45 ITS LCO 3.8.10 ' WC(3.8.10-01) STS LCO 3.8.10 CTS 3.8.3.2 , Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.10, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-85 STS LCO 3.8.10 specifies,"The necessary portion of the AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems ..." Corresponding ITS LCO 3.8.10 specifies,"The necessary portion of the Train A or Train B AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems ..." JFD 3.8-45 states that the power distribution systems have been revised to retain the CTS requirement that one train shall be operable when shutdown. Corresponding CTS 3.8.3.2 states, "As a minimum, the following divisions of electrical buses shall be energized in the specified manner: ..." DOC 03-06-LS merely restates the proposed change. Comment: This LCO does not seem to be consistent with the Bases for LCO 3.8$10 or LCO 3.8.2. The LCO indicates that ang train of AC, DC, or AC vital bus electrical power is required. However, the Bases for LCO 3.8.10 as well as 3.8.2 indicate that a second l train of AC, DC, or AC vital bus electrical power may be required. This inconsistency needs to be addressed. Also, Action A.1 is an allowance to declare required features inoperable that is based on two trains of electrical power being required. Action A.1 is not appropriate for the LCO as written. JFD 3.8-45 and DOC 03-06-LS do not explain why the proposed difference is acceptable. Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for the proposed difference. FLOG RESPONSE: For DCPP see response to Comment Number O 3.8.10-04. For CPSES, Callaway and WCGS, the ITS will be revised to reflect the CTS for the requirements associated with power supplies for supported systems during shutdown ATTACHED PAGES: Enct 2 3/4 8-13 and 3/4 8-19 End 3A 7 and 17 Enci 3B 4 Enc!SA 3.8-17,3.8-27,3.8-35 and 3.8-39 l Enci 5B B 3.8-34, B 3.8-35, B 3.8-57, B 3.8-72 and B 3.8-85 l Enci 6A 6 l Enci 68 7 i
l ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS I A.C. SOURCES SHUTDOWN LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.8.1.2 As a minimum, the following A.C. electrical power sources shall be OPERABLE:
- a. One circuit between the offsite transmission network and the Onsite Class IE Distribution System, tggggg8Egy3$gfE1B and One diesel generatnry' "a g y
~
- b. _
n, ;";w p-wn-. msname, seme-.-.v.mey 4-4-H
- u - .s.svisamA. j 0 3.8.10 01 CP
- 1) Day fuel tank containing a minimum volume of 1440 gallons of fuel. .
101$1-Ali
- 2) A fuel storage system containing a minimum volume of 86-MG E9.0.g gallons of fuel, ettd ppigf(
- 3) A fuel transfer pump]
kow t b k k h $) h hh h MEW AiSMMRiggiiiNtglltgggesgrKEg8ERegifgat 1 43 3 letmerstammrmerecewera Q.3.8.3 01 CP APPLICABILITY: H0 DES 5 and 6. ACTION:
- a. With less than the above minimum required A.C. electrical power sources OPERABLE, immediately suspend all operations involving CORE ALTERATIONS, positive reactivity changes, movement of irradiated 4FAgn- fuel pmanermest BMBERitdte@GrJt9miiHRE5F .
NN ____;.___..__&____._ ___ __ . .. I.Z
' " . ' _ '"VT_ " ' 1"". ." H '_'
p'!"'
- _ rtt' '* *"' 1",""" """ * "I'l u '"X _ ' "!! _ "X"'. " T' /"".! L ""!u " _ .'"/ ""." M; @
J,7; :"' _'_"'"7 ':L ~""I""'g"nlddI, .. _ tiin LX" unlu ""'"a L' c, i :. . ;-
".r. ."'.". ! _",'.' ".' _e?.'."."
"u"L
"?. _ '._. . "! .!. '.u
?""!
%","1. "'_'I._ f ! *_'L.'t.M. : T , 2 "'
- _ l'_'_' _ IDW4 *L
.I t."".
. .m ..
, _ ;i l .l l!. " . ".
immediately initiate corrective action to restore the ' y" --E required sources to OPERABLE status as soon as possible. BM (ii' Qi'
- b. With the fuel oil storage system total particulate contamination not within limits, restore the storage system fuel oil particulate NIDY contamination level to within limits within seven (7) days or immediately declare the associated diesel generator inoperable and perform ACTION a. If less than the minimum required A.C. electrical 3 power sources are OPERABLE. -
CPSES Markup of CTS 3N.8 3N.8-13 1N1188
D.C. SOURCES SHUTDOWN LIMITING CONDITION FOR OPERATION 3.8.2.2 As a minimum, two 125V 0.0 statica battarics of ca; train and at icest cac associated full cep; city chargcr for c;;h rcquired bettery shall 03 l APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6. ACTION: With the required battery train and/or required full capacity chargers . inoperable, immediately3eclaMa(Lected2eguitedifeaturelsEinop;erab1Cor. E0219-LS] immediately suspend all operations involving CORE ALTERATIONS, positive reactivity changes, or movement of irradiated fuel: initiate corrective action to restore the required battery train and full capacity charger to OPERABLE status as soon as possibic. nd within 0 hours, depressurice and vent the l:cactor Ccciant Syster. through at least c 2.00 !01:57-AJJ squarc inch vcat. SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS _ 4.8.2.2 The above required 125V D.C. station batteries and full capacity chargers shall be demonstrated OPERABLE in accordance with Specification [02il5-(S] 4.8.2.1. MtegES.OryejReticMquRedblitC4781211_LcI,4,1dXe3XdJffiafb?not gejtolt(dXoDesperfored) I l CPSESMarkup of CTS 3N.8 3N.819 S/158 7
1 CHANGE NUMBER ILEC DESCRIPTION SR 3.8.3.3 would require that DF0 properties of new and , stored DF0 are tested in accordance with, and maintained l within the limits of, the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program. In addition, the SR 3.8.3 Bases will contain additional descriptive material regarding the DF0 testing requirements of the current SRs. These changes are consistent with NUREG 1431. . 01-38 LG The fuel oil storage tank cleaning SR would be moved to licensee controlled documents. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 39 LG The fuel oil transfer piping leak test SR would be moved to licensee controlled documents. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 40 LS 25 The requirements for staggered DG testing would be deleted and replaced with a requirement to test each DG every 31 days. Deleting staggered DG testing is consistent with NUREG 1431 results in no change in the frequency of testing for each DG. This change is acceptable because studies have shown that staggered testing has negligible impact on equipment reliability. It is not as safety , significant as originally thought, it is difficult to implement operationally, and may increase the chance of human error test performance. 01 41 M The AC Sources Shutdown LCO would be changed to specify that the required AC sources must be powcring. cr capabic of powcring the required AC distribution busses. This changc is an additionci restrictica consistent ; "8dU# # w+th the implicit assumptions for operation during i shutdcun conditions. This change is consistent with tiUilEC 1431. (Scc cisc Cri 03-05 LS 26) Lloi; ppg lstbleitEf2SBNLSte3M93r!ggg!pgig1tgle 1 [=1mm3BM j 01 42 M Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 01 43 H The AC Sources Shutdown Action statement would be revised to specify that the offsite circuit must be capable of supplying power to the required onsite buses. This assures the single operable circuit is performing a vital function. Explicdtly requiring entry into the applicable actions of LC0 3.8.10 clarifies the appropriate action to take if the onsite distribution train becomes de energized. This is consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 44 LG The AC Sources Shutdown action statement reference to crane operations with loads over the spent fuel pool would CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 7 12/11/98 k
-m
i CHANGE NUMBER E.liC RESCRIPTION r 03 06 LS 26 The existing TS reauirementfor 'the following' distribution l busses lists ' lass IE power required to be
~
l operable during s u own. Thihiivg:;cd u,u specifies that the portions of these distribution subsystems necessary to supply AC and DC power to equipment required to be l operable in this plant condition must be operable.
- 1. _ r -- _ _ m, _ __ _- . i,.__-
tIsttnrlhargar110tKEIEI2etatsRmhem2B x _^._Q
- Q 3.8.10 01 CP l I
l MERE 20tMtr41AlhCilEEENMEhefr3K0W1310ttilN l REIRILME20gettatuitetrnnisheJefety) l . 3fgp M M) J l 03 07 H An additional action (ITS LC0 3.8.10 Condition A.2.5) would be added to immediately declare associated residual heat removal subsystem (s) inoperable and not in operation. This action is included because of the allowances of ITS LC0 3.0.6 (support / supported system operability). ITS LC0 3.0.6 would allow only the actions for the inoperable distribution I subsystem to be taken. Condition A.2.5 would assure consideration is given to shutdown cooling systems that are without required power and that appropriate actions are taken to assure operability of these required systems. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. ., 03 08 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 03 09 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). 03 10 Not used. 03 11 A Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 38). b Q 3.8.10 01 CP FiEE14EtableMeic1MyfGBJJ 04 01 R The [ ] Containment Penetration Conductor Overcurrent Protective Devices TS would be relocated to licensee-controlled documents. This change is consistent with NUREG-1431. b CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 17 12/1188
CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 4 cf 9 DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 01-36 The DG power factor lower limit of 0.8 would be deleted No: CTS does no'. No. CTS does not No, maintaining CTS Yes A from the power factor limits of between 0.8 and 0.9. contain power contain power factor limits. factor limits 01-37 The specific requirements for sampling new diesel fuel oil Yes Yes Yes Yes LG (DFO) prior to addition to the storage tanks and for sampling the stored DF0 once every 31 days would be moved to the Diesel Fuel Oil Testing Program, which would be referenced by ITS SR 3.8.3.3 and described in ITS 5.5.13. 01-38 fuel oil storage tank cleaning requirements, would be moved Yes, moved to FSAR Yes, moved to TRM No. moirteinir- CTS Yes. LG to licensee-controlled documents. YestmovgCtq35#1 moved to lWC-3.8-002 FSAR 01-39 Fuel oil transfer piping leak test, would be moved to Yes, moved to FSAR Yes, moved to TRM No, not in CTS No, not in CTS LG licensee controlled documents. 01-40 The requirement for staggered DG testing would be deleted Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-25 and replaced with requirement to test each DG every 31 days. y % 01-41 The AC Sources - Shutdown LCO would be changed to specify Yes f'VesNo2Retajn,CIS Vespo ERetat1J3C I] Vesg ) B 0 3.8.10,01 CP l M that the required AC sources must be powering, or capable \ M l of powering. the required AC distribution busses. g 01-42 CTS 3.8.1.2. CTS 3.8.2.2 and CTS 3.8.3.2 applicability Yes No, maintain CTS No. maintain c.T5 No, maintain CTS M would be revised to add. "during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies." 01-43 An AC Sources - Shutdown action statement would be revised Yes Yes Yes Yes H to specify that the offsite circuit must be capable of supplying power to the required onsite buses, and, therefore tc all equipment required to be operable in the applicable modes. 01-44 Reference to crane operations with loads over the spent Yes: moved to FSAR Yes, moved to Yes: moved to USAR Yes: LG fuel pool would be moved from the LCO act a to licensee- BesesFSAil moved l 0-3.8.2-05 CP controlled documents. to FSAR 01-45 The requirement to initiate corrective action is expanded Yes Yes Yes Yes M to match the applicability of the TS. 01-46 A note would be added to the AC Sources - Shutdown action Yes Yes Yes Yes A statement to enter the Distribution Systems LCO if one required train has no electrical power. 01-47 The SRs required for AC sources operability in Modes 5 and Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-4 6 would be revised to include only those SRs which are
- applicable. The Note listing exceptions to SR required
- for Modes 5 and 6 in current TS 4.8.1.2 would be revised to include additional SRs.
01-48 A new LC0 would be added with new TS requirements for DG Yes Yes Yes Yes H lube oil and starting air. CPSES Conversion Comparison Table - CTS 3M.8 12M188
AC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.2 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.2 AC Sources-Shutdown LCO 3.B.2 , C6=?=~ _ ge following AC electrical power sources shall be , 0 )ERABLE: A
- a. One qualified circuit between the offsite transmission network and tha nneito Class 1E AC plortrical nnwar 3.8 45 dgi tr4hntidytte;;; subsystem (s' required by LCO 3.3.10b C0istributien Syste;;;s-ShutdowrG ana 0 3.8 10 1 CP
- b. One diesel generator (DG) capable of supplying one train of the onsite Class 1E AC electrical power distribution subsystemtst G quire; cy Lc0 3.S. g ~ -
APPLICABILITY: H0 DES 5 and 67 Buring ;;;cyc: cat of irradiated fuci assc blics. B3.8-29S]
~'
ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One required offsite NOTE- - - circuit inoperable. Enter applicable Conditions and Required Actions of , LC0 3.8.10, with--one thg F38-45@4 required train de energized " . ~ as a result of Condition A. A.1 Declare affected Immediately required feature (s) with no offsite power available inoperable. 08 1 A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately i ALTERATIONS. I M2 (continued) i ! CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-17 12/11/98 1
I r DC Sources-Shutdown 3.8.5 l l 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown LCO 3.8.5 GCGb,_ , .,.. .WWiMeUW76m/QC ^ elecTikoi uu.a suosystem snall De OPEFABLE to 3 8'45 sucoortNie'themanDt,til1Etif]the DC electrical power distribution subsystemts-> required by 0 3.8-10 1 cP LC0 3.8.10. " Distribution Systems -Shutdown." / - APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 67 Bering movement of irradiated fucl asscablics.
$3:8429h ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more r"equired A.1-1 Declare affected Immediately f3l845$j
" ' " ~
DC electrical power required feature (s) . subsystems inoperable, inoperable. - EfE03] DE A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. M A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. M A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. M (continued) l t t CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8 27 S/1S/97
Inverters-Shutdown 3.8.8 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.8 Inverters -Shutdown LC0 3.8.8 Th0GjE6;E4GigKga!st]Mja.W.Jt?WeneRrain~76 nyerLeia siia i i uc vrunnui.c. 6v suppor % ..uue Jamd 3*8'46
$11K6fjthe onsite Class 1E AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystestst required 0 3.8 10 1 CP by LC0 3.8.10. " Distribution Systems-Shutdown."
APPLICABILITY: H0 DES 5 and 67 Ouring acv :cnt of irradiated fuel assemblies. 93.;8?29;M ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more pegujred A.1 Declare affected Immediately inverters inoperab'li. required feature (s) .. !BM inoperable. - 08 A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. 6EQ A.2.2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. 6HQ A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. MQ l (continued) l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-3S S/158 7 I l
l Distribution Systems-Shutdown 3.8.10 l 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS 3.8.10 Distribution Systems-Shutdown 6'snm essary portion o kOttafED LC0 3.8.10 dhcrr.;;= ;r=5.s AC, DC, and AC vital uus 3.8 45 electricai power cistr 4en siihsystems shall be 0 3.8 10 1 CP OPERABLE to supprt -OtMaQquipment required to be OPERABLE. j l l APPLICABILITY: MODES 5 and 6; i Durir.g =0yc; cat of irradiated fuel asse:blics. h3l8429% ACTIONS CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A. One or more required A.1 Declare associated Immediately AC, DC, or AC vital supported required ' bus electrical power feature (s) - distribution inoperable.
- subsystems inoperable.
0E A.2.1 Suspend CORE Immediately ALTERATIONS. 8RQ A.2,2 Suspend movement of Immediately irradiated fuel assemblies. bM A.2.3 Initiate action to Immediately suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions. 6H0. (continued) l l
}
l l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-39 5/158 7 l
i AC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES (continued) APPLICABLE analysis assumptions and design requirements are allowed SAFETY ANALYSES within the Required Actions. This allowance is in (continued). recognition that certain testing and maintenance activities must be conducted provided an acceptable level of risk is not exceeded. During MODES 5 and 6, performance of a significant number of required testing and maintenance activities is also required. In MODES 5 and 6, the activities are generally planned and administratively controlled. Relaxations from H0DE 1, 2, 3, and 4 LC0 requirements are acceptable during shutdown modes based on:
- a. The fact that time in an outage is limited. This is a risk prudent goal as well as a utility economic consideration.
- b. Requiring appropriate compensatory measures for certain conditions. These may include administrative controls, reliance on systems that do not necessarily meet typical design requirements applied to systems credited in operating H00E analyses, or both,
- c. Prudent utility consideration of the risk associated with multiple activities that could affect multiple systems. ,
- d. Maintaining, to the extent practical, the ability to perform required functions (even if not meeting H00E 1, 2, 3, and 4 OPERABILITY requirements) with systems assumed to function during an event.
In the event of an accident during shutdown, this LC0 ensures the capability to support systems necessary to avoid immediate difficulty, assuming either a loss of all offsite power or a loss of all onsite diesel generator (DG) power. The AC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of the N:10 "clicy Stat =cr.t LOGMWiM)pE1S LCO One offsite circuitMapable of supplying the onsite Class 1E er distribution (systsj satsystc;;;W c7 _C0 3.0.10, Distr;;uticr. Syste;;is-Shutdowr.." cr,suras that all recuk" icads cr; pacred frci. Offsite pacr. GJ1 OPERABLE DG, ( f3 f Sk3b mm y b . $ 5- .... d3} O 3Y3 '
.1 ensures a diverse power W 0 3.8.10 01 CP source is avallaoie to provide electrical power support, assuming a loss of the offsite circuit. Together. OPERABILITY of the required offsite circuit and DG ensuresCFisia'm1n1 mum -
the availability of sufficient AC sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-34 12/1188 l
1 1 , AC Sources-Shutdown I B 3.8.2 ! 1 BASES (continued) The qualified offsite circuit must be capable of maintaining rated frequency and voltage, and accepting required loads during an accident, while connected to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) bus. Qualified offsite circuits are those that are described in the FSAR and are part of the licensing basis for I the unit. l l i KistfAg#m@ t pgangsmImplLiplegemet!tatfMtt !
! eOOF ?#s1M82fmE3MDess1mprisenyarmstreoir#ms i theTpr@ltredpoteeJotaing agst31ternatocume;temitJ12 circuttyi2 Hs3heJprgehag530uRq3For2Urtit313nd;altemate source 23er1 Unit?2ag.ghantsitelpgspit;ean : supply;619_JV,"T_r_aig Eag3lBE5?ESF" busse's43r40t l ,g[t3tandutMt34 The DG aust be capable of starting, accelerating to rated speed l
(,44DPM), and voltage, and connecting to its respective ESF bus ) on receiDt dctcction of g bus undervoltage pjgna]. This sequence must be accomplished within }q seconds. The DG must be capable of accepting gg required loads !jmjialU within the l assu;cd loading sequcacc intervals, and continue to operate I until offsite power can be restored to the ESF buses. These capabilities are required to be met from a variety of initial i conditions such as OG in standby with the engine hot and DG in l standby M,thltj Q ngjp]l at ambient conditions. . l l _ _ _ m - _o .. .,__,_m_,__, i m .a sna~x. % n - e._-= - m ma>=xww -m.rammmnaam~w s '
. t .t Y Yh c.Z65 c 1 . . . , _ - G. . M..
0 3,8.10 01 CP l _ - -- - m .,_ _. - m , _ m mM _- _ _ .c _ _ - - - _- 3 ==MYS -HfhmsE w,~ - = = _ - - - - m n.mun. m wv n . _ __a__ m-_ ._ . - _.,vys. y . m . ,... , .. .vome. . . . ,
. . . _om . v a.. yy v ,3 df ne.c senti;l 100ds, is : required function for GG OPERAiHt. + TV- In ddition, prepcr :cqucacer opcratica i: :n integral part of offsite circuit O!T"v^aILITY sincc its inopcrebility i pects on the ability to start end =aintain oncisiz;d 10;d: r^quir;d 0^ "#LE by LCO 3.S.10.
It is acceptable for trains to be cross tied during shutdown conditions, allcwing a single offsite power circuit to supply all required trains. APPLICABILITY The AC sources required to be OPERABLE in H0 DES 5 and 6 and during ;vc; cat of irradiated fuci ;;;c;blics provide assurance that: CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-35 12/11A8 l
H DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS B 3.8.5 DC Sources-Shutdown BASES BACKGROUND A description of the DC sources is provided in the Bases for LC0 3.8.4 "DC Sources-Operating.* APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident and CP 3.8.G 1 SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the FSAR, Chapter 6 (Ref.1) and - Chapter)$(Ref.2),assumethatEngineeredSafetyFeature systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system provides normal and emergency DC electrical power for the diesel generators, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC subsystems is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and the requirements for the supported systems' OPERABILITY. The OPERABILITY of the minimum DC electrical power source's-during MODES 5 and 6 and during acv;;;nt of irradiated fuel o.3.8.s.03 assemblics ensures that:
- a. The unit can be maintaired in the shutdown or refueling condition for extended periods;
- b. Sufficient instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit status; and
- c. Adequate DC electrical power is provided to mitigate events postulated during shutdown, such as a fuel handling accident.
The DC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of the NRC "clicy Stat;;;nt 10fEBigtigMUffil. LC0 MWB1R alkMDC electrical power subsystems. cach subsystem consisting o two batteries, M one E R] gggggbattery charger per battery, and t1e corresponding control equipment and interconnecting Q 3.8.10 01 CP cabling within the train == ranuired to be / - OPERABLE to suppor16el thlPm* Egg]3 ccquired trains ! of the distribution systems required OPERABLE by LC0 3.8.10.
" Distribution Systems-Shutdown." This ensures the availability l of sufficient DC electrical power sources to operate the unit in a 3 i safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events +
during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). i i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-S7 12/11/98
Inverters-Shutdown B 3.8.8 i [ ! BASES (continued) l l LC0 D [ 0 3.8.10 01 cP l l ann: l l 018tt1MK19tlB@itWElitM3RRtlX O! The inverters ensure the availability of electrical power for the instrumentation for systems required to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated , operational occurrence or a postulated DBA. The battery powered inverters provide uninterruptible supply of AC electrical power to the AC vital buses even if the 6.9 kV safety buses are de energized. OPERABILITY of the inverters requires that the AC vital bus be powered by the inverter. This ensures the availability of sufficient inverter power sources to operate the unit in a safe manner and to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). APPLICABILITY The inverters required to be OPERABLE in H0 DES 5 and 6 e - during acvc; cat of irradiated fuc1 cs;c:blics provide assurance that:
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are ,
available for the irradiated fuel in the core: l o
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available;
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available: and
- d. Instrumentation and control capability is available for monitoring and maintaining the unit in a cold shutdown condition or refueling condition.
Inverter requirements for MODES 1, 2, 3, and 4 are covered in LC0 3.8.7. ACTIONS A.1. A.2.1. A.2.2. A.2.3. and A.2.4 If two train; crc required by LCO 3.8.10. " Distribution Systems-ShutdcWn." the rc;cining 0"C"A"LC Inverters acy be copcbic of supporting ;ufficient required featurcs to cllow (continued) i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-72 12/1188
Distribution Systems-Shutdown B 3.8.10 BASES (continued) LC0 Various combinations of subsystems, equipment, and components are required OPERABLE by other LCOs depending on the specific
. plant condition. Implicit in those requirements is the 4 -
am rc-quirc; w L = L;;; cf.becessary suooort L etiergiza';1on of the portions of W- - .ade eiectrical , distribution system E necessary to support OPERABILITY f of gng@1XOg[ required systems, equipment. and I components-all specifically addressed in each LC0 and la3.8.1001CP l implicitly required via the definition of OPERABILITY. Maintuining these portions of the distribution system energized ensures the availability of sufficient power to operate the unit in a safe manner to mitigate the consequences of postulated events during shutdown (e.g., fuel handling accidents). m,.._______m______ .m
*:Dai"MZttwnww~ey~y mmrgr ~yn a g as u w r e . n e g . - - - a,.,-u ,. , e .
-_e,-. __
_ _ . _ - . . _ . - . --n
.a g - -- --- -- - :__
3.- : 3 ,r --- _ e S's-e
= s.=,,,; ;"___-- _
- - - --------2.----,.m-, T r%_
m ore,, ..
%__ _-g r p y 7 ,3 g g. - ; 7; y, . . -
my ry 37pyg.;3 s,m-m z m . . r. m ... m .,.....c y,sg7. m.w.- ,~m- m.u.
- g.a v.c + w e. - r c....:..w :: +..; =.w .: w c .. .
. y .;..; w a .,. .:. . :. :.y.,. .. . .. i ...:. .. + ; ; w . ,.
.. ; p . . J . W . . . . 3. ., ,.
..,,4.u.,: N.;;? 3. . , f.g
~ -
APPLICABILITY The AC and DC electrical power distribution subsystems required to be OPERABLE in H00ES 5 and 6, ar.d durir; m;;=r,t of irradiated fuel ass;;11ics, provide assurance that:
- a. Systems to provide adequate coolant inventory makeup are available for the irradiated fuel in the core;
- b. Systems needed to mitigate a fuel handling accident are available:
- c. Systems necessary to mitigate the effects of events that can lead to core damage during shutdown are available: and i
i I I (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-85 12/1188
CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION look for damage to or degradation of the battery that would affect the operability of the battery, and that any damage or degradation that does not affect battery operation would not fail the surveillance acceptance criteria. This change is consistent with industry Traveler TSTF 38. 3.8 42 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68). 3.8 43 For one DG inoperable, while in MODES 1, 2, and 3, the requirement in the CTS to confirm the OPERABILITY of the TDAFW pump is part of ITS LCO 3.8.1 ACTION B.2 and a Note has been added to make this requirement clear. 7 M" den yt ghaM*Al$ed;$pqMrgQpgjelrA!2g 0 3.8.1 01 CP 3.8 44 Not Used. l .8.10 01 & 3.8 45 The specifications for power scources and power distribution systems are revised to retain the CTS requirementfThat en; train ( ub y-tem; shall bc 0^E"#Lu wncn-rn_ e o e e o o __; e o ,a ._. ...2.; i.___.2. A.. vv__n_n . wwa w.v.s. v.v.v ui u w.v.4v wi w .swiesu vv .wywi w
" Train A er Train 0" to ;uppsrt "ene trair" cf equipcat required t; bc 0"E"# LE. In 3 vcral 1;ceticr,s. the r-fccca c to 2 "subsystes(s)" is choi.scd to "subsystear' er "subsyste;;;" and the ,'
phcesc "en; er it. rore". is ileted to bc cor,sistent u With the overall uev. e, _ _ _ . 2_
,sy n
-n.
onuo uns u u n. i.2. L. us nnena,nie vi 6. v m.. v. ns. v. r-r,e .___.4_____t. syu o ...s n tG hov; ;.; train Of POWcr s0urces Gnd POWcr distribdtien 0"E"#LE provides the support accid to oper tc in ; safe ;;nacr and to ;;;itig;t: the conscqucacc ; cf postulated cvcats during
. u . .u _. _ .
av uw wwwwt 5. g
.. 1 enere e.
3.8-46 u_a. vyy . 2. _ L1. nv . A. ...n.. ,sm own m___r.vu.
. ov .yo._2 , vu a. L
. 1. '.
CP-3.8 004 (cacio;urc 5"). .;w. . J -. W'G % E ?. p . C .. . T v. ~ _. a y :, L .. .: .. :m r y L, 3 .. . , ; . ; .. e A ., i . 2 .. m ;
.jq.
~
= # f .J ii > .
I . f ) . ; > > - ;- i.t g - 77: . 7. 'p 1k'
;;. ; j - . . . . r; 4 ; :, v- ;
f sj : , . . ... ,z ,;: \ ,;& [ ;. . & Mg gr. a f , . - . ; . w ,. ,, .... . .
- a. s ;..y -
.r o x . ,9 Gu 5 (f .g g.- .t. ., a Q q 9 a .,q4,...... .
;;ss ' iD.;Lg . hg.' -
h b ill;,LW * ' ' U, b?t ' 9 ' i .- ' i '!. i & :'.p' . ;;. I.M.1 ' v 1 ti -f O. . ':. .V OT *.. - - 4 ..:
. e - - .
J. (['. Dtj - thmamssammesuminacenresimuumrummmenseursiummarnesammmmenera ME1BIEEli Mt19 s w. hw 3.8 47 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table i (enclosure 68). M IN U nieliB31862#1 N tX30arAstgast9.6 HaL9o~aramen ., CPSESNUKEG-1431 Differences -ITS3.8 6 12/1188 L
CONVERSION COMPARISON TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 7ef7 NUPEER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway , 3.8-43 A Note is added to ITS 3.8.1. ACTION %3[Q2[and 8.2 to state Yes Yes Yes Yes that the TDAFW pump is required to meet the redundant features requirement for Onc 00 ir.cscr;bic in Mode 1. 2. and 3 consistent with th; C 5 m c J M g . lQ-3.8.1-)1 CP l
~
3.8-44 Not Used. N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.8-45 The specifications for power scources and power No. See CNs 3.8-13 Yes Yes Yes distribution systems are revised to retain the CTS and 3.8-15. requirementy :r.;t sac tratr. ';s ;y;tc;; ;h;; r.c 0^C'A% j Q-3.8.10-C1 CP l h , -At.1, 7. # 3.8-46 Footnote (cl. of ITS Table 3.8.6-1 would be modified to No MAdop31ngJpR(G No yeg Yes No M6 retain ";1' Or: d current TS requirements for using tetdingJ lidtllHMO charging current as a substitute for specific gravity l measurements. CP-3.i -004 l 3.8-47 The ITS LCO 3.8.3, CONDITION 8 requirement for a "per Yes No No No diesel generator
- lube oil storage system is revised to reflect the current design of a shared system between units.
_3_.i8_d8
@iS_i49 lQ-3.8.4-07 31am t Ihe1Nojes2ptDGisur9e_ill61remenj;3Lwgq1.dsbe_ modified yes Yes Yes Ygg plask.g3hemJsogp13tenMtW53.gg41respntst Q-3.8.1- ?C CP l
CPSES Conversion Comparison Table -ITS3.8 12/11/98
~
l ! l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.10-02 DC APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA I O 3.8.10-03 CP Q 3.8.10-03 WC Q 3.8.10-03 CW REQUEST: dP DOC 03-03-LS , CW(3.8.10-03) CTS 3/4.8.3.2 Action i DC(3.8.10-02) ITS 3.8.10 Condition A and Required Action A.2.4 WC(3.8.10-03) STS 3.8.10 Condition A and Required Action A.2.4 l Condition A for STS 3.8.10 addresses,"One or more required AC, DC, or AC vital bus electrical i power distribution subsystems inoperable." This has been adopted as Condition A for ccrresponding ITS 3.8.10, and is a proposed change relative to the Action for corresponding CTS 3/4.8.3.2 which states,"With any of the above required electrical buses not energized in the required manner..." Required Action A.2.4 for STS 3.8.10 states," Initiate actions to restore required AC, DC, and AC vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems to Operable status." This requirement has been adopted as Required Action A.2.4 for corresponding ITS 3.8.10, and is a proposed change relative to the Action for corresponding CTS 3/4.8.3.2 whien states,"... Initiate corrective action to energize the required electrical buses in the specified manner..." Comment: DOC 03-03-LS does not address these proposed changes. Revise the ~ submittal to provide the appropriate justification for these proposed changes. l FLOG RESPONSE: When in the context of the ITS and its Bases (see responses to Q 3.8.10-01) the ITS 3.8.10 has the same meaning as the CTS. Similarly, Required Action A.2.4 has the same meaning as the CTS. DOC 03-03-LS describes a change to the CTS which allows the attemate action of declaring '.ne affected supported equipment inoperable. This change is justified by NSHC LS-20. For DCPP, WCGS, and Callaway, several enanges were made to the terminology used in the CTS for these requirements. DOC 03-12-A has been added to describe these changes and j reads as follows:
"The terminology and descriptions used have been revised to be consistent with the changes made in the LCO and the terminology and phraseology used in the STS. These changes do not change the meaning of the requirement beyond the changes described by other DOCS:
therefore, these changes are administrative." ATTACHED PAGES: , None. . i: i n
~ _ _ __- _ __ __._.._..._ _._ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ ..-._ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: Q 3.8.10-02 CP APPLICABILITY: CP, WC, CA Q 3.8.10-02 WC Q 3.8.10-02 CW REQUEST: CP DOC 03-06-LS CW(3.8.10-02) JFD 3.8-45 , WC(3.8.10-02) ITS LCO 3.8.10 STS LCO 3.8.10 CTS 3.8.3.2 Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.10, STS Bases markup page B 3.8-85, last two paragraphs STS LCO 3.8.10 states,"... shall be Operable to support equipment required to be Operable." Corresponding ITS LCO 3.8.10 states, "... shall be Operable to support one train of equipment required to be Operable." JFD 3.8-45 also refers to "one train of equipment required to be Operable." Corresponding CTS 3.8.3.2 does not contain any reference to supported equipment required to be Operable. DOC 03-06-LS refers to "... equipment required to be operable in this plant condition ..." The Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.10 refers to providing support for redundant required systems. Comment: There appears to be a discrepancy between ITS LCO 3.8.10 and the Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.10. Confirm that only one train of supported equipment is required ^ to be - Operable in Modes 5 and 6, or revise ITS LCO 3.8.10 to conform to the GTS. . FLOG RESPONSE: See responses to Q 3.8.10-01 CP, O 3.8.10-01 WC and O 3.8.10-01 CW. ATTACHED PAGES: None. L i d J
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: O 3.8.10-04 CP APPLICABILITY: CP, WC, CA i O 3.8.10-05 WC l I Q 3.8.10-05 CW REQUEST: CP Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.10, STS Bases markup CW(3.8.10-05) page B 3.8-85 , WC(3.8.10-05) Bases for STS LCO 3.8.10 The Bases for ITS LCO 3.8.10 states that when the second DC electrical power distribution train ! or the second subsystem of AC vital bus electrical power distribution is needed to support redundant required systems, equipment and components, the second train may be energized ; from any available source. This is a proposed difference with the Bases for corresponding STS LCO 3.8.10. Comment: No justificstion has been provided to support this proposed difference. i Revise the submittal to provide the appropriate justification for this proposed difference, or conform to the STS. The justification shall include an evaluation of all of the events identified in the USAR that are postulated to occur during the Applicability, with a determination of the acceptability of not requiring the second DC train and the second subsystem of AC vital bus to be energized by their respective associated cources. The evaluation should confirm that all of the equipment that is assumed to operate to. mitigate the various postulated esents can still be relied on to operate with this proposed change. FLOG RESPONSE: See responses to Q 3.8.10-01 CP, O 3.8.10-01 WO and Q 3.8.10-01 CW. ATTACHED PAGES: None. l l
- i.
m u
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDmONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.a APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- a. Bases Pace 3.8-5 Last paragraph Comment Delete the Bases with regard to singie train systems and turbine-driven auxiliary feedwater pump. At Comanche Peak, the turbine-driven pump is a redundant required feature.
Response: See response to Q 3.8.1-01 CP. ATTACHED PAGES: I
^
None.
)
'l i
l l
)
i l i l i 1 l 1i ll n ii I w
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.b APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: b.' Bases Page 3.8-6 First paragraph
' Comment: The second sentence seems to be incomplete.
i Response: The sentence has been corrected to match the STS. Attached Pages: Enci 5B B 3.8-6 I l l . l l 4 i l i
-n,
A AC Sources-Operating I
- B 3.8.1 BASES l 4
! The Completion Time for Required Action A.2 is intended to allow the operator time to evaluate and repair any discovered inoperabilities. This Completion Time also allows for an 0 3.8.8 02.b l 4
- a. The train has no offsite power supplying it loads; and i b. A required feature on the other train is inoperable.
4 If at any time during the existence of Condition A (one offsite circuit inoperable) itLtD3j@tgjtDgEcft(sjtQolite@y)11_able; anjd a redundant required feature subsequently becomes inoperable, this Completion Time begins to be tracked. ! Discovering no offsite power to one train of the oncite Class 1E Electrical Power Distribution System coincident with one or more inoperable required support or supported features, or both, that are associated with the other train that has offsite power, I results in starting the Completion Times for the Required Action. Twenty four hours is acceptable because it minimizes risk while *
< allowing time for restoration before subjecting the unit to transients associated with shutdown. }
The remaining OPERABLE offsite circuit and DGs are adequate to supply electrical power to Train A and Train B of the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. The 24 hour Completion Time takes into account the component OPERABILITY of the reoundant counterpart to the inoperable required feature. Additionally, the 24 hour Completion Time takes into account the capacity and capability of the remaining AC sources, a reasonable time for repairs, and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. bl According to Regulatory Guide 1.93 (Ref. 6), operation may continue in Condition A for a period that should not exceed 72 hours. With one offsite circuit inoperable, the reliability of the offsite system is degraded, and the potential for a loss of offsite power is increased, with attendant potential for a challenge to the unit safety systems. In this Condition, however, the remaining OPERABLE offsite circuit and DGs are adequate to supply electrical power to the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-6 12/11/98
- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONALINFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.c APPLICABILITY: CP
- REQUEST:
j c. Bases Page 3.8-10 j - First paragraph of C.1 and C.2 Comment: Delete the last sentence. The turbine-driven auxiliary feedwater pump is a redundant required feature at Comanche Peak. Response: See mark-up pages associated with the response to Comment Number 3 Q 3.8.1-01 CP. s ATTACHED PAGES: i None s i I l l l l I a
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.d APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- d. Bases Page 3.8-18 (Comment also applies to related SR)
. SR 3.8.1.6 Comment The 92 day frequency is notjustified. The frequency should be a function of how much fuel is consumed during a monthly surveillance and whether or not the transfer pump is required to operate to restore the day tank level.
Response: The frequency is derived from CTS 4.8.1.1.2a.3) and was changed from once per 31 days to once every 92 days. The change is addressed by DOC 01-51-LS and is justified by NSHC LS-18. The following words are being added to LS-18: "For CPSES, operating experience has shown these pumps to be highly reliable. In addition, the pumps operate on a periodic basis to support normal plant operations and testing. Each EDG has two redundant,100% capacity fuel oil transfer pumps that transfer fuel from the Fuel Oil Storage Tank to its day tank. The transfer pumps receive electrical power from the same train as the associated EDG and start on a low-level signal in the day tank. As a result, the 92 day frequency is adequate to verify proper automatic operation of the fuel transfer pumps to maintain the required volume of fuel oil in the day tanks." . ATTACHED PAGES: . Enci 4 39 l
IV. SPECIFIC NO SIGNIFICANT HAZARDS CONSIDERATIONS NSHC LS-18 l 10 CFR 50.92 EVALUATION l FOR TECHNICAL CHANGES THAT IMPOSE LESS RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS WITHIN THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The frequency for testing the Diesel Fuel Oil transfer pumps would be extended from 31 to 92 days. This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. '
+ _SESM6Det&tinCdXperience?has*shcWnitt2WpudpjsjtdMhiQhlylteliable2 IDadditiM$h61NEdderAtfIcccpeModiggsisito3trIgrgttinonalgplang oas.saza gpetatio~ns'affdite'stingEEach e EDG",halti7c7tdWnRntJ100FeapacitTJeJIol]
l BLUKfefestipX3bAtit14nsterfdeEfrMthCflel~.01EsjoliselTartoltr;dKtap}1. Iheltran'sferipumpEteleiveTele ciricallpoweraftomIthelsame;tratt01 sit _he;alsM9ted i EDjlendistittIbrCa';1oiElevellsign_al] Ethel @XtankTIA,sXtesultEthe]P2Iday fle@eDefitsIadequat_elto Xerffy2ploperlabtodetiq:operatjonlofithelfueHtr3nsfer e MapLto'asip_talaithe]equired;volumelofify..]LoKinJhCdafitaggs? t The proposed TS change has been evaluated and it has been determined that it involves no significant hazards consideration. This determination has been performed in accordance with the criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50.92(c) as quoted below: The Corimission may make a final determination. pursuant to the proccdures in 50.91. that a proposed amendment to an operating license for a facility licensed under 50.21(b) or 50.22 or for a testing facility involves no significant hazards consideration. if operation of the facility in accordance with the proposed amendrnent would not:
- 1. Involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated; or
- 2. Create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated; or
- 3. Involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The following evaluation is provided for the three categories of the significant hazards consideration standards:
- 1. Does the change involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
The diesel generators (DGs) are used to support mitigation of the consequences of an accident, and are not considered to be an initiator of any previously l analyzed accident. The proposed change would not effect the design or l performance of the DGs. The ability of the DGs to rapidly load is demonstrated by other SRs that are performed on a refueling frequency. Therefore, this change does not involve a significant increase in the l , probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated. CPSES No Significant Hazards Consideration TS 3N.8 39 12/11/98
. . - -- .-- - . = _ - . _ . -. . - - . . . . - . - .. ~. . - -
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.e APPLICABILITY: CP l . l REQUEST: l e. Bases Page 3.8-19 l SR 3.8.1.8, second paragraph l ' Comment: The Bases cannot modify the TS. The prohibition on performing this SR in Modes 1 and 2 is all inclusive, and cannot be negated by a Bases statement. This is an issue that must be resolved as part of TSTF-283. This Bases section must be revised; i.e., retain the NUREG discussion. Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number Q 3.8.1-20 CP). i ATTACHED PAGES: None.
-a l
r l
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.f APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: I I
- f. Bases Paae 3.8-20 .
SR 3.8.1.9 discussion of Note Comment The Bases discussion is not acceptable; see the above similar comment for SR l 3.8.1.8. Also, the discussion on unplanned events has no lead in; the Note regarding unplanned i I events was deleted from the SR. Also, the second part of the discussion regarding post maintenance testing is not acceptable. Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number O 3.8.1-20 CP). ATTACHED PAGES: None. I 1 l (
.l t
i I l l 1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.g APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- g. Bases Paae 3.8-21 SR 3.8.1.10, last paragraph Comment: The Bases discussion is not acceptable. See similar comment for SR 3.8.1.8. (see l l
Item e. above). l l l Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number Q 3.8.1-20 CP). j ATTACHED PAGES: l None. m b I l . i. 1 l _t
I ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.h APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- h. Bases Pace 3.8-23 l
. SR 3.8.1.11,3rd paragraph
. I Comment: The Bases discussion regarding performance of the SR in Modes 1,2,3, or 4 is not l acceptable. In addition, the Bases discussion is incomplete. Something is missing between
' manufactures recommendations" and "does not allow...". J What is the rationale for deleting the Bases discussion on subparts d and e of SR 3.8.1.127 j Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number Q 3.8.1-20 CP).
The missing text has been inserted. The Bases discussions for subparts d and e of SR 3.8.1.12 l were deleted because these subparts do not apply to CPSES and are not included in the ITS. See also the response to Comment Number O 3.8.2-02 CP. ! ATTACHED PAGES-1 EnctSB B 3.8-23
. I i
1 l I
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Basas 1 connected or loaded without undue hardship or potential for l undesired operation. For instance, Emergency Core Cooling Systems ' (ECCS) injection valves are not desired to be stroked open, or high pressure injection systems are not capable of being operated at full flow, or residual heat removal (RHR) systems performing a decay heat removal function are not desired to be realigned to the l ECCS mode of operation. In lieu of actual dbmonstration of ! connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shows the capability of the DG systems to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping. or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. CP 3.8.G 1 The Frequency of 181mietM is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 198-M9](Ref. 39), por: graph 2.;.(1), takes into consideration unit conditions CP 3.8 005 required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the purpose of this testing, the DGs must be started from o.3.8.B.02.h standby conditions, that is, with the engine coolant and oi - continuously circulated and temperature maintained . Q-3.8.1 20 CP . aft ^ l consistent with manufacturer recommendationsGohe@ tdMt%CERWt@itg!!!@tTM1[WKRffGJAZagam thersor.ggel u_ x amW=wm oaded e--"v- em-"u-'"mmm'~"'m~ " " MxMH"MMi!";~,.W4W4R9a'"M"W"E;2SMh"_'3 wr= _run,n.v _ e m__ _~_e_e.a s ai m--c
. ._~_i . - '22
- u. .m
_ w - - _ -, vu u_ 2_r_m_ e_ _s. _ .a ~_ u _i _ n . . st.a
'"*"dV" 'V' V 6 5 '- d 6""6 LMS*Yth.JS *J F"1"M'.*Jrt'J'EM AN S Frfor;ing the Surv-illence would ra;vc ; recuired offsite circuit fre; nrvice. Frturb th cicctrical cistributi;n ;yst=,
;nd chalica;; afety y-ta;. Credit my be takca f;r unplann^d cvat; th;t ;;ti-fy thi; S"s.
N ._ This Surveillance demonstrates that the DG automatically cP 3.8 005 starts] and-achievesa a E 9 JM the required voltage and
-frequency within the specified time (10] seconds) from the lCP3.8.G1 safety injection signal and operates for a 5 minutes. The -
5 minute period provides sufficient time to demonstrate stability. S" 3.0.1.12.d and S",0.0.1.12.c casure that pr;;ncatly ennated 1;;d; ;nd acrgency 10;ds orc =crgiecd fr;; th cffsite cicctric;l p;nr ;y^ta on a SI signol without loss of off-it p;= r. The rc uiraat to v^rify the ennection of gr;;ncat and outscenacc.tcd icods is inter.d:d to satisfactorily sh;W the relation-hip of thc;c 10;ds to the DC icading logic. In certain circuntacc;. =ny Of thc;c 10;d; connot octually bc cenacctcd or 10;d:d without unduc herdship er potential for unde-ircd , i (continued) j' CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG4431 Bases -ITS 3.8 . B 3.843 12/1188
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.1 APPLICABILITY: CP l l REQUEST: l 1. Bases Page 3.8-24 l . SR 3.8.1.12 Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1,2,3, or 4 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptable. See comment on SR 3.8.1.8. Also, the last paragraph of this SR Bases is incomplete. Something is missing between " manufacture's l recommendations
- and "does not allow."
Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number Q 3.8.1-20 CP). The missing text has been inserted. ATTACHED PAGES: EnciSB B 3.8-24 l e e
-l l
!I i
- 1 l
l
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases egration. For instaca. ECCS injectica valv s arc not daired to be stroked eg n er hic pressurc injcction systas are not capabic cf being ; grated at full fl;w, er "Ji", systa. grforming a duay heat rea;;al fuxtion na not daired to be realigned to the ECCS ;;d; cf agrati;n. In lieu of actual daen-tration of ar. nation =d inding of lead . t -ting that ad quately show- the e:gbility of the 0C syste; to grfora thesc functi;ns is aceptabic. This te-ting =cy includ: =y cric Of ;qucatial. 1
;; clapping.
,__n__
cr total steps 3; that the atira smation =d ___..____ ,_ ..__, 2.2 l uvuu ssey abywwa sws la vsi assww. l I The Frequency of 183ftnttgi takes into consideration unit CP 3.8.G 1 conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is ! intended to be consistent with the expected fuel cycle I lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components l usually pass the SR when performed at the 18lmonth Frequency. Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. 1 1 This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to l minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the purpose of this testing, the DGs must be started from standby conditions, that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously ..
^
circulated and temperature maintained consistent with m manufacturer recommendation ( iivi.emayw smgyApe 0 3.8.8 02.1
$lUitj$dqurM_,WF_amaem_
g m. _,-. _ seese-mLummamramewu.rar.=es.mm.ue"' m,,_agt1Ethgog3f_fj Q 3.8.120 CP ll F a a_ vt T_,s__uuir_,
-- a ma_ ma '-<a a swsemme re m e-eu + men.mvam-"eas_.nF2_.wwm
~ - - - ---- - - s-aka e en
*PA"FFM*,"1M '4 wJ4.A%Y.EWeM AE%NwA""AT,.r.w.3amPEf.t* e d The reason for Netc 2 is that during egration with the rcacter critical, prforaance of this Surv-illance =uld causc grtu-bations to th; clactrical distribution systems that ;;uld challersg; catinued steady state egrat,i=__ =_d,. na result. unit safety systa . Credit may be m_ .._____;_..__1 u _1 __,_,..u,_ en w unbs s s ul us ry l ui us s%w b usis wa wa su w wwwIdly bassa vn.
SR 3.8.1.13 This Surveillance demonstrates that DG noncritical protective functions (e.g., high jacket water temperature) are bypassed on a loss of voltage signal concurrent with an SI actuation test signal], and critical pr;tectiv; funtion- (asiac cycr pccd and scarator differentici currat 1;w lubc cil prc sure. l c3.8003l high crankcasc pra sure a d start failure relay) trip the DC to avat substantial d=as; t; the 00 unit. The noncritical trips are bypassed during DBAs and provide an alarm on an abnormal engine condition. This alarm provides the operator with sufficient time to react appropriately. The DG availability to mitigate the DBA is more critical than protecting the engine against minor problems that are not immediately detrimental to emergency operation of the DG. (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases - ITS 3.8 B 3.8-24 12/1188
- n m
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.] APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: J. Bases Paae 3.8-25
- SR 3.8.1.13 Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1 or 2 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptable. See comment on SR 3.8.1.8. (see item B 3.8-05)
Rasponse: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number O 3.8.1-20 CP). ATTACHED PAGES: None. 4 ( e
1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.k APPLICABILITY: CP l l REQUEST: l
- k. Bases Paos 3.8-26 !
. SR 3.8.1.14 l Comment: What is the justification for deleting the Bases discussion on Power Factor? Also, the discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1 or 2 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptable. See comment on SR 3.8.1.8. (see item B 3.8-05)
Response: The Bases discussion on Power Factor was deleted because it does not apply to , ITS 3.8.1.14. See also the response to Comment Number Q 3.8.2-03 CP. I ATTACHED PAGES: None. i i i !
i ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.1 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- 1. Bases Page 3.8-27 SR 3.8.1.16 Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1 or 2 to restore OPERABILIT/ is not acceptable. See comment on SR 3.8.1.8. (see item e. above).
l Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number O O 3.8.1-20 CP). ATTACHED PAGES: None. l 1 l-l
}
i;l l
.1
-a
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.m APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- m. Bases Paae 3.8-28
. SR 3.8.1.17 Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1,2,3, or 4 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptable. See SR 3.8.1.8. (see item B 3.8-05)
Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number Q 3.8.1-20 CP). ATTACHED PAGES: None. 4 e 4 i I i i
I l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.n APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- n. Bases Pace 3.8-29
. SR 3.8.1.18 j
Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting perfonnance of this SR in Modes 1,2,3, or 4 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptable. See comment on SR 3.8.1.1.8. (see item B 3.8-05) Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number Q 3.8.1-20 CP). l A1TACHED PAGES: None. l 1 I 6 l l 1 Y
.I l
-1
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.o APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- o. Bases Page 3.8-30 SR 3.8.1.19 Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1,2,3, or 4 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptable. See comment on SR 3.8.1.8. (see item B 3.8-05)
Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number Q 3.8.1-20 CP). ATTACHED PAGES: None. i i k
. . .-_ ____i l
I l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET i ADDITIONALINFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.p APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- p. Bases Page 3.8-31
. SRs 3.8.1.21 and 3.8.22 Comment: It appears that these SRs might be better located in Sectiort3.3 of the TS.
Response: The surveillances associated with the sequencer have been evaluated and it has been determined that these surveillances belong with the specification that requires the sequencers to be operable and which provide required actions when the LCO is not met. The sequencer surveillances should remain in ITS 3.8.1. The calibration SR is deleted because it is a duplicate of ITS SR 3.8.1.18. The TADOT SR is renumbered. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5A 3.8-15 Enci5B B 3.8-31 1 1 l , 1 l I l i ! l ? 1 l J
1 AC Sources-0perating ' 3.8.1 1 4 SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY M 3-8 w l
~)
Q 2 13(3.3)
-Q 3.8.B 01p SR:318X11221 n= :: ,: :c:350TESggssign- :,.;;;w: 3 g'3, V
I_dy_etificationlofisetpo. intlis_;no.t. irequired 4
~ - - -
Q 2-13(3.3) Q 3.8.1 16 2 C'ActpatioCofifinal..TdeWses31s' not 31ncl uded! 33.IcyffMIifjlf-y Z 51; E Eg9]jfjj3 REffd3 311 days";oq a P.etform]M]foriSIfand LB0]sequencers] STAGGEREDITEST BASIS'.! CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-15 12/11/98
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l Bases f v k d . .J 11 .11-.. X-- . ---- & J - 1. . . - -. -. 1 . A J - f JJJLJ- 1 LL J.A. vusaa ussww s vi u suivi w b s vusw u J uwwusuru s u b u vii vs wwu a b a vi ru s budb uubu
. . - _ . .1 J , L A- L.-- J..J--L X AL- - 1J.LJ1J&.. A LL- n#* TL-uyvi s wu s s wsi tw wuds quwsys.wws u b vs burg a w s s uw s e s by w; bsyw ww. sasw
. --- J &- a r-- .---.. _. L L- -.J A.J- J .. LJ1 . - . . - _ . wudbu bEdb 5 s U3uws NJ usuud b ww usuu s u Ibu s a sw%s ui t b e du v we a
------A2..- 2.11. . - 2--- L - L ., L..- L--- --2--J l
, hvisdwwub s vE e E u s s us w s s ww bwaba u su w w www u s yws s vu surw%s .
4 TL- r--_.---.. 2-- ----1--.L J L- LJ - 2- 4 J.- L..L - 1--- l 5ssw s a w3uwsyvy a vi uwww a wa u twu bw d baary ea a uuyJ, wub auv eudd e..- T- L - - - J. . L J .L 2 L -- . 1 - 2 1--- LL.- n'n A L,,,-, _ . , ,
- Vul da s%dbd wvs uuuw bEw ub 4gIbEsvusa vs sEdd b Buus 67 u vvut d isuuJ
< L. -- 12L 2 2-- -- - 12.--- . ,2 L L n--.2- J A L2--- 1 ww ws wu a bEu a v3 wveusy u s us uws w a bs a risqu u a su a7b b s us sa e si..-..-- E- &L- ...----- 2 -- - L.L1J LJ.- AL- ---.1 s Ivwv v w s e e vs b s tw yuE fvdw vs s% %dbuwI l@uaaisg b I sw s IVE sIWu s og J... r--_.---.. . -..----s.1 A-6 .A -- 2 A - -. . 1 s 1--- st. wa uuJ s a w3uwa swy , u duwwwJanus bweb u s, uns s a ubus vu s vs swad bi sun s e *1 A L-..-- L-.1 J L, -- 2J-- J . J . . 12 2 La L .J -L --..L
' E. T I rvu s d dirvu u gs ww wvy ad a ww s E%s uss ss3yuaau wwdb ursu I sv b vvus i b y -. . . J a. LL- M ------,L4... 2.1 1. . -- L. L -J LL-bvwuu ud wi ss s wviudwwubsww a u i u ut w s a ww a bus ud , usru bs m
. ------..AJ..- L-& --..& J. -L -*- h J hviEdgwub vs bvdb vvu s i b sa s sv b 4sJub. l a s-i 4 s -- . . . , 2- -_---- , , J ...- ,- ,1 J... -- .------2.sa j (T bEdb s a u bE r y u a iin unwwad vs i uuya g vi wa uuyJ. ud uyyn vys eubw/ 4 ----sas..s-- . s . 41. . - &- -- A sL. en .J ---.1s- 4- AL-wvi sd b :bubEJ u I u a a us U hv usew w b besw .#s g a , ussu 5 5Ju4ka isa b i sw { . essocieted 00 bcir- d clered irrei,crebic. It decs r,ct. !wwcycr. 4 - - - m u . .i - . ...S o .-s -- ,2,..- , .L- no .J - - . . --_ -- -. 62..- S vvi sa b s bu bs u vussu bEdb vi suasus5 vs busw ww, wuru u s 1J hvusdEwubsvu
.-& - - . . . ,a -L _--t budb wous u i, sd s so b 4 wash.
t SR E RM W - " ."..". ~... y 0-2-13(3.3)
> 0 3.8.B-02.p
- f,- _ ---m -.m-m- - m u #
u~m= - - - -
-.vumm -=- m u muum e b..u - -s, .
1 SR13J831RE@plieG6ths011QteWJefMJQltsN#feMR$
$ bolt Rh4Histninjget2RL595etXeAmndithMW*s!t#i!!gencell aMisabsogfnageeysm o e is v - mo , ,
4 P81.L0EN%ENW$Ed.M.S] t IMKitSBBMBH@Ril) TARE $? A 7 kV M
- 7 - , m ., N. c .1 o e re - mm n 4 m ms%paty
- 2. cy.,. a n .. m~w ; w .. . 4 ..s..
. a > L. L w O'f . - h . , m Wh.h a c.w.g 1
.. #4 a ;
1
- 4. , %
- ,y, sw w . . . g. p sy . .q s ,, , # , i qs y 1
^ ' ; f. . ' ! t u 1i341 -
10 CFR 50, Appendix A. GDC 17. REFERENCES 1. r 4
- 2. FSAR, Chapter 8. .
- . m -- - - .. . ,,
}
3* MfjgfyM ' "'^ ^ ^ ^.' W esbe91.e s '$ egulatory Guide 1.9) 8gD333E1.1322]. i
- j CP 3.8 005 l }
- 4. FSAR, Chapter 6.
S. FSAR, Chapter 15. ;
- 6. Regulatory Guide 1.93, Rev. O, December 1974.
I (continued) i CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 .B 3.8-31 12/11/98 1 d
l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.q APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- q. Bases Paoe 3.8-33 Applicable Safety Analysis Comment: Deleting "during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies" is not acceptable.
Responsei Deleting "during movement of irradiated fuel assemblies
- in the Bases is required since the requirement is not included in the applicability of ITS 3.8.2. See JFD 3.8-29.
ATTACHED PAGES: None. i 5 i f 2 l i l l 1
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.r APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- r. Bases Paoe 3.8-36 Action A.1 Comment: With the proposed deletion, this Bases section is not compatible with the LCO Bases. The LCO 9ases include a discussion about requiring a second train supported by an offsite circuit which is what the deleted materialin the Action A.1 section is addressing. Deletion of this Bases material makes the two sections inconsistent. The NUREG Bases should be
( retained. Response: The two sections are not inconsistent. Two trains are not required to be operable by ITS 3.8.10. See response to Comment Number O 3.8.10-01 CP. ATTACHED PAGF.S: None. ). i l
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.s APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- s. Bases Paae 3.8-44 SR 3.8.3.3, first paragraph Comment: What is the justification for deleting that part of this Bases section which addresses when the tests on new fuel should be conducted? Also, what is the justification for adding Saybolt viscosity? j 1
Rosponse: The deleted text has been restored (see response to Comment Number O 3.8.3-04 CP). . l The Saybolt viscocity has been added to the Bases because it was moved there from CTS 4.8.1.1.2d.1)b (see DOC 01-37-LG). ATTACHED PAGES: None. l I l t i t n 4
._. ._. _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . _- _ . _ . . . __ _ ~ . . _
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.t APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- t. Bases Paae 3.8-51 SR 3.8.4.6 i l
Comment: Deletion of the discussion on the SR Note does not appear to be acceptable. The j Note regarding Mode restrictions should be retained with modifications to limit the restriction to ; the OPERABLE battery charger. I Response: The Bases description of the note has been deleted because the note is not , included in the ITS. See response to Comment Number Q 3.8.4-09. l ATTACHED PAGES: None. m o 2 i l
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.u APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- u. Bases Pace 3.8-52 SR 3.8.4.6 Comrnent Deletion of the discussion on the SR Note does not appear to be acceptable. The Note regarding Mode restrictions should be retained with modifications to limit the restriction to the OPERABLE battery charger, Response: See response to Comment Number O 3.8.B-02.t.
ATTACHED PAGES: None.
-a
)
1 i -
. . - . . . _ . . ~ . - - .. - - - - . . .. - . - ... - -- -
l l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.8-02.v APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: , v. Bases Pace 3.8-53 l . _ SR 3.8.4.7, Last paragraph 1 . Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1,3,3, or 4 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptab!e. See comments on SR 3.8.1.8. (see item e. l above). Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number O 3.8.1-20 CP). ATTACHED PAGES: None. 1 i i i T l 4
l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.w APPLICABILITY: CP l REQUEST: Bases Pace 3.8-54 w.
. SR 3.8.4.8 Comment: The discussion regarding not prohibiting performance of this SR in Modes 1,2, ?,4 to restore OPERABILITY is not acceptable. See comment on SR 3.8.1.8. (see item e. above).
Response: TSTF-283 (See Comment Number O 3.8.1-20 CP). ATTACHED PAGES: None l l t i:
~ , - .,
i ADDITIONAL INFOP3AATION COVER SHEET l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.x APPLinABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- x. Bases Pace 3.8-57 LCO i Comment: This LCO is revised to specifically state that Qng subsystem'is required to be !
OPERABLE to support one train of distribution systems required by LCO 3.8.10. This is not I consistent with the Bases for LCO 3.8.2 wherein it states that a second train of AC electrical l power distribution may be required to support redundant required systems. These redundant I required systems in the second train will also require DC control power which, in tum, means that a second OC subsystem would be required to be OPERABLE. This inconsistency requires clarification veith Bases changes, as necessary. Response: The LCO Bases description is not inconsistent with LCO 3.8.2 or 3.8.10. See response to Comment Number O 3.8.10-01 CP. ATTACHED PAGES: None. l
I 1 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.y APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- y. Bases Paae 3.8-58 Actions Comment: As proposed, the first paragraph of this Bases section does not read correctly. The NUREG allowance to declare required features inoperable is based on two trains being required with one of the trains inoperable. However, the NUREG discussion regarding multiple trains is deleted, in addition, the LCO specifically states the requirement to be one kalth i l
I Response: The one train statement is correct. See response to comment number l Q 3.8.10-01 CP. ' l The first sentence for Actions is correct. See response to Comment Number O 3.8.2-04 CP. This action has been addressed by DOC 02-19-LS and NSHC LS-20. l l ATTACHED PAGES: l None. l I i l l , l d
>1 l
l l t d a
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.z APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST:
- z. Bases Page 3.8-63 Table 3.8.6-1, third paragraph Comment: A sentence is added to the effect that float voltage is connebed for average electrolyte temperature. What is the justification for this addition? How is the connection made?
This allowance is not addressed in Table 3.8.6-1. ; Response: The sentence has been relocated. See the response to Comment Number Q 3.8.6-08. 1 ATTACHED PAGES: I No. ie. i l l l e i l
\
i t l i m- , _ . ,
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONALINFORMATION NO: 3.8 B-02.aa APPLICABILITY: CP l REQUEST: l aa. Bases Paae 3.8-66
. LCO 3.8.7, Background Comment: The Bases Background section is modified to delete reference to "an intemal AC source / rectifier." However, the one line diagram for the uninterruptible AC shows an MCC feed to all of the inverters in both trains. What is the purpose of this AC feed to the inverters? Is the modified Bases correct? These questions are also applicable to the Bases changes in the third paragraph on Page 3.8-67.
Response: CPSES FSAR Figure 8.3-13, Sheet i for the Unit 1 DC and UPS systems, was revised in Amendment 95 (February 1998) to reflect a Unit 1 design modification. The revised figure does not show the MCC feed to the 10 KVA inverters because the new inverters do not have an intemal rectifier. The corresponding figure for Unit 2 will be updated in the next FSAR amendment to reflect the corresponding Unit 2 modification. ATTACHED PAGES:
^
None
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.bb APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: bb. Bases Pace 3.8-72
. LCO 3.8.8 Comment: The Bases is modified to discuss a requirement to have only one train of vital AC OPERABLE. This is not consistent with the Bases for LCO 3.8.2 wherein it states that two trains of required features may need to be OPERABLE.
Response: The Bases for LCO 3.8.8 are consistent with the Bases for LCO 3.8.2, See the response to Comment Number Q 3.8.10-01 CP. ATTACHED PAGES: None. l
. i l
l l l l I i I
F l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.cc APPLICABILITY: CP l l REQUEST: cc. Bases Pace 3.8-73 Actions Comment: The modified Bases are incorrect. The allowance to declare required features inoperable is based on a requirement to have more than one train of vital AC OPERABLE. The modified Bases deletes that part dealing with more than one train required OPERABLE, so the l allowance to declare required features inoperable is not valid. The Bases should be revised l accordingly. l l Response: See response to Comment Number Q 3.8.2-04 CP. This action has been ' addressed by DOC 03-03-LS and NSHC LS-20. 1 ATTACHED PAGES: None. l I c I 4 4
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.dd APPL!CABILITY: CP REQUEST: dd. Bases Pace 3.8-75 LCO 3.8.9, Background Comment: Why are motor control centers and distribution panels deleted from the description of the AC electrical power subsystem? The licensee should provide a justification, or retain the NUREG language. , Response: The distribution panels and motor control centers are not included in the CTS specification (3.8.3.1) upon which this ITS specification is based. As such, CPSES is not required to adopt this increased requirement and has not done so. ATTACHED PAGES: None. l l l a I I l
- l l
l
l ! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l ! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.ee APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: t ee. Bases Page 3.8-76 l l . LCO l t . \ ( Comment Why are motor control centers and distribution panels deleted from the description ( of the AC electrical power subsystem? The licensee should provide a justification, or retain the NUREG language. Response: See response to Comment Number O 3.8.B-02.dd. ATTACHED PAGES: None. l I
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.ff APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: ff. Bases Pace 3.8-77 Actions A.1 Comment: The proposed revision of the Bases is not acceptable. The staff has not accepted the generic change regarding loss of function and Action A.1. Also, why are bad centers, motor control centers, and distribution panels deleted from the Bases? The licensee should retain the NUREG Bases. Response: With respect to motor control centers and distribution centers, see the response to Comment Number O 3.8.B-02.dd. l The Bases description for ITS 3.8.9 Required Action A.1 has been revised. The STS text has been restored (including the load centers). ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 5B B 3.8-77 and B 3.8-78 1 l ! 1 l l l I l l l l J
Distribution Systems Operating B 3.8.9
! BASES (continued)
OPERABLE DC electrical power distribution subsystems require the associated buses to be energized to their proper voltage from either the associated battery or charger. OPERABLE vital bus electrical power distribution subsystems require the
, associated buses to be energized to their proper voltage CP 3.8.G 1
- from the associated NBCEo t]pg.- ]
4r,vertar using internal AC curcc, or Class 1C con tant voltag; tron-foreer. In addition, tia br= ker- betuc;n icdund = t safcty related AC. 00, and AC vital bus poucr distribution subsyst=s, if they exist, aust bcop=. This ;rcvents any electrical ;;1 function in =y pcucr i distributica su;3yst= fic; prop;geting to the radund=t sub yst=,
- that could causc the failurc of a redundant subsyst= =d a loss of esscatial 3;faty functica(s). If any tie brc kars arc cicsed, the offected redundant cicctrical pcucr distribution subsyst=3
- Pe considered inoperabic. This applies to the casit , afcty related redundant cicctrical powcr distribution subsyst=s. It does not, however, piccludc radundant Cla 3 1C 5.0 k" bu c3 fr= being pcucced frc; the n;c offsite circuit.
APPLICABILITY The electrical power distribution subsystems are requiredio be OPERABLE in H0 DES 1, 2, 3, and 4 to ensure that: i a. Acceptable fuel design limits and reactor coolant oressure boundary limits are not exceeded as a result of A00s or abnormal transients: and
- b. Adequate core cooling is provided, and containment OPERABILITY and other vital functions are maintained in the event of a postulated DBA.
4 Electrical power distribution subsystem requirements for MODES 5 and 6 are covered in the Bases for LC0 3.8.10. " Distribution > Systems-Shutdown " ACTIONS Ad
- b. .. !"!..&![_",
w w.. U[!vE..... v_h im .m. . . -- - ---
--w.
AC u b--- in one trai, -- :--m--- _ JACD114 r T._E_ G_RE__ _trat."L1noperab, _ . . -, _---, ~....<..' " - _ _-- , ' . the remaini electrica' ste N n tic ctier Q 3.8.B 02.fr l Dower distribution subsyMe of supporting rain i E,nin11E6tiWEEMatnas; I'
- the minimum saicuy iunuiuns rm.essary to shut down the reactor and }
maintain it in a safe shutdown condition, assuming no single failure. The overall reliability is reduced, however, (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-77 12/1188 ;
+
l 1 Distribution Systems-0perating I B 3.8.9 BASES l l because a single failure n the remaining r distribution subsyst could result in t e mun um required ESF functions not being supported. Therefore, the 3.8.s 02.fr , required AC buses, [gd load centers, meter ;;r, trol ccaters, l cad distribution p;ncis must be restored to OPERABLE status l , within 8 hours. l Condition A worst scenario is one train without AC power (i.e., no offsite power to the train and the associated DG inoperable). In this Condition, the unit is more vulnerable to a complete loss of AC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the unit operator's attention be focused on minimizing the potential for loss of power to the remaining train by stabilizing the unit, and on restoring power to the affected train. The 8 hour time limit before requiring a unit shutdown in this Condition is acceptable because of:
- a. The potential for decreased safety if the unit operator's attention is diverted from the evaluations and actions necessary to restore power to the affected train, to the actions associated with taking the unit to shutdown within this time limit: and 1
- b. The potential for an event in conjunction with a single failure -
of a redundant component in the train with AC poor. The second Completion Time for Required Action A.1 establishes a limit on the maximum time allowed for any combination of required distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition A is entered while, for instance, a DC bus is inoperable and ' subsequently restored OPERABLE, the LC0 may already have been not met for up to 2 hours. This could lead to a total of 10 hours, since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the AC distribution system. At this time, a DC circuit could again become inoperable, and AC distribution restored OPERABLE. This could continue indefinitely. ACTIONS L.1 (continued) The Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock." This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time the LC0 was initially not met, instead of the time Condition A was entered. The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. (continued) e CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-78 12/1188
- - - .= .. - .- -. .- - --. . -.
l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONALINFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.gg APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: gg. Bases Paae 3.8-79 Action B.1 Comment: The proposed revision to the Bases is not acceptable. The staff has not accepted the generic change regarding loss of function and Action B.1. Response: The Bases description for ITS 3.8.9 Required Action B.1 has been revised. The STS text has been restored such that the generic change regarding loss of function is deleted. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-79 l d. l
~'
i (
Distribution Systems Operating B 3.8.9 BASES IL1 With one tal bu MT3 inoperable "lRT ning OPERABLE uses are capable of suppor g the minimum safety functions necessary to shut down the unit and maintain it in the safe shutdown condition, Overall reliability is reduced, 0 3.8 M 2.gg however, since an additional single failure could result in the minimum required ESF functions not beino sunpor Therefore, the tijWiggAC vital bus
~
ust be restored to OPERABLE status within 2 hours oy powering the bus CP 3.8.G 1 from the associated ligggg6&ReRedE , invrta using internal AC sourcc, cr Class 10 constant voltage transfer.;cr Condition B represents one6 Mal bus ithout ILorfintergp_tlbleI1nvertediDGipower.mtentially j
.~ .. ,,~ a sourcc DJ ano th; :ssociated AC sourcc arc acnfunctioning. In this situation, the unit is significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of all non interruptible power. It is, therefore, imperative that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for loss of EtES&Jagttatselpower to the remaining vital buses and restoring homintetNot&M1 power.to the affected vital bus g433g3 -
This 2 hour limit is more conservative than Completion Times allowed for the vast majority of components that are without adequate vital AC power. laking exception to LC0 3.0.2 for components without adequate vital AC power, that would have the Required Action Completion Times shorter than 2 hours if declared inoperable, is acceptable because of:
- a. The potential for decreased safety by requiring a change in unit conditions (i.e., requiring a shutdown) and not allowing stable operations to continue; b, The potential for decreased safety by requiring entry into numerous Applicable Conditions and Required Actions for components without adequate vital AC power and not ACTIONS IL1 (continued) prcviding sufficient time for the operators to perform the necessary evaluations and actions for restoring power to the affected train; and
- c. The potential for an event in conjunction with a single failure of a redundant component.
The 2 hour Completion Time takes into account the importance to safety of restoring the AC vital bus to OPERABLE status, the (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1131 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-79 12/11/98
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.hh APPLICABILITY: CP ! REQUEST: ' I hh. Bases Pace 3.8-80 Action C.1 Comment: The proposed revision to the Bases is not acceptable. The staff has not accepted the generic change regarding loss of function and actions. Response: The Bases description for ITS 3.8.9 Required Action C.1 has been revised. The STS text has been restored .Jch that the generic change regarding loss of function is deleted. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 5B B 3.8-80
~.
I ! i
l Distribution Systems 0perating l B 3.8.9 i BASES redundant capability afforded by the other OPERABLE vital buses, ; and the low probability of a DBA occurring during this period. 4 The second Completion Time for Required Action B.1 establishes a ; . limit on the maximum allowed for any combination of required 1
! distribution subsystems to be inoperable during any single . contiguous occurrence of failing to meet the LCO. If Condition B !
l 1s entered while, for instance, an AC bus is inoperable and subsequently returned OPERABLE, the LCO may already have been not met for up to j 8-hours. This could lead to a total of g 10-hours, , since initial failure of the LCO, to restore the vital bus distribution system. At this time, an AC train could again become 1 inoperable, and vital bus distribution restored OPERABLE. This i could continue indefinitely. ! I This Completion Time allows for an exception to the normal " time zero" for beginning the allowed outage time " clock." This will result in establishing the " time zero" at the time tne LC0 was i initially not met, instead of the time Condition B was entered. ! ! The 16 hour Completion Time is an acceptable limitation on this l potential to fail to meet the LCO indefinitely. 4 3 1 O l j WithpG6%.. b - ... _ m h;;rjifu"gnGutJ'.Mtion%
*stes)ttinronentra1J@oper .,m gigo.
fc. . m. - .. y _. r - m g tne remainin - C'J;;n',;;;7@ g ( electrica' power o .st ,uuuun suosystems are capane or I supporting the minimum safety functions necessary to shut 0 3.8.B 02.hh down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown mumminummmmmmmme condition, assuming no single failure. The overall
- reliability h W. however, because a single failure in the rememing M M electrical power distribution subsystem 3couldresu'tintheminimumrequiredESFfunctions CP 3.8.G 1
! not being supported. Therefore, the M W M D DC buses must be restored to OPERABLE status within 2 hours by powering the bus l from the associated battery or charger. ACTIONS U
- (continued)
. Condition C represents one nunemattatantanutmannspglgnamf00 30p g ntig train without adequate DC power: potential'y both with the battery significantly degraded and the associated charger nonfunctioning IdMr.MENSEntMMEW51. In this situation, the unit is significantly more vulnerable to a complete loss of all DC power. It is, therefore, imperative that the operator's attention focus on stabilizing the unit, minimizing the potential for loss of I power to the remaining t!HE15] treine-and restoring power to the affected-treinllGENI]. , (continued) i I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-80 12/1188 .j i I
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.li APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: li. Bases Paae 3.8-85 l LCO 3.8.10, First paragraph l . Comment: These Bases are not consistent with the Bases for LCO 3.8.2. The Bases for LCO 3.8.2 indicates that more than one train of required features may be required. These features would have to be supported by the associated AC distribution subsystems. Fourth paragraph. The proposed Bases are not acceptable. They are not consistent with the Bases for LCO 3.8.5. In addition, no justification has been provided for the statement that the second AC vital bus may be ' energized from any available source'. Response: The LCO 3.8.10 Bases description is not inconsistent with LCO 3.8.2 or 3.8.5. See response to Comment Number O 3.8.10-01 CP. ATTACHED PAGES: None.
i f l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: 3.8.B-02.D APPLICABILITY: CP l REQUEST: l j. Bases Paae 3.8-86 Actions 6 l Comment: Deletion of the first part of the first paragraph is not acceptable. This deletion makes the Actions Bases inconsistent with the LCO Bases which indicate a second train of AC, i DC, and AC vital bus may be required. The Bases allowance to declare required features inoperable is based on two trains of electrical power being required. The proposed Bases disregards this but retains the allowance to oeclare required features inoperable. This is not acceptable. Response: See responses to Comment Numbers Q 3.8.2-04 CP and Q 3.8.b-02.cc. ATTACHED PAGES: None. D i l l
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: CP 3.8-ED APPLICABILITY: CF ! l REQUEST: Various changes that do not impact the technical content of the submittal or other FLOG members. l ATTACHED PAGES: Enci 3A 9 and 14a Enci5A 3.8-8 Enci 5B B 3.8-4 ) l l I l 1 i I l< _ __ -l.
r 1 CHANGE NUMBER HSBC DESCRIPTION i This provides conditions for these DG support systems j which allow additional time before requiring that the DG i be declared inoperable. However, this is considered a ! more restrictive generic change since the current TS did i not previously include DG lube oil and starting air i requirements. The conditions provided for these support systems address the situation where the support system is degraded but still capable of supporting the associated DG. The time allowed by the new TS Conditions to correct the support system problem before declaring the DG inoperable is l acceptable based on the remaining capacity or capability ' I of the systems and the low probability of an event l occurring during the allowed time that would require the support systems' full capacity / capability. The new requirements for lube oil inventory (ITS Condition B. and ITS SR 3.8.3.2) verify sufficient lube oil is available to support DG operation. The lube oil storage l volume requirement is based unnn i cercentage of the consumption rate of diese16 @il and the storage ll CP 3.8 ED l assignment is tharafore based upo the DBA calculati for diesel The new requirements for air start receiver pressures ((ITS Condition C cad] ITS SR 3.8.3.4) verify Q 3.8.3 01 CP l sufficient capacity of the air start receivers. These changes are consistent with NUREG 1431. 01 49 LS 16 NUREG 1431 LC0 3.8.3." Diesel Fuel Oil, Lube Oil, and l Starting Air," includes conditions and required actions i that allow reduced diesel fuel oil (DF0) inventory for up to 48 hours before requiring that the associated DG be declared inoperable. A new condition would address stored DF0 with total particulates out of limit and allow 7 days i for restoration. A new condition would address new fuel l oil with properties not within limits and allow 30 days l for restoration. The additional ALLOWED OUTAGE TIME for
- DF0 is acceptable based on the remaining capacity of the l DF0 system and the low probability of an event occurring during the time that the DF0 requirements were not met.
This change is consistent with NUREG 1431. i 01 50 LS 17 CTS 3.8.1.1 Action shutdown requirement would be replaced with a requirement to enter the required feature's action j statement. The action currently requires that with one DG inoperable all required safety equipment that depends on the remaining operable DG(s) be verified operable. If these requirements are not met, a unit shutdown is required. l , CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 9 12f1188 l
CHANGE NUMBER NSHC DESCRIPTION l-l exccptica is considered acceptabic since charging .8.6 06 curicat providcs. in gcacral, a gccd indiest4en-of overall battery condition. This change is consistent l .with NUREG 1431. t ! 02 11 H, This changc to the battery surveillance rcquirc; cats CP 3.8 004 tabic notes would place a 7 day limit charging currcat to satisfy the specifi,cnc gravity the use of requircccats. This is acrc rcelistic bccouse C5 dcas not
- place a ti;; limit on usc of charging currcat. This change is consistent Ath NU"IC 1431.NQUBppl1@lfitdICPSE5ZSet]
cgfetstoD. L ctopiffsdnMbMMg]Mge138] 02 12 LG The battery surveillance requirements table note regarding correction of float voltage for average electrolyte temperature would be moved to the Bases. This is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 13 A The DC Sources Shutdown LC0 would be revised to require that the DC power subsystem required to be operable must be the subsystem necessary to support the onsite power distribution shutdown LCO. This requirement is currently required by (CTS 3. 2]. This change is consiste,nt CP 3.8 ED with NUREG 1431 (see also N 03 06 LS 26). l r l t l l -
}
f CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 14a 12/1188
. _m
l l AC Sources-Operating 3.8.1 l l SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) l SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY l l SR 3.8.1.9 3.8 50 phm sXerimrdyw e p r- @ ggat __Qs._;...3,urvc.g5M9El p @re s x e n z 0 3.8.1 20 CP ! l pg1M$ hey- ..ance j s..11 act bc pciferi.cd in ."00C 1 or 2. l l llcwcycr. credit ny be takca for unplar.ncd egy l cvcats that sct4sfy this 2. W l [I3781M
"~ l l 2. If xrforad with the 00 3F.chronized l wit; cffsit; pow:r, it shall bc gEg4 3 pcrfor a d at a poucr factor s 0.0, 6 I
l
'5:1221:22 2:.21.*L:2II5 2 2Zd!!L %
1 Verify each DG rejects a load greater than 18' months
~~~~ ~
- or equal to its associated single largest E8iPS3 post accident load, and
- a. Following load r ction, the frequency is s-43 g6175 Hz a ABR$1 N
1
- b. Within a seconds following load rejection, CP 3.8 ED 'l l
the volt 2 3740 Q489 V and s 4580 f [8457'{ Z159
- c. "ithin [3] cccads following iced 13 W 287*
h-4 rejcct,ica, o the frequcacy is Ks liz and w.. . h __ _ = ..........,me [ p 1 20 CP kitr- -- - not be perforcd in ."00: 1 cr 2. llcwcVer, credit,..may be taken for unplanned cvcats that
. u.... e.n,
.... u. . _e . , .. . .
Verify each DG cperating at a powcr factor d 1_8Mt]h]l s [0.0) does not trip and voltage is maintained l s-50005209 V during and following a load t rejection of a 4500$319 kW and s--5000 ZQQQ kW. ((WI (continued) I L 12/11/98 \ CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-8 I
1 AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 l BASES circuit #1 ;;rsist: Of 0;fegur d; Transfereer S, which is supplied frea Switchyard "us S ad i; f;d thr; ugh brahr 52 S zuring CSP tren:ferrer n'",01, :hich, in turn, p;;c; th; #1 CSF l ma threugh it: nor;;l fader braker. Off:its circuit #2 l an;ists ;f th; St;rtup Tren;fer;;r, which i: norr,elly fed frea
- th; Switchy;rd "u; A, and i; fed through brakr "A 0201, zuring the ESI tr a sfer ;r. which in turn, p;;c ; th #2 CSF m3 thr; ugh it; nor;;l f;; der br a ker.
Each DG aust be capable of starting, accelerating to rated speed and voltage, and connecting to its respective ESF bus on l'eceipt detecti;n of bus undervoltage ligna]. This will be accomplished within19 seconds. Each DG must also be capabic of accepting required loads within the assumed loading sequence intervals, and continue to operate until offsite power can be restored to the , ESF buses. These capabilities are required to be met from a l l variety of initial ccnditions such as DG in standby with the l l engine hot and DG in standby with the engine at ambient l l conditions. Additional OG capabilities must be demonstrated to l meet required Surveillance, e.g., capability of the DG to l revert to standby status on an $1 ESF-signal while operating , in parallel test mode, i l Proper sequencing of loads, includi!gittipp.ing3t b no!LelWtiallJ,oe_dC is a required function for DG OPERABILITY. l The M sources in en; train ast be separate and independent (to the extent ssible) ;f the AC scur;as in the l cther train. For th g g s, separation and independence are l complete. N 1 l For the offsite AC sources, separation and independence are to the extent practical. A circuit may be connected to more than one ESF bus, with fest-transfer capability to the other circuit OPERABLE, and not violate separation criteria. A circuit that is ! not annated to an CSI bus is required to ha; 0"E"#LE fest ! tr;nsfer interlock eachani;;; to at laest two EST bu::: to l upp;rt 0"C"A"ILI"I _ .s..~ - . of that cirait. - ._ l huhaMeswathath w I l mggf1,3 .j , P e.) Mr .gi 4.;..,e 6 N 3sA .~ --M m, i ...} ; e .W M. h J i j ME* 'gh. 4 Hi! '.+14t i41i" im RW . 6 '; s . C y . lk.t J l 103be31temate:McKofERMapDfJitrtetBIORimilu (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-4 12/11/98
; ADDRIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: CP 3.8-002 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: Revised applicability of SRs 3.8.1.12 and 3.8.1.13 in Bases Table 3.8.2-1 from "yes" to "no" consistent with ITS SR 3.8.2.1. This was a typographical error in t;m submittal.
ATTACF.2D PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-38
+
9
's l -.
= .
AC Murces-Shutdown B 3.8.2 BASES (continued)
, ;',4 ( 1 Of.. , 6 i i.; ; . . . i i s
; . . . c ;yg. : . .. . . L 3 :s ;.
, : < i ;.. - E Q 3.8.2 10 CP
).' f
-m---
: . g ' '-
3 . ,
* ,.i -
'3', r y, ..
[ (. . L. .- 3 gg. ... ,...w . . , . . m .p c.q ggg.;. , . 3 ,;r j h Q . ,'.,.
^
<w q
, N8; G./ a. =; . . M MJ igsrune w M#UEQ(gX e . & -"' ~ n - m : ; Sgg'J. 3?8 -- m f uE f 8J m % M t1 l IE0$E CP 3.8 002 ! IW1EF. -- - MEliti5leRE l
; iKB.iiii&- ma !
ET3fDEWPMML & ' p: ..yv .s.3 D:s u ;M l J 3%WN MaptEBBBEMMMMM , ESMEN33MWJ w4 .. W w % i.* MMmtism@ ! tw amm>cxe*?% gitgg . .# , w w.2 r
- .> v:'y w.a &mm ~.n:
j
- n. . ~ ~ i
- }<; ' ; , /,t c, '
'.1
. ' ~~ .l . 4 . . ,l f ' er ,H.,.p - l m
- :Ej :.......... 1... .... )
Q[v { . _ F ! ,.). F ' L. 1 . '. h , . g .%
. ~ ! . . :. y J ; .
$1822EP 6 6 1
< 132 m mammoeERABMmeA ' ars.! w g a m m 2 EEB 51t E E D R m a ti i
- J S" 3.0.1.8 is not requircd to k a t si na caly cac offsita circuit is rcquired to k 0"E"A"LE. S" 3.0.1.17 is not required to k at kccu-- the r quired 0"E"J.SLE 00(3) is not rcquired to i undcrg; griods of king ynchreniccd to the offsite circuit. !
- S" 3.8.1.20 is encpted k ccusc stcrting indc g adcace is act j j ---..J-J . .J & L AL- M/* / ,4 &L.A J. -A ---..J- J &- L. ---- L1m .
s Ugu a i su vi a b s i b e sw wu\J/ be su b sa s rv b s squ a a su hv uw vpr% s uw a w . , This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to l preclude requiring the OPERABLE DG(e from being paralleled with the offsite power network or otherwise rendered inoperable during performance of SR, and to preclude deenergizing a required 4160-V { ggjg ESF bus or disconnecting a required offsite circuit uring ; performance of SR. With limited AC sources available, a single j event could compromise both the required circuit and the DG. It is the intent that these SR sust still be capable of being met. ! but actual performance is not required durin;: F riods when the DC cnd offsite circuit is required to be gppgAgtg miwmemanmemmusmesun amanummmnea#4mw.<sm4, 0 3.8.2 09 CP l j B1NjRit* N W g g . Refer to the corresponding i Bases for LC0 3.8.1 for a discussion of each SR. i l REFERENCES None. I CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-38 12/11/98 i
4 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: CP 3.8-004 APPLICABILITY: CP l REQUEST: Footnote (c) of ITS Table 3.8.6-1 would be modified to retain current TS requirements for using charging current as a substitute for specific gravity measurements. Current TS requirements are specified in note (5) of Table 4.8-2. This change applies current TS requirements in lieu of more restrictive i requirements of NUREG-1431 which limits the use of charging current to satisfy specific gravity requirements. This change is justified in view of the changes to the IEEE standards endorsing the use of charging current and the availability of ) installed capability for accurately monitoring charging current. ATTACHED PAGES:
' Enct2 3/4 8-18 Enci 3A 14a ;
Enci3B 7 EnclSA 3.5-32 Enc!SB B 3.8-65 Encl 6A 6 Enci6B 7 k I 1.
l TABLE 4.8-2 (Continued) BATTERY SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS TABLE NOTATIONS (1) For any Category A FR] parameter (s) outside the limit (s) shown, the battery may be considered OPERABLE provided that lif11hfgg490% ,$2$f(ijaj F1141"Dd111MGtW!BREBBBRTAER0il<iOGR!FSKteomi g8Nueterslan#Iwithin 24 hours 5tgED]3MeryRI6aysWhere~aftg all the Category B fjmeasurements are taken and found to be within their allowable values, and provided all Category A and B parameter (s) are restored to within limits within the next 6 }I days. (2) for any Category S paramcter(s) cutsidc the limit (s) :hown, the (02j083' S]
~~' ~
battery may bc considered OPEPJBLC provided that the Catcgory B paramcters arc wit.hin their allowabic values and provided the Categcry B para:cter(s) arc restored to with+n limits within 7 deys-(3) Any Category B C; parameter not witnin its allowable value indicates an inoperable battery. iO24141Ad (4) Corrected for electrolyte temperature (reference temperature of 77"F) and level. LeTeE?orr,ectjoEis30tEragdited Ehoweve rBhen E0240][Tj betteryIcha rging11s2[21ampsiwhenionIfl oarcha rge; (5) Or battery charaina esirran+ 4e leu than 2 amDs Whew,,J.Gu, ,cht ' charr'^ "- ' - ' - ' "' ~ ^'^'- ~ ' - - ~ - ---'--- ' -2 . OB-H-M r_ . _a_ m__ --~_""". _ u ..d_ w,,'n UE_."J '"5r" xtBUM _".*M_.s?. N.*U_ * *,.Wh,a_t
-2 ~ .
s
, w b. c"_ J""_Sl,?,""'"a.WJ a %. ". "#1h4
__ a _ __ ... ,., CP,3.8 004 "m_ .n. a.n_e_."_L_A_u c uw~ +w_r_nu u ~.a ma e.=aa_=1=,
- m. m - u.s .~.
- m~_L ~"v.wun_
-- _s_ ys1_ m.u.2%.
__ 2 - _ss-v ' . "1.e L vs.1 s-L a 9, Y
.kW"_
.w .} *__
' _Y.* -t yd? < - a _U_..*_A- ?a%%*
-- N !M_.Y, ._a W'# a...",W;>-2..- * *.'.? ?_?",
,.* bh.". _.hY Y. .'.da? '" ' *:n "?
q m~m.vuxw~.2 m ma.unwncmnu.a.vv""nx (5) Corrected for average ciectrolytc tc;pcroture. [02il2KGj REJ It]Njglitceptabl6X6 DNJTecit6] r ?tjfj evil 2t oltempbre r11yMcred ss . l@9D2t he3peatt16Mmmumitm1Hg1guali zi ng Ech a tgeXprovidedat [02f.0733 3Mibt?oyerfloliftng] h s CPSESMarkup of CTS 3N.8 3M.8-18 12/11/98 _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ m
CHANGE ilUMBER RSBC DESCRIPTION cx;ption is censidcred acceptabic sine chargini 0 3.8.6 06 currcat provides in ,.acr:1. : ;;;d indication of l everell httery cenditic.. This change is consistent l with NUREG 1431. l l 02-11 M .his cMasc to the h ttcry survcillexa rcquircz at g tabic notes would piecc : 7 day licit en thc use of cher;in; currcat to satisfy th; spccific gravity rcquir;nr,ts. This is ;;;;rc realistic becsusc Z decs r,% plac : tix licit en use of chrsin; current. This cheege is consistcat with N=C 101.@ispppMN.gging (Co@!E$KNIJ!GwidsoJr J18] ] 02 12 LG The battery surveillance requirements table note regarding correction of float voltage for average electrolyte temperature would be moved to the Bases. This is consistent with NUREG 1431. 02 13 A The DC Sources Shutdown LC0 would be revised to require that the DC power subsystem required to be operable must be the subsystem necessary to support the onsite power distribution shutdown LCO. This requirement is currently required by [ CTS 3.8.g3.2]. This rhange is consistent CP-3.8 ED with NUREG 1431 (see also CN 03 06-LS 26). . CPSES Description of Changes to CTS 3N.8 14a 12/11/98
I CONVERSION COMPARIS0N TABLE - CURRENT TS 3/4.8 Page 7 cf 9 I DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway 02 06 C=;;; tat with ir.de;try tre.s-lcr ";TT 11". thi; ch.r.e VesE4 VesN8 VesNA Vesg B-20 would ellcw th; sta;im of th; ;,.rscillcx; ficq.cnx Q 3.8.4,05
, , ,<_,.___.__m._._.,. . . . . . . , -u...,_ . .,u.""_.
..__2,.,.m__.m.._._.
.. . .~ ., ,,.. Q-3.8.6-01 che. ;c. =d for c+' si. y ^ ',cttery ccll pr.rr. .ctcr; > >
frc.;;; 7
>_ ,_ _ __ m
,.,..._,,2_.._
.,,.-,.,...,~~..,....,.m .2..<.
.m~.,.s.
ficw.cj cf "et lcc;t -..thly" i '~ .tific-d in IEEE 450 1^^",. S&t cr.4.3.1. -w. % 02-07 A note would be added to the battery surveillance Yes Yes Yes Yea A requirements table for Category A and B limits. This note would allow the electrolyte level to temporarily ir. crease above the maximum level during equalizing charges provided it does not overflott. ! 02-08 A 31-day completion time would be added for restoring the Yes Yes Yes Yes LS-21 Category A and B limits. 02-09 To support the ex9 nded completion time of new Condition A. Yes Yes Yes Yes M within one hour after any Category A or B battery not within limits. the pilot cc.Il electrolyte level and float voltage must be verified within Category B allowable value. For Category A and B parameters not restored to within limits, a new requirement would be added to verify the battery meets Category C allowable values once every 7 days. , 02-10 The battery surveillance requirements table notes would be Yes Yes Yes Yes A revised to add an exception to the requirement to correct specific gravity readings for electrolyte level when the ! float charge is less than 2 amps. _ 02-11 This change to the battery surveillance requirements table Yes Yes,Noi ' No, maintaining CTS Yes M notes would place a 7-day limit on the use of charging gntalping' CTS " current to satisfy the specific gravity requirements. CP-3.8-004 l 02-12 The battery surveillance requirements tam e note regarding Yes: Yes Yes Yes LG correction of float voltage for average M ectrolyte - temperature would be moved to the Bases. 02-13 The DC Sources - Shutdown LC0 would be revised to require Yes Yes Yes Yes A that the DC power subsystem required to be operable must be the subsystem necessary to support the onsite power distribution-shutdown LCO. 02-14 The battery cell parameters table would be revised to add Yes Yes Yes No - Maintaining CTS. A Category C. which now contains the allowable value for each , connected cell previously included in Category B. CPSES Conversion Comparison Tabs ; . CTS 3N.8 12/11/98
. . _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ - _ _ . _ _ . . _ _ ___ ~ .. ___ _- _. _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ . _
l l l Battery Cell Parameters 3.8.6 Table 3.8.61 (page 1 of 1)
- Battery Cell Purameters Requirements CATEGORY A: CATEGORY C:
LIMITS FOR EACH CATEGORY B: ALLOWABLE LIMITS DESIGNATED PILOT LIMITS FOR EACH FOR EACH PARAMETER CELL CONNECTED CELL CONNECTED CELL l I. Electrolyte Level > Minimum level > Minimum level Above top of indication mark. indication mark, plates, and not and s V inch and s 4 inch overflowing above maximum above maximum level indication leve marktal mark}ajndication l Float Voltage 2 2.13 V 2 2.13 V > 2.07 V
, ^3
- Specific 251399 b 2 1.*195 Not more t l Gravitytb 0.020 below MR average of ail l connected CP 3.8 004 l Average of 611 cells connected cells
> IJ2_M MQ Average of all R3 connec ells 2B (a) It is acceptable for the electrolyte level to temporarily increase above the specified maximum during equalizing charges provided it is not overflowing.
(b) Corrected for electrolyte temperature and level. Level correction is , not required, however, when battery charging g ggg g is < g amps when on ! float charge, i 4 (c) A battery charging current of < g amps when on float chart:e is Imi;i acceptable for meeting specific gravity limpT;l;;',;rf. ;ttery BE
, .......e, ... . . . . - . . ...y. .mso -o.,girg curr:3 is ; cd t-
' CP 3.8 004
",;tisfy ,p;;ific gr;Vity r; air;;;r.t3, ,p;;ific gr;Vity ;f ;;;h
;; 7.;;t;d ^^U _-h:11 b; ;;; ured pri;r t; c.xpiretier, of th; " doy CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 -ITS 3.8 3.8-32 12/11/98 3
- . ~ - . - - - _ , . _ . . _ . . _, _ _ ___. _ . . _ , ._
Battery Cell Parameters B 3.0.6 BASES (continued) SURVEILLANCE ' Table 3.8.6.1 (continued) ' REQUIREMENTS gravity). In addition to that limit, it is required that the specific gravity for each connected cell must be no less than 0.020 below the average of all connected cells. This limit ensures that the effect of a highly charged or new cell does not mask overall degradation of the battery. CN-ffotnote@d_ Category A. B. an C specific graviti rce mro ' " = ~Table
- M3.8.61Ifi4te
.;;;; ;.S.! I erdirequires the above mentioned correction for electrolyte level and temperature, with the exception CP 3.8.G 1 that level correction is not required when battery charging current is < g amps on float charge. This current provides, in general, an indication of overall battery
. condition.
Because of specific gravity gradients that are produced during the recharging process, delays of several days may occur while waiting for the specific gravity to stabilize. A stabilized charger current is an acceptable alternative to specific gravity , measurement for determining the state of charge. This phenomenon is discussed in IEEE 450 (Ref. 3). Footnote (c) to Table 3.8.61 allows the float charam current to be used as an alternate to soecific gravitTuUistajiiffyjMYd35m e i#cm in tM ;;a 4-=--2Mg11g for up to 7 &ys followingabetteryrechersc. "ithin 7 & ys.. ;;;h M
;;nn;;ted ;;11's specific gr;vity ;;;ust b; r;;ured to
;;nfir; th; ; tete ;f chargo. Tell; wing ; ;iner battery recho, (such ;; ;qualicing ch;rge th;t i;; not follow ; i;p discherge) :p;;ific gr;vity gredie,;t: ;r; not significent, end bonfin;;ing ;;;;ur;;;nts ;;y bc ;;& in less th;n 7 eys.
Revi;wcr'; Meta. The volu; Of [2] ;;g; used in f00tnote (b) and (c) i; the nominal value for .loat current
;;toblished by the bettery vender 0; repr;;enting a fully ch;rged bettery with on Glicw;nce for cvtroll battery condition.
REFERENCES 1. FSAR, Chapter 6.
- 2. FSAR, Chapter 15.
- 3. IEEE 450 1980.
t LFS2S Med-up ofNUREG. I431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-63 12/1188 s
l l CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION look for damage to or degradation of the battery that would 1 i affect the operability of the battery, and that any damage or 4 degradation that does not affect battery operation would not fail l the surveillance acceptance criteria. This change is consistent with industry Traveler TSTF-38. $ 3.8 42 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68), l I E 3.8 43 For one DG inoperable, while in H00Es 1. 2 and 3. the requirement in the CTS to confirm the OPERABILITY of the TDAFW ! pump is part of ITS LC0 3.8.1. ACTION B.2 and a Note has been added to make this requirement clear. Thcid6ntical _. Mte;has;tmeraddeditojgen1J'ed2ction'A.23 0 3.8.1 01 CP __ 3.8 44 Not Used. 1 The specifications for power scources and power 3.8-45 distribution systems are revised to retain the CTS requirement. that one train (subsystem) shall be OPEPEL: whcn shutdow LCOs 3.S.S. 3.8.0 and 0.8.10 arc revised to require aTrefnear-Train 0" to support " enc train" of equip; cat reet4 red to bc OPEP# L . In several iccations, thc refereacc to 2 "subsyste;(s)" is changcd to " subsystems" or "subsyste;" and the phras: "cac or more" is deleted to bc ;;nsistent with the ovcrall CTS requir;; cat that onc train bc OPEPR LC. The C'S rcquir;. cat to havc onc train of powcr sources and pcwcr distribution OPEP#LE provides the support accded to spcrate in a safe-mennee and to mitigate the conscqucnces of postulated cvents during shutdown.; 3.8 46 6 applicable to CPSES. Scc conycrsion comparisca i cp.3,s.co4 l (anciosurc 03). EMtlKe'EiSRD1Ts1Teble1318mI3ltRrTdits likf410eU2Hetta10EurtMTiFM401Lelllitatslfocaine th8MidrEMiltitst15BMstWttmospecifte!!BMID tee 5DmetMMPel8MG3BEREl8X0@Nt-15PI4WEBEE.TEMihfEtllMGDPMt attai Milfftm~18tl5Bt3 w %# :" w. # gguy 2.% 3% .%.f: m1gggggm turmVilanseunnillmEnnthersinKicmuyfnsgEREhSBilgBM I HI11R RtEUGM5ptnitatapab111t'.ngainateWBalBitRIh eensama - 3.8 47 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68). M MEMBE8tda3FAPSliS6fj5GEEalf16 MR13RS3ipli
. CPSESNUREG-1431 Differences -ITS 3.8 6 12/1188 L
CONVERSION COMPARISON TABLE - ITS SECTION 3.8 7cf7 NUMBER DESCRIPTION Diablo Canyon Comanche Peak Wolf Creek Callaway A Note is added to ITS 3.8.1. ACTIONSfi&;1 and 8.2 to state Yes Yes Yes Yes 3.8-43 that the TDAFW pump is reqJired to meet the redundant features requirement for cr.; 00 i ;gr;bic in Mode 1. 2, 0-3.8.1- 31 CP and 3 consistent with the 5 ESTSiRgylguerJJ1 Note . Not Used. N/A N/A N/A N/A 3.8-44 The specifications for power scources and power No. See CNs 3.8-13 Yes Yes Yes 3.8-45 distribution systems are revised to retain the CTS and 3.8-15. requirement. th;t cr.c troi- Nb;y;tc;; ;h:11 tc 0E't*SL; l0-3.8.10-(1 CP l L.. LtLr. , 3n , 3.8-46 Footnot retai f TS Table 3.8.6-1 would be modified to
.;1" C.;;- urrent TS requirements for using AdoptjngJUREG I Ne ygg wording!
Yes No M"^#M ] d.m.J. charging currenc as a substitute for specific gravity measurements. !_CP-3.1 -004 l w - - 3.8-47 The ITS LCO 3.8.3. CONDITION 8 rr airement fcc a yr Yes No No No diesel generator" lube oil stora' system is revised to reflect the current design of a shared system between units. _318148 3352 Q-3.8.4-07 3 jib Lht._NgtesMDGisuuttLillaggeltequkemegts would;belmodi_f_ied u yes Yes Yes [es gacuateitheatconsisteMMitqEpitequitementsj 0-3.8.1- 20 CP
~
l CPSES Conversion Contparison Table -ITS3.8 12/1188
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: CP 3.8-005 APPLICABILITY: CP REQUEST: The BASES changes provided in this item are changes which incorporate current CPSES licensing or design basis information, clarify the STS BASES or provide additional information to more precisely describe the BASES and, as such, cannot be considered changes that could create an unreviewed safety question. ATTACHED PAGES: - Enci 58 l B 3.8-1 Revised to clarify plant design l B 3.8-2 Revised to clarify plant design l B 3.8-3 Revised to clarify plant design B 3.8-14 Revised to correct Reg. Guide references B 3.8-21 Revised to correct Reg. Guide references and to clarify plant design B 3.8-22 Revised to correct Reg. Guide references and to clarify plant design B 3.8-23 Revised to correct Reg. Guide references and to clarify plant design B 3.8-25 Revised to correct Reg. Guide references B 3.8-26 Revised to move discussion to Bases for SR 3.8.1.15 and to , correct Reg. Guide references. I B 3.8-26a Moved from Bases for SR 3.8.1.14 and revised to match ITS ~ l surveillance , i ! B 3.8-27 Revised to correct Reg. Guide references . l B 3.8-28 Revised to match ITS surveillance and to correct Reg. Guide references. l B 3.8-31 Revised to correct Reg. Guide references l B 3.8-48 Revised to match plant design B 3.8-59 Revised for clarification B 3.8-67 Revised to match plant design B 3.8-69 Revised to clarify B 3.8-73 Revised to clarify i l-4 4 3 I ~
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL P0'ER SMTEMS B 3.8.1 AC Sources-Operating BASES i BACKGROUND The unit Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System AC sources consist of the offsite power sources (preferred power sources, neemal and alternate (-st), and the onsite standby pietgepcKpower sources (Train A and Train B diesel generators (DGs)). As required by 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, GDC 17 (Ref. 1), the design of the AC electrical power system provides independence and redundancy to ensure an available source of power to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems. The onsite Class 1E AC Distribution System is divided into redundant load groups (trains) so that the loss of any one group does not prevent the minimum safety functions from being performed. Each train has connections tn two preferred offsite power sources and Qicatsd singl') DG. CP 3.8 005 Offsite power is supplied to the un+t plehj; switchyards from the transmission network by fi_yf33PKV28nd'tWo'#1383Vj transmission lines. From the switchyards, two electrically and physically separated circuits provide AC power, through
$typ"; station auxiliary ;!o@ }taltup transformers, to the 6J CP 3.8.G 1 l 4-16 kV ESF buses. A detailed description of the offsite power network and the circuits to the Class IE ESF buses is foundintheFSAR, Chapter @(Ref.2).
An offsite circuit consists of all breakers, transfcrmers, switches, interrupting devices, cabling, and controls re uired to transmit power from the offsite transmission network us gpjanksW1tchyardgthe onsite Class 1E ESF buses. N
~~ CP 3.8 005 l Certain required unit loads areqfartedrahd/ogreturnedr to service in a predetermined sequence in oraer to prevent overloading the transformer supplying offsite power to the onsite Class 1E Distribution System. Within -ig minutes after the initiating signal is received, all automatic and permanently connected loads needed to recover the unit or maintain it in a safe condition are returned to service via the load sequencer The onsite standb power source for each 4-16 M kV ESF but is a dedicated DG X UIEG U 3EG2,32EGP @ l2 egg are lCP3.8.G1l.
dedicated to ESF uses LEAICIEA2,T'2EA17and3EA_% respectively. he~' starts automat 1cally on a safety injection (SI) signal. 'i.c., low pressuriccr pressure or Mgh eenteinment-- (continued) ES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-1 12/11/98
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 4 B 3.8 ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS-l g B 3.8.1 AC Sources-Operating .
^
BASES BACKGROUND The unit Class 1E AC Electrical Power Distribution System AC sources consist of the offsite power sources (preferred power ! sources, normet and alternate (-st), and the onsite standby
- l. M power sources (Train A and Train B diesel generators ,
(DGs)). As required by 10 CFR 50, Appendix A GDC 17 (Ref. 1), i the design of the AC electrical power system provides ! independence and redundancy to ensure an available source of power to the Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) systems. 1 l The onsite Class 1E AC Distribution System.is divided into redundant load groups (trains) so that the loss of any one group does not prevent the minimum safety functions from being i performed. Each train has connections to two preferred offsite power sources and g fcatg ;ingly DG. .__ Offsite power is supplied to the unit Egg switchyards from - l the transmission network by Dyg1335EKMB3BgD1338f.] l transmission lines. From the switchyards, two electrically . I and physically separated circuits provide AC power, through gj @; station euxili;ry jpjgj g Ja jip transformers, to the fi9 CP-3.8.G 1 l 4d6 kV ESF buses. A detailed description of the offsite l power network and the circuits to the Class 1E ESF buses is found in the FSAR, Chapter 3 (Ref 2). An offsite circuit consists of all breakers, transformers, switches, interrupting devices, cabling, and controls r uired to transmit rf the offsite transmission network o the onsite Class 1E ESF buses.
~
CP 3.8 005 Certain required unit loads are . _ returned to , service in a predetermined sequence o prevent L overloading the transformer supplying offsite power to the onsite ! Class 1E Distribution Systes. Within13minutesafterthe L initiating signal is received, all automatic and permanently I connected loads needed to recover the unit or maintain it in a safe condition are returned to service via the load sequencer ( . The onsite standb power source fcr each 4d6 Eg kV ESF bus CP 3.8.G 1 ! is a dedicated DG . e m < f:7 O r s .c are dedicated to ESF ses o.9, a c V > owy respectively, starts automatically on a safety
- - injection (SI) s gnal. (i.e., l w pressurin r pressura or Mgh l
(continued) l I' ,. i CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-1 12/1188 _ _ . ~ - - - _ - - -
, AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES C N prp syg sigrcis) c[ Qn an . . ~. _. g f x + ,, y . , , m.j , . . . .
. .m p . q y
, w,w.m a r y u. a _ ?.e n..gw; g (refer to LC0 3.3.5, " Loss of Power (LOP) Diesel Generator ( Start Instr ". ~ 1 NRulGERIEllEIL11ggia Wap3ggsIR1gDR1$ I 4 fr ' Z.:Cr^P""""1Giin.us me%21810iRIC 8 M it!4tjli g M 3 t y ast e t a l g M 9 0 B R ] ht " M M - N d tcippedJtt$rlg8CMmOMghf$93econds'sQfter the I CP 3.8.G 1 L ORMteip@eGs]tt}ppe(Ay;Keonsequence~ofer cus) ( -
- Qndervolt' geTor a degraded 7voltace 'andithpr vu nas started it \
, viii --caiiv t,e to its respective buw:er c;; site pow . j ' fg's '"-. tripped ependent as ; cons or ucacc c; tu witn or coinciaent cusanundervcitage 31 signal. The DGs or decredc" 1
- will also start and operate in the standby mode without tying to l the ESF bus on an SI signal alone. Following the trip of offsite ,
power. ; se ucaccr WOlideffoltige319hil strips nonpermanent 1
- loads from the ESF bus. When the DG is tied to the ESF bus,
- loads are then sequentially connected to its respective ESF bus
; by the automatic load sequencer. The sequencing logic controls the permissive and starting signals to motor breakers to prevent overloading the DG by automatic load application.
l t In the event of a loss of preferred power, the ESF electrical " loads are automatically connected to the lydi]ablb31tFr~nate i PoWGMIMWIGt.hOlte l DetGourgisI@tlavajlablelthen3he ! E5FJtlecJQQ110 ads]8t2Tc6tulectedL1Lo2theJ0Gs in sufficient time l to provide for safe reactor shutdown and to mitigate the j consequences of a Design Basis Accident (DBA) such as a loss of l
. coolant accident (LOCA). j i
Certain required unit loads arektett(dJggg/,pr}eturn . service in a predetermined sequence in w m to prevent , overloading the DG in the process. Within12 minute!after ; the initiating signal is received, all loads needed to i recover the unit or maintain
- in = u fa condition are CP 3.8 005 l returned to servic
- DIM M Ratings for Train A and Train B DGs satisfy the requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.9: Ref. (3)3NIEEEEIBBERd1EI}D The continuous service rating of each DG is M kW with 10% '
overload permissible for up to 2 hours in any 24 hcur period. The ESF loads that are powered from the Eg 4-16 kV CP 3.8.G 1 l l ESF buses are listed in Reference 2. (continued) j CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-2 12/11/98 l
- I
l AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES ESF systems so that the fuel, Reactor Coolant System (RCS), and containment design limits are not exceeded. These limits are discussed in more detail in the Bases for Section 3.2 Power Distribution I.imits: Section 3.4, Reactor Coolant System (RCS):and Section 3.6, Containment Systems. The OPERABILITY of the AC electrical power sources is consistent with the initial assumptions of the Accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the unit. This r in maintainina at least one train of the onsite l segrees lof3hJeffsite AC sources OPERABLE during m.uiucat conuiLivus in the event of: j CP 3.8 005 1
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite power or all onsite AC !
power; and l l
- b. A worst case single failure.
The AC sources satisfy Criterion 3 of the imC Policy Stat = cat 10CFR501361MI2)M,1),. LC0 Twn nualified circuits between the offsite transmission network waritithe~"Diant;switenyaracy and the onsite Class 1E Electrical Power System and separate ana independent DGs for each train ensure availability of the required power to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe shutdown condition after an anticipated operational occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Qualified offsite circuits are those that are described in the FSAR and are part of the licensing basis for the unit. iiGMittom6egigggfir$mytmt.m1be QEl@3BLE1 Each offsite circuit must be capable of maintaining rated frequency and voltage, and accepting required loads during an accident, while connected to the ESF buses. IT M hg lltyfe.!T161$_MMMEIDMgMtl1.3 UtMk4JgasLthtR98EBEGuBR3dSSEMEAMn5NBDeste MitceltoGimtzugagliggattimesgggRIRER49]Ef3AUIrJM and : Ira 1EB ESF*w9- riboth"1M1EB3gdjjLnitl2] MfMte-(continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-3 12/11/98
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 BASES I l
- G.1 and G.2 If the inoperable AC electric power sources cannot be restored to OPERABLL status within the required Coinpletion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LC0 does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least H0DE 3-within 6 hours and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, to reach the required unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems.
LL1 Condition H corresponds to a level of degradation in which all redundancy in the AC electrical power supplies has been lost. At ; this severely degraded level, any further losses in the AC i electrical power system will cause a loss of function. Therefore, no additional time is justified for continued I operation. The unit is required by LC0 3.0.3 to commence a controlled shutdown. -2 L3 - A34614MigutI4eguencegM3Wigtnif411gp(M Q 3.8.1 05 CP toi m Hg,ggLMgpA14th - 919GitiB842 BRMSBb3MBRWPREtRSmlIGN pelR1 m}$a9EiBIMIGMButsfm1AM!8 BIEN!EE Lag!!Qtht]Risgdgfg(!Mlt3DgglMlB}M SUf3EILLANCE The AC sources are designed to permit inspection and REQUIREMENTS testing of all important areas and features, especially those that have a standby function, in accordance with 10 CFR 50. Appendix A, GDC 18 (Ref. 8). Periodic component tests are supplemented by extensive functional tests during refueling outages (under simulated accident conditions). The SR for da==+"Hng the OPERABILITY of the DGs are C;;;c,rd;d dGiefstmus5bith the reconmendations of Regulatory Guide .9 ( Re f . 31 ' " - -" ' " -- " ^ ^ ^ ' ' ^" ' " - - --igRegul at'.,ry h Guide 1.137 (Ref. IU U s c.ddicssed ir, the . 7 y Where the SR discussed herein specify voltage and frequency tolerances, the following is applicable. The min h ; stcody (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-14 12/11/98
e AC Sources-Operating l 4 B 3.8.1 l l Bases e i i !. ._ _ e _ u_A.. ru. uvv _u_.
,.. unnr- ___A_2 A2___ _...u 2.1_m_; i
- n _ . 2. w_.
nuv -w. a riv b s . ins 5 s uvi i sa ki iwbivne muy us usisksu 1 if it canmu be i
- d. .;,r.strated
..__,___2.__
to the staff, en a __2. su en .. m mu_ ____ plent specific _ _ . . .,mu. t m_A.
, bs su b 2.A J uwc ___ _ .s ,vs_ a.en. A nL i_bi,3 _1
'Al I vi m 5 I ty b1 biys s www bug 1_. J __2&__J.
i45 us IJ V s bgis , 5sab Iwbuu g F rubs wuu s JubIaIJ btrs iV3 3 vn iisy ws ibut Iu, ud applicable; . n _ _ h _ -- . _ _ _ _ d' &u en _A ___J.. .,_L..
- u. isiivimunus vi no en . .J.11 nvb .unus uny ou . o by ey &s m
_. -- __A ____.L1 . . v umns o 2..mys,uuis, 4 q b: "erfer;;nce of the SR will not cause perturbations to any _ , u. _,___2__, 2 2 _ i _2 u. . 2 _ _ _.._m___ tu m _ _..,2 _ _ _ . . , . vs biro u t swks Ewus u n abs s vu b I vy s JJaksma ki vu b wuss a u Iwautb i in
..,_m a challerse to__;stoody state operation er to plent
- t. o u i s b,. . , , . . ,bs _ . _ _ _.,_ unu
- c. l'erfer;;nce of the S", or failure of the S", will not
, ce,ttse.,_or
. ._ _,_m.. result ..._m____ in, on A00 with attendant challenge to ysunk au n s by ajaksma.
1 'l SR 3.8.1.10 q i This Surveillance demonstrates the DG capability to reject a full load without overspeed tripping or exceeding the predetermined voltage limits. The DG full load rejection may occur because of a - system fault or inadvertent breaker tripping. This Survei11ance , ensures proper engine generator load response under the simulated . test conditions. This test simulates the loss of the total connected load that the DG experiences following a full load rejection and verifies that the DG does not trip upon loss of the load. These acceptance criteria provide for DG damage protztion. While the DG is not expected to experience this transient during an event and continues to be available, this response ensures that the DG is not degraded for future application, including reconnection to the bus if the trip initiator can be corrected or isolated. In order to casure tMt tk "O is tested under iced conditions tMt arc :s ciasc to design b; sis cenditions as possible, testing ;;;ust'bc perferrod using : p;W;r facter m [0."'. This pc;;cr factor is cM sca to k represent:tiv cf the ;ctu:1 design basis inductive icoding tMt the 00 would spericacc. - CP 3.8 005 i 1 1 The jgM Frequency is consistent _with he recommendation l of Regu'atory Gu1 % g(Ret nd is intended to be CP.3.8.G 1 consistent with expected fue cycle engths. This SR is modified by a Note. MEllMEMIRBM53EIKMid M i xt& Q A 2' y y.y 9 : 3 3, y L -v sn V 0 3.8.1 20 CP
. .; , ._. i - .;:.:. .,; L : , ; ; 3,. o
. n. . ;,- 3. ., '.;p, .,
. -, nn m --. n, , . ,-en K)~ h I,,A ', ; '. - .
- l, t h '.! 114
. '.+ f k 8b i hs b rc P
(continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-21 12/11/98
AC Sources-Operating
. B 3.8.1 BasGs N0tc i- that durin egr;tica with the Tc;ctor critical, prfor ;;ce of thi- SR could cou_u_,
2 2 _ m _ m. .u __ _.._m___ iu_, __..,2
; pc,rturb;tien-
_ __ __u_.._2 to the _m_.2.. clectrical _,_m_ W d bu I uns b I vi l dJ d bbruud bs tu b hvgs a u vi uns s e bu up bvIl b i g iubM dbbuwJ ebubU eperation end. Os a result, unit safety syst;n;. Credit ;;y bc taken for unplenacd cvents th;t satisfy this SR-j Rc,vicwcr's 2 2 ___ u.Note. The ebevet_M00C 2_____t..t_; tu_ rest,r,ictions _m. __ _ m,ay be____2 dele,ted 2. II sb wul, W uvm
%___,VliJblUbbu hv 4 , vil u y4U,.&b JyLb 8b en bl
. IU. bub
- 2. J , W .m l tu,~ u. ...,.._,54 tu_
u _ _ 2. ._ , um. u... b . ys, . v i .. 2. ._,_ b .m
.som t__. 2....
- v. .m rest,ricte,d
___ 2_ u _. M00CS con satisfy the following criteria, as ugyiiwuviu.
- c. "crformancc of the SR u,_.
will not render any safety system vi sv.,,yvi m , , b ..,vys.ou.s.
- b. .erfor,mance of the SR will act cause
; J L _ J u. . & 2 _ ._ perturbaticns
&L.& to
_ _ . 1 ,1 LL. _ i _ _ & J _ .1 _.._&___ un sJ. __VI
.. bs m U 1 Uw bi swui u ia bs a uu b i vi a JJabsmJ ks au b vvuau result in ; challenge to stcody state Operaticr. or to p'act sa*aty syste,;s; and e- .erf
,rmance of the SR, or failure of the SR, will nct cause, or result in, an A00 with attendant chalicage-te f.L-t ; '^tj' si'st^n.s.
SR 3.8.1.11 l As cannicad by Regulatory Guidggl[-19819)(Ref yp), j 60 reph 2.o.al.pnis Surveillance aemonstrates the as CP 3.8 005 aesignea vs..bivu of the standby power sources during loss - - - - - - - of the offsite source. This test verifies all actions
)#fetrddnEFAdnK1 encountered from the loss of offsite power, including shedding of the nonessential loads and energization of the emergency buses and respective loads from the DG. It further demonstrates the capability of the DG to automatically achievgdgq
_ _. = _h e required voltage and freauancy 4tMa the spcc;riac t4me w _- 4~- ___--estsgg!!Ej. The DG autostart time of M seconds is derived from CP 3.8.G 1 requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The Surveillance should be continued for a minimum of 5 minutes in order to demonstrate that all starting transients have decayed and stability is achieved. The requirement to verify the connection and power cupply of permanent and autoconnected loads is intended to satisfactorily show the relationship of these loads to the DG loading logic. In certain circumstances, many of these loads cannot actually be (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-22 12/11/98
1 AC Sources-Operating i B 3.8.1 Basts 1 connected or loaded without undue hardship or potential for I undesired operation. For instance, Emergency Core Cooling Systems I (ECCS) injection valves are not desired to be stroked open, or i high pressure injection systems are not capable of being operated i at full flow, or residual heat removal (RHR) systems performing a decay heat removal function are not desired to be realigned to the ECCS mode of operation. In lieu of actual dboonstration of connection and loading of loads, testing that adequately shcws the capability of the DG systems to perform these functions is l acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading scsuence is verified. CP 3.8.G 1 The Frequency of E)]ggNW is consistent with the , rm-**e af Regulatory GuidgG-406-1&Mer. , Grocrosh 2.0.(1LJtnkes into consideration unit con itions CP 3.8 005 l required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 is to minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the purpose of this testing, the DGs must be started from o.3,g,s.02.h l standby conditions, that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously circulated and temperature maintained . 0 3.8.1 20 CP consistent with manufacturer recommendations. m - ,
!f975WERM&"muntti m , _ _ _ m - ____ m.,m
.** LfREWM5btR1*!." ' ========r* -
90s * ! J grfer;ing th; Surv':illoree would rsev; ; recaired Offsits circuit fis :;ervice, grturb th:11Gtrical ;istributica system. ad challen;; :;;f;ty ';ysten. Credit = y b; t;ka for unpl a n d events that satisfy this SR. SINEB W . This St rveillance demonstraPes that the DG automatically start (yachievespnnW .ittains tne required voltage and frequency within the specu ea time (R] seconds) from the CP 3.8.G 1 safety injection signal and operates for 15 minutes. The 5 minute period provides sufficient time to demonstrate stability. S" 3.0.1.12.d =d SR 3.0.1.12.; asura that grnxatly Ganated ind'; ad ;nigeny lads ;r; ;ncigind fra th; cffsit; clectrical p;wcr syst; = = SI signol with;ut 1033 of ;ffsita p;w;r. The r;;iuir;nat to verify th; cennati= cf gmmat =d autscennated 10;ds is intended to satisfactorily ~; hew the rel:tionship ;f ths; inds to th; 00100 ding 10;ic. In a rtain circu= ten;s. nny of tha; leads canct actually b; connected or laded withcut undu; herd; hip or potential for undesired I (continued) i-
)
CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 , B 3.8-23 12/1!)98
AC Sources-0perating B 3.8.1 Bases The IEBMingFrequency is based on engineering judgment, taking into consideration unit conditions required to CP 3.8.G 1 perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent ' with expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components usually pass the,SR when performed at the M Frequency. Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a reliability standpoint. The SR is modified by a Note. 11fe3ibteils(FAOltdf3 Q 3.8.1 20 CP thtGre@NiigqgM* Wigs 132L4M,3fter3(ttlL4heltegjq ofE._lomlltg
. ____. _.=__..,m,___.._<,..m l
~_~x_- m. .
- .m _ .mmau_w~~~..m...u.m_.munw--n-a~w,
. _ . m-_ _ o- .u o_ _u__ m
_ 1 m msam - mm.w- me~u-- -- w m m.a w z--u gegpegggggggt}ttyi The reason for tx "ctc is that performing the Surveillance would re.icyc a required 00 fic; servicc. Credit maym 'c takca for unplanncd events that satisfy this S". n_.2_..__,_ u_t_. vu_ u _. . unne. _ _ _2_ta___ _-.u_ a_, _ a ITU T i w vvw n a nubs. sasw wWVTU 4 IVW6 i LJ ki ib b iVtIJ mwJ u% WLLUbuu if it can be dc; castrated tc the staff, on a plant specific basis, that performing the SR with the reactor in any of the restricte,d ___,2_ u _. "00ES can satisfy the folicwing criteria, as uyysavuuiu.
- a. "erfcr:ance of the SR will not render any safety system or co;pcacnt inoperable; ,
- b. PerformanCC cf the SR will not causc perturbations to any of the ciectrical distribution systems that could re
.,sult in, a challenge to steady state operation or to
-_t -- ... . . . _ _ . . . -_;
y wise ou.sv egoosmo, u.au
- c. "erformance of the S", or failure of the S", will not 3
causc, or res; tit in, an A00 with attendant challenge to plant safety systems. SR 3.8.1.14 Regulatory GuideE 10" fRRef. E, paragr ph 2. 1 requires demonstration once per 13 months Inm. wu um can star CP 3.8.005 l and run continuously at full load capability for an interval / of not less than . > 2 hours of which is at a load > equivalent tod6U 1104 of the continuous duty rating and the remainaer of the time at a load equivalent to CP 3.8.G 1 l i the continuous duty rating of the DG. The DG starts for this Surveillance can be performed either from standby or d hot conditions. The provisions for prelubricating and warmup, discussed in SR 3.8.1.2, and for gradual loading, discussed in SR 3.8.1.3, are applicable to this SR.
.i t
(continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 . B 3.845 12/1188 ;
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases i In erder t; a:ura thet th; 00 is tasted unir 1;;d cenditions l that are ;; cles t; isign cenditions as possibic, testing must be prfecad using p;;;r f;;ter of s [0.0]. Thi p;;;r f;;ter is d;,a t,e__m__
,_ 2.._ u ... k represent:t.i.v; mu m mu_ cf,tk sta;l isign Msis
. .._.. 2 _ _ _2____
i 53swwhbuvb s www s s sy bi uw b hs1% ww vvvuau knp u ibss E. l The load band is provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloading may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILITY. 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,,.m_ ._.= ____ d i m _ -- _xmun++2ugm+==rp m.ma_ - -
- - - - - _ . .m CP 3 8 005
\
- - - - - - ._________._2
..,_2. .. . m m .. _m- ,- ~
The 18M Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide HOB-EH(Ref. 39), peregr;ph 2. .(3), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform cP-3.8.G 1 the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. , 1 This Surveillance is modified by two Notes. Note i states that ~ i momentary transients due to changing bus loads do not . i invalidate this test. lkiteE4tyGMEDfJGtlW twitesqataBER$MNSEE6mgggtmaparatDim 038 0 NV ?k? s?- ~d5s*b.. - _._ m_.,4y. .. _ _ _ m , ru , u .- m . - c--- --- -- -m m Si;;;ilarly. .e stery p;w;r f;;ter transients r.bv- the pow;r facter limit will not invalidate the tat. h ressen for N;te 2 is that during eg r;tien with the reacter critical xrferanec of thi- Surveillens ;uld cause perturb;tiens t; t;c electrical distribution systen that culd
;M11;ng; antinued ste dy stata egrati;n =d, as ; rault, unit.
safety systas. Credit =y bc tehn 'cr unplenacd vats that
- a. _ ,. . m.a. . ._. .em. n
.4h 7 .
SR 3.8.1.15 This Surveillance demonstrates that the diesel ngine can restart from a hot condition, such as subsequent to shutdown CP 3.8.G 1 from normal Surve111ances, and achieve the required voltage andfrequencywithin}p_] seconds. The g second time is - derived from the requirements of the accident analysis to respond to a design basis large break LOCA. The 18Matti Frequency is con *+an+ with the recommendations of Regulatory Guid 1-198 % Ref g paragraph 2.a.( Q CP 3.8 005 l (continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 R 3.8-26 W1188 m _ __ _. ._. __ _ , _ _ . __ . .
l 1 AC Sources-Operating ; B 3.8.1 Bases h
.t.
' . 11D F . _ /' . rk a . e CP.3,8 005
.' f tr . ; _."' . .- M _. . . ?o.y,j *_ [f,q,y .., ~,._ . :. v: .
v, s. >
;;.>;1 .;7 ... .
,..(.
- 1 . . , 1 ... , . . . .
. . . . x , . g,. g . . .
,gs. :. , f.
i ~
-A This SR is modified by two Notes. Note 1 ensures that the test is performed with the diesel sufficiently hot. The load band is 1
i i 1 (continued) CPSES Nark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-26a 12/1188
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases provided to avoid routine overloading of the DG. Routine overloads may result in more frequent teardown inspections in accordance with vendor recommendations in order to maintain DG OPERABILI1Y. The requirement that the diesel has operated for at least g hours at full load conditions prior cp.3.8.a.1 to performance of this Surveillance is based on manufacturer recommendations for achieving hot conditions. Homentary transients due to changing bus loads do not invalidate this test. Note 2 allows all DG starts to be preceded by an engine prelube l period to minimize wear and tear on the diesel during testing. l l SR 3.8.1.16 , As required by Reaulatory Guida 6408E9 (Ref. $Q m.,y. m... 3this surveillance ensures mac cne manual synchronization and automatic load transfer from the DG to the offsite source can be made and the DG can be returned to ready to load status when offsite power is restored. It also ensures that the l au* start logic is reset to allow the DG to reload if a subsequent I loss of offsite power occurs. The DG is considered to be in ready to load status when the DG is at rated speed and voltage, the output breaker is open and can receive an autoclose signal on bus undervoltage, and the load sequence timers are reset. . l The Frequency of Elinllirghg is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.108 (Ref. 9), paragraph 2.a.(6), and takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance. l This SR is modified by a Note. Ih('hote3efs393fpMy3th( Q 3.8.1 20 CP _ _ , , , .____..._ _ __ ... s. m ... g,;.t,... . , a g..;- p % The rees;n for the Not; is that pciferain; th; Surveillen;c would reeeve ; required offsite circuit fre; service, perturb the cic;trical distribution syste;;;, ord chalicag; safety syst;;;. Credit ;;;cy be taken for unplann;d cvcats that 3 tisfy this SR. N1 Demonstration of the test mode override ensures that the DG availability under accident conditions will not be compromised as the result of testing and the DG will automatically reset to ready to load operation if a LOCA actuation signal is received during operation in the test mode. Ready to load operation is defined as the DG running at rated speed and voltage with the DG output breaker onen Those Drovisions for automatic switchovergggg$1911RBb requircu 4 IEEE 308 (Ref. 13) p regraph 5.2.0(2). (continued) l CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 83.827 12/11/98
AC Sources-0perating B 3.8.1 Bases 1 The requirement to autr=*h11v energize the CP 3.6 005 amarna th offsite oower d essatielly n .. m . - o th;t of S" 3.'0.1.12. The intcat in the rcquir a at
' se-- ' tod with SR 3.0.1.17.b,.s ou suvw um um emergency
+
in test mode. In loading wasdemonstration lieu of actual not affected by the DG operation,d of connection an lesding of loads, . testing that adequately shows the capability of the emergency i loads to perform these functions is acceptable. This testing may include any series of sequential, overlapping, or total steps so that the entire connection and loading sequence is verified. l l The 18,,IqLmth Frequency is consistent with the recommendations of l Regulatory Guided-100-E9 4(Ref.39), peregraph 2.a.(S)D j takes into consideration unit cona ulons requirea to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with CP 1.8.G 1 expected fuel cycle lengths. , 1 This SR is modified by a Note. The3L6te74aysitoy,etiffthq j CMNitG._B_lt3_1Gfjpg]M@WJES.E._ ,, _ m .s._z._. Q,-tJdi,llithelcotel4Hj,
- " ^
0 3.8.1 20 CP 3 g w D ~?_'lanR'5
=
_ -- - - - m E W '1 M.. 1 m --
~2~M P . ,
~
l The reason for the l Note is th;t pciforming the Survcillance would isov a required I offsite cir uit from servicc, perturb th; -icctri ci distribution ' systaa, and challeng; nfaty systcas. Cr dit =y bc takca for . unplanned v nts that satisfy this 02. SR 3.8.1.18 Under accident UtkIHof$i5fSoffjit1WC conditions loads are sequentially connected to the bus by the MptoM&titTICFd 1sluenfe~Q. The sequencing logic controls the permissive and starting signals.to motor breakers to prevent overloading of the DGs due to high motor starting currents. The 10% load sequence time interval tolerance ensures that sufficient time exists for the DG to restore frequency and voltage prior to applying the next load and that safety analysis assumptions regarding ESF equipment time delays are not violated. Reference 2 provides a summary of the automatic loading of ESF buses. The Frequency of M is consistent with the recommendations of Regulatory Guide 1.108 (Ref. 9), paragraph 2.a.(2), takes into consideration unit conditions required to perform the Surveillance, and is intended to be consistent with expected fuel cycle lengths. This SR is modified by a Note. ElgtH&yf36'Itlr1fjEthe
~
[egDirjimlBitguf1@MDES2pgE5363rstSth3heoDGliff anessa l0-3.8.120CPl m-in.----c=wn e ~wn -- (continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-28 12/1188
AC Sources-Operating B 3.8.1 Bases i
. 211 .1 1_. . ,__ _ ____ u _ 1. . _.._.,.u_ ., _JJa,_, .a m.
wass uaaww a vu u upws b b : uses s J uwwuunu s u b .vs a ws www a b a vizu s wwab wubu
. . _ _ _ .A2_L A. L.. 2. . J _ _ _ A .s AL. _ 1 J .L 21 J A . . .s A L. m uyvia ws e i vs s bw wudw g uwpi s b wu bezw swsauw saby wa buab ww. T.L.
.vw
- 2. g_rw_
. J A__A r___..__. _.a L. _ . 2 A J _ _ . . _ _
s _ w_duwu. bwdb i3 wquw s swJ usuud b wh usu I E s bu u 2. _sw_ w . .aAdwJ.1 utib y w. . __-__..A2... s . 21. ._ _ L _A. L- L-_- __ s--- J 3 wvu sevbu b s w w , s u s s us b s. s_sw- bsabe s su w w asw w s . ywa s vu uswu . l s TL_ r-__..___. s_ ____1__.A JA_A(_ _. 2. , J.._ L. . A _. 1_,_ AL. sssw a I wquwa swJ u vu uwwE I Et uwww kwd b o e 13 5d s wug ., , vub 3N sbdJ b. sus a 1
.o,J
. , L_...__ ,d. T.
_A_ b ., _ _ _ J. . a . J _,~uwbeu u
.A A . . . 1 , .s 1..__d 2.sskw, vuB.
s ALu._
- b. ss 6
w ,A L.._.,.
. ~u s . _ .,..
,s.u l
L. __ JJ -1 n _ _.. a.AJ.__ ' we w. - . A J b- s. _s _- y . J, u- _sm_ _ . v.
, .J sAbsL. ns.yut__J s mb b s v, . .
ni-.._ s._ AL_ .._____ _s _. _a.L12_L2__ AL_ ___.1 s rvww w w s , I vi besw yuayvew wa sw we buw a s asI s uly bssw a svs usu s es J... r___...___., . ...___._s.1 A .a .A . aA...1 .s 1.__ AL._ t bsdb ub uns a Ii bst vue vs wA uug i a squws twJ e u duwwsdaaua swaa bsuu.5 om L...__ _ L _.1 J L. ____22___J .
- 2. s_a. . .sbb6b a;
Aa ._J _a ....A w7 s Nu u e duevuIw ww bvs ad u WE u ww us yusIw us N 4Nb wuus s b e . _ J. AL. , _____..u... ,.2,..__ ,___ _Aa_ _J AL. bvwu n ud b s es s wwssawwub3vb a u e l u. E I . wh dbusbde uuzw bith , ___ _ _ .. u ... _.._A . _a ___a m.s.m - bsww A bw._ a. b mu s b 2. d .~b . m es. k .
~. swnww a _-__._ r._
J ., ws s. wuJJ , J ..._
, A .a aa._..., ,, J-- .______,.A.,
4 m bEdb a a a bws yu3 g V1 JA HuJJe uJ._ uyys Vya subw/ AL. ._J _...1A,. 2_ m . u.m..A__ bubed u
- s. u. 21.
s u, w. b. i.____a,.. bs m _e n,,_ u,~ s L.m a b e 3.. A b.L,s. _____2.A J ,v. L_2__ J__,___J 2_____.L,_ u J___ _a u_....__ ud.PvhIubEu ww wh a i sy www a u s vu a s svyw. uu I w . ab uvUd B IV b , s Ivww y wi e ____A2 A._A ._ .s AL_ m ._J . _ . . ____....A2 hvu u d b .bubw A u. yu. A . . . . 1. su J JbE d k wi s. u. J.1.u.. w. . ws betw wu, ussu u s sJ hvi a d s h u b . .yw. . 4 A ww _A b
...._A
-us s b 2.d.
__A
.~b
__a,..
, w ww SRE3:8EEFaneHiR;'EBH:fi!iu ~
0-2-13(3.3) 0 3.8.B-02.p
= _ _ _ . , _ _ - - ..- ,_,.,,,__a,_
_ .. & _ - - - mu- -m. -.s-u mbi -
~
t M1;sm? app 1MW3hG911G4XMelgrdsMwenced DeplDemtatninjeAtielegacrangmtaladmit3siquefcerl 2fLEWN6lIB21tWR11Mit:e2.5 4 y, ',r . 8 .8 6
- 8
, s{ .'I, 'b,;
4l 4
.,.T 1.m ww ; H.w,o s. a a g. m. . N y ggliggggggggq]
- u
- . ; y ; ! n b ,. W-m. u n s. , . i. '
j i Q. p. ' e f .3.0 a yy ij , 'M g (i..y , ; 3.i ss y,g @
.J..i.y,.. .sg. p.mg;j eA., tg j f qs a 7) , fs _ ,
a pey b.;Q;g. g
> J t L P ' ' h,i qu, .
REFERENCES 1. 10 CFR 50, Appendix A. GDC 17. I
- 2. FSAR. Chapter 8.
HNa t .W.
; 4. FSAR, Chapter 6.
- 5. FSAR,' Chapter 15.
- 6. Regulatory Guide 1.93, Rev. O. December 1974.
(continued) CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1D1 Bases -ITS 3.8 .B 3.8-31 12/1188
DC Sources-Operating B 3.8.4 BASES o ) ately ho charger and distribution centers. Each subsystem is -Q located in an area separated physically and electrically I from the other subsystem to ensure that a single failure in one subsystem does not cause a failure in a redundant subsystem. There is no sharing between redundant Class 1E subsystems, such as batteries, battery chargers, or distribution panels. 1 The batteries for Train A and Train B DC electrical power I subsystems are sized to produce required capacity at 80% of I namep g ting, corresponding to warranted capacity at end of life - nd the 100% design demand. Battery size is based atterygndi~pWHelgapacjtDtl80*IpfinameplateltatjpgEThe ! selected 1battertaapa e my2 min; ems 3gtequjtedicapacityl4es* cf required capacity end, efter ;clection of n ; vail;ble I cc.-...;rcial bettery, rc;ults in ; bMtrrv co ;;ity in exca;s of I I 150! ' rrquired ;;p;;ity. The@~ "thMaage limit N ' ttefje3 s 2.13 V per cell Aich corresponds to a total mmimum voltage output of 128 V per battery discussed in the FSAR, Chapter l(Ref.4). The criteria for sizing large lead storage batteries are defined in IEEE 485 (Ref. 5). - CP 3.8.G-1 Each Train A and Train B DC electrical power subsystem has ample power output capacity for the steady state operation of connected loads required during normal operation, while at the same time maintaining its battery bank fully charged. Each battery charger also has sufficient capacity to restore the battery from the design minimum charge to its fully charged state within 24 hours while supplying normal steady state loads discussedintheFSAR,Chapterg(Ref.4). l J APPLICABLE The initial conditions of Design Basis Accident (DBA) and SAFETY ANALYSES transient analyses in the FSAR, Chapter l (Ref. 6), and in the I FSAR, Chapter (((Ref.7),assumethatEngineeredSafetyFeature I (ESF) systems are OPERABLE. The DC electrical power system I provides normal and emergency DCelectrical power for the DGs, emergency auxiliaries, and control and switching during all MODES of operation. The OPERABILITY of the DC sources is consistent with the initial assumptions of the accident analyses and is based upon meeting the design basis of the unit. This includes maintaining the DC sources OPERABLE during accident conditions in the event of:
- a. An assumed loss of all offsite AC power or all onsite AC power; and
- b. A worst case single failure. ,l II j l l CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-48 12(1188
DC Sources-Shutdown B 3.8.5 L BASES (continued) provide the necessary DC electrical power to the unit safety systems. The Completion Time of inmediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The restoration of l the required DC electrical power subsystems should be completed as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time during which the unit safety systems may be without sufficient power. I i SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.5.1 ! REQUIREMENTS SR 3.8.5.1 requires performance of all Surveillances required by SR 3.8.4.1 through SR 3.8.4.8. Therefore. see the corresponding Bases for LC0 3.8.4 for a discussion of each SR. l This SR is modified by a Note. The reason for the Note is to preclude requiring the OPERABLE DC sources from being discharged below their capability to provide the required power supply or otherwise rendered inoperable durintthe CP 3.8 005 performance of SRC3:8r4:6pSR'.3.8:407' and;5Pt3.8.4.8.' l i is the intent that these sKs must still De capable of being met, but actual performance is not required. REFERENCES 1. FSAR, Chapter 6.
- 2. FSAR, Chapter 15.
l [ I l l i l (Continued) CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-59 12/11/98 r
Inverters-Operating B 3.8.7 1 BASES (continued) LC0 . The inverters ensure the availability of AC electrical power for the systems instrumentation required to shut down the reactor and maintain it in a safe condition after an anticipated operational occurrence (A00) or a postulated DBA. Maintaining the required inverters OPERABLE ensures that the redundancy incorporated into the design of the RPS and ESFAS instrumentation and controls is maintained. The feue Right inverters (two fout petitigij) t ensure an uninterruptible supply of AC electrical power to the AC vital buses even if cP-3.8.G 1 the 4-16-f@ kV safety buses are de-energized. There2fy also3tDDstall.edispareLMoverterTLforfeachltrafnRSThe spareintettepayittelaaguAlly~al.jgned a itoisubstitutelfor3ny_~of 1 th!!CfourMnverteesiin"thathtrain? Operable inverters require the associated vital bus to be powered by the inverter with output voltage and frequency within tolerances, and zwer input to the inverter from aMiVD9 3)$ tem station ;;ttery. Altc.rnatively, pcwcr supply ;;;cy bc
. fr;;;; en internal AC sourcc via rectificr as long as the statica bettery is availabic as the unintcrruptible powcr supply. beg l@lGI3~B77d1))
This LC0 is modified by a Note that allows ene/ tid inverterc~de=aciated w1thNFbatterf3to be disconnected CP 3.8.G 1 ll from6EemerFthelattery for s 24 hours, it the vita bus (es) are powered from a GH$]lRE,Jconst:nt voltage IPkhtigM#rEcr inverter using internal AC sourc; during the i period and all other inverters are oper e. This allows an eaualizing charge to be placed on attm L / CP-3.8 005 th ir.b. wi g nw. s ovw diewvum.CICG. Inc . usul ting vCit09C ___ m 2__ _2_ut A_-__ mu. 2_..- ^--- Timw provisions minialze the loss of equipment that would occur in the event of a loss of offsite power. The 24 hour time period for the allowance minimizes the time during which a loss of offsite power could result in the loss of equipment energized from the affected AC vital bus while taking into consideration the time required to perform an equalizing charge on the battery bank. The intent of this Note is to limit the number of inverters that may be disconnected. Only those inverters associated with the single battery undergoing an equalizing charge may be disconnected. All other inverters must be aligned to their associated batteries, regardless of the number of inverters or unit design. CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-67 12/1188
- m
Inverters-Operating B 3.8.7 BASES-ACTIONS . B.1 and B.2 ' i (continued) . If the inoperable devices or components cannot be restored to OPERABLE status within the required Completion Time, the unit must be brought to a MODE in which the LC0 does not apply. To achieve this status, the unit must be brought to at least H00E 3 within 6 hcurs and to MODE 5 within 36 hours. The allowed Completion Times are reasonable, based on operating experience, l to reach the required unit conditions from full power conditions in an orderly manner and without challenging plant systems. SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.7.1 REQUIREMENTS This Surveillance verifies that the inverters are functioning properly with all required circuit breakers closed and AC vital buses energized from the inverter. The verification of proper cy output ensures that the required voltage ag=avaliaDie power is -- . . - for tne instrumem.auon on tne _ ~ ,- RPS and ESFAS connected to the AC vital buses. The 7 day CP 3.8 005 l-Frequency takes into account the redundant capability of the inverters and other indications available in the control room that alert the operator to inverter malfunctions. REFERENCES 1. FSAR, Chapter 8.
- 2. FSAR Chapter 6.
- 3. FSAR, Chapter 15.
CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 B 3.8-69 12/11/98
Inverters-Shutdown l B 3.8.8 l BASES (continued) I contincation of CORC ALHilAT-IONS. fuel movement, cad operctions I with c potentici for positiv; rcactivity cddition;. Sy the , allowance of the option to declare required features inoperable with the associated inverter (s) inoperable, appropriate l i restrictions will be implemented in accordance with the affected l required features LCOs' Required Actions. In many instances. l this option may involve undesired administrative efforts. l Therefore, the allowance for sufficiently conservative actions is made (i.e., to suspend CORE ALTERATIMS, movement of irradiated fuel assemblies, and operations involving positive reactivity additions). The Required Action to suspend positive reactivity additions does not preclude actions to maintain or increase reactor vessel inventory, provided the required SDM is maintained. j Suspension of these activities shall not preclude completion of l actions to establish a safe conservative condition. These actions minimize the probability of the occurrence of postulated events. It is further required to immediately initiate action , to restore the required inverters and to continue this action l until restoration is accomplished in order to provide theu necessary inverter power to the unit safety systems. I The Completion Time of immediately is consistent with the required times for actions requiring prompt attention. The I l restoration of the required inverters should be completed as quickly as possible in order to minimize the time the unit safety systems may be without power or powered from a constant voltage source transformer. I 1 l SURVEILLANCE SR 3.8.8.1 REQUIREMENTS ! This Surveillance verifies that the inverters are functioning l properly with all required circuit breakers closed and AC vital l buses energized from the inverter. The verification of proper . voltage and-_freci.;cncy output ensures that the required l power is adRy- vailable for the instrumentation , connected to AC vital buses. The 7 day Frequency takes j - CP-3.8 005 into account the redundant capability of the inverters and other indications available in the control room that alert the operator to inverter malfunctions. L 1 I { (continued) [ CPSES Mark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS 3.8 _ B 3.8-73 12f1188 a
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: TR 3.8-003 APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA REQUEST: TSTF-37, Rev.1, was initiated to revise the STS to reflect the implementation of Generic Letter 94-01. Generic Letter 94-01 allows the removal of accelerated testing requirements (Table 3.8.3-1) and special reporting requirements (Specification 5.6.7) for emergency diesel generators from the Technical Specifications. TSTF-37 has not been approved by the NRC and as discussed with the NRC, reference to this traveler is being removed from JFD 3.8-05. Wolf Creek, Callaway and CPSES has implement CTS license amendments consistent with the guidance of Generic Letter 94-01. DCPP is modifying the ITS based on CTS as modified by DOC 1-13-LS-1. ATTACHED PAGES: Encl. 6A 1 4 7
I l JUSTIFICATION FOR DIFFERENCES FROM NUREG 1431 CHAPTER 3.8 j This enclosure contains a brief discussion / justification for each marked up technical change to NUREG 1431, Revision 1, to make them plant specific or to l incorporate generic changes resulting from the Industry /NRC generic change process. l l The change numbers are referenced directly from the NUREG 1431 mark ups. For Enclosures 3A, 3B, 4, 6A, and 6B text in brackets "[ ]" indicates the information is plant specific and is not common to all the Joint Licensing Subcommittee (JLS) plants. Empty brackets indicate that other JLS plants may have plant specific l information in that location. j 1 CHANGE NUMBER JUSTIFICATION 3.8 01 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 6B). 3.8-02 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 68). 3.8 03 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table 1 (enclosure 6B). 3.8 04 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table . ~ (enclosure 6B). l 3.8 05 @ istent witk Amendesnt?No r 35/21] TSTI-37. Rev Ib TS 5.6.7. "EDG Failure Report," Table 3.8.1 1, " Diesel Generator Test Schedule." and the associated changes to SR 3.8.1.2 and SR 3.8.1.3 are consistent with the recommendations of NRC Generic Letter (GL) 94 01, " Removal of Accelerated Testing and Special Reporting Requirements for Emergency Diesel Generators," dated May 31, 1994. GL 94 01 required that Staff approval of these TS changes be contingent on a commitment to implement a maintenance program for monitoring and maintaining EDG performance in accordance with 10 CFR 50.65 and the guidance contained in Reoulatory Guide (RG) 1.160. Since this program was required to be implemented by July 10, 1996, the requirements of GL 94 01 are currently being met. This change is consistent with the current TS. l 3.8-06 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table (enclosure 6B). l 3.8 07 Nct used. N6t?85D1Tc4bleTtd_XPSES"JSGHIcdMef)10)) plejgtr6sonzabTeXetW155 Uter 6Bl] 0 3.3 99 i 3.8 08 Not applicable to CPSES. See conversion comparison table j (enclosure 6B). CPSESNUREG-1431 Differences -ITS3.8 1 12/1188 C
l l l l ADDITIONAL INFORMATION COVER SHEET ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NO: WC 3.8-003 APPLICABILITY: DC, CP, WC, CA , 1 REQUEST: The Bases for lTS SR 3.8.1.13 have been revised to clarify that the SR is not testing that the critical protective functions trip the DG but only testing that the i noncritical protective functions are bypassed. The ITS SR specifically requires i verification that each DG's automatic trips are bypassed on an actual or simulated loss of voltage signal on the emergency bus concurrent with an actual or simulated ESF actuation signal except certain critical protective functions. The CTS requires only verification that the noncritical trips are bypassed and does not explicitly require verification that the critical protective functions would trip the DG. j Regulatory Guide 1.9, Rev. 3, Section 2.2.12 states: " Protective Trip Bypass Test: l Demonstrate that all autome. tic diesel generator trips (except engine overspeed, , generator differential, and those retained with coincidental logic) are automatically ! bypassed upon an SIAS." Therefore, this test was intended to verify that the noncritical trips are bypassed so that the potential for a spurious actuation of a noncritical trip does not take a DG out of service during an emergency. ATTACHED PAGES: Enci5B B 3.8-24
~.
i ! i 1
l i AC Sources-0perating B 3.8.1 Bases egrati=. Ter instance. [CCS injection valva arc not isired to l be stroked ogn, or high pressure injstion systcas arc not cagble of king ; grated :t full ' low er = systc= grfor;;;ing a iay hat rseni function are not isired to k raligacd to th: 0000 ;;;;i of egration. In lica of Octual ir.~nstration of cenaction =d inding of leads, testing tha! siq=tely shows the capability of th: 00 systc= to perfer;;; thcsc funWens-4s e xeptabi . This t;-ting ;;;;y includ; any scrics cf sequcatial, everlapping er total steps so that the entire sancti= =d 10; ding cq=rie i verified. l The Frequency of 18~nonths takes into consideration unit CP-3.8.G 1 conditions required to perform the Surveillance and is intended to be consistent with the expected fuel cycle lengths. Operating experience has shown that these components 4 usually pass the SR when performed at the 181 month Frequency. l Therefore, the Frequency was concluded to be acceptable from a l reliability standpoint. l l This SR is modified by two Notes. The reason for Note 1 i to ! minimize wear and tear on the DGs during testing. For the purpose I of this testing, the DGs must be started from standby conditions, i that is, with the engine coolant and oil continuously . circulated and temperature maintained consistent with . manufacturer recommendations. Kote;2Itay Rt S tjif M W 0 3.8.B-02.1 1 te Girjjqggt]$21#30DESIf53
' ^ ^ * ^ ~
Mr@QLitMtAfMf101fj
--- ~~ ~ ~~
1.0.8d.
- e.d..M"a"nem'~ensw"=AL-me w"u: .As'exm"sm"~ea"m'"'"
0 3.8.1 20 CP l n.c;,,__xre: - EtBEHtyi The reason f;r Net 2 is that iring ;Fration wit., the rG; tor critical, grfer;;cc of this Surveillexc could causc pcrturbation- t; tM clectrical distributica systa= that ;;uld challeng continued stcady state Operatica =d. n a result, unit safety systc=. Credit ;;;ay be taken for unpland ev=ts that satisfy this S". SR 3.8.1.13 i I This Surveillance demonstrates that DG noncritical protective functions (e.g., high jacket water temperature) are bypassed on a i loss of voltage signal concurrent with an SI actuation test I sic n_a); en; o, ... m y, - ,,m ._...-,,,,m cu,,ymsd d gcarator differcatial current, low lubc cil pressure. 0 3.8 003 l high crankcac pressurc ad start failure relay) trip the
+- =rt substant9' " rx to the 00 unit.j ine noncrn.id5 trips are bypassed during utiAS 5n0 provlue en alarm on an abnormal
- engine condition. This alarm provides the operator with l sufficient time to react appropriately. The DG availability to mitigate the DBA is more critical than protecting the engine against minor problems that are not immediately detrimental to y emergency operation of the DG. ,
!l (continued) I 1
r CPSESMark-up ofNUREG-1431 Bases -ITS3.8 . B 3.8-24 12f1188 y l R}}